The FAA is investigating a software glitch in some Boeing 737 Max jets that could prompt an automated flight guidance system to disengage during an aborted landing.
‘Yellow 2120’ has been driven out of other Altadena neighborhood crawlspaces, but he just keeps coming back
He’s back: the 550lb bear made famous after he took up residence under an Altadena home in November 2025 is wandering the Los Angeles neighborhood again after he moved in and out of the crawlspace of another home.
“Yellow 2120”, as the black bear has been tagged, was spotted in the crawlspace of a home on Minoru Drive on Monday.
Rubio claims a possible terror plot against a U.K. air base used by U.S. forces "clearly involved" a foreign actor, but there are few facts to support that.
More than 400 detained as police and students clash over class sizes, exhausting timetables and staff shortages
More than 400 people, most of them children, have been detained in France on Tuesday after teenagers across the country blockaded their schools in protest at class sizes, teacher shortages and long timetables.
Interior minister Laurent Nunez told BFM TV: “440 were detained across national territory. We don’t have the final tally yet, but I’m told two-thirds led to police custody.”
Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth is expected to call for a 20% cut in the number of generals and admirals across the U.S. military on Wednesday, a Pentagon official told CBS News.
US president also issued executive order officially rebranding ‘artificial intelligence’ as ‘superintelligence’
Donald Trump announced on Tuesday that the heads of the largest US tech and AI companies had signed onto a “morally binding” agreement to put controls on artificial intelligence. He announced the deal, called the “Joint Commitment On Frontier Responsibilities,” following a White House luncheon with top tech executives.
“It’s almost like a constitution in a way, and the biggest people in the world signed that, and I signed it as president, and it really is a form of protection,” Trump said.
Firefox 157 is rolling out a major redesign across desktop and mobile, bringing rounded "bubble" tabs, a curved address bar, refreshed icons and colors, and a more consistent visual language across devices. Mozilla is also adding more themes and wallpapers while bringing back Compact Mode, which the company says "reduces the size of your tabs and toolbar to give more of your screen to the web, with an auto-compact option for smaller screens." The Verge reports: According to Mozilla, the design changes will have "no cost to your browser performance." Mozilla says the overhauled design is a "renewal" for Firefox, following major updates over the last year, like homepage widgets, Split View, a built-in VPN, and controls for disabling the browser's AI features.
Curtis Wilkie Beasley was executed for the 1995 killing of Carolyn Monfort, after supreme court declined to intervene
A 77-year-old Florida man was put to death on Tuesday for his conviction in a deadly hammer attack on a woman decades ago, becoming the 16th person executed to date this year in the nation’s busiest death chamber.
Curtis Wilkie Beasley was pronounced dead at 6.12pm following a lethal injection at the Florida state prison near Starke, authorities said. He was convicted of first-degree murder, robbery and grand theft auto in the 1995 hammer attack on Carolyn Monfort at her home south of Orlando.
Garcés Pérez, who was shot in his car by agents, is accused of striking officer with side mirror while trying to drive away
Federal prosecutors on Tuesday announced an assault charge against a Venezuelan delivery driver who was shot in his car by a federal immigration agent in Texas, accusing the man of striking an officer with his side mirror while trying to drive away.
Wilber Rafael Garcés Pérez, 28, was charged with one count of assaulting, resisting and impeding a federal officer, according to a criminal complaint. Garcés Pérez, whose attorney has said still has a bullet lodged in his back from the 20 September shooting, made an initial court appearance in an Austin federal court on Tuesday, according to the US attorney’s office in the western district of Texas.
A royal decree issued by Morocco’s King Muhammed VI tasked Fatima Zahra El Mansouri with forming a new cabinet, probably a coalition government with other political groups.
The White House has defended three taxpayer-funded advertisements featuring President Donald Trump by comparing them to ads that were paid for by past presidential administrations. But some legal experts have said the Trump White House commercials are political messages intended to influence the 2026 midterms and may violate U.S. laws, including a prohibition against using federal funds for propaganda.
The White House described its ads as “public service announcements” in a Sept. 25 press release pushing back on criticism. It said, “The announcements are very clearly not campaign ads; President Trump is not on the ballot and there is no call to action. Instead, the announcements are a reminder for Americans to love their country and know why it’s worth defending — at home, at the border, and abroad.”
The release went on to say that “[a]dministrations of both parties have used public service announcements to explain policy and make the case for the nation’s direction,” citing examples of ads from the George W. Bush, Obama and Biden administrations, among others.
A legal expert we consulted did not see a correlation.
“I just think you’re not going to find any comparison at all,” Richard Painter, a corporate law professor and former White House ethics lawyer for George W. Bush, told us in an interview. Painter said the Trump White House ads are “so clearly propaganda,” which generally refers to government communications intended to manipulate or influence public opinion.
John G. Geer, a professor of political science at Vanderbilt University and author of “In Defense of Negativity: Attack Ads in Presidential Campaigns,” also told us, “I just think that the ads are different enough so that I personally don’t buy the argument” that the ads from the Trump administration and recent presidents are all the same. He said his perception is that the Trump White House ads are more political. “We’ll see what the courts say,” he said — if a lawsuit brings the matter to the judiciary.
Later, we’ll go over the cited examples of federally funded ads that were run under Presidents Bush, Barack Obama and Joe Biden.
The first Trump White House message to air includes images of Trump as he says, “Together we will defeat communism, socialism, and Marxism in America. America will never be a communist country.” Viewers repeatedly hear the words “love me,” which are lyrics from a JMSN song of the same name. Near the end of that 30-second spot, Dana White, the UFC CEO, compliments Trump and talks about him “fighting so hard for the country he loves.”
A screen capture from the 2026 black-and-white White House ad that is almost exactly the same as an ad released by Trump’s 2024 campaign.
The third ad, in black and white, shows Trump walking and staring into the camera as he says in a voiceover, “we will demolish the deep state,” “expel the warmongers from our government,” “drive out the globalists,” and “cast out the communists, Marxists and fascists.” The ad ends with: “We will rout the fake news media, and we will liberate America from these villains once and for all.” The video is almost identical to an ad from Trump’s 2024 presidential campaign.
The second ad, a minute long, features video and audio from Trump’s July 3 speech from a site near Mount Rushmore, as the president says, “We are the freest people on Earth, and by the grace of God, the United States of America is the most successful, most accomplished, most exceptional nation ever to exist in human history.” The ad ends with him saying, “This is only the beginning of the golden age of America.”
All three ads were released on or after Sept. 23 and include a “Paid for by the U.S. Government” disclaimer. The ads have aired on broadcast and/or streaming platforms, including during Sunday political talk shows and college and NFL football games.
“Our tax dollars are hard at work. And, we believe, probably illegally so,” Painter and three other ethics experts wrote in a Sept. 28 piece in the online publication the Contrarian. For the post, Painter was joined in criticizing the Trump White House ads by Norman L. Eisen, former White House special counsel to Obama; Virginia R. Canter, former White House associate counsel to Obama and President Bill Clinton; and Christopher J. Swartz, who worked for the Office of Government Ethics across multiple administrations and was briefly acting chief of the Ethics Law and Policy Branch in 2025, during Trump’s second term.
“These videos are not ‘public service announcements’ as the White House claims,” the authors wrote. “They are clear attempts to boost Republicans’ chances in the impending midterm elections given their sagging poll numbers. The timing, content, and format of the videos all suggest they are covert attempts directed at the success of the Republican party.”
The White House said “Trump is not on the ballot” this November, but the president has told wavering Republican voters to pretend he is. The legal experts also noted in their piece that two of the White House ads highlighting Trump include references to defeating communism or communists, which is what Trump regularlycalls democratic socialists running for Congress. (We’ve written that democratic socialists and communists do not have the same political or economic ideology, and democratic socialists make up a small minority of congressional candidates.)
“Even during the height of the McCarthy era and the Cold War, the United States government never came anywhere close to making an ad like this,” the experts said, adding that under the Hatch Act, a federal employee other than the president or vice president “may not use his official authority or influence for the purpose of interfering with or affecting the result of an election.” The statute would apply to other federal employees who participated in making or disseminating the ads, the experts said.
Also, annual appropriations bills passed by Congress have long included language prohibiting taxpayer funds from being used for “publicity or propaganda purposes within the United States.”
A few Republicans have spoken out against the Trump White House ads as well. “I like the message, but it shouldn’t be paid for with taxpayer dollars,” Senate Majority Leader John Thune told reporters about the ads on Sept. 28. The day prior, on CBS’ “Face the Nation,” Sen. John Kennedy of Louisiana said, “I don’t think any public official, including President Trump … should spend public money on private ads for themselves.”
A federal worker who violates the Hatch Act could face penalties such as “removal from federal service, reduction in grade, debarment from federal employment for a period not to exceed 5 years, suspension, reprimand, or a civil penalty not to exceed $1,000,” according to the U.S. Office of General Counsel.
Painter told us that Congress could also ask to be reimbursed for an improper use of taxpayer funds. The ads combined have cost at least $2.5 million, according to the ad-tracking service AdImpact.
Obama Administration Ads/Outreach
One of the examples the White House cited under Obama sparked controversy, and the Government Accountability Office determined the public outreach campaign had violated federal laws. The other example is similar to ads run under Trump, promoting the open enrollment period for Affordable Care Act insurance plans.
Under Obama, the Environmental Protection Agency in 2014 and 2015 used a public outreach campaign through social media to encourage support for its proposed rule on clean drinking water. The New York Times called it “a campaign that tests the limits of federal lobbying law.” The effort was aimed at ginning up support during a public comment period on the proposed rule, which concerned EPA regulation of water sources.
The EPA argued that it wasn’t violating the Anti-Lobbying Law because its outreach didn’t tell the public to contact or lobby Congress.
But in December 2015, the GAO concluded that the EPA had violated federal laws prohibiting the agency from spending federal dollars for “publicity or propaganda purposes” and prohibiting the use of federal appropriations for “indirect or grassroots lobbying in support of or opposition to pending legislation.”
In particular, the GAO faulted the EPA for using a social media tool that resulted in some messages not identifying the EPA as the source of the information. Instead, to some members of the public, “it appeared that their friend independently shared a message of his or her support for EPA and clean water,” GAO said, calling this “covert propaganda.” (The messages shared through people’s social media accounts said, “Clean water is important to me. I support EPA’s efforts to protect it for my health, my family and my community.”)
GAO said that the violation of grassroots lobbying occurred when the EPA’s blog posts linked to outside groups, whose pages included prompts to contact Congress in support of EPA’s proposed rule.
The Trump White House also pointed to the Obama administration running TV ads about HealthCare.gov, the website people use to sign up for Affordable Care Act health plans, during the open enrollment periods in 2015 and 2016. The ads didn’t feature the president, but rather everyday people talking about how they had signed up for low-cost insurance.
In one spot, run in November 2015, a woman who’s going for a run says that her premium was $22 a month and that signing up was “very easy.” A guy who appears to be going to a university says he got “exactly the kind of coverage I wanted at the price I wanted,” with the words “$57/month” on screen. A woman and her child are shown with the words “$405/month family of 4.” The ad then says that “most people who sign up on HealthCare.gov qualify for financial help to make coverage more affordable.” It ends by encouraging people to “sign up by Dec. 15.” The ad says at the bottom that it is “sponsored by the U.S. Department of Health & Human Services.”
Another example from 2015 similarly says that most people can get financial help with their premiums.
The Obama administration also ran ads in the run up to the 2016 open enrollment period, which began Nov. 1 — meaning that those ads ran shortly before and after that year’s presidential election. One example from November 2016 is similar to the 2015 ads, showing various people and saying that most people signing up “can find plans for $50-$100/mo. with financial help.”
One could argue that Obama, who signed the Affordable Care Act into law in 2010, had a vested political interest in getting people to sign up and having the program succeed. But the Trump administration also has run ads to inform the public about the open enrollment periods. Like the Obama-era ads, thesethreeexamples from late 2025 featured people talking about how they easily enrolled in an insurance plan, and the ads said that “4 out of 5 customers can find a health plan for $21 or less per month with financial help.”
Biden Administration Ads
As the Trump administration pointed out, the Biden administration also used taxpayer dollars for an ad campaign using television, digital, radio and print spots to encourage people in early 2021 during the COVID-19 pandemic to get vaccinated.
The Trump press release said the Biden administration “poured hundreds of millions of dollars” into an ad campaign “to drive a nationwide public health message.”
But as the Washington Post story the press release links to explains, the campaign used a $250 million contract that the Trump administration signed with consultancy Fors Marsh the previous year. According to the article, “Officials have said they held the campaign until vaccines were widely available to maximize its impact.”
Ironically, numerousDemocrats expressed concern in September 2020 after the Trump administration hired Fors Marsh for a campaign from HHS that sought to “defeat despair, inspire hope and achieve national recovery” amid the pandemic.
In a Sept. 11, 2020, letter to HHS, Democratic Rep. Frank Pallone, then chair of the Energy and Commerce Committee, wrote, “Among other things, the Committee is concerned that HHS may use more than a quarter-billion dollars in taxpayer funds on private communications consultants charged with distorting the facts and misleading the public about the Trump Administration’s failed response to the COVID-19 pandemic.”
A letter from three other Democratic leaders in the Senate similarly stated, “We have grave concerns that, rather than focus on planning and executing a national strategy to contain the coronavirus, the Trump Administration is using a quarter of a billion dollars in taxpayer money to fund what appears to be a political propaganda campaign just two months before a presidential election.”
Under Biden, the “We Can Do This” campaign directed by Fors Marsh sought to appeal to “a group known as the ‘movable middle’ — people who were hesitant but not necessarily opposed to getting vaccinated — with highly customized, science-based communications and messages of empowerment,” according to the consultancy.
The ads featured images of Americans and encouraged people to visit the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s website or vaccines.gov for more information.
At the time, Trump was also encouraging people to get vaccinated. At the Conservative Political Action Conference on Feb. 28, 2021, Trump boasted that his administration had helped deliver the vaccine in “record time” and later said, “So, everybody go get your shot.”
“I encourage them to take it,” Trump told Fox News’ Sean Hannity in April 2021.
The TV ad and flyers claimed the law, which passed largely along partisan lines, provided the same Medicare with “more benefits.”
At the time, Democratic Sen. Frank Lautenberg criticized the ad as “a propaganda effort with taxpayer dollars.”
At least one network, CBS, pulled the ad while the General Accounting Office (later renamed the Government Accountability Office) — at the request of Lautenberg and other Democrats — investigated whether it violated prohibitions on federal funds being used for “publicity or propaganda” purposes. Democrats argued the ad was inaccurate and was intended to promote the reelection of Bush that year.
The GAO concluded that while the TV ad and accompanying flyers contained “notable omissions and other weaknesses,” they were “not so partisan as to be unlawful.”
By way of omissions, Anthony H. Gamboa, general counsel of the GAO, said that the ad failed to note that people might be charged $30 for the new drug discount cards “and that savings may vary across covered drugs.” He further criticized the flyer’s indication that beneficiaries would pay a premium of “about $35 a month” for the prescription drug benefit, when in fact that was an estimated average.
“The omissions notwithstanding, we do not find the content of the flyer and its cover letter or the advertisements to be purely partisan in violation of the publicity or propaganda prohibition,” Gamboa wrote.
“This is not to say that the content is totally free of political tone,” he added. “Without a doubt, the future of the Medicare program is the subject of ongoing and highly spirited discussion and debate at the national level. In this context, the references in the flyer and print and television advertisements to ‘Same Medicare. More Benefits’ and ‘preserve and strengthen’ may appear to some as an attempt to persuade the public to the Administration’s point of view regarding the newly enacted benefit.”
Nonetheless, he wrote, the “publicity or propaganda prohibition, however, does not bar materials that may have some political content or express support for a particular view. … The content of these publications does not constitute a purely partisan message.”
Two months later, however, GAO said during the course of its investigation, “we learned that the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services … had prepared as part of this campaign video news releases or VNRs, including a news story for television broadcast, to provide information to the television medium.” Because the prepackaged stories did not note they had been prepared by CMS, the GAO concluded their use ”violated the restriction on using appropriated funds for publicity or propaganda purposes.”
The White House further noted that in 2002, the Bush administration paid more than $3 million for two Super Bowl ads that said buying illegal drugs could help support terrorists; it also created anti-drug YouTube ads in 2006.
Editor’s note: FactCheck.org does not accept advertising. We rely on grants and individual donations from people like you. Please consider a donation. Credit card donations may be made through our “Donate” page. If you prefer to give by check, send to: FactCheck.org, Annenberg Public Policy Center, P.O. Box 58100, Philadelphia, PA 19102.
The non-pro version of the next iPhone isn’t likely to arrive until 2027. I retested the iPhone 17 to see if it’s still the “best iPhone for most people.”
BrianFagioli shares a report from NERDS.xyz: Microsoft has made WSL Containers generally available, giving Windows 11 developers a built-in way to build, run, and deploy Linux containers through Windows Subsystem for Linux. The release includes wslc.exe for managing containers, GPU support, networking improvements, health checks, storage mounts, and integration with Microsoft Defender for Endpoint and Intune. Microsoft also claims up to twice the performance when Linux environments access files stored on Windows. Docker Desktop, Podman Desktop, and Rancher Desktop are not going anywhere, but developers who only need basic container functionality now have another option built around WSL. One notable feature is still missing: Compose support. Microsoft says adding it is now a priority.
For some context, it’s worth remembering that Smith had a two-volume report of his findings as a result of his criminal investigations – that resulted in two indictments against the president after his first term. The first focused on Donald Trump’s attempts to overturn the 2020 election, while the second on the president’s retention of classified documents.
However, in February, a Trump-appointed federal judge permanently barred the justice department from releasing the second volume of Smith’s report.
A woman, identified only as Jane Doel, alleges she was gang-raped by seven fraternity members in 2024 and accuses Cornell University of failing to protect her.
President Trump and the leaders of the country's largest artificial intelligence companies have signed a set of voluntary safety standards, as calls mount for tighter guardrails on powerful AI technology.
Staff have called upon the university administration to provide them with further transparency and opportunities for collaboration regarding the new return-to-work mandate released this semester.
The return-to-work mandate requires that staff work on campus for at least four days a week. Staff received a formal notice of the mandate on Sept. 1, in the form of a letter emailed out to all staff, despite some colleges notifying their employees as early as July.
In the letter, the university set a deadline of June 30, 2027 for staff to resume working on campus. The letter also states, “A University-wide workplace-planning framework, process, and timeline will be communicated to unit leaders.”
Still, many staff members are concerned about the logistics of this plan, even if they are too wary to voice these concerns publicly. Salaried university staff are not unionized — the only collection of university personnel without a union. Faculty, police and facilities and maintenance workers are all unionized, while university staff, which account for approximately 64% of the total university personnel, are not.
Employees of the university have been circulating a petition listing grievances, questions and requests about the return-to-work mandate. The petition urges the university to pause further implementation of the mandate and construct meaningful collaboration with staff to create a plan that benefits all university personnel.
Professor Persephone Braham, president of the American Association of University Professors (AAUP-UD) at the university, spoke about the situations some staff members are now facing in light of the return-to-work mandate, describing them in three groups.
“There are staff who were hired to work remotely originally, and I absolutely agree that to change that is sort of a breach,” Braham said. “There are the faculty who were maybe moved off campus during COVID, and never came back, or came back partially. Then there were some who were really made to be here and never had a chance to work remotely. Who have to pay for parking and daycare, and all of those things, and commuting.”
Each of these groups faces different challenges. Parking, daycare, eldercare and household budgets have all been topics of contention for those who were hired to work remotely or moved off-site during the pandemic.
Some anonymous staff members have come forward and spoken about their struggles at home while adjusting to the mandate.
“One employee estimated that the combination of daily travel, increased childcare costs and the required university parking pass would cost an additional $15,000 to $20,000 per year,” according to Spotlight Delaware. “They said if the university moves forward with the policy, they would be forced to leave their job.”
Staff who were hired on as in-person workers, especially those hired after the pandemic, have little to no experience working remotely. Because of this, they have already confronted most of the challenges that come with an on-campus position, including parking, childcare, etc.
The UD Staff Advocacy group has released the results report for the petition. As of now, the petition has received 529 signatures from staff, faculty, students and persons of other affiliations. Of the signers, 321 chose to remain anonymous, 132 chose to provide their department but withhold their name and 76 chose to provide their name and department.
The petition was sent to President Laura Carlson when it was first opened on Aug. 3. The petition was sent to each member of the university’s board of trustees, including Gov. Matt Meyer. Delaware elected officials United States (U.S.) Sen. Lisa Blunt Rochester, U.S. Sen. Chris Coons and State Sen. Bryan Townsend were also sent the petition.
Upon request for comment, the university referred The Review to an email sent to all university employees on Sept. 1.
“The university is moving toward an on-campus model in which staff members work on campus at least four days a week,” the email stated. “The University-wide deadline for covered staff positions to meet this expectation is June 30, 2027.”
“At the same time, we recognize that increasing on-campus work may require meaningful adjustments for some employees, including changes involving commuting, caregiving responsibilities, existing remote or hybrid arrangements, and workspace needs,” the email continued. “We are committed to providing clear timelines, a consistent process for requesting a different work arrangement, and support as units plan for the transition.”
Hundreds of data centers are sprouting up across the U.S. over farmland, shrubland and forest, with thousands more on the way, according to the Washington Post.
So after a small crash I started getting clicking nosies. Shortly after I got the “rowdy” message showing error 6. I tried the suggested fixes from FM of disconnecting checking for damage and reconnecting. After trying that and a brief clean with isopropyl alcohol it still gives that error. Any suggestions?
Caleb Flynn convicted of aggravated murder in shooting of Ashley Flynn, a schoolteacher and volleyball coach
Caleb Flynn, the former Ohio music pastor and one-time American Idol contestant accused of killing his wife to pursue a lover, was convicted of her murder on Tuesday.
As a judge read the guilty verdict, 40-year-old Flynn cried, shaking his head and closing his eyes at times. He faces up to life in prison.
In a surprising turn in Lindsay Clancy's first hearing since her mistrial in early September, her lawyer, Kevin Reddington, argued that there was no evidence she killed her kids.
Conservative majority temporarily lifts lower-court decision as liberal justices dissent from ruling
The Trump administration can resume quickly deporting immigrants to a “third countries”, or countries other than those immigrants’ homeland, without giving them any opportunity to contest their removals, the supreme court ruled on Tuesday.
The six-justice conservative majority of the high court temporarily lifted a lower-court decision that required the administration to provide immigrants sufficient notice and the opportunity to claim fear of torture or persecution in the countries where they are being sent. The Trump administration had claimed this stipulation had prevented it from “efficiently removing aliens” from the US.
About a week ago, the cybercriminal group ShinyHunters claimed it had defaced the FBI's jobs website and bragged that it had stolen data about FBI personnel and job applicants.
Locals and developers have been negotiating for months over how, or even whether, to change the historic nature of a Wilmington neighborhood as the city continues to try to drive new economic development. | PHOTO COURTESY OF TSIONAS
Man dialled 999 before he and four others were arrested near military base in Gloucestershire, it has emerged
One of the five men arrested near RAF Fairford as part of a terror investigation that prompted fears of an Iran-backed plot called the police to report the incident, it has emerged.
The call from the man, in his 20s and from London, was one reason armed police were scrambled to arrest the men, who were with three vans close to the military base used by the US in its attacks on Iran.
Company’s product comes weeks after Meta introduced its own artificially intelligent agent Muse
Less than 24 hours after OpenAI announced it would scrap the launch of an artificial intelligence model over safety concerns, the company debuted a whole new suite of AI tools.
During its annual showcase for developers in San Francisco on Tuesday, Sam Altman, OpenAI’s CEO, enthusiastically unveiled an AI agent called “dots” that he said was “more ambitious” than ChatGPT and a “whole new way to work with AI”.
The verdict stems from Carroll’s 2023 sexual abuse and defamation civil trial against Trump
Donald Trump has agreed to stop fighting in court the disbursement of E Jean Carroll’s $5m verdict in her 2023 sexual abuse and defamation civil trial against him, a procedural development as these funds were already distributed to her.
While the decision does not change anything about Carroll’s receipt of the payout, its revelation effectively means that Trump will no longer oppose the monetary outcome he had long fought.
An affidavit unsealed Tuesday said the officer who shot Wilber Garcés Pérez was not wearing a body camera and another officer had turned his camera off.
CNN, MS NOW and Politico journalists, who were banned by Trump from White House grounds this month, asked a federal court to block the press ban until the case is resolved.
(The Center Square) – The 10-year Treasury note closed at 5.26% Tuesday, more than a point above the 4.1% the Congressional Budget Office projected it would average this year, a gap that could raise taxpayers' borrowing costs as federal debt…
(The Center Square) – The U.S. Supreme Court will hear a case on Monday that could "rewrite" the future of American energy production, legal analysts said.
Lindsay Clancy was back in Plymouth Superior Court Tuesday for the first time since her high-profile Massachusetts murder trial ended in a mistrial due to a hung jury on Sept. 4.
An anonymous reader quotes a report from CNBC: Mistral Chief Executive Arthur Mensch has accused leading global artificial intelligence companies of using the debate over the safety of the technology as a cover-up for their "negligence." "The debate that we've seen in the U.S. has been a cover for the negligence of some of our competitors," Mensch told CNBC's Annette Weisbach, adding that it was necessary to make systems that can contain the AI agents. [...]
"When you give them a lot of tools, those systems [AI agents] are very dynamic, so they can go and do things that you do not expect," Mensch told CNBC. "You need to have the right monitoring in place, and the enterprises we work with, we give them those kind of monitoring systems," he said.
Mistral also develops AI models but takes a different approach to OpenAI and Anthropic by working with individual companies to create custom AI tools to suit their needs and integrate them with their businesses. But unlike its competitors, Mistral has no plans to slow down development of advanced models. The lead that U.S. labs have is "not extremely large," Mensch said, adding that his company was confident that its next-generation model will close the gap "very significantly."
"We have been raising the capital needed to scale the compute that we need to train bigger and more powerful models, in order for us to own our own destiny," he said. Earlier this month, Mistral raised 3 billion euros ($3.5 billion) in fresh funding led by memory chip giant Samsung, as it looks to position itself as a European alternative to rivals like OpenAI and Anthropic.
The high court will later hear arguments and make a final ruling on the Trump administration’s controversial policy of sending migrants to countries where they are not citizens.
Nvidia may be buying Hugging Face, but AMD will soon have an AI software company of its own following the chipmaker’s announcement this week that it’s acquiring World Labs, the spatial AI company founded two years ago by renown AI expert Fei-Fei Li.
Li has been called the “Godmother of AI” for her contributions to the field of AI. She is best known for ImageNet, a large dataset comprised of more than 14 million images used for training and validating visual machine learning algorithms.
ImageNet, which Li started building in 2007, holds an annual contest to see which computer vision algorithm can most accurately identify images. Geoff Hinton (who is often dubbed one of three “Godfathers of AI”) and his students at the University of Toronto leveled the ImageNet field in 2012 with their groundbreaking GPU-based neural network AlexNet. The moment helped kick off a rapid cycle of deep learning development, which Nvidia CEO Jenson Huang termed the Cambrian Explosion of AI, which still reverberates today.
Li was born in China in 1976 and immigrated to New Jersey when she was 12. After graduating from Princeton University with a physics degree and getting her doctorate in electrical engineering from Caltech, she returned to Princeton as an assistant professor from 2007 to 2009, during which time she founded ImageNet.
In 2013, Li joined Stanford University as co-director of the Stanford Institute for Human-Centered Artificial Intelligence and a co-director of the Stanford Vision and Learning Lab. She joined Google Cloud as its Chief Scientist of AI/ML while on sabbatical from Stanford in 2017 and 2018, and returned to Stanford in 2018, where she established the RAISE-Health (Responsible AI for Safe and Equitable Health) program in 2023.
Li founded World Labs in 2024 to push the state of the art in computer vision, deep learning, and robotics. The physical AI startup, which received more than $1.2 billion in funding, developed the Marble line of foundation world models that could be used for 3D simulation and spatial reasoning.
“We built the company guided by the foundational belief that language alone isn’t sufficient for model development,” Li wrote in a September 28 Substack post. “The universe isn’t made up of words; it’s made of real things. So many of the most important problems for AI to solve, from science to entertainment to robotics, require models to reason over the structure and behavior of the physical world.”
In 2025, World Labs inked a technical partnership with AMD, with a goal of optimizing its model training and inference workloads on AMD’s GPUs. “As our teams worked together, we realized it would be a natural fit to bring together our AI ecosystem of software and hardware, foundation models, and applications,” Li wrote in the Substack.
“Just like I knew it was time to do a startup to jumpstart the work of creating foundation models beyond LLMs and achieve the most impact in AI, it’s again very clear that the right path for myself and World Labs is to continue our mission as a part of AMD,” she wrote.
Li, who was named an AIwire2026 Person to Watch, will join AMD as Chief Scientist when the acquisition is complete, which is expected to happen by the end of 2026 subject to standard closing conditions. Li will report directly to AMD CEO Lisa Su, who was also named an AIwire 2026 Person to Watch.
“Fei-Fei and the World Labs team bring exceptional research leadership and model expertise,” Su stated. “Together, we can use that insight to develop the hardware, software and systems that will power the next generation of AI and strengthen the open AI ecosystem.”
AMD has benefited handsomely from the AI boom, which has driven demand for its Instinct GPUs and Epyc CPUs. The company enjoyed a 50% revenue increase during the most recent quarter, and is on track to record more than $40 billion in revenue for the year. The company has a market capitalization of just under $1 trillion, making it the 15th most valuable company in the world.
Maximum Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) benefits and income limits in Pennsylvania are higher under an annual federal adjustment effective Oct. 1, according to the state Department of Human Services (DHS).
More than 100 people have said they were injured by the ride in California, which reached speeds up to 76mph
Six Flags has permanently shut down its embattled X2 rollercoaster in Valencia, California, the company announced on Tuesday, as numerous past riders have come forward with allegations of serious injuries.
X2, a Magic Mountain park favorite, which reaches up to 76mph (about 122km/h) and has seats that can rotate 360 degrees, had been closed since mid-July.
During the 29 September US Senate judiciary committee hearing, the Republican senator Eric Schmitt accused Jack Smith, the former special counsel, of attending an Atlanta Hawks basketball game in Atlanta. Schmitt insinuated that Smith was in the area when Fani Willis, the Fulton county district attorney, revealed she'd had a relationship with fellow prosecutor Nathan Wade. Smith, who led two criminal cases against Donald Trump in 2023, clarified he had attended an Iowa Hawkeyes v Maryland Terrapins game in February 2024 to watch Caitlin Clark
Douglas Carter, 71, who has spent more than four decades on death row, released on bail until new trial begins
A Utah man who has spent more than four decades on death row was released from jail after newly analyzed DNA evidence showed that he was not connected to a 1985 homicide.
Douglas Stewart Carter, now 71, walked out of the Utah county jail late on Monday night after a judge ordered his release on bail. He will have to wear a GPS monitoring device until a new trial begins.
The Supreme Court said in an unsigned order it will hear arguments in the challenge to the Trump administration's third-country-removal policy in December.
In celebration of America’s 250th anniversary, Morris Library has hosted a number of exhibitions centered around aspects of American history over the past year. For its final exhibition of the year, it is focusing on Abraham Lincoln.
“It’s not so much about Lincoln and his life, but why are we still talking about him 150 years later?” Hillary Kativa, head of Special Collections and the exhibition’s curator, said.
From Aug. 25 to Dec. 18, library visitors can find “Hallowed Grounds: Monuments and Memorials to Abraham Lincoln” in a case on the second floor outside of the Special Collections gallery. Plaques accompany a carefully selected assortment of items from the library’s Special Collections.
The exhibition features objects chronicling the way Lincoln has been celebrated over the years — a phenomenon which, Kativa says, began shortly after his death and became more popular in 1909, the centennial of his birth.
One of the most popular forms of celebrating him was for his birthday. Though it never became a national holiday due to pushback from the south, organizations across the country celebrate it to this day.
The display even features a menu from the Republican Club of the City of New York’s tenth annual dinner in 1896, with menu items such as fillet of beef with olives. The Lincoln Club of Delaware, which donated its collection to the library, holds a birthday dinner for Lincoln every year.
Kativa believes that Lincoln is so popular today because of the way he has been celebrated.
“A lot of that has to do with generations who put up monuments, put up statues, who formed clubs and who wanted to perpetuate his memory,” Kativa said.
The exhibition features pieces about the statues and monuments created for Lincoln over the years. One of the first of these monuments to be built was a statue of Lincoln by Henry Kirke Brown in Brooklyn’s Prospect Park on Oct. 21, 1869, four years after Lincoln’s death. A book by the War Fund Committee of Brooklyn that recorded the services and addresses from the statue’s unveiling can be found in the collection.
Over the next 20 years, statues were built in cities throughout the northern and western states, and the exhibition has a copy of a speech by Frederick Douglass from an unveiling of one of these statues in Washington, D.C. in 1876.
In 1867, a movement to build a monument in Washington, D.C. began, though these plans were not followed through due to the political and economic turmoil at the time. It would not be until 1922 that the Lincoln Memorial would be built at the National Mall. The exhibition includes a 1867 pamphlet by the National Lincoln Monument Association, formed to collect funds for the original monument.
A book with a photo of the Lincoln Memorial in Hodgenville, Kentucky, where his birthplace cabin was, can be seen in the exhibition. The memorial opened in 1911 and features 56 steps for the 56 years of Lincoln’s life.
In addition to the Hodgenville memorial, historical sites for Lincoln were created in places with a connection to him, such as his home in Springfield, Illinois, which opened as a site in 1889. Books about other locations can be found in the exhibition.
“It’s always nice to have an invitation to maybe look into something that seems familiar, but when you actually think about it, maybe you don’t know a lot about it,” Kativa said.
McDonald's is reportedly using AI-powered pricing tools to recommend menu prices based on what customers near individual restaurants are willing to pay. Franchisees technically retain control over final prices, but some told Reuters they feel pressured to follow the algorithm's recommendations. "A corporate document reviewed by the publication shows that McDonald's tracks adherence to the platform, and notes any deviations from the algorithm's price recommendations," reports Engadget. From the report: Reuters got a look at the interface that franchisees use to access this technology and it's pretty creepy. Messages show stuff like "your restaurant is showing MEDIUM SENSITIVITY to price" based on "customer willingness to pay in your area." Cost differences at nearby locations can be stark. Researchers found that a Bic Mac at a Fresno, California store cost $5.69, but the same burger cost $6.89 at another branch two miles down the road. That's a 21 percent difference.
The company acknowledges that using this dynamic pricing system could open up franchisees to legal hurdles, all while continuing to push the platform. The pricing portal's terms of service reportedly warns that owners "may be competitors of each other" and "it is particularly important for all Users of the Tool to understand and comply fully with antitrust and competition laws." The document also reiterates that franchisees are "always free to determine the final price," thus potentially absolving corporate from any antitrust concerns.
McDonald's has decried Reuters' reporting as "speculative and uninformed." The company says the pricing portal is "a tool, not a mandate, designed to provide restaurant-specific recommendations to help franchisees deliver value for customers and make informed business decisions." The company has been using some version of this technology since at least 2019, according to Reuters. In 2023, however, CEO Kempczinski boasted to investors that it had developed proprietary tools to evaluate pricing at individual restaurants.
Small business owners say they’re being unfairly targeted – but disability advocates say violations must be dealt with
Rodrigo Nogueira was met with a surprise in April 2025 when lawyers contacted him out of the blue. They asked whether he needed legal assistance over a summons his restaurant received for violating Title III of the Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA).
It was the first he had ever heard of it. The lawsuit listed 35 violations against No More Cafe, his restaurant in Manhattan’s East Village.
The ban on shock gloves will take effect next year and remain in place until 2030. It comes weeks after US Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) moved to equip its officers with the gloves, which are designed to gain compliance from combative individuals. Last month, the agency awarded a nearly $17m contract to buy 6,000 pairs.
Strategy includes increased security funding for synagogues, and focus on folding Jewish history into public school education
Zohran Mamdani debuted a sweeping plan Tuesday to combat antisemitism and hate crimes against Jewish people in New York City, moving to assuage concerns from critics who see his steadfast denunciations of Israel as antisemitic.
The strategy includes increased security funding for synagogues, an increased focus on folding Jewish history into public school education, and a pledge to highlight important Jewish cultural and religious sites in the mayor’s day-to-day governance of the city.
Sept. 29, 2026 — When Nathan Bell and Michael Garland presented their work on sparse matrix-vector multiplication at SC09, general-purpose GPU computing was still relatively young. CUDA had been introduced only a few years earlier, and researchers were still learning which problems could take advantage of the highly parallel architecture of GPUs, and how.
Seventeen years later, their paper, “Implementing Sparse Matrix-Vector Multiplication on Throughput-Oriented Processors,” has been selected for the SC26 Test of Time Award.
The award recognizes research published at SC that has continued to influence the field well beyond its original appearance. Bell and Garland’s work addressed a problem that remains familiar today: how do you get highly parallel hardware to perform efficiently when the problem itself is irregular?
Finding Structure in Sparsity
Sparse matrix-vector multiplication, or SpMV, is an important operation in computational science. It appears repeatedly in methods for solving large-scale linear systems and eigenvalue problems across scientific and engineering applications.
Nathan Bell, Google
However, sparse matrices present a challenge for parallel hardware.
Unlike dense matrices, where data and computation tend to follow predictable patterns, sparse matrices can range from highly regular to highly irregular. For GPUs at the time, extracting performance meant exposing enough fine-grained parallelism while keeping execution and memory access sufficiently regular.
Bell and Garland explored how different sparse matrix representations could help achieve that balance. Rather than treating all sparse matrices in the same way, their work considered different sparsity patterns and the data formats best suited to them. The paper examined formats including DIA, ELL, CSR and COO, and showed how computation could be organized to reduce the execution and memory divergence caused by irregular matrix structures.
Michael Garland, NVIDIA
The results demonstrated that sparse computation could be mapped successfully onto GPU architectures. On the NVIDIA GeForce GTX 285 used in the study, the proposed techniques achieved high levels of memory bandwidth utilization and substantial performance improvements over the comparison systems available at the time.
But the lasting contribution went beyond a set of benchmark results. The work demonstrated something more fundamental: understanding the problem’s structure could be just as important as the hardware used to solve it.
Twenty Years of Sparsity on GPUs
At SC26, Garland will look back at that work and what has happened since in “Twenty Years of Sparsity on GPUs.”
Garland joined NVIDIA in 2006 as one of the founding members of NVIDIA Research. He is now Senior Director of Programming Research, leading a group whose work spans parallel algorithms, programming languages, compilers and runtime systems, and low-level hardware/software interfaces.
Sparse matrix-vector multiplication was among the first CUDA kernels he attempted to write.
The SIMT execution model made it relatively straightforward to produce a working implementation. Achieving genuinely high performance, however, was a different challenge. A few years later, Garland and Bell set out to develop kernels that delivered high throughput while making effective use of the memory bandwidth GPUs could provide.
That work became their SC09 paper.
Looking back, Garland highlights two ideas that emerged from the research: selecting the right data structure to take advantage of known matrix structure can make high performance much easier to achieve, and irregularity can be managed effectively when it is relatively rare.
Those ideas would continue to matter as GPU computing matured.
In the years since SC09, sparse computation and GPU linear algebra have developed considerably, alongside dramatic changes in GPU hardware and the surrounding software ecosystem. Garland’s SC26 talk will revisit lessons from the original work, explore notable developments along the way and consider the challenges that remain.
From Early CUDA to Today
Both authors went on to contribute to GPU computing well beyond the original paper. Bell is now a Principal Engineer at Google, focused on Search. Previously a Research Scientist at NVIDIA Research, he specialized in sparse linear algebra and parallel programming models and co-developed the Thrust and Cusp libraries.
Garland and his team have worked across the GPU software stack, producing high-performance sparse matrix methods; algorithm libraries, including Thrust and CUB; Python frameworks for programming large numbers of GPUs; new approaches to tensor layouts; and methods for scheduling AI kernels. Many of these innovations have become foundational components of the CUDA ecosystem.
The hardware Bell and Garland used in 2009 belongs to another generation of computing. The questions raised by their work do not. How should data be represented? Where is the regularity in an irregular problem? How should work be organized to make effective use of increasingly parallel hardware? These questions have followed GPU computing from its early years into today’s HPC and AI systems.
And that is what makes research stand the test of time.
Congratulations to Nathan Bell and Michael Garland, recipients of the SC26 Test of Time Award.
Read the Original Paper
N. Bell and M. Garland, “Implementing sparse matrix-vector multiplication on throughput-oriented processors,” Proceedings of the Conference on High Performance Computing Networking, Storage and Analysis, Portland, OR, USA, 2009, pp. 1-11, doi: 10.1145/1654059.1654078
Source: Lori Diachin, SC26 Test of Time Award Chair
Michigan Democratic Senate candidate Abdul El-Sayed is making a play for Robert F. Kennedy Jr.'s "Make America Healthy Again" supporters with the release Tuesday of a new health policy platform.
(The Center Square) – The full government cost of an active-duty service member is about $86,000 a year higher than what's reflected in the Department of War's budget.
SEOUL, South Korea, Sept. 29, 2026 — SEMIFIVE, a leading global provider of custom AI semiconductor (ASIC) solutions, announced today that it has signed a contract worth approximately KRW 70.3 billion (~US$52 million) with a U.S.-based AI fabless company to develop a next-generation AI inference accelerator.
The project marks SEMIFIVE’s first “Spec Hand-off” engagement in the North American market. The contract alone represents more than 40% of the company’s total orders of KRW 168.4 billion in 2025 and approximately 60% of the KRW 118.9 billion in new orders secured during the first half of 2026, making it SEMIFIVE’s largest single contract to date. This major project win strengthens SEMIFIVE’s presence in North America while reinforcing its technological competitiveness in the global custom AI semiconductor (ASIC) market.
Under SEMIFIVE’s Spec Hand-off model, customers only need to provide their key performance requirements and specifications. SEMIFIVE takes full responsibility for the entire development process, including detailed design, software development, packaging, testing, and mass production. Unlike conventional turnkey engagements, in which customers typically complete the chip design before outsourcing subsequent implementation and manufacturing processes, SEMIFIVE takes the lead from an earlier stage of chip development.
Specialized ASIC companies are playing a broader role from the requirements stage across the global custom semiconductor market. Major technology companies including Google and Amazon, for example, have worked with semiconductor companies such as Broadcom and Marvell to develop their own AI silicon.
For this project, SEMIFIVE will integrate advanced technologies to deliver the high memory bandwidth and data processing performance required for large-scale AI model inference while reducing power consumption and total cost of ownership (TCO). The accelerator will adopt LPDDR6, a next-generation low-power DRAM technology, to reduce memory-related power consumption, along with PCIe Gen5 to minimize bottlenecks in high-volume data transfers. Drawing on its experience with multiple Big Die projects of up to 800 mm², SEMIFIVE also plans to implement an architecture designed to deliver both high compute throughput and operational stability.
Following tape-out in the first half of 2027, the two companies plan to begin global mass production in 2028, targeting global hyperscalers and cloud service providers (CSPs).
“As the AI inference market continues to expand rapidly, demand is accelerating for custom silicon optimized for each customer’s services and workloads,” said Brandon Cho, CEO and Co-founder of SEMIFIVE. “By successfully commercializing this next-generation inference accelerator and improving the economics of large-scale AI models, we aim to establish SEMIFIVE as an essential custom silicon development partner for the global hyperscale infrastructure market.”
About SEMIFIVE
SEMIFIVE Inc. (KOSDAQ: 490470) is a pioneer of platform-based SoC design, working with customers to implement innovative ideas into custom silicon in the most efficient way. Our SoC platforms offer a powerful springboard for new chip designs and leverage configurable domain-specific architectures and pre-validated key IP pools. We offer comprehensive spec-to-system capabilities with end-to-end solutions so that custom SoCs can be realized faster, with reduced cost and risks for key applications such as data center or AI-enabled IoT. With a strong partnership with Samsung Foundry as a leading SAFE DSP partner, as well as the larger ecosystem, SEMIFIVE provides a one-stop shop solution for any SoC design needs. For more information, please visit www.semifive.com.
(The Center Square) – The U.S. Supreme Court, in a 6-3 ruling on Tuesday, temporarily allowed the Trump administration to deport people to countries other than their own until oral arguments can be heard later this year.
Christa Pike is scheduled to die by lethal injection Wednesday in Tennessee. If it proceeds as planned, she would be the first woman executed in Tennessee since at least 1820.
(The Center Square) – Regulation of college sports, potentially corralling a volatile period of amateur athletes zooming forward with multi-million dollar deals and major conferences expanding their footprints as valued TV properties, includes the support of both North Carolinians in…
GOP senators lash out on Smith, who led criminal cases against Trump, with invective and inaccurate information
Jack Smith, the former special counsel who led two criminal cases against Donald Trump in 2023, faced attacks from Republicans in a wide-ranging hearing on Tuesday that included a basketball mix-up, a reference to the tooth fairy and accusations of perjury.
In the Senate judiciary committee hearing on Tuesday, the Republican senator Eric Schmitt, of Missouri, raised perjury allegations against Smith, seemingly over a mix-up about the Atlanta Hawks and University of Iowa Hawkeyes basketball teams.
Senate Majority Leader John Thune is set to travel to states with key Senate races in the coming weeks as the GOP fights to hold on to its majority in the upper chamber.
(The Center Square) – Fraud costs government agencies more than four times the amount stolen, according to a national fraud analyst, who warns artificial intelligence could make the problem even worse.
A six-month British Transport Police trial of live facial recognition at London railway stations scanned more than 500,000 faces, cost over 320,000 pounds, and produced just one alert with no arrests directly resulting from the technology. That one alert ended up being a false positive.
Despite those results, BTP has extended the pilot through November and expanded it to selected Underground stations. The Guardian reports: British Transport Police said that since the extension there had been three positive confirmed alerts of people who were subsequently confirmed to be complying with sexual harm prevention orders or other imposed court conditions. When Transport for London announced its support for the extension of the trial, it said LFR technology "will target and identify people on police watchlists at key stations chosen for maximum impact" and would "specifically tackle violence against women and girls, whose travel behaviors are shaped by experiences of sexual harassment and sexual offenses."
Fraser Sampson, a former biometrics and surveillance camera commissioner for the UK, said the police needed to show that the use of the technology was proportionate. "There many variables and all need to align: the choice of location, times of day, make up of the watchlist and likelihood of people being present and many more." Sampson, who is now a non-executive director of Facewatch, a company that operates facial recognition systems in shops, added: "We know the technology works, but using it in supermarkets to deter shoplifters and prevent attacks on staff is very different from deploying it to catch people on a public transport network."
"Success in a shop means no such people coming in. Success for the police trying to catch people means people being caught. In that respect the trial doesn't appear to have been very fruitful. Everything depends on the police watchlists; if you're not on a watchlist, the live FRT cameras do not "see" you and they don't retain your image in the same way as CCTV cameras. However, they are processing special category personal data and the technology must be used in a way that is appropriate, proportionate and necessary. It's for the police to show how any deployment meets those criteria and -- as the ICO [information commissioner's office] has recently reported -- for their oversight boards to hold them firmly to account in doing so."
Can you tell me what values should be showing for these settings on a GTS motor. I’m getting alerts when I initiate the Float Control app. I get an alert whether I set the motor as N48 or N52.
Jack Smith returned to Capitol Hill on Tuesday to defend his derailed efforts to prosecute President Donald Trump, telling lawmakers he would not “be silenced by continued threats of prosecution” from the president.
ALBUQUERQUE, N.M., Sept. 29, 2026 — Roadrunner Venture Studios and New Mexico’s Technology and Innovation Office (TIO) today debuted the Roadrunner Quantum Lab (RQL) Powered by the State of New Mexico. Built in Albuquerque’s Innovation District, the new 35,000-square-foot facility will be an anchor for New Mexico’s $450M commitment to quantum, granting essential access to resources such as lab space, specialized equipment, and collaborations with leading researchers.
“The Roadrunner Quantum Lab cements New Mexico’s place at the forefront of quantum research in America,” said Governor Michelle Lujan Grisham. “It’s paying off in high-paying jobs and meaningful opportunities for New Mexicans to lead at the cutting edge of quantum technology.”
The RQL has already attracted leading quantum information science companies to the space to build alongside new startups and researchers. These companies include Diraq, IonQ, Quantum Machines, Conductor Quantum, Mesa Quantum, QBoltz, Photon Queue, QuEra, and Manzano Systems as well as Sandia National Laboratories, Los Alamos National Laboratory, Elevate Quantum, and the Quantum New Mexico Institute.
“New Mexico has been a home for quantum information science for decades, and it’s now emerging as a place where quantum companies can grow and thrive,” said David Kistin, the Director of the Roadrunner Quantum Lab. “The RQL is helping bring together researchers, entrepreneurs, investors, and industry partners to build a stronger quantum ecosystem across the Southwest.”
The lab is a direct result of the State of New Mexico’s selection of Roadrunner Venture Studios and its coalition partners to establish and operate a quantum venture studio.
“New Mexico doesn’t just talk about the future of quantum; we build the room where it happens,” said Economic Development New Mexico Secretary Rob Black. “The Roadrunner Quantum Lab gives quantum startups access to the infrastructure, equipment and connections they need to turn breakthrough research into companies, products and high-skill jobs here in New Mexico.”
“A year ago, we set out to prove that New Mexico could turn decades of research strength into real companies and real jobs,” said TIO Director Nora Meyers Sackett. “Today that promise has walls, equipment, and startups walking through the door. This is what we mean when we say, ‘Next starts here.'”
To support the work of the studio and RQL, Roadrunner organized a New Mexico quantum coalition last year, which includes nearly a dozen partners spanning national laboratories (Sandia, Los Alamos), private industry (QuEra Computing, Maybell, Qunnect, Resonance), academic institutions (University of New Mexico) and venture capital firms (DCVC, Playground Global, Quantonation).
Roadrunner is the nation’s first venture studio purpose-built for hard science company creation. The studio works with national labs, research institutions, and venture capital firms to turn research in advanced energy, robotics, precision manufacturing, and quantum into scalable, venture-backable companies. For more information, visit www.roadrunnerventurestudios.com.
Why does the Pint X have more trouble threads than the Pint S? Is it just the price difference & later offering keeping Pint S population smaller to begin with? Or, is there a manufacturing process difference?
Commitment builds on more than $10 billion of capital already committed to the Helix strategy
NEW YORK, Sept. 29, 2026 — Helix Digital Infrastructure and KKR have announced that Samsung has committed $1 billion to Helix, an AI infrastructure company formed by KKR to help meet the growing infrastructure needs of hyperscalers, through its long-duration capital fund.
Credit: Sundry Photography/Shutterstock
Samsung’s investment builds on the more than $10 billion of capital committed to the Helix strategy at its launch by founding investors including KKR, the Kuwait Investment Authority (KIA), NVIDIA and Vistra. The new commitment will provide additional long-duration capital to support Helix’s strategy of investing in and delivering the data centers, power, connectivity and related infrastructure required to support growing AI demand.
“Samsung’s commitment is a strong vote of confidence in Helix’s strategy and further deepens the long-term capital base we’ve built to meet the scale of AI infrastructure demand,” said Adam Selipsky, CEO and Co-Founder, Helix. “As one of the world’s leading technology companies, Samsung brings unique capabilities that we expect will benefit Helix and its customers, and we look forward to working together to accelerate the deployment of next-generation digital infrastructure for hyperscalers around the world.”
Alongside NVIDIA’s expertise in full-stack technology and AI infrastructure and Vistra’s role in power, Helix expects to explore opportunities to leverage Samsung’s capabilities across areas such as advanced technology, construction, energy storage, and cooling to support the development and delivery of AI infrastructure at scale.
AI is driving a generational infrastructure buildout, creating unprecedented demand from hyperscalers for partners that can help solve increasingly complex infrastructure needs at scale and speed. Helix was created in response to this challenge through an integrated approach that brings together long-duration capital, deep infrastructure expertise and capabilities across the critical components required to support AI growth. Helix will seek to invest in, deliver and manage AI-enabling infrastructure both in North America and worldwide.
Globally, KKR has invested over $75 billion across digital infrastructure and power. The firm has been present in Korea since 2009, building deep local relationships and market understanding across infrastructure, private equity, real estate and credit. KKR has invested approximately $9 billion across its strategies in Korea. This long-term presence underpins KKR’s commitment to building trust to support leading Korean companies’ growth and objectives.
About Helix Digital Infrastructure
Helix Digital Infrastructure is a dedicated company focused on investing in, delivering and managing the next generation of AI-enabling infrastructure. Founded with anchor investors including KKR, the Kuwait Investment Authority, NVIDIA and Vistra, the company has access to a long-duration, multi-billion-dollar pool of capital. Supported by KKR’s leading global infrastructure platform, Helix is designed to deliver integrated solutions across hyperscale data centers, power generation and transmission, fiber, connectivity and related infrastructure. Helix is led by Adam Selipsky, former CEO of Amazon Web Services, and a management team with extensive experience across cloud, digital infrastructure and energy systems. For more information about Helix, please visit www.helixdi.com.
US cannabis and drinks firm Tilray, which took over in March, says it will improve beers, pubs and working conditions
BrewDog’s new owner has urged drinkers to give the ailing brand “a second chance” as it invests more than £50m in improving the company’s beers, pubs and working conditions.
The US cannabis and drinks company Tilray bought BrewDog for £33m in March this year, after the company collapsed into administration after five years of losses and a series of controversies relating to the treatment of workers under the founder James Watt.
SWORDS, Ireland, Sept. 29, 2026 — Trane Technologies, a global climate innovator, today at Yotta 2026 announced the release of the LiquidStack CDU 2.X platform, an architecture-agnostic coolant distribution unit (CDU) designed to provide the cooling performance and deployment flexibility required for rapidly evolving AI infrastructure. The new platform helps reduce redesign risk and simplify deployment for data center operators and reflects Trane Technologies’ continued investment in advanced thermal management solutions for high-density data center environments.
As the GPU landscape continues to shift and accelerate, flexibility has become critical for both the short and long-term viability of AI, high-performance computing and hyperscale data centers. This new platform’s single CDU design solves for this need by supporting today’s industry-leading AI hardware and emerging solutions alike. With flow capability of up to 3750 lpm at 3.5 bar, CDU 2.X is designed to meet the cooling performance of today’s GPU platforms while providing available headroom for next-generation platforms as rack densities increase.
“Operators need cooling infrastructure that can adapt as GPU platforms and rack densities evolve,” said Scott Smith, General Manager of LiquidStack, Trane Technologies. “CDU 2.X combines the performance and flexibility customers need today with the headroom to prepare for what comes next, allowing them to configure cooling around their facility and deployment strategy rather than designing the facility around the CDU.”
Key features of the CDU 2.X include:
Broad architecture compatibility: Designed to support multiple current and emerging AI silicon platforms from a common CDU architecture.
Simplified deployment: An ultra-low-harmonics VFD architecture is designed to address harmonic distortion at the source, reducing the need for additional power-quality components and simplifying system architecture and deployment.
Configured around your facility: Flexible control valve, power-feed and redundancy options enable CDU 2.X to be configured around different facility and deployment architectures.
Flexible distribution architecture: End-of-row and rack-adjacent deployment support provides operators with greater flexibility to address increasing rack densities and future architectures.
Performance headroom for next-generation AI: Designed to support next-generation GPU platforms, including NVIDIA Vera Rubin and beyond.
Flexible power architecture: Dual-feed A/B and automatic transfer switch options enable operators to configure CDU 2.X around different facility resiliency requirements.
Designed for high-efficiency operation: Lower approach temperatures and facility inlet temperatures up to 45°C support efficient liquid cooling system architectures.
The announcement comes on the heels of the commercial availability of the LiquidStack GigaModular CDU platform, now with an expanded 14 MW of capacity. Trane Technologies’ liquid cooling portfolio, including LiquidStack solutions, gives data center operators greater flexibility in how they deploy and scale next-generation liquid cooling infrastructure.
The LiquidStack CDU 2.X from Trane Technologies is available for pre-order now, with shipments beginning in the second quarter of 2027.
LiquidStack — a Trane Technologies brand — is a global leader in advanced liquid cooling for scalable AI infrastructure, delivering future-ready cooling architectures designed for next-generation GPU platforms. Built to support hyperscale AI growth, LiquidStack solutions enable operators to deploy, scale, and optimize high-density AI infrastructure with confidence.
Andy Burnham has staked his future on a gamble that the public will back radical progressive policies on social care, electoral reform and Europe, telling voters that his agenda will break the mould of the last 40 years and “allow us to rise again”.
In a deeply personal speech at Labour’s conference, Burnham began building his next general election manifesto, acknowledging that he may end up paying the price for creating sharp new dividing lines in politics.
Over half of 260 workplace child fatalities between 2013 and 2023 lacked data on cause of death or the industry worked
Information is missing on over half of deaths at work of people under the age of 18 in the US because of significant gaps in child labor data, according to a government accountability office (GAO) report released on Tuesday.
The report found that between 2013 and 2023, an average of 24 children under the age of 18 died each year due to work-related incidents. Over half of the 260 child fatality cases did not contain detailed data on the cause of death or the industry the child worked in.
The future of scientific discovery will depend on trusted software ecosystems and the communities that build, validate, and sustain them.
Future advances in scientific discovery won’t be just about making components smaller, moving data faster, increasing computational capacity, or introducing entirely new computing architectures. Those advances are critically important, and extraordinary work involving numerous organizations is underway across all of them.
But realizing their potential will require something equally consequential: ensuring that the data, models, algorithms, and other source content we feed into these increasingly powerful systems can be validated and trusted, building the rich, capable, targeted software ecosystems that enable scientists and engineers to put new computing architectures to work.
From artificial intelligence and increasingly heterogeneous computing environments to quantum computing and whatever comes next, the relationship between hardware, software, data, and scientific methodology is becoming more complex and more interdependent.
According to Professor Jack Dongarra of the University of Tennessee, one of the most widely recognized and respected voices in the global HPC community, “The next revolution in scientific computing will not be measured by hardware performance alone. It will depend on whether sustained algorithm and software ecosystems can turn that performance into scientific results that are reliable, reproducible, and trusted.”
The hardware may provide the capability, but the software ecosystem will determine what we can confidently do with it.
And building those ecosystems will take a village.
Jack Dongarra’s Closing Remarks at ASC26
No single company, laboratory, university, government agency, research team, hardware vendor, or software organization, possesses all the expertise required. The next generation of scientific software ecosystems will have to draw upon an extraordinary range of knowledge: computer science, mathematics, domain science, artificial intelligence, data science, hardware architecture, software engineering, experimental science, verification and validation, cybersecurity, user experience, and more.
Just as importantly, these ecosystems will require something that we can’t afford to overlook—sustained investment and long-term stewardship.
Creating the software is only the beginning.
Behind virtually every scientific discovery or technical achievement enabled by advanced computing lies an extensive, and often largely invisible, software infrastructure. Programming environments, mathematical libraries, compilers, workflow systems, data-management tools, visualization technologies, applications, performance tools, verification and validation capabilities, and countless other components that collectively transform computational capability into scientific capability.
As computing changes, the software ecosystems must change with it.
But the next generation of scientific software ecosystems must do more than support new machines.
Establishing Trust in What Machines Produce
That challenge becomes increasingly important as artificial intelligence assumes a greater role in scientific workflows and as computing systems become more deeply connected to experimentation, engineering, manufacturing, and autonomous decision-making.
(lefthanderman/Shutterstock)
“Before I worked in HPC, I worked as a structural engineer, validating engineering simulations against physical test data. First in the automotive industry, then in my own research, where we built biomechanical models directly from CT scans rather than simplified geometry,” says Johannes Gebert, HLRS. “That work taught me that trust in a computational result is never automatic; it must be earned, method by method, against ground truth. As AI takes on a larger role in scientific workflows, we can’t let convenience erode that discipline. The tools are new, but the obligation to validate against reality isn’t.”
A faster answer is not necessarily a better answer. A more sophisticated model is not necessarily a trustworthy one. And enormous computational capability has limited scientific value if researchers cannot establish confidence in the data, methods, software, and processes that produced the result.
According to Professor Rio Yokota at the Institute of Science, Tokyo, “The interesting shift is that large language models are no longer just another workload on the supercomputer. They are becoming part of the scientific method itself.”
That means provenance, validation, reproducibility, verification, transparency, and software quality are not peripheral concerns. They are becoming fundamental requirements of advanced scientific computing.
From Software Stacks to Software Ecosystems
For decades, scientific software has evolved alongside successive generations of computing technology. But the changes now underway may demand something more fundamental than another round of adaptation.
“Future environments will increasingly combine CPUs, GPUs, specialized accelerators, AI technologies, novel memory and data architectures, a mix of cloud and on-prem systems, edge and experimental systems, and potentially quantum and other emerging computing paradigms,” said Lori Diachin, Principal Deputy Associate Director, Computing Directorate at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory, SC25 General Chair, and a former Director of the DOE Exascale Computing Project.
At the same time, researchers will increasingly move among simulation, experimental data, machine learning, real-time analysis, and autonomous decision-making.
No single application or traditional software stack can address all of that complexity.
What is required instead are ecosystems: collections of interoperable technologies, tools, libraries, applications, frameworks, data resources, development environments, and validation capabilities designed around the needs of scientific and engineering communities while remaining connected to much broader computing environments.
Gina Tourassi is the Associate Laboratory Director of the Computing and Computational Sciences Directorate at Oak Ridge National Laboratory
“Much of the conversation worldwide is focused on whether we can trust AI,” said Dr. Michael Heroux of Scientific Software Horizons. “Our podcast discussions begin from a different premise: AI is here. The question now is how we work together to ensure that AI-enabled scientific computing, and the decisions and discoveries it supports, can be trusted. That will require software ecosystems that are portable, reliable, validated, and worthy of the global scientific community’s confidence.”
And those ecosystems must evolve as rapidly as the architectures and scientific requirements they support.
“The next breakthrough will not come from AI, supercomputing, quantum, or experimentation in isolation. At ORNL, we increasingly see the opportunity in bringing them together, so that scientists can move seamlessly from data to models to simulation to experiment and back again. Realizing that vision will require software ecosystems designed and sustained to turn this convergence into trusted scientific capability,” said Gina Tourassi, Associate Lab Director for Computing and Computational Sciences at the Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
It Will Take a Village
Perhaps the most important word in scientific software ecosystem is ecosystem.
An ecosystem, by definition, depends upon relationships and interdependencies. The same will be true here.
Hardware specialists need to understand the application developers’ requirements. Software developers need insight into emerging architectures. Domain scientists need tools that let them focus on discovery rather than continually confronting the complexity beneath the computing environment. AI researchers, mathematicians, computer scientists, data specialists, experimental researchers, and experts in verification and validation need to understand one another’s requirements.
“At HLRS, we created a dedicated Future Computing Group for exactly this reason: no benchmark report can substitute for sustained, direct collaboration between hardware vendors and the scientists who will actually run codes on a new system,” HLRS’s Gebert says. “The most valuable outcome of evaluating an emerging architecture usually isn’t a performance number. It’s the relationship it forces: vendors learn what our engineering and scientific users actually need, and our teams learn what the hardware can realistically deliver. That conversation must be continuous, not a one-time event at a system’s launch.”
Sunita Chandrasekaran, Director, First State AI Institute, University of Delaware makes a strong point about the extended value of relationships and interdependencies foundational to an effective software ecosystem. “Bringing together such a diverse set of experts raises the stakes for science communication. The value of computing lands best with a broader audience when the community can point to a specific problem once thought unsolvable and explain how it became solvable only because a diverse team decided to take it on.”
Universities, national labs, and others will need to work together to chart the future of scientific computing (Image courtesy University of Missouri)
Industry brings technologies, products, engineering expertise, and pathways to deployment. Universities educate the next generation while advancing foundational research. National laboratories bring extraordinary scientific, computational, and multidisciplinary capabilities. Government agencies can help establish long-term priorities and support work whose value may extend far beyond a single product cycle or research project. Open-source communities contribute innovation, expertise, and continuity across institutional boundaries.
None can do it alone. And none should try.
The challenge is not simply to assemble more software. It’s to create environments in which these different contributions can work together… technically, scientifically, and organizationally.
That requires shared knowledge, common objectives, interoperability, collaboration, and a willingness to recognize that the success of the overall ecosystem may matter more than ownership of any individual component.
Building Not the Same as Sustaining
There is another foundational requirement that deserves greater attention.
These ecosystems will require an ongoing commitment of resources.
That observation shouldn’t be controversial, nor should it be interpreted simply as an appeal for more funding. It is a recognition of the scope of the task.
Software must be conceived and developed. It must be integrated with other technologies. It must be tested, validated, documented, deployed, supported, secured, and continually improved. As hardware architectures change, software will need to change with them. As scientific requirements evolve, capabilities will have to evolve as well.
“The development and stewardship of software ecosystems is widely recognized as a critical issue among the tens of thousands of scientists, engineers, and computational experts who make up the global advanced computing community,” said Dr. Lois Curfman McInnes of Scientific Software Horizons. “We believe the topic is important enough that we launched Scientific Software Horizons, a podcast dedicated to raising awareness of the need for reliable, trusted, and sustainable software ecosystems, featuring the voices of the global advanced computing community that will lead a next-generation workforce responsible for these systems.”
And as researchers become increasingly dependent upon these ecosystems, maintaining confidence in them becomes a continuing responsibility.
Sunita Chandrasekaran is the Director of the First State AI Institute at the University of Delaware
Funding Can Create Software. Stewardship Sustains An Ecosystem
The distinction matters.
Too often, software is treated primarily as an output of a particular research project or as something that accompanies a new computing system. But software upon which scientific communities depend can have a useful life extending across multiple projects, organizations, architectures, and generations of researchers.
According to Chandrasekaran, “This is where building a Research Software Engineer (RSE) pipeline becomes critical. RSEs are the people who bridge the gap between domain scientists and computer scientists, and neither community needs to worry about leaning too far into the other’s territory: RSEs are trained to know just enough domain science to apply computing in a way that elevates that domain science to a level it hasn’t reached before. At the same time, they’re trained to build sustainable software, i.e. code with a life beyond the project that produced it, usable by a much broader community than the one that first needed it.”
As we face the challenge of creating next-generation ecosystems, we need to address many questions related to software development and stewardship.
Who maintains it?
Who validates it as underlying technologies change?
Who ensures interoperability with the next generation of tools?
Who supports the communities that depend upon it?
Who preserves the expertise required to understand and improve it?
And who decides when a component should be modernized, replaced, or retired?
Those are not merely software-development questions. They are questions of scientific infrastructure and stewardship.
If next-generation scientific software ecosystems are to become critical infrastructure for discovery, then sustaining them must become part of how we think about building them in the first place.
SC26: A Hub of Intellect – Where the Village Comes Together
This is where community sponsored events such as SC26 become particularly important.
Each year, SC, the International Conference for High Performance Computing, Networking, Storage, & Analysis, brings together thousands of scientists, engineers, researchers, application developers, software specialists, hardware architects, vendors, students, government representatives, and technical leaders.
SC26 will showcase faster systems, new technologies, important research results, and impressive technical achievements, along with many discussions of next-generation software ecosystems.
Throughout technical sessions, workshops, panels, Birds of a Feather gatherings, exhibits, hallway conversations, dinners, and countless informal discussions, people will compare experiences and confront questions whose answers will help shape the next generation of scientific computing.
What software capabilities will the emerging architectures require? How should AI be incorporated into scientific workflows? How do we establish the provenance and integrity of the information entering those workflows? How do we validate increasingly complex computational results? How do we create software that remains sustainable across generations of hardware? Where should communities collaborate rather than independently reinvent solutions? How do we determine which technologies require sustained stewardship? And how do we establish confidence in systems that may increasingly participate not only in computation, but in scientific and engineering decision-making?
No single session at SC26 will answer all those questions. This isn’t one problem awaiting one solution.
Community-Wide Transition
“SC is the premier conference for high-performance computing, bringing together researchers and practitioners from around the world to discuss the important issues of the day,” added Diachin. “It provides the venue and networking opportunities that enable our community to move those issues forward. No other conference brings together as many topics and people in this field, making it a unique place for perspectives across many different subdisciplines to converge.”
Hardware will continue to advance. Scientific ambitions will continue to expand. AI, quantum computing, automation, and architectures we haven’t yet imagined will create possibilities we are only beginning to understand.
But turning those possibilities into trusted scientific capability will require an equally profound evolution in the software ecosystems surrounding them.
Those ecosystems will have to be capable.
They will have to be trustworthy.
They will have to be collaborative.
And they will have to be sustained.
At SC26, much of that village will be in the same place—sharing what they know, challenging what they think they know, building relationships across traditional boundaries, and beginning to determine not simply what comes next, but what it will take to make future generations of scientific software ecosystems trustworthy, reliable, and effective components of scientific discovery.
And the closing quote comes from the author, speaking as the Chief Strategist at Team Libra.
“The SC26 conference isn’t simply a place where the future of computing is displayed after it has been created. It’s one of the places where the people responsible for creating that future come together, share knowledge, and learn from each other.”
About the author: Mike Bernhardt is the Founder, CEO, and Chief Strategist for Team Libra, LLC, a boutique strategic communications and market relations advisory group. Mike is a distinguished figure in the landscape of accelerated computing and emerging technologies. He is widely respected and sought after for his strategic communications and market relations prowess, which spans over three decades. His expertise has shaped the success of startups and Fortune 500 companies alike, establishing him as a cornerstone in the strategic communications domain.
In addition to the company's GPT-6.1 Astra announcement, OpenAI announced always-on AI agents called "Dots" that can proactively use a computer and connected apps to research, draft documents, write software and handle other tasks on a user's behalf. "OpenAI said it would roll out Dots to paid users starting Tuesday," reports Bloomberg. "Initially, OpenAI said, each user will have access to a single 'dot' that can act as an assistant. Over time, the company expects users to manage a slew of them." From the announcement: Dots are frontier intelligence that have your back. Powered by GPT-6 Astra, they have their own cloud computer, learn from feedback over time, and can work towards your goals 24/7. Through our ecosystem of plugins, they can readily connect to over 4,000 apps, giving them the tools to help wherever you need them.
Your dot is always within reach, whether it is through ChatGPT, Slack, or Teams. You can ask questions, explore ideas, and give feedback along the way; or you can simply hop on a voice call when you need to talk something out. The more you work together, the more your dot learns your preferences, how you think, and what good looks like to you.
The magic of dots is when they bring you work done the way you would do it, sometimes before you even think to ask. With dots alongside you, ambitious ideas and projects you haven't had the time or support to pursue start to feel achievable.
I’m trying to figure out what’s going on with my Pint X and whether anyone else has seen this before. Board is a Pint X with about 1K miles, firmware 2.6.89. I’ve always treated the battery pretty well and usually kept it around 25–75%. I’ve also done range tests pretty regularly and the battery has always seemed healthy. Actual range and ride performance have been normal. A while back I got Error 23 after a long ride. I had gone from 100% down to around 29%, and the error happened right when I transitioned from smooth concrete onto rough terrain. The board is waterproofed with a badger kit, so I don’t think water had anything to do with it. The error eventually went away after leaving it on the charger for a really long time, around a day or two. After that, I started having a new issue with the battery percentage. I would charge to 100%, ride several miles, and it would still say 99–100%. Then sometimes the percentage would finally start dropping normally, for example down into the 80s, and then while still riding it would suddenly jump all the way back to 100%. This wasn’t just the app either. The physical lightbar on the board would also show 100%. The weird part is that the board still rode completely fine and the actual battery range seemed normal. It really seemed like just the battery percentage/SOC reading was broken. Things I already tried: Multiple full charges Leaving it on the charger for around 48 hours a few different times Forgetting and reconnecting the board in the app Confirmed the firmware is current App is up to date None of that fixed the percentage issue. Then today things got much worse. I slowed down for a stop sign, then started accelerating again, and the board completely shut off underneath me. Now it will not turn back on. When I press the power button, the lightbar turns on for maybe half a second and then immediately shuts back off. The app gave me no notification or error message when it happened. So now I’m wondering if the weird battery percentage issue was actually an early sign of a BMS, battery communication, or power issue instead of just a visual bug. Has anyone seen this exact combination before? Pint X + Error 23 + battery percentage randomly jumping back to 100% + normal range + eventual full shutdown and half-second lightbar flash Trying to figure out whether this sounds more like a BMS failure, battery pack issue, wiring/connector problem, or controller issue before I send it in.
The Labour leader has set out his plans with passion and ambition, but the story he tells lacks a vital chapter on managing global chaos
Andy Burnham is at home at Labour conference, and not only because it is in Liverpool and he has Merseyside roots. The prime minister is native to his political tribe wherever it gathers. He is fluent in its sentimental vocabulary and indigenous to its folk traditions.
Keir Starmer had solid Labour bona fides. He joined the party as a teenager. His parents named him after Keir Hardie. But he didn’t have Burnham’s knack for turning those red-team credentials into an emotional connection.
Rafael Behr is a Guardian columnist
Do you have an opinion on the issues raised in this article? If you would like to submit a response of up to 300 words by email to be considered for publication in our letters section, please click here.
Angela Rayner, the housing secretary, has apparently confirmed that Andy Burnham will float the prospect of getting rid of the pensions triple lock to help fund the creation of an NHS-style care service.
Asked about the prospect on Sky’s Electoral Dysfunction podcast, Rayner said that Burnham was “absolutely right to start the conversation” and that he was being “brave”.
The high principle on this is that people have paid in all their lives. They are willing, I think, to look at that.
What they don’t want is what they consider to be, quite frankly, incompetent politicians that are going to take something from us to fill a black hole.
When we met with Andy [Burnham] this week, it certainly wasn’t mentioned.
But I do think that it’s important that Labour make sure that working-class people know that they’re on their side, and this would be a direction of travel that would say the opposite to that.
What I understood the national care service to be was a universal benefit: everybody paid in and everybody gets out, and that is what actually the principle of that is.
Going to a group of people who are getting around £12,500 a year in order to pay for it to take away their security is wrong.
Former special counsel Jack Smith defended his handling of his investigations into President Trump during a Senate hearing that grew contentious at several points.
Hope Again is the conference slogan. But what felt even more apt was Try Again.
Just forget about the last two years, after the party won a historic majority but where the mood never matched the achievement. Now, as conference delegates and MPs filed out of the hall after Andy Burnham’s first speech as prime minister, it was close to euphoria. Where the hell have you been all our lives? What have we been doing – when you were right there all along?
AUSTIN, Texas, Sept. 29, 2026 — Occam Foundry, a commercialization campus for quantum technology planned for 16.5 acres in southeastern Travis County, has announced a letter of support from Austin Mayor Kirk Watson and a signed memorandum of understanding with The University of Texas at Austin, acting through the Texas Advanced Computing Center (TACC).
Site preparation at the future home of Occam Foundry, a commercialization campus for quantum technology in southeastern Travis County, Austin, Texas. Photo by Chris Lake for Occam Foundry.
In a letter dated September 10, Mayor Watson welcomes Occam Foundry’s plan to open the campus to Austin-area public school teachers and students, with classroom visits, teacher training and a pipeline into the trades and technical roles the facility needs. He ties the campus to the Texas Quantum Initiative, which the Legislature created in 2025 under HB 4751. His office and the City’s economic development staff are working with Occam Foundry on site readiness and permitting.
“Austin wants this project and Texas needs it,” said Mayor Watson. “Other states built their clusters around a federal lab. Texas can build one around the industries it already owns, and give the Texas Quantum Initiative a place to deliver on its purpose.”
Under the memorandum of understanding, The University of Texas at Austin, through TACC, supports the development of the campus in Austin, and Occam Foundry supports TACC’s quantum education and workforce programs. The two organizations plan to explore joint education and workforce programming, including K-12 quantum education and professional development for teachers. They also plan to pursue joint applications for federal, state and philanthropic funding and to make introductions on each other’s behalf. TACC’s introductions include other UT Austin units such as the Texas Quantum Initiative and the Cockrell School of Engineering.
“We are excited to partner with Occam Foundry,” said Dan Stanzione, Associate Vice President for Research, The University of Texas at Austin and Executive Director of TACC. “At TACC, our longstanding commitment is to prepare not only the workforce for advanced computing today, but the advanced computing of the future, where Quantum technologies will play a much larger role. This is a fantastic opportunity to work together to do just that.”
The timeline is short. In June, two federal executive orders set a 2028 target for a scientific-scale quantum computer and 2030 and 2031 deadlines for moving federal systems to post-quantum cryptography. Texas hosts none of the research centers created under the National Quantum Initiative Act, while Illinois, Maryland and Colorado are turning theirs into companies and trained workers. A fifth grader in Austin today graduates from high school in 2034, as the quantum systems, sensors and secure networks being built now reach the workforce that will run them.
“There is no time to wait,” said Matt Cimaglia, Managing Member of Texas Quantum Partners, the developer of Occam Foundry. “The countries that lead in quantum technology in the 2030s are training their students for it today, and the United States has to do the same. Texas has the industries that will put quantum technology to work. Supporting TACC’s education and workforce programs, and opening our campus to Austin-area students and teachers, means the people who run it can grow up here.”
Occam Foundry is one node in a national network of quantum technology hubs taking shape across the country. New York, Maryland, Florida, Tennessee, New Mexico and Arizona each contribute their own research and industry strengths. Silicon Valley concentrated computing in a single region in the 1970s and 1980s. Quantum technology is developing across many regions at once, and a distributed network puts computing, sensing and secure networking capability in several states, which strengthens both the economy and national security. Occam Foundry gives Texas its node, built around the state’s energy, semiconductor and defense industries and the research base at UT Austin.
Occam Foundry is a commercialization campus for quantum technology in Austin, Texas, where companies build, test and bring quantum products to market. Texas Quantum Partners develops the campus in partnership with Samara Real Property. The campus combines a convening building for classes, lectures and conferences; a fabrication facility for materials, process and prototyping work; a networking and sensing laboratory; and a quantum hub housing a working quantum system alongside high-performance computing and GPU resources. Learn more at OccamFoundry.com.
Sanchez, NWSL’s top scorer, returns after years away
Naomi Girma called up despite injury absence for Chelsea
Mallory Swanson earns recall after Olympic heroics
Naomi Girma and Sam Coffey are returning to the United States women’s national team, with their pair of WSL standouts named in Emma Hayes’ squad for October’s friendlies against defending World Cup champion Spain.
NWSL top scorer Ashley Sanchez has also earned a recall on the back of her MVP-caliber performance with the North Carolina Courage. Sanchez has already set an league record for goals in a season by an American player, already up to 20 in 26 matches. With another goal, Sanchez will break Temwa Chawinga’s overall scoring record. An attacking midfielder, Sanchez’s most recent cap came in October 2024, in a friendly against Argentina early in Hayes’ tenure.
Google says ChromeOS will keep receiving regular updates and security patches through mid-2034, after which qualifying newer Chromebooks will be able to migrate to the new Googlebook OS. 9to5Google reports: Starting with Chromebook updates, Google says that "Chromebooks you have today will continue to receive updates through their supported lifetime," with all Enterprise and Education management capabilities remaining in place as well: "We will maintain support for current Chromebook devices running ChromeOS as outlined in our Auto Update policy and the Chromebooks you have today will continue to receive updates through their supported lifetime..."
Google adds that similar management tools will be coming to Googlebook, but they're not available yet. Apparently they're planned for the second half of 2027. Meanwhile, Google says that "many" existing Chromebook models will be eligible to transition from ChromeOS to Googlebook OS. More details are coming "soon." A later note specifies that Google is referring to "newer commercial Chromebook models."
Notably, Google specifies a year when ChromeOS updates will come to an end in a later note -- 2034. Chromebooks with a 10-year update policy that extends past 2034 will be eligible to move to Googlebook OS. [...] Finally, in regards to apps, Google says that it is "committed" to web developers despite an increased focus on Android apps on Googlebooks.
Pennsylvania has reported over 900 measles cases and four deaths as governor and health chief RFK Jr spar over data
A second measles death in the US has been announced on Tuesday by the federal Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), as the country grapples with an outbreak affecting 47 states.
As of 24 September, a total of 3,659 measles cases have been confirmed by the CDC, with the two deaths having been confirmed on Tuesday. The confirmation did not specify in which states the deaths had occurred.
Relations between two countries soured in January when a UAE-backed force was defeated by Saudis
Saudi Arabia is being urged to reconcile with the United Arab Emirates over Yemen as the price Riyadh must pay to form a military alliance capable of driving the Houthis back.
Relations between the UAE and Saudi Arabia in Yemen, where both had backed anti-Houthi forces, plummeted in January this year when a force with which the UAE had been aligned – the separatist Southern Transitional Council (STC) – was attacked and defeated by Saudi Arabia in a move intended to squash its attempt to recreate a separate southern state. The UAE subsequently in effect quit Yemen.
A former Ohio music pastor who appeared on the singing competition "American Idol" is on trial over allegations that he killed his wife while having an affair.
Federal workers’ union alleges EPA illegally terminated agreement with the goal of repressing political dissent
The union representing more than 8,000 workers at the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) filed a lawsuit against the agency and administrator Lee Zeldin on Tuesday alleging the agency illegally terminated the union’s collective bargaining agreement.
The lawsuit, filed by two local unions of the American Federation of Government Employees (AFGE), claims the agency failed to justify the contract’s termination and was motivated by a desire to repress political dissent, a violation of the employees’ first amendment rights.
Federal prosecutors in Texas have charged a Venezuelan delivery driver who was shot by an ICE agent earlier this month with assaulting a federal officer.
The European Union's energy commissioner sent a letter to the bloc's 27 member states recommending that they all cut gas and electricity consumption “for as long as necessary.”
Washington, DC — Former special counsel Jack Smith defended his investigations of President Donald Trump before the Senate Judiciary Committee on Tuesday, saying the evidence supported both federal prosecutions and that he would make the same charging decisions again.
Smith told senators that his team acted without regard to Trump’s political affiliation or 2024 candidacy. He said investigators had developed evidence they believed proved serious crimes related to efforts to overturn the 2020 election and Trump’s handling of classified documents. Both cases were later dismissed after Trump won the 2024 election, consistent with Justice Department policy against prosecuting a sitting president.
Republicans focused heavily on Smith’s collection of phone records and other communications involving GOP lawmakers. Sen. Chuck Grassley called the investigation a partisan abuse of power, while Rep. Jim Jordan has referred Smith to the Justice Department over allegations that he misled Congress about subpoenas.
Smith said obtaining call logs was necessary because investigators had evidence Trump and allies contacted senators during the Jan. 6 attack while seeking to delay certification of the election. Democrats, including Sen. Dick Durbin, defended Smith and accused Republicans of using the hearing to distract from Trump’s conduct.
Smith also said he would not be silenced by threats of prosecution from Trump or administration allies.
California Gov. Gavin Newsom has signed AB 2409, barring California public officials from issuing memecoins and prohibiting companies from listing memecoins that use a public official's image or likeness. Engadget reports: The governor's office pointed to reports that about a million investors lost an alleged $3.8 billion on their purchases of the memecoin released by President Donald Trump in 2025 as a the motivation behind the new rule.
"No official should profit off their office -- and we're putting stronger protections in place to ensure it doesn't happen in our state," Newsom said. The bill also prohibits a company, related or not, from making a memecoin using "the likeness or image" of a public official.
An elderly couple in the San Francisco Bay Area is suspected of shooting and killing their son-in-law in the parking lot of a community park over the weekend.
With the midterms looming, and after the Epstein files and the war on Iran, Trump superfans are losing faith in their lame duck president
It took a dead child sex offender and a disastrous war to do it, but it looks as though the Maga faithful are slowly beginning to lose confidence in dear leader. As Donald Trump’s approval ratings drop to record lows, some of his most fervent supporters are turning on him.
See, as exhibit one, Trisha Hope, who was once a proud member of the Front Row Joes, a group of Trump superfans who follow the president to rallies around the country. They have custom-made T-shirts! They have branded baseball caps! They even have the attention of Trump himself, who frequently shouts out the group. He did once accidentally call them the “front row Jacks and Joes”, but who can expect a man of his calibre to pay attention to the plebs, eh?
SAN FRANCISCO, Sept. 29, 2026 — Cloudflare, Inc. today announced its intent to become a public Certificate Authority (CA), an open service that issues the digital certificates websites need to encrypt traffic and prove their identity to visitors. The new CA will support both traditional encryption and next-generation post-quantum Merkle Tree Certificates (MTCs), giving every website a path to stay protected as computing power advances—with no new tools or rebuilds required. Additionally, Cloudflare has agreed to acquire established, publicly trusted Root CA key material from GlobalSign, which will provide ubiquity across the global Web PKI ecosystem.
Every secure website depends on a certificate authority to verify its identity and enable encrypted connections. Today, that trust is concentrated in a small number of dominant issuers, creating systemic risk if any one of them fails or is compromised. At the same time, most certificate infrastructure was built before quantum computing became a practical concern. Quantum computers capable of breaking today’s encryption are expected within years, and much of the web is not prepared for that shift.
“Twelve years ago, Cloudflare made encryption free and automatic for millions of websites. Today, we’re taking the next step by building an open, transparent and reliable Certificate Authority for the entire Internet,” said Matthew Prince, CEO and co-founder of Cloudflare. “Upgrading the web’s security before quantum computers can break it is one of the biggest coordination challenges in the history of the Internet. By balancing support for older devices with brand-new, post-quantum tech, we’re providing a permanent safety net—so the Internet stays fast, reliable, and secure for all devices, no matter what comes next.”
To ensure certificates work on older smartphones, operating systems, and devices that no longer receive software updates, Cloudflare plans to acquire an established root certificate. A root certificate is what tells browsers and devices whether to trust a CA. Acquiring one means websites using Cloudflare-issued certificates will be recognized immediately, including on legacy hardware. Cloudflare has also applied for inclusion in the Chrome, Apple, Microsoft, and Mozilla root programs, following the public process established by each. Together, the acquired root and the pending root program applications are designed to give Cloudflare-issued certificates broad recognition across the web as quickly as possible. Building on a successful experiment with Chrome, Cloudflare will also begin issuing production MTCs designed around built-in transparency, paving the way for post-quantum security without sacrificing web speed or performance, all from a new, single CA.
In 2014, Cloudflare launched Universal SSL and instantly doubled the amount of encrypted traffic on the web overnight by offering free TLS certificates to millions of websites. Today, the vast majority of the encrypted web relies on automated, free certificates. However, much of this burden rests on a small set of dominant issuers. Cloudflare’s new public CA will add an independent, high-scale issuer to that foundation.
Unlike traditional certificate authorities, Cloudflare is redesigning public certificate issuance from the ground up for modern scale and speed to provide:
Glass-Box Operational Transparency: Moving beyond traditional static audits, Cloudflare will share detailed operational and technical insights, publish reproducible code builds, and maintain a live, public health dashboard so the Internet community can inspect operations in real time.
Zero-Downtime Incident Response: By leveraging automated renewal signaling (RFC 9773), Cloudflare will be able to seamlessly trigger background certificate replacements across millions of sites instantly, minimizing the risk of mass web outages during routine revocations or security updates.
Scalable post-quantum security: Co-authored by Cloudflare as an IETF draft specification, MTCs verify that a certificate is logged in a trusted registry using lightweight proofs, avoiding the need to transmit heavy post-quantum signatures with every connection.
Frictionless Web Migration: Site owners will be able to manage both classic TLS certificates and next-generation Merkle Tree Certificates within a single, unified system, enabling a smooth transition to post-quantum security without forcing immediate cutovers.
Cloudflare will begin issuing classical certificates following completion of the browser root program application and acceptance process, with production MTC issuance scheduled to begin in the first quarter of 2027. Cloudflare’s acquisition of publicly trusted Root CA key material from GlobalSign is expected to close in the next two months and is subject to customary closing conditions. Site owners and developers can follow engineering updates and sign up for early access notifications via Cloudflare’s blog.
To learn more, please check out the resources below:
Cloudflare, Inc. (NYSE: NET) is the leading connectivity cloud company. It empowers organizations to make their employees, applications and networks faster and more secure everywhere, while reducing complexity and cost. Cloudflare’s connectivity cloud delivers the most full-featured, unified platform of cloud-native products and developer tools, so any organization can gain the control they need to work, develop, and accelerate their business.
Powered by one of the world’s largest and most interconnected networks, Cloudflare blocks billions of threats online for its customers every day. It is trusted by millions of organizations – from the largest brands to entrepreneurs and small businesses to nonprofits, humanitarian groups, and governments across the globe.
President of Marine Le Pen’s far-right party faces calls to resign over comments he allegedly wrote as a teenager
Jordan Bardella, the head of Marine Le Pen’s far-right National Rally (RN), has claimed a “total war” is being waged against his party as he faces a political storm after the publication of antisemitic comments he allegedly wrote as a young party member.
Bardella, who is facing calls from political opponents to resign, said on Tuesday that the report by the investigative website Mediapart was false. To a standing ovation from his party’s lawmakers and senators at a meeting in parliament, he said the report was an attempt to damage his party as Le Pen tops the polls before the 2027 presidential election.
Kristen Michal says attack ‘against Milrem Robotics was ordered by Russian special services’, after Kremlin denies involvement
Rutte begins by recalling a drone shot down in Lithuanian airspace by Nato fighter jets two weeks ago.
He says “the repeated drone incidents along our eastern flank showed the evolving nature of the threat, and we are strengthening our integrated air and missile defence.”
“We are adapting and reinforcing our posture against drones.”
An anonymous reader quotes a report from Ars Technica: The state of Florida is seeking a temporary injunction to stop OpenAI from continuing to develop what it calls a "reckless, unacceptably risky product" without the deployment of "third-party approved safety guardrails." The new legal motion (PDF), filed Monday morning, is part of a civil lawsuit the state of Florida originally filed in June, arguing that ChatGPT represented "a threat to the public safety of Floridians," specifically by preying on vulnerable populations like children and violent or delusional adults. [...] In arguing for this injunction, the state points to the Hugging Face incident as well as recent high-profile misalignment cases involving unintended and unauthorized attempts to access Australian and US government servers. Florida also cites AI industry leaders, including many from OpenAI, in arguing that the AI industry is literally asking for this kind of outside regulation.
The motion points to statements from Paul Christiano, who said on joining the company's board this month that he believes "there is a meaningful risk that rapid acceleration in AI capabilities leads to catastrophic and irreversible loss of control in the very near term." The motion also points to OpenAI's own "An Alien Mind" essay and an open letter from 1,300 AI industry employees, both of which call for enforced slowdowns on frontier AI development, if necessary. Citing laws that allow the state to exercise control over companies that are a "public nuisance," Florida argues that OpenAI is "the greatest public nuisance ever created by the hand of man, capable of laying waste to global civilization." "It is only by the grace of the Almighty that one of Defendants' AI agents hasn't compromised a water supply or shut down a power grid -- yet," the state writes in the motion.
Health secretary calls for medical and lifestyle details to be sent to doctors and AI to address ‘chronic disease epidemic’
Robert F Kennedy Jr laid out an expansive vision for collecting, sharing and analyzing US health information at a Maha event hosted by a close ally and outspoken anti-vaccine activist.
Medical and lifestyle data, from doctor’s visits to exercise, should be connected and shared with the government and independent researchers, where it can be searched by AI – including potential links between vaccines and health outcomes including autism and mortality, suggested Kennedy, the secretary of the US Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) and a longtime vaccine skeptic.
Measures, which need to be approved in Congress, include extending ban on evictions of vulnerable people
Spain’s Socialist Workers’ party-led coalition government has approved a range of measures aimed at easing the country’s housing crisis, including extending a ban on evictions of vulnerable tenants until 2030, after a public outcry over the eviction of an 87-year-old disabled woman from her Madrid apartment last week.
Two decrees have been approved by cabinet but will need to be approved in Congress, where the coalition lacks a majority. The government has requested a special parliamentary session on Friday in the hope of getting the decrees passed as soon as possible.
CBS News New York has exclusively obtained screenshots from a source presented as text messages between Jane Doe and one of the defendants in a lawsuit alleging rape at a fraternity house at Cornell University in 2024.
European and Nato leaders have expressed full support for Estonia and Ukraine after the Baltic state said an August arson attack on a drone manufacturer supplying Kyiv was an act of sabotage commissioned by Moscow’s security services.
Estonia’s foreign minister, Margus Tsahkna, said on social media on Tuesday that such attacks were “absolutely unacceptable” and that Russia’s chargé d’affaires in the Estonian capital, Tallinn, was being summoned to his ministry.
It marks another ratcheting up of Trump’s trade war and affects nearly $1bn in imports of a $880bn trade relationship
US-Canada relations, already tense, are likely to deteriorate further after the United States went ahead early on Tuesday with a decision to ban nearly $1bn worth of Canadian imports, including alcoholic beverages, dairy products and motorcycles.
The ban amounts to barely a ripple in $880bn worth of annual two-way trade between the two northern neighbors. But it marks another ratcheting up of Donald Trump’s second-term trade war with the US’s longtime ally and trading partner.
With an unprecedented budget, ICE spent billions in a rush to expand its detention network, wasting millions in the process, the Government Accountability Office found.
TORONTO, Sept. 29, 2026 — Xanadu Quantum Technologies Limited, a leading photonic quantum computing company, and Bluefors, an industry-leader in cryogenic solutions, announced today a strategic partnership to develop a novel, high-performance cryogenic prototype for utility-scale quantum computing (USQC). This work aims to realize a shared vision of scalable modular cryogenic infrastructure for USQC.
This partnership represents a key milestone for Xanadu and Bluefors’ joint development efforts. The multi-million dollar collaboration will leverage Bluefors’ cutting-edge cryogenic solutions and aims to establish a foundational blueprint not only for Xanadu’s planned USQC data centre, but for all future USQC data centres.
“Until recently, the industry assumed that USQC would require massive, industrial-scale cryoplants,” said Dr. Christian Weedbrook, Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Xanadu. “Our collaboration with Bluefors has yielded a concept that integrates their most advanced technology into a compact module. This approach is expected to remove the need for traditional cryoplants, greatly improving the scalability and economics of future quantum data centres.”
Looking ahead, Xanadu and Bluefors plan to utilize insights from this development to engineer a mass-manufacturable cryogenic module tailored specifically for single-photon detectors and USQC in a data centre environment.
“Bluefors and Xanadu share a vision of making utility-scale quantum computing achievable,” said Kim Povlsen, Chief Executive Officer of Bluefors. “We are delivering a high-powered, modular and cryo-tested solution that combines cooling and quantum infrastructure designed to grow alongside our customers’ technology roadmaps. By meeting the cooling demands that infrastructure investments need to scale, we help customers optimize time-to-value and build a strong foundation to accelerate the next generation of fault-tolerant quantum computers.”
About Xanadu
Founded in 2016, Xanadu is a Canadian photonic quantum computing company with the mission to build quantum computers that are useful and available to people everywhere. Xanadu is building fault-tolerant quantum computers using light, with systems designed to compute at room temperature. Xanadu develops both hardware and software, including PennyLane, its open-source quantum computing platform. Xanadu is the first pure-play photonic quantum computing company to list on public markets (Nasdaq/TSX: XNDU) and is recognized globally for its breakthroughs in scalable quantum technologies.
About Bluefors
Bluefors envisions a world where everyone has access to the power of quantum. As the world-leading quantum infrastructure company providing the fundamental quantum computing infrastructure of cryogenic systems, wiring, and ongoing system support, we are the trusted partner for the world’s most advanced companies that build and aim to harness the future of quantum. With a revenue of over EUR 210 million, over 700 employees, and more than 1,800 systems delivered and operating around the world, we are helping to accelerate the imminent arrival of quantum datacenters and the practical application of scalable quantum computing for companies across the widest range of modalities.
Two U.S. aviators ejected as they were landing their plane on the USS Dwight D. Eisenhower aircraft carrier off Virginia and four sailors on the vessel were hurt in what the Navy called a "mishap."
The Israeli prime minister has denied any advance knowledge of the Hamas attack in 2023, but as a national election nears his role is under new scrutiny.
CBS News New York has exclusively obtained additional video of the fraternity's group Snapchat conversation from the night of an alleged gang raped inside the Chi Phi house.
The industry is engaged in a perverse quest to replace humans. We cannot cede the best tools available to the other side
I don’t need to tell you that people hate AI. The list of grievances is long: slop, cheating, bias, enfeeblement, electricity bills, environmental destruction, exploitation, theft, cybercrime, doom. But resistance to the technology has often taken the form of shaming people for personally using it, with precious little organizing against the companies building the machines. This is perplexing, given that those companies are attempting to render us obsolete.
The executives may contest this framing, offering some bromides about how AI will augment human work or how we’ll simply find new jobs to do. But their clear goals are to create systems that so clearly surpass our abilities that we will have little hope of competing.
Alvarado, TX — The Intercept is suing the city of Alvarado and its police department, accusing officials of withholding public records connected to the violent 2025 confrontation outside the Prairieland immigration detention facility.
The dispute centers on police communications surrounding a July 4, 2025 protest that escalated into an armed confrontation in which an Alvarado police officer suffered non-life-threatening injuries. More than a dozen protesters were subsequently arrested, leading to a closely watched federal prosecution.
Freelance journalist C. Frances requested police emails from the period surrounding the incident under the Texas Public Information Act. After negotiations narrowed the request, Alvarado officials estimated that producing and redacting the records would cost $854.17.
According to The Intercept’s lawsuit, the outlet agreed to pay the full amount, but city officials have neither provided the records nor completed the payment process. Attorney Terry Mutchler, representing The Intercept, characterized the situation as extraordinary obstruction of public access.
The records could provide additional insight into police communications before and after the confrontation. Defendant Benjamin Song was ultimately sentenced to 100 years for attempted murder and other offenses, while he and other defendants are preparing appeals.
Alvarado officials had not responded publicly to The Intercept’s latest allegations.
Though politicians are quiet about how they use AI, the book Rewiring Democracy examines how AI is starting to influence American politics
New campaign finance disclosure data shines a light on which US political campaigns are using AI tools and how much they are spending on them.
Candidates’, parties’ and committees’ spending reveals that AI is fast becoming an essential tool of politics. The candidates themselves are quiet about how they are using the technology in their own campaigns. It’s a sensitive issue that we have been tracking closely since we started writing our book, Rewiring Democracy, which examined how AI is beginning to influence politics. A September 2025 Pew survey of Americans found that more than 70% would think less of a candidate if they used AI to help write a speech.
The current El Nino has already surpassed the highest Pacific temperature anomaly recorded in the modern era, reaching 3.05C above the 1991-2020 average months before its expected peak. The commonly used ONI measure is also on the verge of breaking the 2015 record. Forecasts cited by The Guardian suggest the event could reach about 4.0C later this year. From the report: The latest data shows the temperature rise at the heart of El Nino in the Pacific Ocean has now reached 3.05C. That is higher than the 3.02C set in late November 2015, the previous high set in the 150 years of modern records. This temperature is measured against the average of 1991-2020. The preferred measure of most meteorologists uses a 30-year rolling average as a reference and so takes account of human-caused global heating. This metric, called ONI (Nino3.4), is on the brink of breaking the record, just one-hundredth of a degree below the 2015 record. Both metrics are underpinned by data from the US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA).
The most recent forecasts predict a peak of 4.0C in November and December, according to the average of 14 different models assessed by climate scientist Zeke Hausfather. That is a level so far above previous events that Hausfather called it "mind-blowing," while others have described it as "Godzilla-level." Any temperature rise above 0.5C is deemed an El Nino; above 2C is officially called a "very strong" El Nino -- often referred to as a "super" El Nino. The current El Nino is likely to be the largest in at least 1,000 years and will pile extra heat into an atmosphere in which temperatures are already rising rapidly due to human-caused global heating. This double whammy means 2027 is expected to "blow apart" previous records and become the hottest year ever recorded.
Hurricane Polo made landfall in Baja California Sur, Mexico, bringing "damaging winds and life-threatening flash flooding," and is expected hit the Southwest U.S. with heavy rain and flooding.
Reported admission to investors of AI’s ‘self-preserving behaviours’ comes as company prepares for a potential $2tn flotation
Anthropic is telling investors that advanced AI could pose “catastrophic or existential risks to humanity”, according to reports, as it prepares for a potential $2tn (£1.5tn) flotation.
The warning inside the startup’s IPO prospectus, which has yet to be made public, was reported by Reuters and the Financial Times. It follows the company’s call for a slowdown in breakneck development of the technology – a warning echoed by rivals.
Des Moines, IA — Iowa farmers are confronting mounting financial pressure as tariffs, higher fuel costs and rising borrowing expenses threaten an agricultural economy already struggling with consolidation, foreign competition and years of elevated production costs.
Axios reports that two of the sharpest new pressures are directly connected to President Donald Trump’s policies. His tariffs have increased costs for fertilizer, pesticides and farm machinery while creating instability with major export partners. Meanwhile, the Iran war has helped drive Iowa diesel prices sharply higher, adding another major expense for farms dependent on heavy equipment.
The political irony is difficult to miss. Trump carried Iowa by more than 13 percentage points in 2024, with rural communities providing crucial support. Mark Mueller, president of the Iowa Corn Growers Association and a Republican voter, told Axios his farm is now “scraping by” and warned that more farmers could face bankruptcy or retirement.
The strain appears particularly severe for younger and smaller operators, who often rely heavily on borrowed money and have less financial cushion against volatile crop prices and rising interest rates.
Republicans are increasingly concerned the economic damage could suppress turnout among voters who normally support the party. Trump announced a proposed $15 billion Iowa steel plant Monday, but production is not expected until 2030, offering little immediate relief to farmers facing losses today.
(Photo by Brendan SMIALOWSKI / AFP via Getty Images)
What I’m Discussing Today
Kareem’s Quotes of the Day: When a modern leader treats the free press as the enemy, how far are we from the lesson history has already taught us?
Trump Changes His Tune On China: Though he says China stole the 2020 election, he proves once again that consistency is not his strongest suit.
Field of Bad Dreams: Building a baseball stadium in Grand Teton National Park for one annual game mistakes a national treasure for a TV backdrop.
Quick Takes: Trump keeps fighting the free press, Republicans reconsider Iran, and Susan Collins’s shady past might finally catch up to her.
In Search of Buddy Bolden: First Man of Jazz by Donald M. Marquis: This careful biography separates the fact from the folklore around the first King of Jazz.
Wynton Marsalis, “Buddy Bolden’s Blues”: A modern master and his ensemble turn a jazz origin story into a rollicking reminder of the genre’s earliest ghost.
Kareem’s Quotes of the Day
“Our liberty depends on the freedom of the press, and that cannot be limited without being lost.” ― Thomas Jefferson (1743-1826), President of the United States
“It is the press, above all, which wages a positively fanatical and slanderous struggle, tearing down everything which can be regarded as a support of national independence, cultural elevation, and the economic independence of the nation.” ― Adolf Hitler (1889-1945), war criminal, from Mein Kampf
Here are two ways of looking at a free press: one reflecting a foundational principle of the world’s most successful democracy, and one that informed the most brutal and oppressive government in modern history. Much has been made of the current occupant of the White House’s anti-democratic, dictatorial tendencies. Looking at these two quotes, it’s easy to imagine him posting the second one (albeit with more colorful language) on his favorite social media site, while the first is as foreign to his way of thinking as the ideas of healthy eating or paying taxes.
Hitler wrote Mein Kampf while he was in prison, convicted of high treason for his role in the attempted coup known as the “Beer Hall Putsch” in which 21 people were killed. Despite the seriousness of his crimes, Hitler’s sentence was only five years, handed down by a sympathetic panel of judges, and he was paroled after nine months. The book he produced in that time (“My Struggle” in English) was two volumes and almost 800 pages long, part memoir and part political manifesto, clearly setting out his nationalistic, autocratic, and racist views for all to see.
Hitler’s hostility toward the press was fixed long before he came to power, based at least in part on his experiences in World War I, as well as the press’s resistance to the Nazi Party in the early 1920s. After WWI, nationalists like Hitler blamed Germany’s defeat less on military failure than on internal betrayal by socialists, communists, and Jews, who allegedly undermined morale through their liberal ideas. Later, in the early 1920s, many of the country’s newspapers mocked Hitler and the Nazi Party, and he in turn despised their Jewish publishers and journalists, whom he considered leaders in a wider plot to weaken Germany economically, culturally, and militarily.
Once in power, Hitler translated these beliefs directly into policy. He installed Joseph Goebbels as his head of propaganda, with complete control over all aspects of the media. Journalists became legally responsible to the state, rather than to publishers or readers, effectively turning editors into servants of Nazi ideology. Needless to say, all Jewish journalists, editors, and publishers were purged from the profession under so-called Aryanization laws, and independent or opposition papers were shut down. Even foreign correspondents faced surveillance and restricted access, along with the constant threat of expulsion. In this way, Hitler exerted absolute control over information, and the public was kept in the dark about many of the state’s crimes and failures, especially as the nation’s Jews were systematically slaughtered and the Allies decimated the Nazi military.
Keeping citizens ignorant of the actual costs of his regime’s actions was essential to Hitler’s grip on power. By contrast, Jefferson felt that free citizens, given accurate information, were capable of governing themselves. He believed truth would prevail over lies in open debate, while any government left unchecked would inevitably drift toward corruption and tyranny. He insisted that a free press was the best way for citizens to monitor officials, expose abuses, and organize opposition, without needing permission from the very powers being scrutinized. Although Jefferson himself was frequently attacked by hostile newspapers, including vicious personal smears, he considered it a tolerable price to pay for a system where the government could never fully silence its critics. These views helped ensure that the First Amendment was a cornerstone of America’s constitutional identity.
In the end, any government’s political legitimacy depends on the public’s ability to criticize those in power. Simply put, a free press is a safeguard of democracy and a constant threat to autocracy. The fact that Donald Trump feels threatened tells you exactly where he stands.
Players across the league are leaving their teams up north to return home. It’s prompted questions around money, tax rates, geopolitics and respect
Back in September 1925, Frederick Wilson, sports editor at the Globe, explained the fear among hockey fans that Canadian teams might not be able to compete for players against the new US teams like New York or Boston that were entering the pro league. “Will it be a matter of money?” Wilson headlined his piece. And for about a century, money was the recurrent nexus of the Canadian hockey panic, proven by franchise departures and depleted buying power.
At the time, Wilson reassured everyone that, no matter the big US cash, everyone on the ice would be Canadian anyway. “It will be some years before the [US] will be in a position to furnish players,” he wrote. He was right about that. It took a long time for the US to catch up to Canada in on-ice talent. But now that it has, should we expect Americans to want to play anywhere else than the US? For 100 years Canada has worried that the US would just buy all the best hockey players. But now it makes its own and, as the new NHL season gets underway on Tuesday night, they want to go home.
Republicans could lean on congressional procedure to defy the will of voters. But if they try that, the Senate has a clear way to fight back
Having lost his mail-in ballot case, Donald Trump will probably resort to ever more extreme ways to try to hold a Republican Congress in November’s elections.
His last-ditch effort to count Joe Biden out in 2020 was for Republicans to “investigate” states Biden narrowly won; proclaim fabricated allegations of “stolen elections” to be true; and then reassign those states’ electoral votes to Trump. I have previously described how that same playbook could be used to try to steal the midterms if a Democratic margin of victory in the House is relatively narrow.
Why Should Delaware Care? More than 2,600 Guatemalan residents have come to call Georgetown home, and have created their own unique, local communities. Those bonds can be seen most clearly in times of need, when families are facing tragedy or financial challenges, and their neighbors step in to offer support through food-based fundraisers.
In times of crisis, Georgetown’s Guatemalan community focuses on food not just for comfort, but for meaningful financial support. Online sales and livestreams on social media can help those in need raise money to cover emergency expenses, or even to send loved ones who have passed away back to Guatemala.
Francisco Armando remembers when he first began helping neighbors through the meals he’d grill up for families at the La Casita Outreach Center. Grilled steak and chicken with rice, beans, tortillas and salsa, and sometimes chicken soup.
His efforts have helped many families in need and inspired other neighbors to fundraise for loved ones facing significant challenges by covering medical bills, funeral costs or other financial burdens.
Armando’s food-based humanitarian support system started in 2009, when he was raising funds for after-school snacks for the kids at La Casita, a program run by the First State Community Action Agency. Noticing that the youngsters would often show up to the program hungry, he joined forces with another teacher, and they started selling food to the parents at the program, and were able to provide food for the children.
Word spread from there. Families in the community began to reach out to Armando for help raising the thousands of dollars needed to send loved ones’ remains back to their home countries, so they could be reunited with family.
That nearly 2,000-mile final journey back to Guatemala can range from $5,000 to $12,000. That’s just part of what the family of Santos Maria Chilel Soto, who was fatally shot by a deer hunter in Ellendale earlier this month, needed to collect through an online fundraiser to send her home to rest.
Some of Armando’s fundraising events might start at 1 a.m. on a Saturday and last through the afternoon, with Armando and friends making food and delivering it throughout the greater Georgetown area. Or they might fire up the grill before dawn so they can start selling dishes to construction workers gathering at job sites at 4 a.m.
Armando’s connection to St. Michael the Archangel, a church in downtown Georgetown, has led even more community members to seek his assistance.
“That’s where we come in and stay on top of all of this,” Armando told Spotlight Delaware in a Spanish-language interview. “We visit the family, and we go on Live [on Facebook] and explain what the family needs. Then we say we want to do a food sale and people start helping.”
Far-reaching impacts
When Georgetown resident Irma Gonzalez passed away on Dec. 8, 2025, her family had to find a way to send her remains back to Tacaná, Guatemala. Her immediate family lacked the financial resources on their own, so her aunt, Glaris Gonzalez, thought organizing a food sale could help.
Once the family connected with Armando, out poured the donations of beans, rice, salsa and money.
Thanks to those efforts, the Gonzalez family was able to raise the $14,000 needed to send their loved one to rest in Guatemala, where local family members held her funeral.
Despite snowfall and extreme cold on the day of the food sales to help her niece rest in her home country, the community still showed up. One business owner even brought a food truck to sell tacos for the family.
Georgetown’s Guatemalan community comes together over food as a way to raise funds like those in need. Here, people gather to send Irma Gonzalez back to her home in Guatemala to be laid to rest. | PHOTO COURTESY OF KEVIN SANTIZO
Glaris Gonzalez said she has no words for how grateful she has been for the community.
“There’s no way to repay it except that I believe each person receives it from God,” she said in Spanish.
She has continued to raise money for other families facing such difficult times, as well.
“We don’t only help send bodies back, but also anyone who needs it,” Glaris Gonzalez said. “We don’t collect a set amount; we wait for whatever comes in. Since everything is donated, we just do the work day by day.”
Nearby Catholic churches have also helped raise money for families and connect them with additional resources. Church community groups often also provide guidance and financial support to families in need, as well.
For Estela Morales, whose husband was sick at the time of their son’s passing, the community was her only hope in laying him properly to rest. She wouldn’t have been able to cover her son’s funeral and burial costs, even within the First State, without their help.
“I have no words; I don’t even know what to say,” Morales said. “They’ve supported us so much, not just Georgetown, but Seaford, families in Florida, from almost everywhere.”
Now, proceeds from another food sale will go to helping support her husband, who is currently on dialysis with mounting medical bills.
How it works
While community members like Armando and local churches facilitate the fundraisers, it’s still up to the families to choose the types of food to sell and where it will take place. Typically the fundraisers are held outside of the family’s home, or in partnership with a supportive business.
Livestreams on Facebook are done before and after the event, so community members can participate virtually in the sale. Donations are accepted through online platforms like Zelle.
The family in need of funds typically covers the cost of the food supplies up front. Armando said a family can spend up to $1,000 on purchasing items such as meat and rice to make other dishes to sell.
That’s where Armando and his team come in. They bring the grill and handle the cooking.
“In the end, the family decides,” Armando said. “If they need our support, we’re there. If not, that’s fine. But going out to look for them, we don’t do that.”
A ripple effect
Armando’s team efforts have inspired other community members to do their own food sale fundraisers.
“I think what we have done has inspired people to do their own thing,” he said.
That includes Kevin Santizo, who has started using social media to promote community-focused food fundraisers to his 65,000-plus followers.
He has been raising donations for Georgetown-area families in need for the last 15 years, but has recently shifted his focus to sharing flyers and going live on Facebook to spread the word about other food fundraisers that the community has planned.
The problem isn’t that the community can’t support more fundraisers. Santizo said there have been efforts that led to too much food being donated. Because of the technical hurdles he faced with licensing, he is considering starting a nonprofit with friends; however, that process comes with its own hurdles regarding paperwork, finances and taxes.
“The thing is,” Santizo said, “the community here in Georgetown comes together. It’s very united for this kind of thing.”
Lewes fiber artist Sarah Pavlik was whapping a huge piece of fabric with a stick when the hare revealed itself to her.
“A minimal amount of slapping this stick around (that had been dipped in) thickened dye could create a really expressive image,” she explained.
If it sounds abstract, that was the intention. And yet, like a Rorschach inkblot test, a figure could be found in the avant-garde splatters: a hare.
Unlike rabbits, hares live independently or in pairs. They are born with fur and their eyes open, already prepared for a life of solitary survival. Fascinated by these creatures, Pavlik dyed hare after hare into fabric until her house was full of them.
When poet and printmaker Mark Harris visited Pavlik’s home, he saw the hares for what they were: symbols of hope.
“I began to think of (the hare) as being an image of hope that’s not tied down to a specific ideology. ‘I’m going to go out and romp in the field and have more babies. Life is going to go on. I’m going to get eaten by a wolf, but that’s alright. My cousins are going to live,’” he said.
Get Involved “Of Hares and Hope” by Sarah Pavlik and Mark Harris is on display in the Tubbs Gallery at Rehoboth Art League through Nov. 1. The gallery is free and open every day, 10 a.m. to 4 p.m., except Sundays, when it is open noon to 4 p.m.
This motif served as inspiration for Pavlik and Harris’ first collaborative art exhibit, “Of Hares and Hope,” showing at Rehoboth Art League through Nov. 1.
The artists were mere acquaintances until early 2025, when Pavlik moved into a vacant studio neighboring Harris’ on the second floor of the Lewes post office.
As the pair spent their days whittling away on individual projects in the century-old building, they often wandered into each other’s studios to bounce ideas off each other. Thus, their artistic partnership was born.
Instead of working side-by-side on art projects, Pavlik and Harris riffed off each other’s work like jazz musicians.
For example, while Pavlik was undergoing a residency in Puebla, Mexico, in March, she captured the lines and patterns of sidewalks by dipping fabrics in pigmented soy milk and laying them out on the ground. She titled the series “Where We Walk.”
In response, Harris printed an original poem on one of the fabrics Pavlik brought home: “Where we walk becomes the way home. On that path, we are sister to the wild cat, brother to the mouse, father to the carrion crow, mother to new worlds, flames of hope.”
Sarah Pavlik created a patchwork quilt of linocut faces by Mark Harris. She called her piece “Free to Be.” | SPOTLIGHT DELAWARE PHOTO BY CANNON TAYLOR
He then printed linocuts of each of the creatures from the poem, which represent qualities essential to surviving the journey called life: fierceness, kindness, tenacity, creativity and hope.
After that, Pavlik surprised Harris by painting a 5-by-4-foot mouse. Hidden in its blue fur are Harris’ linocuts and words from his poem.
“It was hilarious, because Mark comes in one day, and he sees it, and he’s just like, ‘Whoa!’” Pavlik said with a laugh.
In this way, Pavlik and Harris have remixed each other’s work for the past year and a half.
“I often talk about it as playing ball. … We don’t do anything that isn’t fun,” Pavlik said. “Just the other day, Mark took a bunch of eggshells, and he glued them on this substrate. He’s going to print something on these crumbled eggshells.”
The pair haven’t had a single argument throughout their collaboration, despite the fact that their artistic practices are so different.
Pavlik is a former high school psychology teacher and counselor who revels in the abstract.
Mark Harris and Sarah Pavlik wear masks Harris made for a series based on the following theme: “Until oppression ends and all hope is real, we all wear masks.” | SPOTLIGHT DELAWARE PHOTO BY CANNON TAYLOR
“I do not make art for any other reason than to find beauty in shape and line and color,” she said.
Harris, on the other hand, is a retired Episcopal priest who embraced printmaking as a form of political activism about 20 years ago.
As such, his work always has a message, whether he’s depicting the Biblical Rachel “weeping for children who have been killed by a foreign adversary” — a commentary on the longstanding Israeli-Palestinian conflict — or memorializing the over 1 million American lives lost to COVID-19 by stamping the Roman numeral “M” 1,000 times on rice paper.
The artistic value of his work is secondary to the communication of ideas, Harris explained.
“Printmaking came into existence precisely because it was a way of communicating to the masses,” he said.
But in working with Pavlik, he’s come to appreciate art for art’s sake.
Meanwhile, Pavlik has been surprised to find herself thinking about current events while creating abstract art.
Pavlik has also helped Harris create more explicitly political artwork, like when she assembled and painted a 33-foot-long scroll of fabrics for Harris to print linocuts on.
The resulting piece, “Catastrophic Decade,” is a retelling of the past 10 years in American politics, depicting in symbols the COVID pandemic, the wars in Ukraine and Gaza and U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement’s mass deportation efforts.
The scroll ends with a message: “From the wilds of despair comes new life.”
A hare appearing in 2019 and 2024 represents the hope Harris had that Donald Trump would not be elected president. But Harris and Pavlik’s hare doesn’t represent one particular hope; it represents hope as a philosophy.
“The sequence is you despair about something, and then resist that, whatever that is. You have some hopes, but invariably, your hopes get dashed. … Is there any way to get out of that cycle? There is. The way out is not to be so connected to a particular hope that you’re not able to continue hoping,” Harris said. “Hope is not necessarily about you getting what you want, but somehow or another, what the journey is about.”
Why Should Delaware Care? The allocation and spending of millions of dollars awarded to Delaware through a settlement with drug manufacturers has been rife with scandal. With the program now revamped, many localities are spending their share of the funds on police departments and isolated drug recovery resources. But Seaford’s more comprehensive approach has leaders feeling optimistic and could serve as a model for other municipalities.
The city of Seaford, the former DuPont nylon-capital in western Sussex County, has consistently struggled with gun violence and drug misuse incidents.
Community leaders say the city’s rural, post-industrial nature makes it difficult for kids to find productive ways to use their time outside of school. This, in turn, begins the cycle of using drugs and engaging with gun violence at a young age.
After having dealt first-hand with these challenges in his community for nearly three decades, Seaford Police Chief Marshall Craft saw an opportunity for change: funds from Delaware’s Prescription Opioid Settlement Distribution Commission (POSDC).
“There’s a saying out there for the definition of insanity: ‘If you do what you’ve always done, you get what you’ve always gotten,’” said Craft, who has served as police chief since 2019. “This [project] is a way for us to find some more permanent solutions to a problem.”
The POSDC is a state-run group that distributes millions in funds from legal settlements with drug manufacturers to municipalities and other local organizations around the state.
Following a year and a half of planning, Craft has coalesced a handful of local organizations from the drug recovery, community health, youth outreach and homelessness spaces to direct more than $1 million in opioid dollars toward a vision of change in Seaford.
That vision, Craft said, includes standing up a new team of drug recovery outreach specialists, updating a well-trafficked city park to be safer and more appealing to kids and encouraging collaboration between law enforcement and other community organizations.
Building a community hub
Seaford, a city of 8,400 people, has seen three fatal shootings in the past 18 months — two of which involved victims under the age of 25. It also falls at the bottom of the list of median income and school district outcome rankings in the state.
“Young people say, ‘You want us to do these positive things, but you take away our basketball courts. There’s no youth programming for us,’” said Jalyn Powell, a youth-focused community activist and founder of nonprofit organization OUTLOUD DE.
Nutter Park is one of the few open spaces in Seaford where kids gather to play on the sports courts and use the playground equipment.
It also, however, was the site of a high-profile homicide in the spring of 2025, and is where people often gather to do drug exchanges, Craft said.
In an effort to change the role the park occupies in the community and create a greater sense of safety, project leaders are directing $90,000 from the city’s local government POSDC allocation — which the city will receive for at least the next decade — to update its basketball courts and add lighting and cameras to the area.
The project is based on the concept of crime prevention through environmental design, or improving lighting and aesthetics in a community to reduce crime. Other communities in Delaware, including the neighboring town of Laurel, have also used the model.
The city just kicked off construction in August, and Craft said he expects the work on the courts to be finished this fall.
Meanwhile Powell, who works in local schools and the Chandler Heights apartment complex which neighbors the park, is joining the initiative to turn Nutter Park into what city leaders are calling a “Prevention Hub.”
For Powell, this means expanding youth dinners, camps and other prevention programming in the East Seaford area, where the park and apartments are located.
Powell and her group, OUTLOUD DE, have been doing prevention programming in several schools around the state for the better part of a year. During that time, Powell said she consistently has gotten feedback that kids want more “structured spaces,” like sports courts and parks.
As the self-described “boots on the ground” part of the initiative, Powell said her focus is providing kids with “positive alternatives and youth programming” about the risks of substance use and taking care of their mental health that they are unlikely to learn at school or at home.
“There’s a lot of stigma in the community, as it relates to help seeking, healing and health as a whole,” she said.
Seaford High School sophomore Laela Taylor-Brown, who has been participating in the youth program for the past year, said she’s learned how to better “cope with my mental health,” instead of turning to drinking or drugs, as she did before.
Taylor-Brown said she found the program so useful that she is now serving as a peer advisor, leading sessions with other kids in the community about stresses in their life and drug use prevention.
“Doing OUTLOUD helped me realize I have a bigger village than I thought,” she said. “I have a family now.”
In an effort to change the role Nutter Park occupies in the community and create a greater sense of safety, Seaford leaders are directing $90,000 from the city’s local government POSDC allocation to update its basketball courts and add lighting and cameras to the area. | SPOTLIGHT DELAWARE PHOTO BY MAGGIE REYNOLDS
Despite Powell and the police department’s initiative in Nutter Park just beginning, Craft said he is already awash with more ideas of how to infuse prevention and a positive law enforcement presence into the park.
These ideas, which Craft said are his passion projects after work hours now that his kids are out of the house, include a police athletic league, a Nutter Park-themed coloring book and musical instrument playground equipment for the less athletically inclined kids.
Resources and recovery
While Powell and the police department work to reach youth through Nutter Park, Seaford also has a plan to address adults’ needs through a new team of case managers helping to connect individuals with drug use, mental health and homelessness challenges to services.
This work is being administered by a new organization called the Seaford Community Opioid and Substance Use Disorder Response Initiative, or SCORI, with three employees doing daily outreach to individuals in Seaford.
SCORI is a collaboration between the Community Collaboration of Delaware, an organization that provides recovery services primarily in New Castle County, the Seaford Police Department and the University of Delaware Center for Drug and Health Studies to direct nearly half a million dollars toward drug use recovery in the community.
Some of the funds and resources are also being funneled through the Delaware Rural Health Coalition — formerly the Sussex County Health Coalition — which works to address individuals’ barriers to receiving healthcare in rural areas like Seaford.
Samantha Parker, a Seaford native who has been in drug recovery herself for 14 years, is SCORI’s program manager.
Parker said she and the other two outreach coordinators, who are also in recovery, have spent the two months since the program launched going into wooded encampments and other hotspot locations around the city to introduce themselves and begin connecting people with the appropriate resources.
“Going out there every day, I want to be the person I wish I had when I was out there,” said Julie Montuori, one of SCORI’s other peer outreach specialists.
Parker and Montuori described the broader collaboration as valuable because it allows them to efficiently communicate with Seaford Police to work with the court system and get individuals’ court orders dropped. This can streamline people’s ability to go straight into drug recovery treatment, instead of getting bogged down with minor legal charges.
SCORI also has its office in Redemption City, a homeless shelter and day center in Seaford, which the pair said helps them get individuals in contact with homelessness or housing resources.
Though the outreach team just began work in August, the data collected thus far by the University of Delaware shows the new approach is effective.
As of Sept. 12, the team had served 55 clients, 13% of whom agreed to go to a drug treatment program. Emalie Rell, a scientist at the UD Center for Health and Drug Studies, said that percentage was a “phenomenally high” number.
While Rell said it’s too early to draw anything conclusive from the data, she said the numbers indicate that the majority of individuals being served by SCORI have a combination of substance abuse, mental health and housing needs, which makes the collaboration between organizations more valuable.
Long-term outlook
Craft has a palpable excitement for the Nutter Park and SCORI projects, and seemingly endless ideas for future initiatives to add.
He used artificial intelligence to create a series of “pep songs” about the projects, which he played at a late-August Nutter Park ribbon cutting, that featured lyrics such as “Seaford strong: no drugs, no violence. That’s our stand, healthy choices across the land.”
In spite of his and other community leaders’ positive momentum with the initiative, they acknowledged that it largely remains to be seen what, if any, impact it will have on the crime and drug use numbers in Seaford.
Nonetheless, Craft pointed to consistently dropping crime numbers from 2023 through 2025 as evidence that Seaford is headed in the right direction. Aggravated assault charges dropped by 56% over the two-year period, while drug arrests dropped by 43% and theft by 28% over the same timeframe.
“It’s improving quality of life, reducing crime, reducing crashes, improving pedestrian safety and community awareness, all in there,” Craft said.
Other state leaders are also taking note of the model and way of using opioid dollars.
Brad Owens, executive director of the POSDC, said he has not seen any other local government take “such a coordinated way” of combining recovery support, homelessness services and the police department in its application of opioid settlement money.
Owens said Seaford, like all participating municipalities, needs to do monthly and quarterly reports of how it is spending its allocation, and what the data is showing about changes to overdose rates, 911 calls and gunshot incidents as a result of the programming.
Still, he said there is excitement from other localities in Delaware, like the city of Wilmington, about implementing a program modeled by Seaford’s.
“Everybody is watching this,” Owens added. “We will use it to inform how we respond to other local governments in the future.”
Maggie Reynolds is a Report for America corps member and Spotlight Delaware reporter who covers rural communities in Delaware. Your donation to match our Report for America grant helps keep her writing stories like this one; please consider making a tax-deductible gift of any amount today by visiting https://spotlightdelaware.org/support/.
This story was published in partnership with LOOKOUT News.
Rumors were spreading for weeks in the spring of 2022. At Arizona State Prison–Marana, the talk centered on an employee of Management and Training Corporation, or MTC, the Utah-based for-profit prison company that ran the facility. A clerk at the commissary, Alicia Simmons, had been carrying on an illicit sexual relationship with an incarcerated person.
In April, the situation exploded onto the radars of top prison officials. A fight broke out between two prisoners that two former MTC employees who spoke to LOOKOUT and The Intercept later said was over Simmons. After the fracas, according to a state-level investigation, Simmons admitted to having sex, sometimes four times a week, with an incarcerated person. She was let go by MTC and served with a search warrant for her phone and car. The Arizona Department of Corrections Special Investigations Unit conducted an official probe.
According to an internal report on the sexual abuse allegations filed at the prison in the wake of the affair, a high-ranking prison guard at the detention facility prepared a “PREA packet,” an initial recitation of allegations and evidence made in compliance with the federal Prison Rape Elimination Act.
The PREA packet cleared the way for information about the allegations to become public: Its existence would be noted the following year in a legally mandated PREA audit. The audits must be published by all carceral facilities covered by the law at least once every three years and must list all incidents and allegations of sexual contact between staff and incarcerated people.
The whistleblower said that he had direct conversations about the sexual abuse allegations with the warden.
And yet, a year later, Marana’s PREA audit said nothing about the allegations against Simmons.
“There was no reported incidents of sexual abuse or sexual harassment reported within the last 24 months,” according to the final October 2023 PREA audit.
Now, a former employee of MTC who worked at the Marana prison is speaking out for the first time about what top officials at the facility knew ahead of the PREA audit’s publication. The whistleblower, Alex Randall, told LOOKOUT and The Intercept that he had direct conversations about the sexual abuse allegations with the warden, other officials, and Simmons herself. Randall said he was not the only MTC employee the warden discussed the matter with.
“I was sitting in with my manager, me, and the warden when the warden told us all about what happened,” Randall said of the day Simmons was issued a warrant and let go from her position.
Randall’s account — including of what prison leadership knew about the allegations — was corroborated by another former employee at Marana with direct knowledge of the warden’s conversations. The second former employee spoke to LOOKOUT and The Intercept on the condition of anonymity for fear of retaliation. An Arizona Department of Corrections Information Report prepared by a prison staffer on the day of the incident also said information about allegations of sexual contact between a staffer and an incarcerated person was provided to the warden.
The incarcerated person denied having sex with Simmons, according to a later Department of Corrections investigation, and Simmons was not referred to outside law enforcement for criminal prosecution.
Despite widespread knowledge of the allegations and the official paper trail, the warden at the time — Jeremy Casey, who is listed as the primary contact in the audit — verified in the published report there were no reported incidents of sexual abuse or harassment. (Simmons, MTC, Casey, and the Arizona Department of Corrections did not respond to multiple requests for comment.)
There were at least two other incidents of sexual abuse reported during the period covered by the 2023 PREA report, according to Arizona Department of Corrections investigative reports obtained through public records requests. One was from August 2022 about an employee allegedly kissing an incarcerated person and having an email correspondence with him that was “sexual in nature.” In another case, just weeks before the 2023 PREA audit was conducted, the corrections department’s Criminal Investigative Unit conducted interviews about an allegation that a prison guard had encouraged an incarcerated person to perform oral sex. Those allegations also should have appeared on the subsequent PREA audit but did not.
In 2023, Arizona State Prison–Marana was closed and languished in dormancy until it was sold to back to MTC in 2025 — just as the Department of Homeland Security was looking for more bed space to detain immigrants.
A “No Tresspassing” sign at the closed entrance of Arizona State Prison–Marana on Feb. 27, 2026.Photo: Abby Jurek/Cronkite News
Reopening as ICE Camp
Randall’s insider account of the lapse in PREA reporting and other conditions are resurfacing Marana’s checkered history at a critical moment for the prison.
Last year, after selling the prison back to MTC, the Marana facility is slated to reopen as a U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement detention center. Federal officials, according to government documents, want to nearly triple the prison’s capacity to roughly 1,300 beds, according to a Department of Homeland Security floodplain notice. It is unknown when the prison is set to reopen.
“ICE is pursuing all available options to expand detention bedspace capacity, including partnerships with state and local governments to house detainees at existing facilities,” Fernando X. Burgos, a public affairs officer for ICE, told LOOKOUT and The Intercept.
The plan is facing significant oppositions from local residents and officials who say they are being cut out of any oversight for reopening the prison.
“The whole business model is taking an inherently expensive proposition and skimming a profit off the top.”
Critics of the plan say the failure of MTC to properly deal with the sexual abuse allegations and other problems, including those stemming from what insiders say were staffing and resource issues, raise serious questions about the company’s future running a massive immigration detention center at the same location. By their nature, private prisons, which cut costs for the sake of their bottom lines, are predisposed to the types of conditions that can lead to abuses like sexual misconduct and encourage shoddy reporting by officials, critics of the Marana facility argued.
“The whole business model is taking an inherently expensive proposition — the care and feeding of thousands of people, the running of a small city — and skimming a profit off the top,” said Caroline Isaacs, the executive director of Just Communities Arizona, a nonprofit working on criminal justice reform; she is also a member of Pima Resists ICE, known as PRICE, which opposes reopening the prison as an ICE camp.
Isaacs pointed to wider allegations about other MTC facilities, including in Arizona, and said local activists are “very familiar with the terrible track record of MTC.”
She added, “It’s baked into the business model of for-profit incarceration.”
“Holy Shit, I’m Fucked”
Randall, who took the job as an accounting clerk at the Marana prison in June 2021, said Simmons exhibited odd behavior as soon as he met her. He said he saw her emerge from the commissary area “sweating bullets,” even during cool months, despite having no obvious physically straining work to account for it.
Then, in April 2022, Randall said he was standing outside alone when Simmons came rushing toward him.
Simmons disappeared into a manager’s office, according to Randall, and in short order, two other guards ran toward the commissary area. Randall said he later learned two incarcerated men had gotten into a fight there.
“A lot of the guards were saying, ‘Well, this isn’t the first time this has happened here.’”
According to Randall’s account, Casey, the warden, later told Randall and his manager what had happened: Simmons was suspected of having sexual contact with multiple people held at the prison. The fight allegedly stemmed from jealousy between two of the men who were said to have had sexual relationships with Simmons. (The man at the center of the April 2022 allegation later denied having sex with Simmons; in a follow-up interview with the inspector general’s office, he said he was gay. Simmons later denied the second affair, according to an Arizona Department of Corrections investigation.) Both men were placed in segregation and interviewed by prison officials; one was ultimately transferred to a different facility, Randall said.
Simmons was let go the same day, according to Randall and a Department of Corrections investigation. Randall said that nearly all employees of the prison knew about the allegations.
Randall said, “A lot of the guards were saying, ‘Well, this isn’t the first time this has happened here.’”
The Admission
According to Simmons’s own account, she repeatedly had sex with an incarcerated person.
Arizona law says that all sexual contact between incarcerated people and prison staffers or contractors is considered felony sexual abuse because people behind bars cannot legally give consent.
“That staff member should have been referred for prosecution,” Brenda Smith, a professor at American University’s law school and the director of the Project on Addressing Prison Rape, said of the Marana case, noting that such sexual contact may be considered a constitutional violation.
Though the law is clear that prison staff engaging in any sexual contact with incarcerated people is abuse, Simmons’s case is complicated — and raises vexing questions. Simmons admitted to having sex with a person in custody, but she also told state investigators that she was coerced.
The details of Simmons’s case were recounted in an April 2022 investigative report from an Arizona Department of Corrections Office of Inspector General, which was obtained by LOOKOUT and The Intercept through a public records request.
According to an interview with Simmons described in the report, she was asked if she had engaged in sexual activity with one of the incarcerated people and said yes. She had done so “multiple times,” she said. Simmons, however, told investigators she was frequently threatened, including physically, into having sex with the incarcerated person.
According to the inspector general’s report, “Ms Simmons said she was scared and felt she needed to keep having sex with inmate [redacted] or she would lose her job.”
She complained to investigators that there were no cameras in the commissary room where the events took place.
Despite the threats related by Simmons to investigators, there were “a handful of times she was okay with having sex with inmate [redacted] but not all the times,” the report said.
The inmate Simmons said she was having sex with, however, denied any sexual contact with her, according to the inspector general’s report. That led the investigator to conclude that “there is not enough evidence to prove” they did have a sexual relationship. The case was “submitted to administration for review and processing,” according to the investigative report. (The Arizona Department of Corrections did not respond to repeated requests for comment about the status of the investigation.)
No criminal charges were filed in Marana, Tucson, or the relevant counties, according to an extensive records search. The Arizona Attorney General’s Office confirmed that it received no criminal referrals on the matter.
Smith, the law professor, was not surprised that the incarcerated man denied the allegation of an illicit affair. There was little to gain, she said, by admitting anything. Spurring an investigation or prosecution could cause headaches at the facility or lead to potentially negative consequences for the man in custody.
“He gets moved. He might lose his job,” Smith said, referring to jobs held in prisons by incarcerated people. “All of those things are really important for him to ultimately leave the facility with conditions that are favorable for him.”
Denying such an incident, especially in a carceral setting, Smith said, is “so common for vulnerable people who are victimized.”
The yard of Arizona State Prison–Marana, a private prison that will soon reopen as an ICE detention facility, seen on Sept. 24, 2026.Photo: John Washington/The Intercept
Prison With Problems
The Simmons case wasn’t the only documented incident of alleged sexual abuse at the Marana prison. Enrique Olivares-Pelayo, who was detained in the prison for around 11 months in 2011, told LOOKOUT and The Intercept that he had a sexual relationship with a staffer at the prison. After rumors began circulating about them, he said, the employee was fired. (PREA standards were only fully implemented and mandated by the Department of Justice in 2012.)
Manara’s history goes well beyond unreported sexual misconduct, extending to broader concerns about the MTC facility. Randall; the second former MTC employee; Olivares-Pelayo; an Arizona Department of Corrections memo; and the inspector general report all made allegations about conditions at Marana — for imprisoned people and staff alike.
Two persistent issues revolved around the quality of food for incarcerated people and the high heat inside the facility. Olivares-Pelayo and Randall both said incarcerated people had to find ways to beef up their calorie intake because they were served substandard meals. Incarcerated people would sometimes fatten up squirrels with corn chips, Olivares-Pelayo said, and then cook them to eat for extra calories. He said the squirrel meat tasted “like rabbit, kinda mid.” A 2010 memo from the Arizona Department of Corrections found that “Kitchen sanitation was substandard.”
The same memo said that all the living areas for incarcerated people were “extremely warm and humid.” It noted that the prison’s swamp cooling system seemed not to be working, an observation echoed by Olivares-Pelayo based on his stay there. He said the facility often felt like a “convection oven.”
The Marana prison, Randall said, was plagued by widespread drug use before it closed. Drug use came up in the inspector general office’s report as well as in a list of investigations conducted by Arizona Department of Corrections about Marana, also obtained by records request.
Olivares-Pelayo said proper reporting channels were rarely followed during his time there 15 years ago. The prison, he said, was effectively a free-for-all for incarcerated people. Guards did rounds but almost never cracked down on anybody for infractions. Prisoners routinely tattooed each other, for instance, which was officially banned, though consequences were rarely if ever meted out.
Incidents of violence or misconduct, Olivares-Pelayo said, were handled inside the prison to prevent conditions there from being made public.
“People would be punished internally,” he said. “They always covered up their dirty stuff.”
MTC has faced consequences before, in Arizona and elsewhere, for its prison conditions. When, in 2015, a riot broke out at an MTC-run prison in Kingman, Arizona, a Department of Corrections investigative team concluded poor conditions — citing, for example, a hunger strike because of issues with “food service operations” — had precipitated the incident.
“Based upon the observations and reviews of available materials, inmate interviews, staff contacts and interviews,” a report on the incident said, “the Assessment Team concluded that the inmate population at ASP-Kingman was dissatisfied with their conditions of confinement. Thus, they rebelled by way of rioting.”
Citing investigators’ finding that MTC operated with a “culture of disorganization, disengagement, and disregard,” then-Gov. Doug Ducey canceled the company’s contract for the Kingman facility.
Left Out of Audit
The allegations against Simmons and two other allegations of sexual misconduct against guards were omitted, the Marana PREA audit was certified on December 1, 2023, with a declaration that the prison was in full compliance with all 45 applicable PREA standards. The audit, conducted over a three-day site visit from October 16 to 18, reported that the finding of zero sexual abuse allegations was “verified by the Warden, Chief of Security, PREA Compliance Manager, Investigator, Classification, Health Services Administrator, Random staff, Random and targeted inmates.”
It also found no incarcerated people had been placed in segregation for sexual-abuse-related reasons in the prior 24 months.
Randall, along with the other former employee who corroborated his account, disputed both claims, citing in particular the solitary confinement of the two men who were alleged to have fought over Simmons.
“That was the first time we used our segregation unit, at least since I’ve worked there,” Randall said of the 2022 incident.
He said the prison kept records on disciplinary matters that should have included whatever investigative paperwork was generated from the Simmons case.
“I know for a fact they kept those investigation records,” Randall said.
Incidents of sexual abuse in prison are frequently omitted from PREA reports, said Smith, the law professor.
“A lot of it depends on how committed the agency is to a full audit,” she said.
According to Smith, PREA compliance has gotten worse after the Trump administration last year made significant funding cuts, canceling an estimated $16 million to the Department of Justice’s National PREA Resource Center.
“For a PREA audit to be missing an incident of abuse that multiple prison employees confirm took place,” said Wanda Bertram, a communications strategist for the Prison Policy Institute, “shows two things: One, that the prison is failing to take sexual abuse seriously and, two, that the PREA auditing system has some major flaws.”
ICE Expanding
After the state of Arizona’s 2025 sale of the prison, ICE announced in February 2026 that the Marana facility was slated to reopen as an immigration detention center. The contract had been won by the buyer, MTC. In the contract announcement, ICE included a boilerplate stipulation: “The contractor shall also abide by the March 7, 2014, Department of Homeland Security (DHS) regulation under the Prison Rape Elimination Act.” A February 25 federal procurement memo named MTC as “the sole owner and operator of the Marana detention facility that meets ICE requirements.”
A more recent floodplain notice from the Department of Homeland Security, ICE’s parent agency, indicates federal officials aim to expand the facility well beyond its original 513-bed design to roughly 1,300 beds. The expansion, according to the government notice, will come through the addition of temporary housing, with renovations potentially allowing parts of the facility to open even while construction continues elsewhere on the site.
The plan has drawn opposition from Marana residents and local officials, including town Council Member Patrick Cavanaugh and the community group Pima Resists ICE. The locals said the state government, the feds, and MTC left them out of any meaningful discussions about how the expansion would be managed.
Arizona “chose their $15 million sale over protecting Marana and Pima County residents from an unaccountable, untrustworthy, and dangerous prison operator.”
Pima County Supervisor Jen Allen, who has been openly critical of the prospects of a new detention camp opening in the county, told LOOKOUT and The Intercept that the state’s sale was an example of “bad business and bad decision-making at all levels.”
“It’s still shocking to me that the state of Arizona knew full well of MTC’s history: of riots, prison escapes, and cover-ups,” Allen said. “And despite this, still chose their $15 million sale over protecting Marana and Pima County residents from an unaccountable, untrustworthy, and dangerous prison operator.”
Meanwhile, with controversies raging over the swelling numbers of those detained by ICE, the death rate in immigration detention camps has more than doubled since President Donald Trump began his second term, according to recent reporting from Reuters.
Isaacs, of Pima Resists ICE, said that, in tandem with ICE’s widening crackdown, MTC’s record of obfuscating problems should strike fear in the hearts of local leaders.
“ICE clearly has no idea what they’re doing, and they don’t care,” she said. “There could be lawsuits or strain on the infrastructure of the town.”
“Nobody knows what’s going on, and nobody will know — until it’s too late, until very bad things happen.”
Freedom of information request finds six-month trial cost £320,000, used almost 100 police hours and led to just one – incorrect – alert
A six-month trial of live facial recognition (LFR) technology in London’s railway stations that cost more than £320,000 and almost 100 hours of police officers’ time led to one false match against a watchlist of suspects and no arrests.
More than half a million faces were scanned between February and July this year in some of the capital’s busiest transport hubs during the British Transport Police (BTP) trial of the surveillance technology, which aimed to help catch offenders and people breaching court orders.
What are financial markets telling us?
7
October 2026 — 18:00 TO 19:00 BST
Anonymous (not verified)
Chatham House and Online
Learn how geopolitics, inflation, AI and fiscal policy are converging to reshape borrowing costs.
Learn how geopolitics, inflation, AI and fiscal policy are converging to reshape borrowing costs.
Global bond yields have risen sharply this year thanks to a variety of forces, including war-fuelled inflation, AI-driven growth, loose fiscal policy and geopolitical risk. Recent interventions have struggled to contain market pressure, sharpening questions about where we may be headed. Is a new financial crisis possible?
This event discusses:
What are rising yields signalling about inflation, global growth and government debt burdens?
Why have recent interventions struggled to contain pressure in bond markets?
How is conflict in the Middle East affecting inflation expectations and borrowing costs?
What does AI-driven economic activity mean for interest rates and asset prices?
How are loose fiscal policies changing sovereign debt risks?
Could weaker demand for AI compute trigger a wider market correction?
Lansing, MI — A coalition of Michigan Jewish leaders is increasing pressure on Democratic U.S. Senate candidate Abdul El-Sayed to endorse five commitments concerning Jewish safety, identity and participation in political life as the state’s closely watched Senate race enters its final weeks.
Nonnegotiable Michigan said 17 Democratic political leaders have joined its campaign, including University of Michigan Regent Mark Bernstein, state Rep. Noah Arbit and Michigan Democratic Jewish Caucus Vice Chair David Kramer. The organization says its effort is separate from debates over Israeli military policy or U.S. foreign aid and is intended to ensure that Jewish Democrats, including Zionists, remain welcome within the party.
Its five requested commitments include protecting Jewish safety, recognizing Jews’ right to define their own identity, supporting Jewish sovereignty in Israel, and ensuring Zionist Jews can participate fully in American politics.
Rabbi Josh Whinston, a progressive Reform rabbi involved with the group, accused El-Sayed of using antisemitic language and “dog whistles.” El-Sayed’s campaign had not publicly accepted the commitments or responded to The Center Square’s requests for comment.
Jewish opinion surrounding El-Sayed is not uniform. Separately, more than 600 Michigan Jews signed a letter supporting his Senate campaign, while other prominent Jewish Democrats have endorsed him despite disagreements over Israel.
El-Sayed, who would become the first Muslim U.S. senator, faces Republican Mike Rogers in November.
As a business journalist, Nilsson began rigorously reporting on the power players of the adult industry, who prefer to remain in the shadows. Along the way, she uncovered how porn has shaped the internet – and our lives as a whole
There was a time, a few decades ago, when the men who owned the world’s biggest pornography businesses were happy to be famous. They paraded a lifestyle they hoped looked glamorous, appearing in public dressed in silk pyjamas or with a woman in swimwear on each arm. Porn moguls like Hustler’s Larry Flynt or Playboy’s Hugh Hefner were household names.
“Say what you want about these old perverts, who once set the tone of our sexual culture, but at least you knew who they were and what they were selling,” Patricia Nilsson writes in her new book, Guilty Pleasure: The Pornification of the Internet, the Economy, and Everything Else. “These days, the men calling the shots are nowhere to be seen.”
Demand for Scotland’s most famous export has slumped, with industry facing job cuts and closures
Obscured by the Scottish countryside on the outskirts of Kirkcaldy, Cluny bond is, in effect, a small town built to store whisky. By the time the latest set of warehouses are finished on the former opencast coal mine, Diageo’s 220-hectare (544-acre) maturation campus will be able to store almost 3m casks of Scotch. The drinks multinational needs the space.
After a 15-year boom turbocharged by the Covid-19 pandemic, demand for Scotch whisky has slumped around the world. Distilleries have paused production across Scotland to avoid adding to the glut of supply, known as a “whisky loch” – the equivalent of a “wine lake”.
With the continued backlash against AI and growing concern about our reliance on screens, an analogue life has never looked so appealing. I haven’t gone so far as to get myself an analogue bag just yet, but I have done a relatively complex puzzle and read five physical books this year, which is already two more than in 2025.
But it also struck me recently that I have, somewhat conversely, been using digital tools to do a lot of analogue activities. What if tech could help us live more in the present and reduce our screen time, while benefiting our physical and mental health in the long run?
Amy Miller, a lawyer for the advocacy group Disability Rights Nebraska, puts away voter registration material at the organization’s office in Lincoln. Allison Hess for ProPublica
Without Amy Miller, some elderly and disabled people wouldn’t be able to vote.
The attorney for Disability Rights Nebraska travels the state, investigating the quality of nursing homes and assisted living facilities. As she reminds the residents how they can report abuse or neglect, she also offers voter registration forms. Last month, she helped a veteran with a traumatic brain injury fill out change-of-address paperwork so he could vote in the upcoming midterm elections. “He 100% knew who he wanted to vote for,” Miller said, but he struggled to write with a pen.
Congress funds her organization’s efforts to ensure that even people who might not have access to the internet or transportation have the opportunity to participate in elections.
Miller, who has worked at her nonprofit for six years, said she’s never faced regulators wanting to impede her work.
“Shutting that down and making it more difficult for these Americans to access the ballot box is bewildering to me,” she said.
The proposal is part of the Trump administration’s broader assault on federal efforts to expand access to voting, especially among groups that have historically faced discrimination and disenfranchisement.
Miller speaks with a co-worker at Disability Rights Nebraska.Allison Hess for ProPublica
President Donald Trump has championed the SAVE America Act, a bill that would require people to provide documents proving their citizenship when registering to vote, and that may require everyone to deliver that proof in person, which would effectively end voter registration drives.
Last year, the Trump administration banned nongovernmental organizations from conducting registration drives at naturalization ceremonies, though the agency temporarily lifted the ban amid litigation over the policy change. The Department of Education also sent a letter to colleges and universities stating that they could not use federal work-study dollars to support voting-related work. (The directive has been contested.) Previously, those funds were used to pay students who had part-time jobs to conduct voter registration on campus and in neighboring communities.
And on the first day of Trump’s second term, the president rescinded an executive order signed by Joe Biden that had directed federal agencies to expand opportunities for registration. Biden’s order acknowledged that some Americans, including Black citizens and people with disabilities, face historic and ongoing barriers to voting access.
Neither Vought nor his office responded to ProPublica’s questions about the proposed change. But in a letter sent to state officials in 2022, he condemned Biden’s executive order as a “power grab” that would “increase voter registration and turnout, especially among Democratic Party supporters.”
Vought’s proposed change, which wouldn’t go into effect until after the 2026 midterms, could have ramifications for the next presidential election well beyond voting accessibility.
Nonprofits that receive government funds to help people sign up for Medicaid benefits, food stamps or other programs subject to the National Voter Registration Act are required to provide registration forms and help people fill them out. Like Disability Rights Nebraska, these groups would be caught between contradictory federal directives if the proposed ban is finalized.
Thousands more nonprofits receive federal funds for other services but provide voter outreach using private donations. Nonprofit experts said the confusion over which groups the ban affects and the burden of proving an organization is in compliance could lead many to pause or curb registration efforts ahead of the 2028 election. Colleges and universities that help students navigate registering to vote while away from home could be similarly affected.
But it is nonprofits like Disability Rights Nebraska and the people they serve that will be among the most directly hit.
“I don’t really think this rule had in mind that we are going to disenfranchise voters with disabilities. But it’s going to have that kind of effect,” said Rabia Belt, a Stanford law professor who’s an expert on disability and citizenship.
In 2002, Congress helped tackle the challenges people with disabilities face in voting when it passed the Help America Vote Act. The legislation was designed to upgrade states’ voting systems and improve security in the wake of the controversial 2000 election, when close results in Florida triggered a recount, followed by lawsuits that ultimately ended with a U.S. Supreme Court decision that led to George W. Bush being declared the winner.
That funding has narrowed the gap in casting ballots between those with disabilities and those without, according to an April 2024 report from Rutgers University’s Program for Disability Research that was written for the Election Assistance Commission, a bipartisan panel that helps implement the reforms put in place by the Help America Vote Act.
Disability Rights Nebraska often registers voters at public events, such as at this National Night Out event in Scottsbluff, Nebraska.Courtesy of Amy Miller
But challenges persist when it comes to voter registration. During the 2024 election, 3.6% of registered voters with disabilities reported difficulties with registering, compared to 1.4% of registered voters without disabilities, according to survey data from Rutgers. That gap may sound small, but it is statistically significant and represents the experiences of about 740,000 registered voters with disabilities, said Douglas Kruse, one of the Rutgers professors who compiled the survey.
The draft version of the OMB proposal was published in May. It is part of an extensive attempt to remake the rules governing federal grants. Once OMB’s final rule is released, it will almost certainly be subject to litigation. Legal experts said some lawsuits will likely focus on how the rule contradicts existing laws and policies, like the grants that were enshrined in the 2002 law and repeatedly approved by Congress.
Samuel Bagenstos, who served as general counsel of the OMB for part of Biden’s administration, said the proposal disregards how the Constitution gives Congress the “power of the purse.” The legislative branch sets the budget and gives dozens of federal agencies instructions on distributing those funds; the agencies create detailed policies to select grant applicants and get the money out the door.
Vought understands that federal funding provides a tool to consolidate power into the White House, said Bagenstos, who is now a law professor at the University of Michigan, specializing in disability and appropriations law.
“This is not even a surgical power grab,” he said. “It’s just a massive across-the-board power grab.”
Disability Rights Nebraska was awarded $141,000 in voter accessibility funds this year. When the organization heard about the proposed rule, it submitted a public comment in opposition. Such a change “would affect the ability of nonprofits such as ours to conduct” voter registration drives, which are “an invaluable service to Nebraskans with disabilities who are otherwise locked out of the voting experience,” the group wrote.
The organization’s work is strictly nonpartisan as mandated by law, the letter said. During a visit in June to a rural assisted living facility, the group wrote, 30% of the new voters its staff helped register identified as Republican, 20% as Democrat and 50% as nonpartisan or affiliated with a third party.
To ensure their drives are nonpartisan, Miller said she and her colleagues conduct the work in pairs, with each person representing a different party, as required by law.
Many of the residents she speaks with are essentially cloistered, Miller said.
She recalled one visit to a rural assisted living facility in early 2024. The community is so small it doesn’t have a library or a gas station. The nearest election commissioner’s office is a 30-minute drive away.
Disability Rights Nebraska had put up a poster inside the building, listing key facts about voting access for people with disabilities. At one point, Miller said, a young man in a baggy T-shirt pointed at the poster. “Is this true?” He asked her.
Yes, she told him.
“So I could register?”
“You can,” Miller said. “Do you want to register?”
He did. Miller said he knew what party he wanted to register with, though she declined to identify the party publicly or give personal details about him to respect his privacy. She said he told her he had lived at the home for a couple of years and this was the first time someone had offered to walk him through the registration process.
Miller said she wished the politicians making rules about voting rights could witness such moments.
“If I could just bring a politician with me to stand in the front hall of a nursing home” and see how people react when they realize they can vote again, she said. “I wish they could see that and realize how important the work is.”
A Washington Post review of 12 cities found combined spending rose more than 75 percent in the past five years. Some say it doesn’t address the root of the problem.
The Intercept is suing a city government in Texas in a bid to release police records related to the violent confrontation at an immigration detention facility that led to the landmark Prairieland trial earlier this year.
In a filing in state court, The Intercept accused the city of Alvarado, Texas, and its police department of refusing to release records sought under the state’s Public Information Act. The news outlet asked a judge to order the city to release records of police communications on the days before and after a noise demonstration outside U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement’s Prairieland detention facility that turned violent.
Despite The Intercept agreeing to pay hundreds of dollars for the records, the city has failed to process the payment and left the records request in limbo, according to the complaint and to attorney Terry Mutchler, a veteran defender of records access who is representing The Intercept in the case.
“I’ve been doing this for 30 years, and this is one of the singularly most distressing cases that I’ve seen in terms of public access to records,” Mutchler said. “This is stonewalling on steroids.”
“This is a situation where the public officials should be ashamed of themselves for forgetting who they work for.”
“The Intercept cut the check, and now the city won’t cash the check and they won’t give us the records — it’s radio silence,” said Mutchler. “This is a situation where the public officials should be ashamed of themselves for forgetting who they work for.”
A representative of the Alvarado city government did not immediately respond to a request for comment.
The complaint stems from a request filed under the state’s Public Information Act by freelance journalist C. Frances, who, on behalf of The Intercept, sought records of communications by Alvarado Police Department personnel in connection to a noise demonstration on July 4, 2025, at the Prairieland facility. The protest devolved into an armed confrontation and shots were fired. An Alvarado police officer suffered non-life-threatening injuries in the shooting.
More than a dozen protesters, including people present that evening and others with varying levels of involvement in the protest, were arrested in the aftermath of the incident.
That case against the protesters became a proving ground of the Trump administration’s war on the activist left, ending with hefty sentences for many of the co-defendants, including Benjamin Song, who was sentenced to 100 years in prison for attempted murder and other charges. Song and other defendants are set to appeal their convictions.
The records saga began on February 16, when Frances submitted a request to Alvarado city government for internal and external communications to and from its police department between July 4 and July 18, 2025. Over the next month, amid a back and forth with city officials over the scope of the request, Frances eventually narrowed her request to all email communications directly related to the incident. Weeks later, the city told Frances the bill for the records, including labor hours spent processing and redacting them, would come to $854.17.
Months later, after a back and forth referred to by The Intercept’s counsel as a “tortured procedural history,” The Intercept decided to pony up for the records and issued a payment for the full amount requested in April.
“Despite receiving payment,” The Intercept wrote in its filing Friday, “neither the City nor the Police Department have produced any of the responsive emails, have not certified that no responsive information exists, have not obtained or communicated any attorney general decision authorizing continued withholding of the requested information, and have not otherwise responded substantively to the Request.”
As the postseason starts with the wildcard round, our writers pick the dark horses, likely winners and the high seeds at risk of going out early
The Mariners. The only active MLB team to have never appeared in a World Series came within a single win of ending that hoodoo last October and appeared poised to go one stage further in 2026. Instead, their 76-86 clunker feels like a wasted chance for a lineup featuring Julio Rodríguez, Cal Raleigh and Randy Arozarena. BAG
New research suggests Enceladus may be an especially promising place to search for extraterrestrial life: microbes similar to those found near Earth's hydrothermal vents survived in lab conditions designed to mimic the Saturnian moon's subsurface ocean. A separate study also found that material blasted from Enceladus' plumes may naturally separate and concentrate salts, organics and potential biosignatures into individual ice grains, potentially making them easier for future spacecraft to detect.
"That is great news in the search for life," Frank Postberg, lead author of one and co-author of the other of these new studies and professor at Freie Universitat Berlin, said in a statement. "Future spacecraft will have to analyze many individual ice particles in the plume. But if they come across one with microbial material in it, they could identify biosignatures in the particle relatively easy with already available technology." Space.com reports: Enceladus isn't the only place in our solar system with water -- so, why is it so exciting in the search for life? Well, it has to do with the seafloor of its extensive, liquid ocean. Down deep at the bottom of this body of water, scientists think hydrothermal processes, or movement or reactions with hot water under the surface, are taking place. The plumes shooting upward from the ocean also contain trace amounts of salts and organic compounds. NASA's Cassini spacecraft found these traces when it flew through the plumes over a decade ago. Between the hydrothermal activity and the organics and minerals in the water, this moon's ocean has a number of aspects that could be involved in supporting life.
What's more, using a combination of Cassini data, theoretical models and laboratory experimentation, in Postberg's new study the team found that the plume's water droplets blasting out into space at up to 621 miles per hour (1,000 kilometers per hour) don't freeze as quickly as expected. Before, scientists thought the freeze would happen instantaneously once the droplets reached space, but Postberg and fellow researchers say they found the freezing would actually happen much slower.
They also found that during this freezing process, the salt, organic compounds (and maybe possible signs of life) in the water droplets separate from one another. Not only that, but the team says that as the particles are blasted out into space, they should often collide with the icy cracks of the planet's surface. This ultimately would leave behind tiny shards of frozen droplets with individually separated out components. Essentially, it's like the planet has organized its oceanic ingredients into tiny, frozen particle fragments. This work is described in two new studies published in the journal Science Advances here and here.
As outrage grows over cases of sexual violence, activists are demanding a shift from controlling women to confronting men’s behaviour. Plus, Tony Klor’s ‘hella dope’ city vlogs
As an Indian woman, I often feel myself oscillating between states of anxiety or anger. The anxiety is about doing the mental maths of how to stay safe – thinking about what I’m wearing, where I am going and how I’ll get there, and so on. The anger is at the sheer absurdity of this, and the stories of of sexual violence and harassment I read about every day. I am not the only one.
Last week, two particularly enraging incidents captured national attention. First, a video showing a group of men accused of harassing and molesting two teenagers at night in Bihar’s Jamui went viral. Then, a 17-year-old, out with a friend in Delhi, was allegedly gang-raped in a park by men posing as police. After, women in Bihar told Outlook how the incident in Jamui triggers greater controls and pressure on them. In Delhi, authorities curbed access to public parks and a premier women’s college, Lady Shri Ram College (LSR), briefly moved classes online.
Apple’s cheapest desktop computer is no longer a bargain but its newest, fastest chip makes it a pocket powerhouse
Apple’s latest Mac mini brings real speed and power for far more than everyday tasks in a practically pocketable form you can fit almost anywhere.
The impressive new desktop machine is the first to receive an update to Apple’s latest M6 chip while remaining smaller than a headphones box. It is the cheapest computer Apple sells with an M-series chip, but like every other memory-containing piece of electronics, it has been hit by RAMageddon, driving up the starting price to £899 (€1,049/$899/A$1,449) from the £599 or equivalent of its M4 predecessor.
Washington, DC — The U.S. Department of Education formally rescinded the Biden administration’s Title IX interpretation protecting students from sex discrimination based on sexual orientation and gender identity, returning schools to regulations adopted during President Donald Trump’s first term.
The department said Monday that the move restores the 2020 Title IX rule and brings federal regulations into line with court decisions that struck down the Biden administration’s 2024 expansion. Education Secretary Linda McMahon said the change would reduce confusion for schools while protecting women’s athletic opportunities and privacy.
The Biden-era rule had interpreted Title IX’s prohibition on sex discrimination to include sexual orientation and gender identity. Republican-led states challenged that interpretation, and federal courts ultimately blocked the regulation before Trump returned to office.
Since taking office again, the administration has pursued a narrower definition of sex under federal education law and has pressured schools to restrict transgender athletes from women’s sports programs. The department has also rescinded earlier civil-rights agreements involving gender identity.
LGBTQ and women’s-rights advocates argue the rollback could leave transgender students more vulnerable to discrimination and weaken protections for some survivors of sexual harassment or assault. The administration maintains that existing Title IX protections remain intact for discrimination based on biological sex.
Case Keenum passed for two touchdowns in his first start in almost three years, and the Chicago Bears shut down Jalen Hurts and the Philadelphia Eagles for a 27-7 victory on Monday night.
Stepping in for Caleb Williams, Keenum was 24 for 34 for 247 yards. He also scored his first rushing touchdown since 2019 on a one-yard plunge with 7:19 left, capping a 13-play drive that took more than eight minutes off the clock.
An anonymous reader quotes a report from The Guardian: It is the bane of every fruit bowl: sliced banana that turns brown before it has reached the table. But such woes could soon be a thing of the past, with gene-edited bananas that keep their freshly peeled color now one step closer to reaching British shoppers. According to Tropic, the Norwich-based agricultural-biotechnology company that developed the fruit, the bananas have the same taste and texture but stay "fresh, yellow and appetizing long after peeling and slicing."
Gilad Gershon, the chief executive of Tropic, said the flesh of the new banana resisted browning for an extra day or two -- and longer if chilled. He added that the innovation could make it easier to add bananas to prepackaged products such as fruit salads and breakfast pots, as well as reducing waste. [...] Tropic developed the bananas by using a gene-editing technology called Crispr-Cas9 to alter all three copies of a single gene within the fruit. As a result, they were able to reduce the production of polyphenol oxidase, an enzyme that causes browning. A similar approach has been effective in reducing browning in other produce, including mushrooms.
Tropic said the non-browning bananas could reduce food waste and CO2-equivalent emissions along the supply chain by more than 25%. "This could support an annual reduction in CO2 emissions of over 9m tonnes in the banana export market alone," the company said. [...] Gershon said Tropic had gained regulatory approval for the non-browning bananas in 10 other countries including Japan, Brazil and the Philippines. The fruit is already being grown in Latin America.
EDIT: I found the issue. For whatever reason (probably the version of android I'm on) floaty wouldn't show or allow tune adjustments on my phone. Switching to a different device allowed me to apply tunes. Ultimately, this just means I now have a dedicated device for floaty + any other VESC apps I may find down the road. Thank you to those who offered solutions in the comments :)
Am I missing something? I try to apply a tune, and all I get is "save", and not the "apply" button I've seen while looking up walkthroughs online. I also don't see the tunes in the main screen below the stats. Any idea what I'm not understanding or doing wrong? It's a new PintV VESC build. Help is greatly appreciated! :)
OpenAI said it has chosen not to release its new GPT-6.1 Astra model due to concerns about safety, as industry leaders warn of the risks posed by ever-more-powerful AI technology.
Washington, DC — The second annual Make America Healthy Again Summit is bringing senior federal health officials together with celebrities and wellness influencers whose records include serious criminal cases and repeatedly challenged health claims.
Russell Brand is scheduled to moderate a discussion with Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services Administrator Mehmet Oz. Brand is awaiting trial in Britain after pleading not guilty to three counts of rape, three sexual-assault charges and one indecent-assault charge involving six women. He has denied committing non-consensual sexual acts.
Later in the program, former heavyweight champion Mike Tyson will appear on a “MAHA Athlete” panel. Tyson was convicted of rape in 1992 and served three years in prison.
The summit also gives prominent roles to wellness personalities whose scientific claims have been challenged by independent fact-checkers. Chiropractor Eric Berg is participating in a cancer-prevention discussion. Science Feedback has rated multiple Berg claims unsupported or based on flawed reasoning. Gary Brecka, moderating the Tyson panel, has likewise been fact-checked for inaccurate or misleading claims involving depression, fluoridation and thyroid disease.
The lineup places federal health policymakers alongside celebrity personalities and alternative-health influencers, creating an unusual mixture for a conference presented as helping shape the future of American health.
No physical evidence linked him to the crime scene, but the jury convicted Douglas Stewart Carter, a Black man, based on a confession and two witnesses who later recanted.
Washington, DC — President Donald Trump’s administration has made noncitizen voting a major election-integrity issue ahead of the midterms, but available evidence continues to show that illegal voting by noncitizens is extremely rare. The administration has expanded use of the federal SAVE database and pressed states to search voter rolls for potentially ineligible registrations.
The effort has produced some legitimate cases, but not evidence of widespread noncitizen voting. Reuters reported that federal prosecutors recently intensified enforcement, while investigations across multiple states have generally identified small numbers of cases compared with tens of millions of registered voters. Separate reporting found many registration problems resulted from clerical or automated system errors rather than intentional fraud.
The administration has nevertheless repeatedly presented noncitizen voting as a significant threat to election integrity. Election officials and voting experts dispute that characterization, pointing to studies and state reviews showing confirmed cases are uncommon. AP has similarly reported that Trump and allies have amplified the issue despite limited evidence of widespread illegal voting.
Courts have also constrained some administration efforts, while federal law limits systematic voter-roll removals close to Election Day. The Supreme Court recently allowed continued use of the expanded SAVE system while broader legal challenges proceed.
Longtime Slashdot reader schwit1 shares a report from Business Standard: China has expanded overseas travel restrictions for top AI professionals in private firms to include the families of key personnel, further tightening measures designed to prevent the outflow of critical know-how and information to the US. Government agencies have recently begun to share the wider restrictions with affected people, which include prominent startup founders as well as the heads of strategically important companies in AI-related fields, people familiar with the matter said. Direct relatives such as spouses and children of certain AI and chip executives, whose work is considered paramount to state security, are now required to obtain approval from Beijing before going abroad even for short trips, the people said.
That marks a broadening of existing curbs on the freedom of movement of China's most influential tech talent -- a category that encompasses entrepreneurs, researchers and executives. While not an outright ban on travel, the new requirement is likely to exert a further chilling effect on a tech sector already facing unprecedented curbs. China has restricted foreign travel for top AI professionals in private firms such as Alibaba Group Holding Ltd and DeepSeek since earlier this year, Bloomberg News reported in May, reflecting Beijing's determination to safeguard its technology as it makes big strides in AI and chipmaking.
It's unclear whether all those people's families need to follow the new strictures, the people said. China is also separately implementing rules, which became effective Sept 15, for enforcing exit bans in cases ranging from criminal investigations to potential violations of the country's industrial and technological security. Beijing's plan is to add relevant individuals to the list as time goes by, the people said, asking not to be identified discussing a sensitive issue. Government departments have already notified several people of the need to clear family travel, two of the people said.
Vatican City — Pope Leo XIV pushed back against President Donald Trump’s dismissal of artificial intelligence safety concerns, saying warnings from experts should be taken seriously rather than waved away as “fake news.” The comments came Monday as governments and technology companies continue debating how aggressively AI should be regulated.
Speaking with reporters while returning from France, Leo said he was not in “panic mode” about catastrophic AI scenarios but argued that ignoring potential risks would be irresponsible. He called for continued dialogue among scientists, political leaders, technology companies and civil society over safeguards for increasingly powerful systems.
Trump told the United Nations General Assembly last week that fears surrounding dangerous AI were a “hoax,” while arguing that excessive regulation could weaken the United States against China in the global technology race. His administration has generally favored faster development and fewer federal restrictions.
The debate extends well beyond politics. Anthropic CEO Dario Amodei has warned that rapidly advancing AI agents could soon operate with extraordinary autonomy, while Nvidia CEO Jensen Huang has argued that many safety problems can be addressed through engineering rather than extensive government regulation.
Leo acknowledged Nvidia’s recent work on technical guardrails but questioned the consistency of developing safeguards while opposing government oversight. He urged policymakers and industry leaders to keep examining potential dangers rather than assuming technological development will remain manageable on its own.
AMD has agreed to acquire Fei-Fei Li's World Labs for about $8.2 billion in stock, making it the chipmaker's second-largest acquisition and giving it a major foothold in "world models" that simulate 3D environments for robotics and other physically grounded AI. CNBC reports: AI researchers expect world models will be able to help develop robots and other physically-grounded artificial intelligence applications. AMD plans to keep World Labs separate from its chipmaking business until the transaction closes later this year. The lab's research on next-generation models will allow AMD to plan for what its AI chips need to be capable of years in advance.
World Labs was founded by AI researcher Fei-Fei Li, who is widely seen as an AI pioneer as a Stanford professor, and who previously worked for Google leading AI research. Li will become an AMD's chief scientist and an executive vice president at the company.
In a demo presented by Li and AMD CEO Lisa Su earlier this year, the two executives showed a World Labs model called Marble creating a three-dimensional scene out of a few images. "Intelligent agents, whether it's robots or vehicles or even tools, can learn inside very-rich physics-aware digital worlds before they even need to be deployed into the real one, making them much safer," Li said at the presentation.
In the high-stakes Michigan race for U.S. Senate, Republican Mike Rogers is accusing his Democratic opponent, Abdul El-Sayed, of supporting policies that could compromise people’s safety while simultaneously portraying himself as “tough on crime.”
In a Sept. 23 X post, Rogers said El-Sayed “supports defunding the police and emptying prisons.” His post included an ad, which is running on TV and digital platforms in the Detroit market, in which a woman says she doesn’t trust El-Sayed with her four children’s safety.
“Is this guy for real?” the woman says after a clip of El-Sayed talking about releasing people from jails and prisons.
Abdul El-Sayed supports defunding the police and emptying prisons.
El-Sayed said he supported defunding the police in the past, and spoke about reducing incarceration rates and prison sentences broadly. Rogers’ X post is written in current tense as if El-Sayed “supports” these positions now, while the ad uses past tense to describe El-Sayed’s statements. During his Senate campaign, El-Sayed has not supported defunding the police and said he wants to increase funds for certain aspects of policing. He has not called for emptying prisons.
Rogers’ campaign spokesperson Alyssa Brouillet said El-Sayed’s recent positions backtrack on his past statements. “Now, his insulting disapproval of law enforcement is coming back to haunt him, so he’s lying to Michiganders,” she said.
As a Senate candidate, El-Sayed isn’t calling to defund police
In 2020, El-Sayed advocated several times for defunding the police, as the idea gained popularity among the Democratic Party’s left flank after a May 2020 video showed George Floyd’s murder while in Minneapolis police custody. Proponents of defunding the police argued that some law enforcement agencies were abusing their power and not keeping people safe. Some supporters called for moving some funds from police to social services, while others advocated for completely eliminating modern policing systems.
“I believe that we do need to defund the police insofar as defunding the police is disinvesting in the means of incarcerating someone or killing them on the streets,” El-Sayed said in a Detroit Public Radio interview in June 2020. He said he supported “investing less in police.”
Rogers’ campaign pointed us to a 2024 episode of El-Sayed’s podcast during which he said America should “rethink policing” and suggested the “redeployment of civic resources away from punishment and toward public welfare.”
In that episode, he also said: “Perhaps rather than invest so much money in buying military grade weapons to deploy into our streets, we might instead figure out how to deploy social workers to the scene of domestic disturbances.”
More recently, El-Sayed said he has a more “nuanced” position on police funding.
In a Sept. 19 campaign video, El-Sayed said, “We’ve got to fund all of the things we need. For some problems, that is going to be a person with a gun.”
“We’ve got to fund recruitment, retention, and retirement, so that we can actually get people from in the community,” he said.
He has also said armed officers don’t need to respond to all mental health crises and the federal government should fund programs for responding to mental health-related emergencies and community programs to reduce violence.
“No, Abdul El-Sayed does not support defunding the police,” El-Sayed campaign spokesperson Cole Wozniak said in an email to PolitiFact. “As he’s consistently said, Abdul believes we absolutely need to fund law enforcement to identify, prosecute, and protect communities from violent crime.”
Rogers’ campaign also pointed us to El-Sayed’s calls during this campaign to abolish Immigration and Customs Enforcement, saying it’s an attempt to eliminate a law enforcement agency. El-Sayed has called for abolishing ICE but said he supports continuing immigration and border enforcement. He said ICE is “about normalizing paramilitary force on our streets.”
El-Sayed has not called for emptying prisons
Rogers’ ad includes a clip from a webinar El-Sayed spoke at in August 2020, called “I Don’t Want to Die in Prison,” which was organized by the University of Michigan’s Carceral State Project. During the event, El-Sayed and people who had been incarcerated discussed prison living conditions before and during the COVID-19 pandemic.
The speakers discussed a report about COVID-19 in prison that called for reducing prison populations.
El-Sayed said he supported reducing prison populations because COVID-19 spread easily in crowded jails and prisons. He also backed policies to reduce jail and prison populations even after the pandemic.
“Any and all efforts to get people out of jails and prisons and to keep people out of jails and prisons is policy that we need to be investing in,” he said. “Particularly right now, but this doesn’t end when the pandemic’s over, right? We shouldn’t have to have a global pandemic to force us to find our humanity. This should just be what we do because it’s the right thing to do.”
During the webinar, an event organizer said the report said “the only humane response to the crisis of incarceration itself is abolition.” But El-Sayed didn’t say he wanted to “empty” or abolish prisons.
In recent campaign events, El-Sayed has said he opposes private prisons because he doesn’t think people should profit from imprisoning people. He supports investing in mental health services and job training for people leaving prison, to prevent reoffending.
At a Sept. 19 town hall, a corrections officer asked El-Sayed whether he wanted to release prisoners and decrease law enforcement in Michigan. El-Sayed said he wanted more money to help keep officers and prisoners safe.
“So the idea of somehow pulling back on folks like you is ridiculous,” he told the officer. “You need more people. That’s how you keep things safe.”
Our ruling
Rogers said El-Sayed “supports defunding the police and emptying prisons.”
In 2020, El-Sayed called to defund police amid protests about police officers abusing their power. As he campaigns for the Senate, El-Sayed has spoken about increasing funds for police recruitment and retention, and said he supports more funding for mental health responses and violence intervention programs.
During the pandemic, he said prisons should release people to help lower the number of people becoming sick with COVID-19, and he said that should be extended after the pandemic. He did not say he wanted to empty prisons.
The statement contains an element of truth: El-Sayed previously supported diverting funding from police and spoke about releasing some prisoners amid the pandemic. But Rogers’ statement ignores that El-Sayed during his campaign has called for funding for police and he isn’t saying prisons should be emptied.
As ceasefire negotiations faltered and U.S. casualties of the Iran war mounted, the Trump administration on July 7 attempted to rebrand the struggling war effort by announcing the conclusion of Operation Epic Fury.
But in the 12 weeks since, more U.S. military personnel have been injured and killed than in the 18 weeks of Epic Fury. Of the 880 U.S. troops left wounded or dead, 444 have occurred since July 7, according to the official Pentagon count.
President Donald Trump’s war of choice has left nearly 100 U.S. troops wounded or dead this month alone, according to the Pentagon. This includes 29 Navy sailors and eight Marines added last week to the official tally of those injured, following claims by a top Iranian official that an attack with a new “anti-ship missile” had “created hell for the Americans.”
The Marines were injured in a cruise missile attack on September 14, according to two U.S. officials who spoke to The Intercept on the condition of anonymity. The Marines were aboard an unidentified vessel in the Strait of Hormuz, they said, and potentially suffered brain trauma among other injuries. The attack was first reported by NBC News.
A cargo ship was hit that same day by a projectile in the Strait of Hormuz, according to the United Kingdom Maritime Trade Operations organization. The officials would not say if Marines have been stationed on commercial vessels transiting the Strait.
The Navy did not answer The Intercept’s questions about when and where the sailors were wounded. A Navy official said that casualties had been “fully validated” but would not name the affected “units.”
This latest in a series of casualty spikes comes as additional details of the toll of Iranian attacks on U.S. troops become more apparent. Air Force personnel, alone, endured more than 1,200 “alarm reds” — the official code for imminent attack by missiles, aircraft, or ground forces — during just 38 days earlier this year, according to Air Force chief of staff Gen. Ken Wilsbach. He noted that these Iranian strikes also led to more than 420 “long lonely walks” by explosive ordnance disposal technicians. Dealing with such munitions can be lethal: Army Sgt. Michael Emmanuel Swinton, 30, of Fayetteville, North Carolina, was killed and another soldier was wounded “during a controlled detonation” of an Iranian attack drone at Iraq’s Erbil Air Base in July.
President Donald Trump recently said the conflict with Iran is “small potatoes,” Vice President JD Vance asserted it is not a “war,” and Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick announced: “There haven’t been American deaths, it’s really just an economic choke-out.”
At least 19 personnel have died according to the official Pentagon count of war dead, including 11 killed by hostile fire. The actual number of troop deaths in the region since the war began is higher. The latest known fatality is Capt. Bianca Wilkerson, 37, of Norfolk, Virginia, who died on September 18 from a “coronary issue,” according to her brother. He said she returned from Saudi Arabia on September 10 and was headed back but died on the return flight, according to reporting by the Virginian-Pilot.
For almost six months, The Intercept has reported on anomalies in official counts offered on the website of the Defense Casualty Analysis System, or DCAS, which tracks “deceased, wounded, ill or injured” service members for Congress and the White House. On April 21, for example, the number of wounded-in-action troops declined by 15 without public acknowledgment by the War Department. Despite repeated questions for months, the Pentagon has not commented on the disparities.
Prior reporting by The Intercept also found that the Pentagon’s official tally of dead and wounded personnel is a gross undercount, stemming from what one U.S. government official called a “casualty cover-up.” When the Washington Post also recently suggested that the Pentagon had suppressed the casualty numbers, self-styled War Secretary Pete Hegseth called the report “DISGUSTING and FAKE.”
The Pentagon’s list of the names of the dead is still, for example, missing Maj. Sorffly Davius, a signals and communication officer with the New York Army National Guard who was assigned to the headquarters of the 42nd Infantry Division and died while on duty in Camp Buehring, Kuwait, on March 6.
The military has claimed that Davius was part of another mission but a recent National Guard news release noted that when “Trump made the decision to attack Iran and launched Operation Epic Fury on Feb. 28, the division headquarters began conducting combat operations.” The 42nd served as the primary headquarters leading what became, according to Maj. Gen. Jack James, the division commander, the “largest and first long-range precision fires campaign in the history of the United States Army.” James specifically saluted Davius whom the Guard admitted was “conducting operations” when he died.
The eight Marines added to DCAS last week appeared in the tally almost 10 days after the September 14 attack. Historically, there was little lag between a casualty occurring in the field and its inclusion in the DCAS system, according to two people who used to work on the official casualty tally. “We got it very quickly. We could report the number of casualties very fast,” Joan Crenshaw, who worked on DCAS during the war on terror, previously told The Intercept, noting that data was refreshed daily. A current U.S. official also previously told The Intercept that the recent reporting lags are a blend of incompetence and deliberate slow-walking of casualty data to manage public fallout.
Iran’s ability to overwhelm U.S. air defenses in the Middle East using attack drones and advanced ballistic missiles, as previously reported by The Intercept, has left the U.S. military in a precarious situation. Despite months of claims by Trump and Hegseth that Iran’s military was annihilated, Iran has attacked more than 15 bases across the Middle East, according to information from U.S. officials and Iranian reports. These strikes damaged or destroyed hundreds of facilities at U.S. bases in Bahrain, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates, according to Central Command. Air Force personnel alone conducted 48 airfield repairs in a little more than a month, according to Wilsbach.
An Iranian missile and drone attack on February 28 destroyed Navy facilities in Manama, Bahrain, the region’s most critical U.S. military logistics hub. The Pentagon claimed for months that the strikes did not significantly impact military operations, but acting Navy Secretary Hung Cao recently admitted that Iran “blew the hell out of Bahrain.”
Tehran has been trying to step up attacks on targets in the west but its track record has been mixed
Investigators may be some way from determining exactly what led five men with three vans to a village just outside RAF Fairford in the small hours of Sunday – but the fact they have all been released on bail without immediate charge suggests they are not deemed to pose a serious and violent threat.
In a moment where wider geopolitical tensions mean external threats are perceived to be close, the question of whether Iran had a hand in the alleged plot remains open. Nonetheless, the bailing of the men is a mercifully lower-key development in an investigation that appeared of the utmost gravity.
Airfares for round-trip U.S. flights have jumped 31% compared to the same period last year, and tickets are likely to get pricier, according to a new analysis.
Smyrna sophomore, Terrell Ingram, runs the ball against Red Lion in the Eagles first game of the season. Photo credit: Dave Reeder
The first month of the Delaware high school football season concluded with last weekend’s slate of games. Multiple programs finished the month undefeated across all three classifications.
The first month of Delaware high school football is in the books and many programs across the state have started their 2026 season on a good note. 11 teams are undefeated through the first four weeks of play and many programs have wins against out-of-state competition showing off the talent within Delaware.
Here’s a quick look at a few teams from each of the DIAA’s three football classifications that you should keep an eye on as the season continues:
Class 3A:
Smyrna Eagles
The Eagles have scored 35 or more points in each of their first three games this season, improving to 3-0 with an overtime win over Cardinal Ohara High School (from Pennsylvania) on September 26. Smyrna’s offense is led by senior quarterback Drew Marks, sophomore runners Terrell Ingram and Norman Berry and junior receiver Mikiah Jackson. Marks has thrown for multiple touchdowns in two of Smyrna’s three games this season with Jackson on the receiving end of five of those scores. Ingram and Berry combined for seven touchdowns this season.
Smyrna will compete in its first Class 3A matchup of the season this Friday, October 2, against Middletown High School. Middletown is 1-2 this season with a couple of out-of-state losses to Cardinal Hayes High School (NY) and Our Lady of Good Counsel High School (MD). Middletown beat Smyrna last season, 33-28.
Appoquinimink Jaguars
Appoquinimink is 3-0 this season with a Class 3A win already under its belt with a victory over Dover on September 18. The Jaguars started their 2026 campaign with a win against George Washington High School (PA) and won a 3-2 matchup against Howard last Thursday to remain undefeated on the season. Appoquinimink’s defense is the backbone of its undefeated start, holding all three of their opponents this season under 10 points. The Jaguars defense has given up only 15 points through three games.
The Jaguars will play St. Georges this Friday at 7:00 p.m. at home in Middletown, Delaware. The Jaguars defeated St. Georges, 35-0, on the road last season. The win sparked a three-game winning streak that helped Appoquinimink finish the regular season with a 7-3 record and trip to the semifinal round of the 2025 DIAA Class 3A Football State Championship tournament.
Class 2A:
Archmere football lines up on offense at the start of its game against the St. Mark’s Spartans, September 18. Photo Credit: Ryan Colasanti
Archmere Auks
The Auks stand atop the District 1 standings in Class 2A with a 3-0 record and wins against two fellow 2A competitors, St. Mark’s and Delaware Military Academy. Archmere recorded shutouts in each of their first two wins and held DMA without a point until the fourth quarter in their most recent win. The Auks defense has recorded a sack or turnover in every game this season.
Archmere faces a tough road matchup in its next game traveling to Felton, Delaware, to take on the Lake Forest Spartans. The Spartans are 2-1 this season with a win against Class 3A Dover in their most recent game. Last season, Lake Forest defeated Archmere, 35-13, in the regular season and 38-35 in the quarterfinal round of the DIAA Class 2A Football State Championship tournament.
Milford Buccaneers
The Buccaneers are 3-0 for the first time since 2016 starting their 2026 season with wins over Conrad, Indian River and Woodbridge in the season’s first month. Milford’s offense is averaging over 30 points per game this season led by senior Andrew Sivels. Sivels is having an incredible start to the season scoring four touchdowns in each of Milford’s first three games. Sivels has accounted for eight of the Buccaneers’ last nine touchdowns. The Buccaneers’ three wins tie their season total from a year ago.
The Buccaneers will play their third of four straight home games in a matchup against the 1-2 Delmar Wildcats. Milford defeated Delmar, 22-8, last season and Sivels was a big reason why, scoring two Buccaneer touchdowns. The rematch will be played at 7:00 p.m., Friday night.
Sussex Tech Ravens
The Ravens are the lone undefeated team amongst the District 3 standings in Class 2A. Sussex Tech started the season with a win over Glasgow High School and followed it up with two 2A wins against Tatnall and Mt. Pleasant. The Ravens have outscored their opponents 136-12 this season shutting out two of their first three opponents. Junior Eric Wright-McGlotten leads the team with seven rushing touchdowns through the first three games.
The Ravens next game will be a road contest against Bohemia Manor High School from Maryland. That game will be played in Maryland on October 2, at 7:00 p.m. Following that game, the Ravens will begin district play with a matchup against Lake Forest. Sussex Tech finished last season with a 7-3 overall record and 2-3 district record, which included a loss to Lake Forest.
Class 1A:
Concord Raiders
The Raiders started their 2026 season in a similar fashion to last season with three straight wins against Mt. Pleasant, Early College High School and Delcastle. Concord’s defense has started the year strong allowing 20 points through their first two games and earning their first shutout of the season against Delcastle last weekend. The Raider offense is led by senior Declan McNulty who has thrown or ran for a touchdown in every game this season. McNulty had a defensive touchdown as well in the Raiders win over the Hornets.
The Raiders will be on the road for their next game against Christiana High School. That game will be played on Saturday, October 3, at 11:00 a.m. The Raiders defeated Christiana, 20-8, last season.
Newark Yellowjackets
The Yellowjackets are tied atop the District 2 standings in Class 1A with a 2-1 record this season — the first under new head coach Angel Guerrero. Newark opened the season with back-to-back wins against fellow 1A competition in AI duPont and Brandywine, before falling to Newark Charter last weekend. The Yellowjackets scored a combined 61 points in their first two wins with key contributions from seniors Jahsir Bryant and William Teel.
The Yellowjackets will play Tatnall on the road next Saturday before playing their first district game against Delcastle at home. Newark’s game against Tatnall will be at 11:00 a.m. on October 3.
Patriot senior Maxwell Laznik finds a small window of running room against the Odessa defense. Photo Credit: Dave Reeder
Newark Charter Patriots
The 2025 DIAA Class 1A Football State Championship runner-ups have started their season with a 4-0 record and multiple wins against Class 2A competition. The Patriots lead all of Class 1A with 118 points this season and their defense is amongst the top allowing only 4.5 points per game. The Patriots defense has two shutout wins this season, both against Class 2A opponents.
Newark Charter will face Conrad in its next game on Friday, October 2. That game will start at 7:00 p.m. and be played at Robert W. Gore Stadium on Newark Charter’s campus. The Patriots beat Conrad, 20-16, last season.
TikTok has agreed to pay Alabama at least $100 million and adopt new restrictions for teenage users, including a two-hour daily limit, overnight access restrictions, stronger age verification, a ban on beauty filters, and an option for a non-personalized feed. The settlement could grow to as much as $300 million if enough other state attorneys general join similar agreements. The Guardian reports: A trial had been set to begin on Monday in the southern US state over claims by Alabama that TikTok misled parents about tools meant to shield children from harmful content. [...] Attorney general Steve Marshall hailed Friday's settlement as "a great day for Alabama parents." He said: "Tonight, they can rest easier knowing real protections are in place to shield their children from the dangers of social media addiction."
Under the settlement, TikTok will send $100m to Alabama and could possibly pay up to $300m in total if 40 other attorneys general sign similar agreements with the company within a specified timeframe. In addition, the Alabama deal includes a conditional restriction that Meta also agreed to: expanding the night-time shutdown period to 10pm to 7am if other platforms also commit to do the same.
"TikTok's priority has always been fostering a safe and positive space where people can be creative, discover what they love, and connect with their community," a company spokesperson told AFP. "This builds on our commitment and core objective to continually enhance our robust safety tools to protect teens," the spokesperson added. More than a dozen other states, including California and New York, still have suits against TikTok.
Dayesla Ixtli brings Mexican folklore, wearable sculpture and body painting together in a new Mezzanine Gallery exhibition opening Oct. 2 in Wilmington
WILMINGTON, Del. — For Delaware artist Dayesla Ixtli, a canvas doesn’t necessarily hang on a wall.
It can breathe, move and ultimately become part of the artwork.
Ixtli transforms the human body using elaborate handcrafted headpieces, sculpted armor, textured prosthetics, special-effects body paint, costumes and makeup. She then preserves the completed transformation through photography.
That process is at the center of “Diosas & Guerreras: The Living Canvas,” Ixtli’s solo exhibition opening Friday, Oct. 2, at the Delaware Division of the Arts’ Mezzanine Gallery in Wilmington.
The exhibition, whose title translates to “Goddesses & Warriors,” will remain on view through Oct. 30. Admission to the gallery and the opening reception are free.
Women portrayed as goddesses and warriors
Photo courtesy of the Delaware Division of the Arts.
Drawing from ancestral mythology, Mexican folklore and Indigenous and Latin American spiritual traditions, Ixtli creates women who appear as divine protectors, nature deities and warriors.
The imagery intentionally challenges traditional portrayals of women as primarily decorative or fragile.
“My practice as a visual artist is rooted in the transformative use of the human form as a living canvas,” Ixtli said.
The figures she creates are intended to convey what she describes as “raw power, divinity, and autonomy rather than fragile ornamentation.”
Among the featured works is “Mictecacíhuatl: Lady of the Dead,” named for the Aztec goddess associated with the dead. The work combines a sculpted mixed-media headdress, textiles, special-effects body painting and photography.
“Nymph” features a handcrafted floral headpiece, while “Yemayá: Queen of the Waters” centers on an elaborate handcrafted crown and trident.
The timing gives the exhibition additional cultural context. It opens during Hispanic Heritage Month and concludes just before Día de los Muertos, observed Nov. 1 and 2.
Building a character from head to toe
What viewers see in the finished photographs represents only the final stage of Ixtli’s work.
Each character is a complete artistic production.
Ixtli creates or coordinates the headpieces, accessories, props, wardrobe, hair and makeup before bringing the elements together on the model. Special-effects techniques can add texture and dimension to the body itself.
That makes the final assembly particularly demanding.
Ixtli calls it the “anxious final moment,” when all the individual pieces must come together “perfectly as one final product.”
The payoff comes when the transformation works and viewers respond.
She describes that reaction as “a moment of shared wonder that nurtures my inner child.”
An artistic career born during the pandemic
Ixtli’s path to becoming an interdisciplinary artist did not begin in an art school or traditional studio.
She is largely self-taught.
Her work developed as a form of self-care after the birth of her youngest daughter during the COVID-19 pandemic. She began experimenting with artistic makeup and discovered that completing the transformations provided a sense of accomplishment during a difficult period.
“It wasn’t until those difficult times that I was truly able to immerse myself and dedicate myself to this discipline,” Ixtli said.
After developing her artistic practice independently, she pursued formal beauty makeup training to complement the skills she had taught herself.
The Newark-based artist was born in Tenancingo, Estado de México, and incorporates cultural memory, mythology and Indigenous and Latin American spiritual traditions into her work.
Her artist name also reflects that connection. “Ixtli” is the Nahuatl word for “face.”
Delaware fellowship recognizes her work
The exhibition follows Ixtli’s selection as a 2026 Delaware Division of the Arts Individual Artist Fellow in the emerging artist category for interdisciplinary visual arts.
The state fellowship provides both recognition and an opportunity for Ixtli to expand her practice.
She plans to explore body-safe pigments and natural adornments that could make her work more sustainable while maintaining the elaborate visual effects that characterize it.
For Ixtli, the fellowship also represents validation of an artistic career that grew from personal experimentation into public exhibitions and performances.
“Art is always saving lives, whether it is for the artist or the spectator,” she said.
She described the fellowship as an “essential push” to continue developing her work.
From festivals to film
During the past five years, Ixtli’s work has taken her to regional festivals, cultural celebrations, fashion shows and performance-art events.
She has appeared as The Magic Marigold Catrina at the Penn Museum’s Day of the Dead celebration and worked as one of the makeup artists on Alba Martínez’s 2022 short film “La Guagua 47.”
She was featured on the cover of Del Hispano Magazine in October 2025 and also operates a business as a freelance face painter and makeup artist.
The Mezzanine Gallery exhibition gives visitors an opportunity to see the finished photographs and wearable artwork together — revealing how sculpture, makeup, costume, cultural tradition and the human body combine to create a single character.
For Ixtli, however, the body remains at the center of it all: not simply the subject of the artwork, but the canvas itself.
To Go
What: “Diosas & Guerreras: The Living Canvas,” a solo exhibition by Dayesla Ixtli
Where: Mezzanine Gallery, Carvel State Office Building, 820 N. French St., Wilmington
Opening reception: Friday, Oct. 2, 5-7 p.m.
Exhibition dates: Oct. 2-30
Gallery hours: Monday-Friday, 8 a.m.-4:30 p.m.
Admission: Free and open to the public
Learn more: Delaware Division of the Arts’ Mezzanine Gallery
Nandi Gamble tells Jane Brady that constitutional amendments, parental rights and education will remain priorities as Delaware heads toward a new General Assembly
DOVER, Del. — With Delaware’s 2026 legislative session over and voters preparing to elect a new General Assembly, Nandi Gamble of the Delaware Family Policy Council says some of the state’s most contentious debates over abortion, parental rights and education are likely to return when lawmakers reconvene in January.
Gamble, who tracks legislation for the conservative family-policy organization, outlined those priorities during an interview with former Delaware Attorney General Jane Brady on “A Better Discussion,” the weekly webcast produced by A Better Delaware.
Brady introduced Gamble as someone whose job is to follow legislation affecting families and make that information available to the organization’s members and the public. Gamble said hundreds of bills are introduced during Delaware’s two-year legislative sessions, requiring the organization to track measures it believes could affect family policy.
The conversation offered a preview of the issues Gamble expects the organization to focus on after the November election.
Constitutional amendments could return
At the top of Gamble’s list are proposed constitutional amendments dealing with reproductive freedom and individual privacy.
“There’s actually two that I’m really expecting to come back,” Gamble told Brady.
Senate Substitute 1 for Senate Bill 5 proposes adding a fundamental right to reproductive freedom relating to an individual’s pregnancy to the Delaware Constitution. The measure remained pending after advancing from committee during the current General Assembly.
Supporters describe the proposal as a way to protect reproductive rights under Delaware’s Constitution. Gamble and the Family Policy Council oppose it and highlighted language addressing decisions related to pregnancy, including abortion, contraception, sterilization and fertility care.
House Bill 14 would separately add a right of individual privacy to the Delaware Constitution, stating that the right “may not be infringed without a showing of a compelling state interest.” The bill was released from committee in March 2025 and placed on the Ready List.
Its sponsors say the proposal is intended to protect privacy rights that courts have previously recognized in areas including marriage, contraception, family relationships and child-rearing.
Gamble told Brady her organization views the privacy proposal in part through the lens of abortion policy because privacy rights played a role in earlier U.S. Supreme Court rulings involving contraception and abortion. That is the Family Policy Council’s interpretation of the measure; HB 14 itself is written broadly as a privacy amendment.
Parental consent remains a dividing line
Gamble also highlighted House Bill 46, legislation that would have required parental or legal-guardian consent before an abortion could be performed on someone younger than 16.
A substitute for the bill provides exceptions for medical emergencies and allows Family Court to authorize the procedure if a judge determines the minor is mature and well-informed enough to decide independently or that parental consent would not be in the minor’s best interest because of circumstances such as abuse, neglect or coercion. The substitute remained in the House Health & Human Development Committee.
Gamble told Brady the Family Policy Council sees the proposal as part of a larger debate over the role parents should have in major decisions involving their children.
Brady brought a personal perspective to that discussion, recalling a case she prosecuted roughly two decades ago involving a 14-year-old girl who became pregnant after being sexually abused by an adult teacher.
Brady said the teenager obtained an abortion without her parents knowing and under the influence of the adult who was abusing her. The man was later prosecuted and imprisoned, Brady said.
Gamble said the case illustrated why her organization supports parental-consent legislation.
Supporters of abortion rights have argued that consent requirements can create barriers for minors whose home environments are abusive, unsafe or otherwise unsuitable, while supporters of parental-consent laws argue that parents should ordinarily be involved in major medical decisions involving their children.
End-of-life law remains part of the debate
Gamble also pointed to Delaware’s medical aid-in-dying law as an example of how a small number of legislative votes can determine the outcome of major social-policy questions.
The Family Policy Council opposed the measure for years.
Gamble told Brady the debate demonstrated how individual lawmakers can become pivotal when margins in Legislative Hall are narrow.
“Those one or two votes make a very big difference,” she said.
Supporters of medical aid in dying describe it as an additional option for terminally ill adults who meet specific medical and legal requirements. Opponents have raised moral, religious and medical concerns about allowing physicians to participate in the process.
Turning legislative fights into a voter guide
The November election also gives Gamble’s organization another avenue to advance its priorities.
The Delaware Family Policy Action PAC produces an online voter guide that Gamble said includes candidate questionnaires, legislative voting records and research into candidates who do not respond directly.
Candidates received 10 issue statements this year and were asked whether they supported or opposed them, Gamble said. She told Brady that, for the first time, several Democratic candidates also participated.
When candidates do not answer, Gamble said the organization reviews campaign websites, social media and public forums in an attempt to determine their positions. The guide also tracks endorsements from organizations whose policy positions differ from those of the Family Policy Council.
Because the guide is produced through the group’s political-action arm and reflects its policy priorities, voters can compare it with candidate statements, other voter guides and independent reporting when evaluating candidates.
Brady emphasized the broader value of voters understanding candidates beyond their party labels and encouraged viewers to ask candidates directly where they stand on issues important to them.
Schools and parental involvement
Education is another area Gamble expects to remain prominent.
She said the organization supported legislation intended to give parents greater visibility into school curriculum and other classroom material and provides parents with information about opting children out of certain instruction.
Gamble also raised concerns during the webcast about sex-education materials in schools. Her comments reflected the Family Policy Council’s advocacy position and were not accompanied during the program by examples from specific Delaware school districts or curricula.
More broadly, Gamble said parental involvement in schools remains one of the organization’s central issues. She pointed to previous parental-rights proposals that failed to advance and said similar efforts are likely to remain part of the debate.
From teacher to legislative advocate
Gamble’s path to Delaware politics did not begin in Legislative Hall.
She told Brady she originally entered college intending to become a doctor before changing direction and becoming a teacher.
She taught honors and Advanced Placement biology as well as physics in Florida and said her experience with education policy, particularly the implementation of Common Core, helped lead her into public-policy work.
Gamble became involved with the Florida Family Policy Council in 2015 before eventually moving to Delaware, where she has lived for about seven years.
Today, much of her work revolves around monitoring legislation, communicating with parents and churches, and preparing supporters to participate in public-policy debates.
The organization also operates a Church Ambassador Network that Gamble said connects pastors with legislators and community needs. It recently held its annual summit for pastors and other leaders. Gamble said the event typically attracts about 450 to 600 attendees, with a previous gathering drawing roughly 860.
For Gamble, the November election does not represent the end of those debates. It will determine who is sitting in Legislative Hall when they resume.
And judging from the issues she identified in her conversation with Brady — reproductive rights, privacy, parental authority, education and end-of-life policy — several of Delaware’s most divisive legislative questions are likely to remain part of the debate when a new General Assembly takes office in January.
TO GO
What: “A Better Discussion” with Nandi Gamble of the Delaware Family Policy Council
Host: Jane Brady, chair of A Better Delaware and former Delaware attorney general
Key issues: Reproductive-rights and privacy constitutional amendments, parental consent for minors seeking abortions, medical aid in dying, parental rights in education and the 2026 voter guide
Delaware Family Policy Council: delawarefamilies.org
Legislative updates: delawarefamilies.org/updates
Voter guide: devoterguide.com
Why it matters: Gamble says several of the family-policy and social issues debated during the current General Assembly are likely to return after the November election when newly elected lawmakers convene in January.
President Trump said he is "very seriously" considering a ban on diesel exports. But such a move could drive U.S. gas prices sharply higher, analysts said.
ChristianaCare radiation oncologist Lindsay Romak helped develop updated recommendations on when and how radiation should be used to treat one of the most difficult cancers
WILMINGTON, Del. — A Delaware cancer specialist is helping shape how physicians across the country treat pancreatic cancer, a disease that remains among the most challenging cancers to treat successfully.
Dr. Lindsay Romak, a radiation oncologist at ChristianaCare’s Helen F. Graham Cancer Center & Research Institute, is a co-author of newly updated national clinical practice guidelines from the American Society for Radiation Oncology, or ASTRO.
The guidelines provide physicians with evidence-based r
ecommendations for determining when radiation therapy should be used for adults with pancreatic cancer and how that treatment should be delivered.
Published in the medical journal Practical Radiation Oncology, the recommendations incorporate new clinical evidence and advances in radiation technology that have emerged since ASTRO issued its previous pancreatic cancer guidelines in 2019.
Why the guidelines matter
Pancreatic cancer presents physicians and patients with particularly difficult treatment decisions.
Only about one in five patients is eligible for surgery when the cancer is diagnosed, according to ChristianaCare. For other patients, treatment can involve combinations of chemotherapy and radiation, depending on how far the cancer has progressed and how it responds to treatment.
That makes determining when radiation should be used — and which patients are most likely to benefit — an important part of treatment planning.
“The treatment landscape for pancreatic cancer continues to evolve, and these guidelines help bring greater clarity to difficult treatment decisions,” Romak said. “By incorporating the latest evidence, we can better identify patients who may benefit from radiation therapy and ensure care is tailored to each patient’s unique circumstances.”
The updated guidelines address radiation treatment for patients across a range of circumstances, including cancers that can potentially be removed surgically, locally advanced cancers, recurrent disease, metastatic cancer and treatment intended primarily to relieve symptoms.
Radiation can play different roles
Radiation therapy does not serve the same purpose for every pancreatic cancer patient.
For some patients, radiation may help control a tumor in the pancreas and surrounding area. In certain circumstances, treatment may help make surgery possible. For others, radiation can be used to relieve symptoms caused by the disease, including pain or bleeding.
The new guidelines also address recurrent pancreatic cancer, treating an area with radiation for a second time and the use of radiation in selected patients whose cancer has spread to a limited number of locations or is progressing only in certain areas.
Those distinctions are important because pancreatic cancer treatment increasingly depends on the characteristics and progression of an individual patient’s disease rather than a single treatment approach.
“National guidelines help translate scientific evidence into better patient care,” said Dr. Adam Raben, chair of Radiation Oncology at the Graham Cancer Center. “Dr. Romak’s contributions to these recommendations reflect ChristianaCare’s leadership in radiation oncology and our commitment to ensuring patients with pancreatic cancer benefit from the latest advances in treatment.”
More precise radiation treatment
The recommendations also reflect technological changes that allow physicians to target tumors more precisely while attempting to limit radiation exposure to surrounding healthy tissue.
Those advances include improved image guidance, techniques to account for tumor movement caused by breathing and adaptive radiation therapy, which allows a treatment plan to be adjusted based on changes in a patient’s anatomy.
That precision can be especially important when treating pancreatic cancer because the pancreas is located close to other organs and sensitive structures.
“At ChristianaCare, we are seeing firsthand how innovations such as adaptive radiation therapy can help us personalize treatment and improve precision,” Romak said. “These advances are expanding options for patients and allowing us to deliver care more safely and effectively.”
Delaware expertise contributes to national standards
ASTRO developed the updated guidelines in collaboration with the American Society of Clinical Oncology, the European Society for Radiotherapy and Oncology and the Society of Surgical Oncology.
Romak’s participation puts a physician practicing in Delaware among the specialists helping establish national recommendations that oncologists can use when evaluating treatment options for pancreatic cancer patients.
“It was an honor to work alongside experts from around the world and across the country on these recommendations,” Romak said. “Our shared goal was to provide clear, evidence-based guidance that helps clinicians deliver the highest quality care and ultimately improves outcomes for patients with pancreatic cancer.”
The guidelines are intended to support — rather than replace — individualized decisions by physicians and patients. Treatment can vary based on the stage and location of the cancer, previous treatments, a patient’s overall health and other clinical considerations.
For Delaware patients, the work also means expertise helping establish national pancreatic cancer treatment standards is represented locally at the Graham Cancer Center.
TO GO BOX
What: Updated national guidelines for radiation therapy in pancreatic cancer Delaware connection: Dr. Lindsay Romak, a radiation oncologist at ChristianaCare’s Helen F. Graham Cancer Center & Research Institute, helped author the new recommendations. Why it matters: The guidelines help doctors determine which pancreatic cancer patients may benefit from radiation therapy, including treatment to control tumors, potentially make surgery possible or relieve symptoms such as pain and bleeding. What’s new: Recommendations incorporate advances in image guidance, motion management and adaptive radiation therapy, along with guidance for recurrent and selected metastatic cancers. More information: ChristianaCare’s Helen F. Graham Cancer Center & Research Institute and the American Society for Radiation Oncology.
Republican Senate nominee urges Delaware party leaders and news organizations to organize a face-to-face forum
WILMINGTON, Del. — Republican U.S. Senate nominee Mike Katz is calling for a televised debate with Democratic U.S. Sen. Chris Coons after Katz’s campaign said it learned the University of Delaware will not hold its traditional Delaware Debates program for the 2026 general election.
The University of Delaware has not publicly announced 2026 debate dates, and Delaware LIVE could not immediately independently confirm that the university has formally canceled this year’s program.
UD’s Center for Political Communication continues to describe Delaware Debates on its website as a biennial program conducted in partnership with Delaware Public Media. The university says the debates are designed to give voters an opportunity to hear directly from candidates for statewide federal and gubernatorial offices. The most recent debates were held in October 2024.
Katz said the absence of a Senate debate would deprive voters of an important opportunity to compare the candidates directly.
“Delaware voters deserve better,” Katz said. “Senator Coons and I are asking Delawareans to entrust one of only 100 United States Senate seats to us. They deserve to see us on the same stage, answering the same difficult questions and defending our records, policies and solutions.”
Katz asks party leaders to help organize debate
Katz called on Delaware Republican Party Chairman Gene Truono and Delaware Democratic Party Chair Evelyn Brady to jointly organize a professionally moderated and televised debate.
“This is an opportunity to put people over party,” Katz said. “I am asking Chairman Truono and Chair Brady to work together and give Delaware voters the debate they deserve.”
Katz proposed inviting television, radio and news organizations to participate and distribute the debate statewide.
Katz won the Republican Senate primary Sept. 15 and will face Coons in the Nov. 3 general election. Delaware Department of Elections records list both candidates as qualified for the ballot.
Coons was first elected to the Senate in a 2010 special election and subsequently won full terms in 2014 and 2020. Katz previously represented the 4th Senate District in the Delaware General Assembly as a Democrat and ran for U.S. Senate as an Independent in 2024.
Long-running Delaware tradition
The University of Delaware launched Delaware Debates in 2010 in partnership with Delaware First Media, now Delaware Public Media.
That inaugural program included debates for Delaware’s U.S. House and Senate seats. The Senate debate between Coons and Republican Christine O’Donnell drew national media attention and was co-moderated by CNN’s Wolf Blitzer and Delaware journalist Nancy Karibjanian.
By 2016, UD described the event as its fourth biennial Delaware Debates. The program continued through subsequent election cycles, including the seventh edition in 2022 and Senate, House and gubernatorial debates in 2024.
UD says the debates traditionally include questions from journalists and university students and are livestreamed or otherwise made available to the public.
As of Sept. 28, the university’s Delaware Debates webpage highlights the 2024 events but does not list a 2026 debate schedule.
Katz: Interviews aren’t the same as a debate
Katz said individual candidate interviews can be useful but argued they do not provide the same comparison as having candidates answer identical questions at the same time.
“Senator Coons has represented Delaware in Washington for nearly 16 years,” Katz said. “Voters are the employers. They deserve a job-performance review of the person who has represented them and a direct comparison with the person asking to replace him.”
Katz, a pediatric critical care anesthesiologist, compared the need for information in elections to decision-making in medicine.
“Patients deserve to understand their choices before making important decisions about their lives, and voters deserve to be fully informed before making an important decision about their government,” Katz said.
He also argued that debates serve as a check on elected officials and political institutions by forcing candidates to answer questions publicly and respond to each other’s positions.
“This is bigger than Mike Katz or Chris Coons,” Katz said. “It is bigger than Republicans and Democrats. This is about accountability and whether Delawareans have a meaningful opportunity to question, compare and scrutinize the people asking to represent them.”
Challenge remains open
Katz said he would participate in a debate hosted by UD, another Delaware college or university, or a coalition of news organizations.
“I am ready to debate Senator Coons anytime, anywhere in Delaware, before a fair and professional moderator,” Katz said. “There is still time.”
Katz closed his challenge by urging organizers to allow voters to make their own comparison.
“Give Delawareans the debate. Give them the facts. Let them see us side-by-side. Then trust the people to decide.”
Delaware LIVE has requested confirmation from the University of Delaware regarding the status of Delaware Debates 2026 and would add its response when received. The Coons campaign should also be given an opportunity to respond to Katz’s debate challenge.
TO GO
What happened: Republican Senate nominee Mike Katz says he has been told the University of Delaware will not conduct Delaware Debates in 2026.
What is confirmed: UD’s website still describes Delaware Debates as a biennial voter-education program, but as of Sept. 28 it does not list a 2026 debate schedule.
What Katz wants: A professionally moderated, televised debate between Katz and Democratic Sen. Chris Coons.
The race: Katz and Coons are qualified candidates for Delaware’s U.S. Senate seat in the Nov. 3 general election.
What remains unanswered: Whether UD has formally canceled the 2026 program and whether Coons will accept Katz’s debate invitation.
An anonymous reader quotes a report from Tom's Hardware: NorthPoint Development wants to build a data center on 1,300 acres in the Pocono foothills, near Hazle Township, Pennsylvania. As well as seeking to charm the local government with various funding packages, it has proposed paying checks of $10,000 per household. Despite the Pennsylvania town's median income of $60,000, the offer isn't being warmly welcomed by locals, reports the Wall Street Journal. Those interviewed were widely against the data center development plans and cited several reasons for being averse to accepting the payout. The major concerns regarded potential impacts on property values, the specter of noise pollution, and a distrust of both the AI moguls and local government representatives.
Offer letters began to be received by Hazle Township back in June. The WSJ recently talked to several residents about NorthPoint's $10,000 offer. While some say the $10,000 would be handy, it couldn't find many residents who were "eager to welcome the data center for the payout," in the journal's words. [...] Traditionally, developers have offered towns and cities packages worth tens of millions, including funding for local services. But direct cash payments to residents represent a new phase of their charm offensive, the WSJ indicates. Perhaps the idea for the direct payments to residents came after "a raucous public meeting last year, where angry locals asked what they had to gain by supporting the data center," ponders the source.
The locals won't just get the direct payout, though. Other funds up to $120 million over the next 15 years have been dangled like a carrot for community and local services investments -- improved schools, emergency services, and so on. Meanwhile, Hazle Township's government already rejected the data center project on zoning grounds last year, and it has enacted a temporary moratorium on data center construction. Finally, the $10,000 offer to households is simply not enough in many interviewed folks' opinions. Residents could feel insulted by it, regarding the offer as a bribe, concludes the WSJ report.
A woman filed a lawsuit against Cornell University and seven members of the Chi Phi fraternity, alleging that she was the victim of a gang rape in 2024. The school said it supports the decision to reopen the investigation.
Meta has hired MongoDB CEO Chirantan "CJ" Desai to lead a new enterprise AI business aimed at turning Meta's models, agents and tools into products companies can deploy themselves. Reuters reports: Desai, a veteran technology executive, took over the role from Dev Ittycheria. MongoDB has appointed Ittycheria as interim CEO as it searches for a permanent replacement. "While the departure is disappointing, we believe MongoDB remains well-positioned strategically and view the share-price reaction as overdone," brokerage Piper Sandler said in a note.
[...] Desai will directly report to Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg in the newly created role of chief enterprise platform officer and will focus on turning the company's AI stack into products and services that companies can deploy for their own businesses. Before joining MongoDB, Desai led product and engineering at Cloudflare and spent nearly eight years at ServiceNow, including as president and chief operating officer.
Over the last few days and weeks or so, a few of the people I follow and interact with on Fedi have been talking about centralising information, tools, applications, and expertise from the Motif (and Xt, Xlib, and X11) ecosystem. There’s a ton of information, resources, and actively maintained applications out there, but it’s all spread out and sometimes difficult to find, and so Thomas Adam – one of the core developers of FVWM, among other things, as well as creator of CoW (FVWM for Wayland, more or less) – has created an effort to centralise all of this.
Motif Central brings together information about Motif, Xt, Xlib and X11: how they fit together, how to program with them, and where to find the manuals, examples and historical material that explain them.
There’s been a whole flurry of activity around Motif lately, including the updated and maintained fork we talked about a few weeks ago. The people loosely collaborating on MotifCentral also submitted patches to CDE to make sure it works on the new Motif fork, with the CDE developers setting up a build pipeline for easier testing. Making sure CDE, the classic Motif desktop environment, works well with the maintained Motif fork quite a few people seem to be rallying around is a worthwhile effort.
We’re still quite far from a complete(-ish) modern Motif ecosystem, but it’s very heartwarming to see just how many people are actually still interested in it. My perhaps misguided hope is that we can somehow get to a modernised Motif/CDE desktop environment and applications, making it possible to more easily run a modern Motif environment on Linux and the BSDs.
Windows 11 received its September update on the 8th of this month, and within days Microsoft had acknowledged or investigated problems involving Remote Desktop, USB audio, Linux and WSL-based apps like Claude Cowork, and enterprise domain issues. Windows Latest also found File History failures, Explorer.exe crashes, and AMD GPU instability, with an emergency update following on September 14 that still did not fix everything.
This got us curious, and we looked back across the nine monthly updates released from January through September 2026 and, rather unsurprisingly, Windows 10 update history isn’t infected with nearly as many bugs as that of Windows 11.
Of course, Windows 10 also isn’t getting nearly as much attention from Microsoft, but that’s kind of the whole point, isn’t it? Whenever Microsoft touches something, especially over the last 5 years or so, it’s one cascade of failures after the other, eroding trust in Windows’ updates even more (if that’s even possible). In that light, why would you want to use Windows 11 and all the headaches that come with it, when Windows 10 is right there, still being supported, albeit without the latest bells and whistles that only seem to break Windows 11 anyway?
If you really do need or want to use Windows, consider switching back to Windows 10 whenever the usual Windows reinstallation time draws near. You won’t lose much, but will gain quite a bit in the process. Of course, this won’t be a responsible or usable choice forever, but at this point in time, I definitely think it’s the optimal choice for quite a few people.
The dinner comes as Amodei has warned about the "exponential growth" of AI, and has called for safeguards on the industry, which President Trump has rejected.
Britain has confronted dozens of lethal plots traced to Iran in recent years, but the release of the suspects could indicate they were not seen as an imminent threat.
Austin, TX — Republican Texas Railroad Commission candidate Bo French is facing renewed scrutiny after an investigation uncovered years of social media posts in which he called for the execution of political opponents and government officials.
CNN’s KFile reported that accounts linked to French repeatedly advocated executions, including in 2020 posts targeting former President Barack Obama and other Obama administration officials over claims surrounding the investigation into Russian interference in the 2016 election. One post said the death penalty for what French called the “Obama conspirators” was necessary, while another referenced execution as the historical punishment for treason.
The investigation also found that French wrote in February 2025 that he wanted “public executions” of government officials identified by Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency effort. In another deleted post, he called for the public execution of Democratic Sen. Adam Schiff.
French was already under criticism after posting an image of South Asian students at the University of Texas and describing their presence as a “problem.” Republican Sen. John Cornyn subsequently said he would not vote for French, while other Texas Republicans publicly condemned the post.
French is running for the Railroad Commission, which despite its name regulates Texas’ oil and gas industry. His social media history has now become a significant issue in the statewide campaign.
The global tech industry, politicians at home and abroad, and international media coverage are transfixed by one question: Will rogue AI end humanity? Few seem to be asking this question of the Department of Defense.
The artificial intelligence sector has rocked itself in recent weeks following a string of disclosures from the frontier AI labs and some of their personnel. OpenAI and Anthropic have both disclosed incidents in which their software, during routine internal testing, unexpectedly broke into the networks of other corporations. The tests were akin to a disastrous demonstration of a guided missile: After humans hit launch, the autonomous technology veered off course in deeply alarming ways.
Observers and industry figures quickly interpreted the incidents not simply as an indicator of the software’s power. Instead, they argued that it presaged an age of computers possessing something no computer ever has: bad intentions.
If computer systems could behave in ways that are unexpected — or even shocking — without being directly steered by humans, it seems only a short step until computers might have desires, ambitions, and even malice. If OpenAI’s tools could unexpectedly crack the servers of a rival corporation to accomplish a task posed to it by engineers, couldn’t it also surprise us with actions that result in harm to people, or even deaths?
Frontier lab employees and executives have answered with an emphatic yes. On September 8, Anthropic researcher Jacob Coxon announced his resignation on X, writing, “The people building AI earnestly believe that it could kill us all by the end of the decade. This is not a marketing stunt.” Coxon’s former Anthropic colleague Evan Hubinger replied, casually agreed: “Jacob is correct here — we really do earnestly believe AI could kill all humans!” Hubinger noted he personally puts the odds of the species’ extermination by AI, somehow, at over 10 percent.
This has all resulted, unsurprisingly, in a global panic, with a sudden flurry of calls for regulatory intervention, from legislation that would require an emergency “kill switch” for AI systems, to a proposal by Sen. Bernie Sanders to halt AI development altogether.
Throughout this period of alarm, how exactly a large language model could literally end humanity has remained vague. Some have speculated that this technology could foster the creation of some sort of novel bioweapon; others worry many thousands of AI agents could somehow hack all vital infrastructure simultaneously. In both those supposed doomsdays, the details are still fuzzy.
It should have come as quite the shock, then, when CNN reported on September 18 of a recent incident in which the use of artificial intelligence could have genuinely led to the extinction of the species.
It was under direct human supervision that a large language model almost misled the U.S. into instigating a war with his country.
This past spring, according to the news outlet, a U.S. Special Operations Command analyst used a large language model to generate an intelligence report that indicated “a Chinese ship in the Middle East was transporting components of a nuclear weapons program.” The finding prompted the U.S. military to make quick preparations to intercept the vessel by force. But this AI-generated intelligence, according to one source who spoke to CNN, was “entirely false.” Yet, the source said, it “almost started a war.”
A shooting war between the U.S. and China could play out in an incalculably wide variety of ways. But one entirely plausible path would be an exchange between the world’s first and third largest nuclear weapons arsenals — an event that would transcend warfare into global cataclysm.
CNN’s reporting garnered attention, but was not followed by nearly the degree of sustained, grave concern of the AI safety news cycles that preceded it. It didn’t seem to prompt company scientists to question their careers, nor did it spur calls for regulatory intervention or self-imposed limits by the companies who furnish the Pentagon with this technology. After weeks of discussion of how AI could hypothetically kill everyone, the public learned of a concrete way in which AI really could have started a war that might have killed everyone, and the world quickly lost interest.
“This [China] incident and the lack of response is an attention problem that the nuclear field has been grappling with for decades.”
At a summit this week with President Donald Trump, Chinese President Xi Jinpeng argued that nations must “ensure that the development of AI is always under human control,” again underscoring fears of AI breaking free of human oversight. But it was under direct human supervision that a large language model almost misled the U.S. into instigating a war with his country.
The discrepancy illustrates a gap in concern by both the general public and policymakers over AI risks: There is great alarm over an AI system “going rogue,” disobeying its commands and the interests of its creators and operators, and pursuing a malign agenda of its own. Much of the AI safety discourse revolves around the hypothetical threat of “superintelligence,” defined broadly as a computer system that can outthink even the smartest humans across domains. There’s also the belief that software systems will both achieve sentience and bear a grudge against their creators and act to undermine them, if not destroy them outright.
Yet there is considerably less public alarm over AI performing exactly the actions that the Pentagon asks of it, whether targeting airstrikes or generating actionable intelligence reports for U.S. Special Operations Command.
Following weeks of intense discussion by the industry’s most visible figures whether American AI labs should self-impose limits on their engineering or have such limits imposed by the state, there has been virtually no suggestion that any limits be placed on these companies’ single most powerful customer: the U.S. military.
This has led to seemingly counterintuitive narratives coming from industry leaders, with figures like OpenAI CEO Sam Altman simultaneously warning that his product is existentially dangerous while selling it to self-styled War Secretary Pete Hegseth. “Despite incessant warnings from AI companies that AI is harmful, even in hypothetical ways, they are in fact promoting that their unreliable products be instrumented within national and safety-critical infrastructure, such as defense and nuclear,” Heidy Khlaaf, chief scientist at the AI Now Institute and former systems safety engineer at OpenAI, told The Intercept. “Given AI’s lack of reliability and accuracy in such critical context, that is what will ultimately lead to a catastrophic accident. However, if such issues were acknowledged, that wouldn’t be profitable for AI companies and would slow down adoption.”
Popular Silicon Valley ideologies tend to consider a hypothetical “existential” threat from a superintelligence more worthy of attention than near-term violence.
U.S. AI players likely have fresh in their minds the recent experience of Anthropic, which was temporarily blacklisted from governmental work after it said it did not want its software used to conduct unconstitutional mass domestic surveillance or operate fully autonomous weaponry. Similar efforts to place limits on how their products can be used to spy or kill might incur the wrath of the particularly vengeful Trump administration, especially as Hegseth has worked to eradicate civilian harm reduction processes to emphasize greater “lethality” as the military’s guiding principle.
The rapid adoption of their technology also represents a massive long-term financial boon to U.S. AI labs-turned-defense-contractors such as OpenAI, Google, and Anthropic — all of whom once vowed to not pursue military work because of potential harms. Despite these pledges, these firms now have access to the near-limitless Pentagon appropriations spigot, and the $200 million deals many of these firms signed with the Department last year pale in comparison with what the U.S. military could pay in the decades to come. Altman and his peers might also be less willing to sound the alarm on Pentagon-based AI threats because such a clarion call would be coming from inside the house.
Earlier this month, The Intercept revealed contract documents detailing the intimate collaborative relationships between these companies and the military, in which the Silicon Valley giants would have a say in helping the Pentagon craft its overall military AI strategy. This closeness comes at a time when the Hegseth boasts of drone-striking civilian fishing boats across the Caribbean, and the commander-in-chief speaks casually of “annihilating” entire civilizations.
Lucy Suchman, professor emerita of anthropology of science and technology at Lancaster University, attributed the difference in public alarm and media focus to the power that tech billionaires command when it comes to shaping narratives. Popular Silicon Valley ideologies, such as the Bay Area’s strain of “Rationalism” and the effective altruism movement, tend to consider a hypothetical “existential” threat from a superintelligence more worthy of attention than near-term violence. This priority, she said, that pervades the AI safety research community, obscures the real and present threat that today’s AI models pose in a world chockablock with nukes.
“The almost targeting of the Chinese ship might further underscore the danger not from rogue AI agents, but a rogue U.S. secretary of war.”
“Given the U.S. Dept. of War’s commitment to maximizing the speed and scale of target generation, AI-enabled targeting is already an existential threat for civilians on the ground, and when the targets are the military assets of nuclear armed states, the threat becomes global,” said Suchman, who has studied artificial intelligence since the 1970s and serves as a member of the nonprofit International Committee for Robot Arms Control. “The almost targeting of the Chinese ship might further underscore the danger not from rogue AI agents, but a rogue U.S. secretary of war.”
Hegseth, who once derided the rules of engagement as “stupid,” extends this approach to artificial intelligence, too. Describing the Pentagon’s new AI strategy in a January memo that includes the word “accelerate” 24 different times, Hegseth’s laid out a plan with an intense focus on speed for speed’s sake. “Speed Wins,” Hegseth wrote. The war secretary explained the military would adopt experimental technologies as quickly as possible by “aggressively identifying and eliminating bureaucratic barriers to deeper Integration” of AI, without mention of ensuring that the technology actually works beforehand.
Heidi Kandiel, a legal adviser on new military technologies at the International Committee of the Red Cross, told The Intercept that speed itself carries military risks for any country. “I think one of the central issues that comes up is speed and scale, which are often the touted benefits of AI,” she explained. “If a system is unreliable, is operating on poor quality or outdated data or is used within a flawed decision-making process, AI would allow these errors to be reproduced much faster and across a far greater number of targets or operations.”
Reining in a corporation is a very different prospect than putting fetters on a government. Policymakers who feel comfortable blasting the irresponsibility of Anthropic might lack the political will to levy similar criticisms against the president or the Pentagon. Madeline Berzak, a scholar at the University of Chicago’s Existential Risk Laboratory, told The Intercept that nuclear threats have long been met with paralysis (or a shrug) because people feel helpless in the face of them. You can tweet angrily at Dario Amodei, but it’s less satisfying to yell at U.S. Strategic Command. “This [China] incident and the lack of response is an attention problem that the nuclear field has been grappling with for decades,” Berzak said. “‘Doomsday messaging’ is what I call the nuke field’s default communications strategy, and I have this theory that it never works because the fear it tries to generate has nowhere to go.”
“The threat of thermonuclear war is old news,” Suchman lamented.
Some in the AI safety community acknowledge the long-standing threat of nuclear annihilation. They just consider it a lower priority than the as of yet unrealized rogue superintelligence. Daniel Kokotajlo left his role as an OpenAI researcher in 2024 over the company’s alleged recklessness and indifference toward risk. He is the co-author of AI 2027, a white paper laying out a hypothetical scenario in which superintelligent AI systems exterminate humankind with bioweapons to clear up space to build automated robotics factories. History is the reason Kokotajlo is less preoccupied by the prospect of an AI-triggered nuclear war. “It’s definitely something to be concerned about, and it’s something that ideally we would like to improve and fix. But it’s the sort of thing where, even if we do nothing, probably things will be fine for a decade or two or more.”
To Kokotajlo and like-minded researchers, no matter how dangerous nuclear arsenals make the world, superintelligence is simply more dangerous than a bogus intelligence briefing on China. “It’s been 50 years and these sorts of crises don’t happen that often. So far, cooler heads have managed to prevail and figure out the truth in each case,” he said. “And so the probability that it goes all the way to nuclear war in the next five years is low. High enough to be a bit uncomfortable, but low overall. By contrast, if we do superintelligence in the next five years, I think the probability that it goes horribly wrong for us is high, not low.”
Berzak, who leads her lab’s nuclear risk program, says this is the wrong calculation. She pointed to differing approaches to staving off the apocalypse embraced by the novel field of AI safety and nuclear caution that has existed since the dawn of the Cold War. “Attention often goes to what is new and interesting and not what is the most pressing risk,” she said.
Cooler heads have indeed avoided nuclear disaster in the past, but human fallibility and the growing temptation to outsource our judgment to machines perceived as superhumanly brilliant carries an inherent danger, Berzak warned: “Just because there’s this new more pressing risk that has consequences that are rather underexplored compared to nuclear war, doesn’t mean that nuclear war is not a risk because we’ve so far avoided it basically with just luck.”
An ad accuses Sen. Susan Collins, R-Maine, of opposing the release of files related to Jeffrey Epstein, the deceased sex offender at the center of multiple midterm attacks.
In the Sept. 24 ad, a woman identified only as “Debbie” says, “As a retired junior high teacher, I’m horrified. Susan Collins voted to cover up the Epstein files. She knew 14-year-old girls were raped.” The ad then shows a photo of Collins next to a photo of President Donald Trump and Epstein.
The ad continues: “Turns out that Jeffrey Epstein’s business partner funneled $3 million” to Collins’ super PAC.
The ad is from WinSenate, a super political action committee linked to Democrat-affiliated Senate Majority PAC. A super PAC is a political action committee that can spend unlimited amounts of money to campaign for federal candidates. On Nov. 3, Collins will face Democratic candidate Troy Jackson, a former Maine state senator.
The ad misleads about both Collins’ position on releasing the Epstein files and the PAC donor.
Ad cherry-picks Collins’ voting record
The ad cites a Sept. 10, 2025, vote on an amendment to a defense authorization bill, directing the attorney general to release Epstein investigative files. Collins joined most of her Republican colleagues voting in favor of a motion to table the amendment, essentially blocking it, which passed 51-49.
The amendment “does not belong on the Department of Defense policy bill,” Collins said at the time.
However, she said she previously supported a similar provision in a funding bill.
A few months earlier, during a July 10, 2025, Senate Appropriations Committee hearing that Collins chaired, Sen. Chris Van Hollen, D-Md., proposed an amendment to a funding bill, directing the attorney general to “retain, preserve and compile” all Epstein files and report the findings to lawmakers within 60 days. The committee unanimously voted in favor.
But pressure on Congress and Trump to release the files grew. After undermining efforts to release them, Trump that fall directed lawmakers to pass such a measure.
On Nov. 18, 2025, the Epstein Files Transparency Act passed the House 427-1 and then passed the Senate via unanimous consent.
“This is an important step for the survivors of these heinous crimes,” Collins said after the vote.
Super PAC donor was a member of same club as Epstein
The ad doesn’t name the PAC donor, but the donation dates cited in the ad match donations by Blackstone Group CEO Stephen Schwarzman. He donated a combined $3 million to Pine Tree Results PAC, a pro-Collins group, in 2025 and 2026.
Schwarzman’s tie to Epstein is weak; we found no evidence they were business partners. Both men were early members of the Core Club in New York City. A club spokesperson told The Real Deal that Epstein paid $100,000 as a founding member alongside 150 other investors.
We asked Lauren French, a spokesperson for WinSenate, for information showing that Schwarzman and Epstein were business partners.
“Being founders of the same exclusive club inherently makes individuals partners in business,” French said.
When the club launched in 2005, The New York Times described it as a “place for a geographically and socially diverse set of wealthy people to gather and meet others of the same disparate tribe.” Its membership list included high-profile people in politics, real estate, the arts and sports.
Blackstone spokesperson Thomas Clements told PolitiFact in an email, “It would be categorically false and reckless to claim or imply that Steve had any relationship with this despicable individual.”
Schwarzman’s name appears in the Epstein files, but we found no evidence there or elsewhere that they were business partners. For example, the file showed an invitation to Epstein to a 2015 cocktail party at Schwarzman’s home to celebrate the release of a movie, “The Imitation Game,” which Schwarzman’s son produced. Clements said a public relations firm working with the film distributors invited Epstein, and he did not attend.
A WinSenate ad said, “Susan Collins voted to cover up the Epstein files” and Epstein’s “business partner funneled $3 million” to a Collins super PAC.
Collins voted against a September 2025 amendment to release the Epstein files, saying it didn’t belong in the defense spending bill to which it was attached. A few months earlier, the Senate appropriations committee which she chairs unanimously voted to direct the Justice Department to preserve Epstein files and provide a report to lawmakers.
In November 2025, the Senate unanimously passed a bill to release the Epstein files and Collins praised that action.
Schwarzman, who donated to a pro-Collins PAC in 2025 and 2026, was one of the early members of an exclusive New York City club along with Epstein. But we found no evidence the two were business partners.
New York, NY — Questions over police access to privately operated surveillance networks are growing after records showed the New York Police Department searched Flock Safety’s license-plate database 1,710 times between March 2023 and December 2025, despite saying it has no contract with the company.
The records, obtained and analyzed by the Surveillance Technology Oversight Project and LatinoJustice PRLDEF, came from Have I Been Flocked, which compiles audit logs released through public-records requests. Nearly 1,000 NYPD searches reportedly included no meaningful explanation or only vague entries such as “investigation,” “wanted person,” or “inquiry.” At least 131 searches listed the Queens district attorney’s office as the requesting agency.
The NYPD has previously acknowledged that a limited number of authorized personnel can access a national commercial license-plate-reader repository. The newly disclosed logs, however, prompted the two advocacy groups to seek records showing whether officers used Flock through another agency’s contract, along with training materials, policies, audit logs and any payments to the company.
Flock says participating agencies control whether their camera data is shared and that every law-enforcement search is logged for review. The company says it does not sell customer data and has begun adding tighter documentation requirements, including standardized offense categories and planned case-number requirements for searches.
Ithaca, NY — A criminal investigation into an alleged 2024 gang rape at Cornell University has been reopened after a former student filed a civil lawsuit accusing seven Chi Phi fraternity members of sexually assaulting her over several hours. Prosecutors say the new allegations differ substantially from what was initially reported to police.
Tompkins County District Attorney Matthew Van Houten said his office intends to present the case to a grand jury with the cooperation of the woman, identified in court filings as Jane Doe. He said investigators will examine whether new evidence exists that could change the earlier decision not to pursue criminal charges.
The lawsuit alleges the woman was drugged and repeatedly assaulted at the Chi Phi fraternity house in October 2024. It also claims two fraternity members were expelled while others received lesser university sanctions. No one was arrested or criminally charged following the original investigation.
Van Houten said the woman’s 2024 statement to police described circumstances differently, including her use of alcohol and drugs and the nature of the sexual activity. Her attorney has argued that authorities failed to properly follow up with a traumatized sexual-assault survivor.
Cornell has said the allegations are deeply disturbing and that its Title IX process resulted in sanctions including expulsions and suspensions. The university also said the Chi Phi chapter remains barred from campus.
Marie-Celestin Karondwa was attacked on Sunday after promoting measures to prevent spread of disease, his party says
A senior member of the Democratic Republic of the Congo’s ruling party was beaten to death on Sunday after appearing on a radio programme to raise awareness about the Ebola outbreak, a party representative has said.
Marie-Celestin Karondwa, the acting president of the Union for Democracy and Social Progress (UDPS) party’s federal executive committee in Butembo, a new hotspot for the outbreak, was attacked after taking part in a radio show during which he promoted prevention measures for the disease, the UDPS federation in the city said in a statement, Reuters reported.
Charles Spencer, the brother of the late Princess Diana, spoke to "CBS Mornings" co-host Gayle King about writing his new book, "Swan Song: Diana, My Sister."
A poster showing a sample mail-in ballot is displayed as U.S. Acting Deputy Attorney General Trent McCotter speaks during a press conference at the Department of Justice on Sept. 22 in Washington, D.C. Finn Gomez/Getty Images
Earlier this month, the Supreme Court blocked an executive order from President Donald Trump restricting voting by mail in ways that could have thrown the upcoming midterms into chaos. But the White House originally had far more disruptive plans, ProPublica has learned.
According to several people knowledgeable about the discussions, the administration initially floated an idea that would have virtually shut down mail voting: requiring all ballots to be delivered exclusively through certified mail. The proposal — which would have required voters to be home and sign for delivery of their ballots — was ultimately abandoned, after vehement Postal Service objections that it would have been impossible to execute.
Even after the idea fizzled, Postal Service officials were cut out of crucial conversations as the Trump administration moved forward with what became the final executive order, two people familiar with the matter said. Issued in March, its contents came as a shock even to the Postal Service’s lawyers.
Trump’s order would have forced postal workers to serve as gatekeepers, deciding which ballots would be delivered and which wouldn’t. Beyond that, it would have inexplicably handed authority over the plan’s execution to Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick, who has no formal oversight over the Postal Service.
Inside the Postal Service, which is overseen by a bipartisan Board of Governors, deliberations on whether to comply with the order stretched on for weeks. Some board members found it alarming but feared Trump would respond to a direct challenge by trying to fire them, sources familiar with their concerns told ProPublica. Instead, they remained silent, counting on the courts to block the measure.
“The board was being careful how or when it took action, knowing that it might be its last action,” one source said.
ProPublica previously detailed postal officials’ deep concerns with the Trump order. Now our reporting reveals how the order came to be and who was involved in crafting it, as well as the extent to which the White House tried to dictate how mail-in ballots would be processed.
The White House team leading the mail-in voting discussions included J. Brian Sikma, a special presidential assistant who has been involved in other administration election initiatives, including identifying noncitizen voters for prosecution and seeking to ban voting machines. (Sikma didn’t respond to a request for comment.)
The commerce secretary, Lutnick, served in “an advisory and coordination capacity” in drafting the order, a department spokesperson confirmed to ProPublica.
“President Trump values Secretary Lutnick’s advice on many matters,” the spokesperson said.
In an emailed statement, White House spokesperson Lauren Bis denied the administration had interfered improperly with the Postal Service, an independent agency whose governance structure is specifically designed to protect it from political influence. She said the executive order “added important safeguards to vote-by-mail. These were commonsense measures to protect the security of mail-in ballots and to ensure only Americans vote in American elections.”
Bis also rejected the idea that the certified-mail proposal was “unworkable,” saying this played no part in the administration’s decision “to go in another direction.”
A Postal Service spokesperson declined to comment on the agency’s internal deliberations about the executive order and said it was the Board of Governors’ policy not to discuss them.
He referred ProPublica to an earlier statement by Postmaster General David Steiner that said: “Postal employees take great pride in their responsibility to support the democratic process. We will continue to approach that responsibility with the care, professionalism, and dedication that voters and election officials expect from the United States Postal Service.”
In an interview, Jonathan Smith, president of the American Postal Workers Union, called the Trump administration’s push to revamp mail voting problematic and baseless.
“The ultimate goal was to create chaos and doubt in the vote-by-mail process,” he said. “You’re creating a rule to solve a problem that doesn’t exist.”
The White House first reached out to the Postal Service in the fall of 2025, saying the administration wanted to explore how to improve mail voting.
Trump has long claimed without evidence that mail voting is riddled with fraud, though he frequently votes by mail himself. He’s said the process is “inherently corrupt” and contributed to his defeat in the 2020 presidential election.
Postal Service leaders responded to the administration’s late 2025 overture with recommendations they had been making to local election officials for years. Nearly a third of all ballots in the 2022 and 2024 elections were cast through the mail. Mostly, independent audits showed, the system worked reliably. But at times, ballots got lost or delayed.
Officials with the Postal Service had long wanted election offices to use standardized ballot envelopes with scannable barcodes, logos and other features that would make it easier to separate election mail from other first-class mail. In 2024, a bipartisan bill to turn those recommendations into requirements stalled in the Senate.
When Trump retook the Oval Office, it soon became obvious the White House had other ideas, including requiring ballots to be sent by certified mail.
Doing this could, in theory, erase some security concerns, but local governments would have to pay a higher fee to send each envelope and postal workers would have to conduct millions of identity checks, crippling timely delivery.
“It was just, for many reasons, a terrible idea,” one top Postal Service official said.
The White House backed down, but when the final order was unveiled, postal officials said they were surprised to see it demanded that they implement the envelope changes and ballot-tracking measures they’d recommended in time for the midterms.
The directive also required states to provide the Postal Service with lists of eligible mail voters, which workers would then try to match with ballots before sending them out. Designing a new ballot-tracking system would normally take about a year, postal officials said.
They were particularly concerned with the order’s requirement that Postal Service workers reject ballots for an array of reasons, ranging from outdated voter information to unscannable bar codes. All mail ballots from a state could be rejected if the state refused to provide its voter list.
“That’s not what we do,” a former official involved with the discussions said. “We deliver mail. We don’t decide what goes and what doesn’t.”
Postal Service officials were taken aback that the final order put Lutnick in charge of coordinating with other agencies and the postmaster general in “effectuating all relevant aspects of the implementation.”
Lutnick’s involvement came after Trump had discussed putting the Postal Service under the Commerce Department. At Lutnick’s February 2025 swearing-in, Trump said he thought Lutnick’s “great business instinct” was just what the Postal Service needed. (The postal board fought back, and Trump’s idea of merging the agency into the Commerce Department is apparently no longer on the table.)
Steiner, appointed at Trump’s behest in mid-2025, directed Postal Service leaders to prepare to implement the order. In public statements, he defended the measure and said he would leave it for the courts to decide. At his direction, postal officials began establishing procedures to comply with Trump’s order.
As they started to craft rules, career postal officials, concerned about voter privacy and disenfranchising legitimate voters, attempted to do as little as they could to comply, three people knowledgeable about their deliberations said. They looked for ways to protect workers from having to step out of their traditional lanes.
For example, they proposed having states turn over their voter lists but not requiring Postal Service workers to use them to decide which ballots to send out. When the Postal Service’s lawyer took the idea to the White House counsel, however, it was rebuffed as “not enough,” the former official said.
The White House team made clear that if even one ballot envelope in a batch mailing didn’t match the state list, the entire mailing should be rejected and election officials should be notified. “That means if four addresses don’t align in a mailing of one million, 999,996 other people don’t get their ballot tomorrow,” the former official said.
As ProPublica has reported, staffers found these issues highly troubling. A whistleblower complaint released in August warned that the system designed to carry out the executive order was rushed into being, untested and error-prone.
The final rule — 95 pages spelling out how the agency would carry out Trump’s order — was issued on Aug. 21, less than a month before the first mail ballots were due to go out.
It left many questions unanswered: How would lists of voters be kept updated? How would the Postal Service ensure local officials were able to upload voter information to the agency’s new portal? How could postal officials approve the new ballot envelope designs required by nearly 10,000 voting jurisdictions in just weeks?
“This was going to be a disaster,” the former postal official said.
The Sept. 14 Supreme Court ruling provided a reprieve, but Smith, the postal union president, criticized agency leadership for not stepping in more forcefully. Counting on the courts to halt the order, said Smith, was “a dangerous calculation, and showed a clear lack of courage and integrity.”
US midterms polls: Are Democrats winning or is Trump losing?Expert commentthilton.drupal
Polls suggest Democrats will take control of the House of Representatives as American voters are dissatisfied with President Trump and his policies.
Americans go to the polls on 3 November to elect a third of the US Senate and all the House of Representatives.
The Republicans currently have majorities in both chambers of Congress. But their prospects of retaining this control look increasingly dire.
The Republicans’ chances have been dragged down by President Donald Trump’s near-record low public approval rating and voter dissatisfaction with his handling of the Iran war and the economy, among other things. Democrats appear poised to take advantage, with most pundits suggesting they will retake control of at least the House of Representatives.
But the race is not over yet. In the end, the key factor will likely be turnout, which is historically lower in midterms than presidential elections. Whichever party better mobilizes their voters to turn up on election day will ultimately determine the outcome.
Democrats are strong favourites
At this point, this election is the Democratic Party’s to lose.
Republicans currently hold a narrow majority in the 435-seat House of Representatives. To control the House, which gives a party the ability to name chairmen of committees and set the legislative agenda, the Democrats will need to win at least 218 seats. They currently have 212 seats.
Due to polarization and redistricting, most seats are highly unlikely to change party. Election analysts estimate that only around 21 House seats are close contests or ‘toss-ups’. Still, most pundits forecast Democrats winning between 220 and 230 seats overall – a relatively comfortable majority.
Senate more challenging
The Democrats face a more difficult challenge recapturing the Senate. Republicans now hold 53 of the 100 seats. Given that the vice-president can cast a tie-breaking vote in the Senate, the Democrats will need to win four seats (and not lose any they currently hold) to gain control of the Senate.
They are likely to pick up a Senate seat in North Carolina, where the state’s former two-term Democratic governor, Roy Cooper, has a significant lead in the polls. Then things get harder for the Democrats.
They need to win contests in three other states currently represented by Republicans. Current polling suggests their best chances are in Alaska, Maine, Ohio, Texas and Iowa.
Public opinion surveys show all five races to be toss-ups. But the Democrats also need to defend a Michigan seat that is considered a toss-up, where the incumbent Democratic senator is retiring in a state Trump won in 2024.
If the national tide swings heavily in the Democrats’ favour, they could gain control of the Senate. But that is less likely than their chances of winning the House.
Public dissatisfaction
Public opinion has been generally downcast ahead of the election. Two-thirds of those surveyed in May think the country is headed in the wrong direction. A July survey found only about a quarter of the public think the economy is doing well, with concerns over the cost of healthcare, food, housing and gasoline. Most recently, a majority said going to war with Iran was the wrong decision.
More registered voters think the Democrats would do better than the Republicans in dealing with gas prices, the economy, and foreign policy.
Democrats also have a 6 to 14 point advantage in nationwide polls of voter intentions known as the ‘generic ballot.’ This question measures party popularity by asking a selection of registered voters nationwide which party’s candidate they intend to vote for, without naming specific candidates. Historically, the generic ballot is a key indicator; the Democrat lead suggests a majority on election day.
Moreover, in the last five midterm elections, there has been a change in control of at least one chamber of Congress. And only four times in the last 164 years has the president’s party gained seats in a House of Representatives midterm election.
Voter turnout in midterm elections is usually relatively low compared with presidential elections: averaging less than 50 per cent compared to roughly 60 per cent. Voter enthusiasm will therefore be a big factor in maximizing turnout. Polls suggest Democrats are more motivated to vote: 79 per cent of Democrats said they are extremely motivated to vote, compared with 69 per cent of Republicans.
The Trump factor
Looming over all of this is voter opinion about President Trump, the ever-present force in current American politics.
The most recent Reuters/Ipsos poll has Trump’s approval rating at 32 per cent, a new low for him, with a disapproval rate of 66 per cent.
Other recent polls have shown Trump’s approval rating ranging from the mid-30s to low-40s; a recent YouGov poll put it at 37 per cent.But a recent poll by the American Research Group, conducted 16–20 September, showed the president with just a 29 per cent approval rating – the first time it has dropped below 30 per cent.
Historically, presidential approval matters in congressional elections. For context, Trump’s ratings are significantly lower than either President Bill Clinton’s in 1994, when the Democrats lost 54 House seats and 8 Senate seats, or President Barack Obama’s in 2010, when Democrats lost 63 House seats and 7 Senate seats.
Majorities disapprove of how Trump is handling all major issues. And a plurality of registered voters, including a majority of independents who make up about a third of the electorate, say their vote in the congressional election is ‘mostly against Trump’.
The potential impact of Trump’s low approval on the November outcome has led Charlie Cook, a leading political analyst, to observe not a ‘blue wave’ but the effects of a ‘red undertow.’ Either way, Democrats appear well-positioned to take advantage of disapproval with Trump to make congressional gains.
Caveats
But as with any forecast, there are caveats. While Democrats may be more motivated to vote overall, polling shows that 83 per cent of Republicans who strongly support President Trump claim they are absolutely certain to vote in November. Moreover, Republicans have the advantage of much larger finances as they try to mobilize their voters.
The electorate is also more polarized between Republicans and Democrats than at any time in recent history. And congressional gerrymandering means that there is a relatively small margin of error for Democrats.
So, despite the various factors that point to a Democratic victory in November, the election could still tighten.
Not over yet
Ultimately, voters decide elections, not pollsters. And recent election polling has repeatedly underestimated Republican support, as Hillary Clinton and Kamala Harris learned to their dismay.
Historically, American voter intentions are unlikely to change this close to election day. But US elections are also notorious for October surprises: the deepening financial crisis in 2008 and developments in the Hillary Clinton email probe in 2016 are just two examples.
It is also possible that 4 November will dawn without a clear victor. The president’s previous challenging of election results and processes, for example with regards to postal votes, could mean potential disputed outcomes and court challenges. This could delay final results for days or weeks, further undermining the reputation of American democracy.
Polls suggest the Democrats are poised to win the US House and possibly the Senate. But, as the American baseball player Yogi Berra once said: ‘It ain’t over till it’s over.’
A powerful storm known as a nor'easter battered the US east coast, causing power outages, flooding, high winds and hazardous ocean conditions. At least one person was killed in New York City, and hundreds of thousands were left without electricity across the region. The storm struck the mid-Atlantic and New England over the weekend, and was forecast to continue into the early part of the week, while local officials in New Jersey and New York told residents that high tides in the week could potentially bring more flooding. Eight counties in New Jersey remain under a state of emergency.
WASHINGTON, D.C. — Pollster Frank Luntz warned Monday that President Donald Trump is pursuing a “very dangerous strategy” by making himself a central figure in the 2026 midterms as Republicans try to motivate voters who backed him in presidential elections.
Luntz told CNN that Trump’s challenge is recreating his presidential-year turnout coalition without simultaneously energizing voters who strongly oppose him. “There are more people who oppose Donald Trump who are planning to vote than those who support him,” he said.
That concern is reflected in CNN’s latest national polling. Trump’s approval rating stands at 33%, his lowest level in CNN polling across either term. Forty-four percent of voters said their midterm vote would be intended to oppose Trump, compared with 19% who said it would express support for him. Democrats led Republicans 49% to 41% on the generic congressional ballot.
Luntz emphasized that the political environment differs from 2024, citing voter frustration with affordability, the Iran war and Trump’s confrontational style. He described Hispanic voters, younger voters and male union members as particularly important parts of the Republican coalition.
Still, Luntz said stronger turnout among Trump supporters could improve Republican prospects, underscoring that midterm participation—not presidential-election history—will ultimately determine results.
Hello everyone is there anyone in the central Florida area that installs power kits and batteries? Also in need of someone to point me in the right direction trying to figure out a battery to buy with the XRV Power kit. Thanks!
RAHWAY, New Jersey — Republican Rep. Tom Kean Jr. used his only televised debate against Democrat Rebecca Bennett to distance himself from President Donald Trump on several issues important to New Jersey voters, including immigration enforcement and the Gateway rail tunnel.
Kean said he opposes a proposed ICE detention facility in Roxbury Township, declaring, “My focus is to make sure we don’t have an ICE facility in Roxbury.” The position puts him at odds with the Trump administration, which revived plans for the facility after previously abandoning them. Bennett said she had opposed the project earlier, while noting that Kean had not previously taken a public position.
Kean also defended the $16 billion Gateway Tunnel project connecting New Jersey and New York, which Trump has criticized and tried to block from receiving federal funding. “I will challenge anybody who gets in my way, including this president,” Kean said.
The debate also covered Iran, taxes, Israel and artificial intelligence. Kean defended U.S. military operations against Iran, while Bennett argued the conflict has increased costs and made the country less secure.
The 7th District is among New Jersey’s most competitive House races. Trump carried it by about one point in 2024, while Democrat Mikie Sherrill carried it in the 2025 gubernatorial election.
World’s biggest economies release lists of products in latest move away from trade war – but no strategic goods are included
The US and China have released reciprocal lists of goods worth about $30bn each on which they plan to cut tariffs, ranging from consumer electronics and agricultural products to artificial flowers and live dolphins.
The announcements are the latest tack away from the intense trade war between the world’s two largest economies that dominated much of last year, though major strategic products are not included and no timeline has yet been given for the reductions.
The Israeli prime minister’s remarks at the UN weren’t just motivated by personal animosity
In a boastful and defiant speech to the United Nations on Thursday, Benjamin Netanyahu called out a list of villains he insisted are intent on destroying Israel and promoting an anti-Jewish conspiracy by accusing Israel of committing a genocide in Gaza. He singled out the leaders of Hamas, Iran, Qatar and Turkey, among others. But Netanyahu spent considerable time on the global stage attacking an unusual target: Zohran Mamdani, the mayor of New York City.
Netanyahu accused Mamdani of promoting antisemitism, falsely claimed that he supports Hamas, and argued that since the mayor took office in January, “many Jews no longer feel safe in New York.” The Israeli leader also criticized Mamdani’s wife for liking social media posts that supported the Palestinian cause soon after the Hamas attack on Israel in October 2023. Overall, Netanyahu seems to have devoted more time in his nearly 40-minute speech to singling out Mamdani than any other political leader, including Israel’s traditional enemies.
Israel’s election: What will it mean for neighbours and allies?
8
October 2026 — 17:00 TO 18:15 BST
Anonymous (not verified)
Chatham House and Online
Hear from experts on the foreign policy choices facing Israel’s next government.
Hear from experts on the foreign policy choices facing Israel’s next government.
Israel’s upcoming election follows three years of war and a marked decline in international support. Leading candidates to be prime minister offer little in terms of rethinking Israeli foreign policy and all reject Palestinian statehood. The election outcome could have profound consequences for the Palestinians and Israel’s relations with neighbouring states and international partners.
This event discusses:
What is at stake for Palestinians and regional states in Israel’s election?
Would a change of government alter relations with the UK, US and Europe?
How do leading candidates view relations with Lebanon, Syria and Turkey?
How might Israel’s next government approach Iran?
Could a new government change Israel’s approach to the Israeli–Palestinian conflict?
Can Israel’s next government rebuild international public support?
CARSON CITY, Nevada — Republican Jim Marchant, one of the country’s most prominent election deniers, is again running to become Nevada’s secretary of state, four years after narrowly losing the same office to Democrat Cisco Aguilar.
Marchant has repeatedly promoted unsupported claims of widespread election fraud and has said being labeled an “election denier” is a “badge of honor.” He continues to argue that Nevada elections have been fraudulent since 2008 despite Republican and Democratic candidates winning statewide contests during that period. WIRED identifies Marchant among 197 election-denying candidates seeking congressional or statewide offices nationwide this November.
If elected, Marchant has proposed sweeping changes, including canceling existing voter registrations and requiring residents to re-register, eliminating universal mail voting, moving toward paper ballots and expanding hand counting. He also supported efforts to challenge the 2020 presidential election and stood alongside Nevada Republicans as they signed false electoral certificates claiming Donald Trump won the state.
Aguilar, who defeated Marchant by about two percentage points in 2022, has made election security and protection of election workers central to his tenure.
The financial gap between the candidates is substantial. Aguilar reported more than $1 million cash on hand this summer, while Marchant reported just $13.86 after raising $1,000 during the second quarter.
Marchant won the Republican primary in June and will again face Aguilar in November.
Content note: This essay discusses sexual assault, gender-based violence, suicide, and trauma. Please read with care.
Every time news of a sexual assault hits the internet, like it did this week with the news of a civil lawsuit launched against seven Cornell students accused of the drugging and rape of a female student, it sends a wave through those of us who are survivors of all kinds of trauma. Suddenly life isn’t so easy to walk through. Our stomachs turn and our brains slow, words in the news reports echoing deeply. For everyone, there is a different level of devastation and flashing back. Words don’t do this “slow-motion change to life” justice. And our thoughts for and about the victim, for victims everywhere, become too much to bear.
The pain is only exacerbated by the fact that the president of the United States, the leader of the most powerful country in the free world, is someone who has disrespected humanity in his own treatment of women, sending the message that actions that harm women have no consequences in our world.
We can sashay up to the buffet of news of the week and sample five or six more examples where gender-based violence is front and centre.
As I write this, a woman is being assaulted. Many women are.
Photo by Matthew Moloney
I have spent most of my life in knots over the imbalances we face in this universe, whether it’s as a woman, a minority, or anyone who is marginalized. In my song “The Wild Weight of Earth,” I write about Rehtaeh Parsons, who died by suicide after being the victim of a sexual assault that was documented in photos circulated online. One of the lines in the song is, “If the law won’t take ’em down, life will.”
I realized in a sobering moment that so often, life does not take down perpetrators. They are allowed to walk free, experiencing life as anyone else.
These past few days, I’ve tried to anchor into music and voice as a healing tool, but it’s not working.
The anger and frustration with individuals on our planet, the ideology that is carrying people through life which flies against values of kindness, honesty, freedom and equality, is mounting and too much to bear.
The other day I thought about how women have turned to OnlyFans to feed their children. On this site, it’s safe to say you can make a shit-ton more money than some of us can in our jobs. And although I don’t believe we should centre our worth around what that site upholds, I get it. When you’re a mother, nobility doesn’t matter when there are mouths to feed. At the same time, every one of us who resists being seen primarily for our appearance and sexuality and anchors into what we actually do, feel and experience as humans on this planet, every day that we wake up not signing up for OnlyFans, is a fucking rebellion.
Turning to the internet, the very place where horrors are distributed, I found Toby Morton on Instagram, who goes under the handle @wordclown. He publishes websites exposing fascist actions and behaviours and is currently creating a very detailed website to hold the Cornell 7, and their enablers, accountable. Morton is a former writer for South Park. He jokes that he is “just a satirist,” something he was probably called at some point along the way when people underestimated his influence, power and website-building ability.
In my rage yesterday, I did a few things. I’m sharing what I did because I’m at my wits end. I’m not sharing to make myself feel better or to say, hey instead of watching golf for four hours you should DO SOMETHING, assholes. Learning from astronauts and healers and wise women and Mark Frickin’ Carney, I’ve learned we can only control what we do. We can only act in our own integrity, stay positive and remember our vision. So:
I applied to volunteer at Anova, an organization in London, Ontario that provides resources, workshops, and research to help communities understand, prevent, and respond to gender-based violence before it happens.
I began to plant the seed for starting a foundation I have wanted to begin for a long time, to give women the tools they need to write music, to record it, and to hopefully find safety and solace in the same creative process that helps me through periods of volatility and despair in my own life.
Do I feel better having done any of these things? Sadly, no. But we have to move through the dark with faith and dedication.
…
There’s very rarely a woman I work with who hasn’t been through a devastating experience that has threatened her life, well-being and worth. It just makes me go, “what the actual fuck?”
Let’s not stop helping women who need it.
We are also seeing more allies in men across this planet. I used to believe all men were painted with the same inescapable biological brush, the same secret, deep desire to exploit and subjugate women, but it’s not true. Together, we have to fight to create safety, healing and support for those of us who need it, even if it’s funding a South Park writer, if he’s our new freedom fighter, or to teach our sons not to stand by in silence while another human being is being harmed.
And of course, there’s the topic of: you. What the news cycle does to you. And to me. In the quiet moments when the headlines echo and our hearts feel a thousand, million pounds. When the nausea swirls and the hope dissipates. Sigh.
We have to put distance between us and that news cycle at times. We have to step away. Because behind it are more people pulling the strings, preying on human insecurity and thriving in a “get what you want” world.
We need to create our own worlds, our own ecosystems, see ourselves as leaders of new universes.
One thing that does give me hope is observing where I’ve seen evidence of this “creation of a new world”: Coralus, an alternative ecosystem where women-led and non-binary-led ventures anchored into the UN Global Goals are funded and nurtured. Where communities thrive and unSummits take place and women are helping other women, daily.
Calling All Crows, who mobilize fans to fuel feminist movements. Who work to make concerts safe spaces for girls and women.
Things like Lilith Fair and Daisy Chain Fields and Women Who Rock and all the things I would have turned my nose up at when I was a teenager, reeling from my mother pooh-poohing the “women’s libbers”. Because I so desperately wanted to be a musician first, and a woman second.
But one day you wake up and you see that fear and ignorance doesn’t replace reality. Imagining a beautiful, utopian Barbie-esque universe doesn’t help the woman who is clawing back for her sanity.
Music has often been a place where new hopeful universes can be forged. But if the melodies have left you, if the breath underneath the singing has dried and deadened, know that somewhere there is, there has to be love.
And in order to meet another day, I have to believe that love is stronger than the terror of this world.
Today’s students and young adults are true digital natives, having grown up online, learning to navigate digital spaces as a normal part of daily life. As they transition to college, they turn to digital platforms and social media for everything from apartment hunting and job searches to shopping, banking and talking with friends.
That familiarity, however, can create a false sense of security, making younger adults just as much of a target for fraud and scams as older individuals. According to the FBI’s Internet Crime Report, Americans ages 20–29 reported more than $500 million to internet-crime losses in 2025.
As scammers become more sophisticated, including using AI, students need to be more vigilant than ever about fraud and scams. Understanding the most common ones can help you and your children avoid becoming victims.
Common scams targeting students (and the families supporting them)
Online shopping and marketplace scams
Whether your student is furnishing a dorm, moving into an apartment or buying textbooks–or you’re helping them pay for essentials—online deals and secondhand marketplaces can help you save money while also creating more opportunities for scammers.
Buy from official and trusted retailers whenever possible, double check website URLs for misspellings or other red flags, and make sure the site uses https://. Be wary of deals that seem too good to be true as well. Avoid clicking links in unsolicited emails or text messages, including fake “missed delivery” notifications that often lead to fraudulent websites or malware.
Before making a purchase, read seller reviews and ratings. If you’re buying locally, meet in a safe public place and inspect the item before paying.
Job scams
As students return to school this fall, some may be looking for part-time jobs or internships. Scammers target students with fake jobs offering high salaries, flexible schedules or jobs you can do from a residence hall, apartment or home.
If your child receives a job offer by text, email, or direct message – be cautious, especially if they never applied to work at that company. Encourage them to use well-known job boards and then apply directly through the company’s official website.
Also, if an employer asks them to pay upfront for training, equipment, background checks or application fees, it may be a sign of a scam. Legitimate companies will never charge you to get a job. They also won’t send you money and then ask you to return a portion of it.
Rental and housing scams
Scammers know student housing is in high demand. They’ll often post fake apartment listings or copy legitimate ones to trick potential renters (or their families) into sending money for a deposit.
Rental prices that seem unusually low should raise a red flag. Use a reverse image search to see if photos of the property appear on a different website or in a different location. Research unfamiliar property managers or housing websites before sending money, and avoid paying deposits through wire transfers, gift cards or peer-to-peer payment apps.
Double check the address, read online reviews of the property management company and schedule a tour of the house or apartment before signing a lease or sending a deposit. That way, you’ll know the listing and location is real.
The influence of AI
Thanks to artificial intelligence, scammers can now create cloned voices and deepfake videos, along with fraudulent emails, text messages and even websites and apps that look real. These AI tools let scammers impersonate family members, employers, banks, law enforcement, delivery companies and trusted brands to get you to send money or share personal information. They may even target parents directly—claiming your child is in trouble and needs money immediately.
How to protect yourself (and your children)
No matter what type of scam you encounter, a few simple habits can go a long way toward reducing your risk:
Limit the personal information you and your children share online and make social media profiles private whenever possible. This can help reduce the information scammers can use to target you, guess your security questions or attempt to access your financial accounts.
When you’re making a payment, use more protected methods, such as credit and debit cards, which generally offer stronger consumer protections than wire transfers, gift cards or peer-to-peer payment apps. Treat peer-to-peer payments, such as Zelle, like cash — once the money is sent, it’s often difficult to recover.
Scammers can spoof phone numbers to make calls look like they’re coming from your bank, law enforcement or another trusted organization. Don’t automatically trust your caller ID – if you get a call demanding immediate action or claiming there’s a problem with your account, hang up and call back directly using a verified phone number. Banks will never call and ask you for account information, tell you to transfer money to ‘protect’ it or pressure you to act immediately.
Don’t click links or download attachments from unexpected emails or text messages and avoid accessing your financial accounts or making online purchases on public Wi-Fi, where savvy cybercriminals can gain access to your login credentials.
Perhaps most importantly, slow down. Back-to-school season brings a flurry of financial decisions and scammers know students and families are looking for deals. They often create a false sense of urgency to try to pressure people into making quick decisions. Taking a few extra minutes to verify information can make the difference.
The bottom line
Whether your student is shopping for school supplies, searching for a job or signing a first lease, their status as a student can make them a prime target for scammers—and families can be targeted too.
Stay skeptical of unsolicited offers, verify before you pay or share personal information, and slow down when something feels rushed. Those simple habits can help protect your money, your identity and your family’s peace of mind throughout the school year from scams and fraud.
To help consumers stay ahead of common and emerging threats, Chase hosts more than 1,000 free fraud and scam prevention workshops each year in communities across the country.
For informational/educational purposes only: Views and strategies described in this article or provided via links may not be appropriate for everyone and are not intended as specific advice/recommendation for any business. Information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but JPMorgan Chase & Co. or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries do not warrant its completeness or accuracy. The material is not intended to provide legal, tax, or financial advice or to indicate the availability or suitability of any JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. product or service. You should carefully consider your needs and objectives before making any decisions and consult the appropriate professional(s). Outlooks and past performance are not guarantees of future results. JPMorgan Chase & Co. and its affiliates are not responsible for, and do not provide or endorse third party products, services, or other content.
Deposit products provided by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Member FDIC. Equal Opportunity Lender.
Why Should Delaware Care? Wilmington has made adding more housing a priority, but the fight over Bancroft Parkway shows the challenges that can come with bringing larger developments into established neighborhoods. The months-long dispute has raised questions about how the city balances its need for housing with residents’ concerns about the size and impact of new development.
Earlier this month, Wilmington City Councilman Chris Johnson tabled a measure that would have rezoned land along Bancroft Parkway, allowing developers to move forward with plans for a high-rise apartment complex.
If the high-rise were built, it would be the tallest development along the Bancroft Parkway, a century-old greenspace that runs through northwest Wilmington.
The decision came amid months of opposition from nearby residents, who have raised concerns about the size and scale of the proposed development and argued that it would change the character of the surrounding northwest city neighborhood.
For now, those concerns have put the rezoning and the project on hold. But residents and the Wilmington and Newark-based developer, Tsionas, have remained in discussions over whether they can reach a compromise on what could ultimately be built at the site.
In a press release last week, the resident group, Protect Bancroft Parkway, said neighbors recently met with the president of the development company, Angela Tsionas, and her attorney, who presented a concept for what the developer believes it could build under the property’s existing zoning — without the rezoning measure currently before City Council.
Under the presented concept, the development would include 72 apartments across two buildings, one would be three stories tall and the other eight stories, along with approximately 48 surface parking spaces. The apartments would be less expensive than luxury units and would feature fewer amenities, such as a gym or garage, and more modest finishes, according to the press release.
The new concept marks a significant change from the previous proposal, which called for a 12-story apartment building and a parking garage with nearly 300 spaces.
Despite the new proposal, residents made it clear they remain opposed to rezoning the properties, arguing that the change would legally allow a taller, larger development that could increase traffic and parking problems and alter the neighborhood’s character, regardless of the developer’s promises to build something smaller.
“Build within the legal right you have to build. Go to town, do what you want, but don’t try to change the law,” said Kathleen Dinsmore, a longtime neighborhood resident and an organizer of Protect Bancroft Parkway.
Tsionas did not respond to Spotlight Delaware’s requests for comment.
According to Johnson, discussions between his office, Tsionas and residents have continued. While the rezoning measure remains tabled for now, he said he believes the development plans are still moving forward.
“Now, what that project is, I can’t 100% say for sure, but they intend to move forward,” he said.
Hundreds of local residents have protested the Tsionas project in recent months, which has slowed the project’s advancement. | SPOTLIGHT DELAWARE PHOTO BY BRIANNA HILL
Residents push back on rezoning
Back in March, Tsionas originally proposed building a nine-story high-rise along the Bancroft Parkway, submitting an application to the city to rezone two pieces of land so they could move forward with a 315,000-square-foot apartment complex that would have included almost 200 units and an underground parking garage with 325 spaces.
Tsionas currently owns the 2000 Pennsylvania Avenue Apartments, a luxury six-story housing complex that sits near the parkway, at the intersection of North Grant Avenue and Pennsylvania Avenue. It’s visible from the property where the new project is to be built.
The locations they requested for rezoning included 2140 W 11th St. and 1010 N. Bancroft St., which are both zoned C-1, one of the city’s commercial districts. That current zoning is capped at a maximum height of three stories and 47 feet, while rezoning the properties to the requested C-2 commercial district would allow up to 15 stories and 180 feet.
Tsionas also owns a third parcel at 1100 N. Grant St. that would be part of the development and sits adjacent to the two properties it sought to rezone. Unlike those properties, however, the Grant Street parcel is already zoned C-2.
Tsionas’ mixed-use project, 2000 Pennsylvania Avenue, is visible in the background from the site of 1010 N. Bancroft Parkway. | SPOTLIGHT DELAWARE PHOTO BY BRIANNA HILL
In the application, the company’s attorney noted that the plan was developed through a series of working group meetings with the local community, where different proposals were discussed and “reworked based on the working group’s feedback.”
But shortly after the application was submitted, residents began to push back against the development, saying that it would change “the character in appearance and nature” of the area, alter its skyline, and substantially increase traffic in the area.
In April, City Council referred the developer’s application to the City Planning Commission for review. But two months later, the City Council passed a resolution to approve a 90-day extension for the City Planning Commission to make recommendations on the application, in part because of community concerns.
In May, Tsionas submitted an amended rezoning application, which altered the development to a “stepped concept,” including a four-story building along Bancroft Parkway, an eight-story building, and a 12-story building along North Grant Avenue. The following month, Johnson held a town hall to talk with residents.
Then in August, Tsionas submitted a letter to the city council, agreeing to make changes to development and commit dollars to community initiatives. In the letter, the market-rate developer agreed to cap the maximum height of the housing complex at eight stories as opposed to 12. They also agreed to set up parking to direct traffic away from the Bancroft Parkway median.
The company also agreed to commit $300,000 to the Todmorden Foundation’s new senior affordable housing program. They also agreed to provide $50,000 annually for the next three years to a public safety program administered by West Side Grows Together and Cornerstone West CDC.
Later that month, the city Planning Commission held its meeting on the proposal, drawing representatives from Tsionas and 200 residents. Neighbors raised concerns about the development’s potential impact on property taxes and traffic, construction-related noise and safety, and the lack of binding commitments from the developer not to build to the maximum height of 15 feet if the rezoning was approved.
“This development, if allowed to move forward, will destroy our section of Brancroft Parkway for my children’s generation,” said one resident, Andrea Cassidy, during the meeting.
Wali Rushdan, an attorney representing Tsionas, defended the rezoning as consistent with the city’s plan and future needs, arguing the project would not worsen existing traffic and that deed restrictions could address community concerns.
“Your voice does matter, but that doesn’t make you right,” he said. “So again, I ask that you all carefully consider this, all the arguments that have been raised, as well as the current and future needs of our city.”
The commission ultimately voted 4-1 against the rezoning. That decision raised the threshold for approval by city council, requiring 10 of the council’s 13 members to vote in favor rather than a simple majority, according to Johnson.
Johnson told Spotlight Delaware that the commission’s decision was unusual because the city’s Planning and Development Department had recommended approving the rezoning.
“This is quite a unique and rare territory for the city that the planning commission would go against the planning professionals in the city,” he said. “I think part of the issue with this matter is that planning professionals from a city perspective believe this is an appropriate project.”
On Sep. 3, Councilman Johnson decided to table the city council measure that would have approved the rezoning of the properties.
He said he held the measure in response to community concerns over the height of the building.
Kathleen Dinsmore is among the residents of Bancroft Parkway who believe that the Tsionas project will dramatically change the character of their historic neighborhood. | SPOTLIGHT DELAWARE PHOTO BY BRIANNA HILL
Why residents are still opposed
Dinsmore has lived in the Bancroft Parkway neighborhood for nearly seven years. She is one of several residents who helped start Protect Bancroft Parkway, a neighborhood group formed in April to oppose the rezoning.
The group has since created a website to serve as a hub for residents, providing copies of the rezoning applications, updates on the project and upcoming meetings, as well as a mailing list.
Dinsmore said she first learned about the project in March, after Tsionas submitted its initial rezoning application, from residents who had participated in invite-only working group meetings held by the developer with Councilman Johnson.
She said many other residents were unaware of the proposal. Dinsmore and several neighbors began spreading the word and organized a community meeting at the Woodlawn Library in late April to discuss the rezoning and how residents wanted to respond.
“I just didn’t feel like it was right that people didn’t know. That was my biggest thing. Like we really deserve to have known. I keep going back to that. The developer didn’t have to, but I believe our representative on city council had an obligation,” Dinsmore said.
The group has since sought to demonstrate the extent of the neighborhood’s opposition. Members went door to door on blocks surrounding the proposed development and reached residents at 99 of 123 households, according to Dinsmore. Of those, 93 signed a petition opposing the rezoning.
“People were very angry because for months they had heard that this was just going to happen without us having any way of having our voice heard,” she said.
Dinsmore said broader public outreach from Tsionas and Johnson followed as residents became more vocal about their opposition. That included a June town hall and a meeting earlier this month where residents and the developer discussed, for the first time, what could potentially be built under the property’s existing zoning.
While residents have raised concerns about the proposed development’s density and its potential effects on traffic and parking, Dinsmore said one of their central concerns is what the zoning change itself would permit, not simply what Tsionas currently intends to build.
If the city council approves the rezoning, she said, the properties could legally accommodate a larger development in the future regardless of the developer’s current plans. Residents also do not view a private agreement with Tsionas as sufficient protection, Dinsmore said, because enforcing such an agreement could require residents to take legal action if its terms were violated.
“We are forever subject to possibly having to deal with the developer on anything that they violate,” Dinsmore said.
But the residents’ campaign has also drawn criticism from some who view the opposition as an example of NIMBYism, an acronym for “not in my backyard” commonly used to describe resistance to development near one’s home.
Another resident, Barbara Kanter, told Spotlight that labeling residents’ opposition as NIMBYism or classism is misplaced because the proposed apartments would cater to people with incomes similar to those already living in the neighborhood.
“There is not an argument for it other than the developer wants it there,” she said.
Dinsmore also rejected that characterization, arguing that residents are not seeking to prevent development of the properties altogether, noting Tsionas could still develop the site under its existing zoning, she said.
Instead, Dinsmore said residents’ concerns center on the scale of development that rezoning could allow and whether the surrounding neighborhood can accommodate it.
“I believe we can be pro-development and pro-housing in this city, and care passionately about being Wilmingtonians, and not want a massive building right on a green space in a neighborhood that’s not set up for it. I think we can do both,” she said.
The US has already grown used to the horror caused by abortion bans. And Republicans have sought to quash the stories
Abortion has faded from the headlines since the Dobbs decision of 2022, and Republicans like it that way. In the immediate aftermath of the supreme court’s overturning of Roe v Wade, as millions of women lost access to the dignity and self-determination that abortion provided them, clinics shut their doors, and the extent of Dobbs’s horrendously adverse public health implications started to become clear, abortion was always, it seemed, in the headlines. There were plenty of stories. There was the first known woman to die as the result of an abortion ban; and then the second; and then the third. There were the various lawsuits and ballot initiatives that for a while turned access off and on and then off again in various states; then there were the state supreme court elections, races that were newly transformed by the abortion debate and on which the health and status of a state’s women now relied. There were the clinics that shut their doors in Republican-controlled states, many of which had provided the essential, stigmatized care for decades, under hostile conditions, with persistence and innovation and determination that were staggering.
But the stories have faded from the headlines as the years have gone by. Feminism has gone dramatically out of style, with the big women’s rights NGOs wounded enough by Dobbs and attacks from the Trump administration that they have been largely unable to push their agenda in either media or policy, and algorithmic social media driving a rise in gender conservatism and politicized misogyny, particularly among young men. But maybe more importantly, abortion has ceased to be a story because the horrors of abortion bans have ceased to be news: the US has grown used to the swift and dramatic erosion of women’s health and status that has followed Dobbs, grown used to the horror stories and upward ticking body counts, grown into ease, and even a kind of compliant boredom, with women’s death and indignity.
Exclusive: Instructors at tech training company Multiverse hit out at ‘remorseless’ and ‘unnerving’ monitoring system
Teachers at Euan Blair’s £1.6bn tech training company, Multiverse, have blown the whistle about “horrendous stress” and feeling constantly watched after bosses started using AI models to surveil and rate their teaching.
Staff delivering apprenticeship training in computer and AI skills to thousands of UK public and private sector workers now have transcripts of online classroom sessions analysed and scored by an AI programmed to alert human managers when they are suspected of doing things wrong.
Israel does not have a legal right to act on its plan to close the British consulate in East Jerusalem, the former attorney general Dominic Grieve has advised the UK Foreign Office.
Israel has said it intends to shut the consulate on 8 October in response to the sweeping ban on trade with goods from Israeli settlements announced by the foreign secretary, Ed Miliband, this month.
How can we fix our pricing crisis? Economic sociologist Lindsay Owens urges tough new rules – and a consumer uprising
“Repeat after me: it’s not my fault, it’s not my fault, it’s not my fault.” That’s the message to frustrated US shoppers in Gouged: The End of a Fair Price – and What That Means for Your Wallet by Lindsay Owens, economic sociologist and head of the Groundwork Collaborative, a progressive Washington thinktank.
Consumer rage is rising and no wonder – we are all living through the “reinvention of the rip-off”, Owens told the Guardian, an experience that is undermining Americans’ trust in the economy. Nothing short of a consumer uprising and a slate of tough new rules is going to fix the problem, she believes.
Donald Trump has taken to repeating a familiar boast: “We have the greatest economy in history,” Trump said recently at a White House press gaggle. The boast comes even though inflation is higher and economic growth lower than when Joe Biden left office, even though gas prices have jumped about 50% since the war against Iran started, and even though 73% of Americans think the economy is in fair or poor shape (48% say it’s in poor shape). What’s more, the Federal Reserve is so worried about inflation that it just raised interest rates.
“It’s bluster, it’s gaslighting for him to say the economy is the greatest ever,” said Darrick Hamilton, chief economist for the AFL-CIO, the nation’s main union federation. “The economy is trending down by many measures. A lot of that has been caused by Trump’s unforced errors.”
David Perdue’s remarks come after a Taiwanese minister spoke of the ‘severe’ military threat posed by Beijing to the self-ruled island
Donald Trump offered to sell weapons to China while hosting its leader, Xi Jinping, last week, the US ambassador to China said on Sunday.
David Perdue told Fox News on Sunday: “President Trump continues to say, hey, we sell arms to other people around the world. He actually asked President Xi, would he like to buy some at one point.”
Brazil’s presidential election is more than just another polarized contestExpert commentjon.wallace
A Bolsonaro victory would mean Trump-aligned governments dominate South America.
The first round of Brazil’s presidential election is scheduled for 4 October, with 13 candidates competing to occupy the Brazilian presidential palace, Planalto.
For now, the contest is dominated by two men. Only a few percentage points (depending on the poll) separate 80-year-old President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva of the Workers’ Party (PT) – running for his fourth term – and 45-year-old Flávio Bolsonaro of the right-wing Liberal Party (PL).
Flávio is the son of the man Lula defeated in 2022, former president Jair Bolsonaro (2019–23), sometimes referred to as the ‘Trump of the tropics’. Lula squeaked out a narrow victory in the 2022 contest, of 50.9 to 49.1 percent in the second round, after public opinion surveys had seriously undercounted the support of his right-wing rival. Jair Bolsonaro is currently serving time for plotting a coup, after his supporters rioted in Brasilia in 2023 in an effort to overturn the 2022 results.
This year’s contest is more than a familial grudge match. For one, it looks a lot like recent presidential elections in the region. In June, elections in both Peru and Colombia went to a second round. Each resulted in a narrow victory for conservative candidates who, like the Bolsonaros, are aligned with the regional diplomatic agenda of US President Donald Trump.
Another tight contest now looms in Brazil, the most populous country and largest democracy in Latin America, the tenth largest economy in the world, and for decades an international champion of the Global South, through blocs like BRICS.
Both Lula and the younger Bolsonaro face high levels of voter rejection. More than 54 per cent of Brazilian voters disapprove of Flavio according to one poll. Lula does little better in the same survey, with 52 per cent against the president running for a fourth term.
The issues
Brazilian voters are divided over a number of issues relating to Brazil’s political system and its place in the world.
According to a Pew survey conducted in Brazil in early 2026, only 37 per cent of Brazilian voters were satisfied with their democracy, down from 66 per cent in 2013. And Brazilians are ideologically split on favourable views of China versus the US.
57 per cent of Brazilians who identify as leftist have favourable views of China, compared to 40 per cent of those on the right. Those opinions flip on attitudes towards the US: 58 per cent of self-identified right-leaning voters have favourable views of the US, while only 30 per cent on the other side of the ideological spectrum do.
Division on these issues indicates that this election could have major implications for the direction of Brazil’s foreign policy, its global influence, and the PT foreign policy agenda since 2003.
Flávio Bolsonaro’s presidency…would trigger, if not a pulling out, then a significantly reduced role in the BRICS group.
Brazil’s situation is not unique. Distrust in democratic electoral systems has increased around the world – a sentiment that outsider political entrepreneurs have exploited. Their ability to do so stems from political polarization, discontent with the political class – and the simple fact that casting a ballot and accepting the aggregate macro tabulations of all voters requires a certain commitment of faith. As political tribes have become more separated and disconnected from alternative views and media, it becomes easier to feed on distrust, suspicion and resentment.
According to a recent Chatham House/ Convergent Opinion survey, distrust in the electoral system is greater among those who voted for then-president Jair Bolsonaro in 2022 than those who voted for Lula that year.
Only 45 per cent of 2022 Bolsonaro voters expressed very much or some confidence that elections would be free from political interference this year, compared to 78 per cent of 2022 Lula voters. That is concerning, but not necessarily surprising. Jair Bolsonaro cast doubt on the integrity of Brazil’s electoral system before the 2022 elections. (Flávio has promised to respect this year’s election outcome. But he has also vowed to grant amnesties to those who took part in the 2023 riots).
Fuelling this division is an escalating diplomatic row with the administration of US President Donald Trump. In July, the US imposed new 25 per cent tariffs on some Brazilian goods. The same month, the Brazilian government denied visas to two US envoys, accusing them of planning to meddle in elections – a charge the US State Department called a ‘baseless lie’.
The diplomatic dispute has escalated further, with the White House revoking the visa of Brazil’s ambassador to the US, and Lula’s office accusing the US of ‘a deliberate escalation of hostile measures against Brazil, motivated by ideological reasons’. In his speech at the UN General Assembly on 22 September, Lula warned against foreign interference in the election.
The potential foreign policy about-face
A Bolsonaro victory this year would create another friendly South American government for the Trump administration, adding to the White House’s growing list of aligned leaders (either for transactional or ideological reasons) in Colombia, Venezuela, Paraguay, Argentina, Chile, Peru, Dominican Republic, and Ecuador.
Indeed, a Bolsonaro government would probably adhere to Trump’s approach on various issues, including a more martial approach to narcotics trafficking and transnational criminal networks operating in or from Brazil. It will likely see Brazil joining Trump’s Shield of the Americas initiative.
Flávio Bolsonaro’s presidency would also bring a U-turn to PT-focused foreign policy agendas. It would trigger, if not a pulling out, then a significantly reduced role in the BRICS group, which Trump has criticized for ‘anti-American policies’. And Brazil might well draw back from other global forums, such as the UN, the G20, and COP where Brasilia has staked its claim as a representative of the Global South.
In reality, under the PT, Brazil’s track record in supporting multilateralism has been spotty. Often it has been partisan in defending human rights and democracy even in its own neighbourhood.
Equally, it is not clear that a new Bolsonaro government would represent a triumph for Trump’s so-called ‘Donroe Doctrine’, which seeks to establish American supremacy in the Western Hemisphere.
While a Bolsonaro-led Brazil would return Brasilia to his father’s anti-woke cultural battles, it would not necessarily fall into line with the Trump White House, particularly on trade. Bolsonaro distanced himself from Trump’s heavy tariffs. And, as was true for his father and neighbour Argentine president Javier Milei – who both had campaigned on reducing Chinese influence – a new Bolsonaro administration would balk at reducing trade with China, Brazil’s largest trading partner since 2009. China, though, may seek to reduce its Brazilian imports, if Bolsonaro strays too far in challenging Beijing.
Regardless, Brazilians face a stark choice in October. Brazil’s commitment to international law and multilateralism hangs in the balance, as does the Global South’s voice in the global order.
WASHINGTON, D.C. — The White House’s official app surged to the top of Apple’s news category after launching its 24/7 Trump TV channel, but cybersecurity researchers say the app collects extensive user data while providing limited clarity about where that information ultimately goes.
The White House says the app has surpassed 2 million downloads and offers direct access to administration news, livestreams and presidential messaging. It promoted the recent rankings as evidence Americans were bypassing traditional media for information directly from the presidency.
A Washington Sun investigation found the app communicates with multiple third-party services and includes software capable of monitoring location and user activity. Researchers also identified a dormant keylogger script, though they said it was unlikely to function as traditional surveillance software on mobile devices.
The White House privacy policy acknowledges that app information can be handled by third-party services and says collected data may be used for tailored content, statistical profiles, policy decisions and lawful information-sharing with government agencies.
Questions have also been raised about federal security requirements. Government records show 45Press received a White House technology-services contract currently valued at about $1.72 million.
The White House did not answer the Washington Sun’s specific questions about security certifications or the researchers’ findings, instead pointing to its announcement celebrating the app’s popularity.
Scientists and entrepreneurs knew the dangers of AI a quarter-century ago. But animated by curiosity and profit, they went ahead anyway
Over the past few weeks, many of us have struggled to concoct a mental image of brains in the cloud jumping their “sandbox”, sneaking on to the internet, recruiting “swarms” of other “agents” to cheat on a test, and, after discussing the ethics of the act, hacking into a wiki platform with the weird name Hugging Face.
We knew that artificial intelligence was devouring our jobs, degrading our kids’ education and deepfaking our politics; that datacenters were sucking up our water and electricity and sending us the bills. But until 8 September, when the Anthropic computer scientist Jacob Coxon posted his existential terror on Twitter/X, few of us suspected AI might be endangering our survival.
Rep. Adelita Grijalva, D-Ariz., speaks at a press conference with other members of the Congressional Hispanic Caucus in Washington, D.C. last year. Nathan Posner/Anadolu via Getty Images
An Arizona congresswoman has proposed three bills that would fund literacy classes, dual language programs and training for teachers of students learning English in the state, hoping to remedy gaps highlighted by Arizona Luminaria and ProPublica.
Rep. Adelita Grijalva, a Democrat, filed the bills Sept. 16, the same day Arizona Luminaria and ProPublica reported that the state had lowered the score students need to pass its English proficiency test. Experts warned the change will push thousands of students out of language services before they know English well enough to succeed in school. Superintendent of Public Instruction Tom Horne, a Republican longtime defender of Arizona’s English-only policies, approved the change.
Grijalva’s Reaching English Learners Act would create competitive grants of up to five years for colleges that partner with high-need school districts or early childhood programs to train teachers to lead classrooms of English learners. It gives preference to programs that recruit teacher candidates who were once English learners or come from underrepresented groups. Colleges would pay at least half the cost of the training. The bill does not specify a cost for the program.
A spokesperson for Grijalva said she had previously drafted the bills but noted that Arizona Luminaria and ProPublica’s reporting underscored why federal support is needed to improve English learning.
In a statement to the news organizations, Grijalva said, “Superintendent Horne’s mismanagement of the misguided ‘English-only’ model underscores the need for real federal support for English learners, educators, and their families, which is exactly what my legislation would provide. Instead of repeating the mistakes of the past by simply making the English proficiency test easier to pass, we should give students the resources and support they need to actually succeed in the classroom, including through supporting bilingual education.”
Horne disputed Grijalva’s characterization, arguing that the English-only model is superior to bilingual education. “To put bilingual education in schools is to sacrifice the students to dogma and condemn them to not learn English properly, which negatively will affect their future academic endeavors and their hope for good jobs in the economy,” Horne told the news organizations.
The state Department of Education has previously defended its decision to make it easier to pass the test by saying it first administered the exam to 600 native English speakers to set a baseline for the changes. The department skipped this step in 2020, when it made the last major change to the test, officials noted.
As the news organizations reported, after the state lowered the score needed to pass the fluency test, the statewide pass rate, known as the reclassification rate, jumped to 26% in 2026, from 12% the year before. Of the nearly 113,000 students who took the exam, about 30,000 were classified as proficient and removed from English-language services this school year.
Proposition 203, which Arizona voters approved in 2000, established the state’s English-only policies. Students learning English spend two to four hours a day in separate English instruction until they pass a test showing they’re fluent enough to learn in a mainstream classroom.
Past attempts by the state to reclassify large numbers of children learning English as fluent prompted federal investigations. The government alleged that placing such students in classrooms where they struggled because they lacked knowledge of English violated their civil and educational rights. Arizona agreed to a settlement more than a decade ago to resolve the matter.
Grijalva proposed two other bills to aid English learning and literacy.
Samantha Ramos teaches students during her English-language development class at John B. Wright Elementary School in Tucson, Arizona, in August.Cassidy Arazia for ProPublica
One of the measures, the Families Learning and Understanding English Together Act, would authorize $75 million a year from 2027 through 2031 for family literacy programs. Head Start programs, school districts, adult education providers and nonprofits could apply for grants of $150,000 to $1 million a year to teach English and literacy to young children and their caregivers together. To qualify, programs would have to serve areas where English learners are a majority, or growing share, of students at local schools.
The Supporting Young Language Learners’ Access to Bilingual Education Act, would fund dual-language immersion programs for children from low-income families from preschool through fifth grade. Students in those programs would learn in English and a second language and would use the second language for at least half the school day. The bill would authorize $15 million for 2027 and unspecified amounts in the following four years.
Since Democrats do not have a majority in either house of Congress, the bills do not stand much of a chance this year.
Why Should Delaware Care? Housing costs are rising in Delaware, leading to strained budgets, longer commutes and an increase in the homeless population. Part of a new law increases minimum housing density to address this issue, but some in Sussex County question how it will affect traffic congestion.
A new state law that aims to create more cohesive communities is already changing the course of development discussions in Sussex County.
Last week, Sussex County Council was considering whether to rezone the 60 acres of land where developers want to build Lantern Cove, a 179-unit housing development being proposed in the southeastern part of the county.
The county’s Planning & Zoning Commission recommended denying the project, which proposes more dense housing than current zoning rules allow, due to traffic congestion concerns.
But, as Councilman Matt Lloyd pointed out, a recently signed state law, House Bill 450, will soon demand that municipalities allow denser developments like Lantern Cove to be built as part of an effort to provide more affordable housing for Delawareans.
“So, congratulations. The state just approved your project,” Lloyd said during the discussion.
The council ultimately deferred its decision on the proposed rezoning for Lantern Cove. But if the council decides to reject the project, the developer could submit another proposal that would likely have to be approved once HB 450 takes effect next summer.
HB 450 mostly reforms traffic study requirements. But it also requires towns, cities and counties to allow developers to build denser homes — townhouses, mixed-use buildings and apartments — in areas slated for growth.
“We are in a housing crisis right now,” the bill’s prime sponsor Rep. Bill Bush (D-Dover) said about the provision at a real estate conference earlier this month. He did not immediately respond to requests for additional comment.
The goal of the legislation is not only to build smaller, more affordable homes, but also to support developments that produce more walkable and bikeable communities and pave the way to expanded public transit options.
But some Sussex County officials have questioned how it will affect mounting concerns over traffic congestion in some of the areas targeted for future growth.
Sussex County Administrator Todd Lawson said allowing more dense housing in areas with sufficient transportation infrastructure makes sense. But he is not sure that’s the case for all the places currently labeled as growth areas in the county.
“If you’re putting density where there isn’t the transportation system to support it, [it’s] going to create problems,” he said.
Lawson said the county will soon reconsider which areas should be labeled for growth as part of its comprehensive planning process. But that process will finish in 2028, after HB 450 takes effect.
But HB 450 could arguably be just as consequential for how new housing is developed in Delaware once the law takes effect next summer.
HB 450 primarily focuses on speeding up the building permit process by limiting when developers would have to conduct traffic studies.
Another provision requires municipalities to establish a minimum density of four units per acre in areas slated for growth.
That’s twice the amount of homes currently allowed in Sussex County’s agricultural-residential zoning district, which covers some of the county’s growth areas.
On Friday, John Kane, Gov. Matt Meyer’s policy director, held a training session for government officials on how to implement SB 23 and HB 450. He said that building denser housing, as opposed to the spread-out homes in areas of suburban sprawl, generally helps lower transportation infrastructure costs.
“Density is necessary,” he said. “We have to continue to contain the sprawl and to focus our resources into infill areas and cities.”
Which areas will have dense housing?
The state’s recently published guidelines for how to follow SB 23 and HB 450 say any area that is designated as Level 1 or Level 2 by Delaware planning officials are considered “growth areas.”
The state strategies map shows where the state plans to invest in infrastructure improvements. State officials create it based on counties’ and municipalities’ comprehensive plans, which are roadmaps for future growth that are supposed to be updated every 10 years.
The state recognizes four different levels of anticipated investment, with Level 1 expecting the most and Level 4 as the least. The Lantern Cove housing development south of Millville is in a Level 2 area.
Certain areas labeled for growth have roads that some residents say can’t handle any more traffic.
For example, the Route 24 corridor between Route 1 and Love Creek Bridge is almost all labeled on the map as Level 1, meaning it’s a prime location for more development.
Yet, nearby residents strongly opposed a proposed housing development in that area known as Belle Mead that would add over 300 apartments and 125,000-square-feet of commercial space to the already crowded corridor. A group of residents took Sussex County Council to court for approving the plan. That lawsuit has not yet been resolved.
The state guidelines say municipalities may be able to permit only lower-density developments in some growth areas “as reviewed on a case by case basis with justification.”
Kane said the unique character of historic districts or areas facing threats of coastal flooding are examples of possible exemptions to the pending higher density requirements of new state law.
The state’s housing agency is working on statewide guidance for how to implement the new residential density thresholds, Kane said, which will be published “in short order.”
Get Involved Community Chapstick’s next concert is during Wilmington Porchfest on Saturday, Oct. 3. The band will play at noon at 812 N. Van Buren St. Porchfest will feature many free performances citywide. Learn more here. Stay up-to-date about Community Chapstick by visiting the band’s website.
North Delaware rock band Community Chapstick had instructed the audience at The Queen in Wilmington to dance like Beyblades. Much like the toy tops, rag doll bodies in the crowd dizzily spun around, bouncing off of each other to the beat.
A teen in a fur trapper hat kept running back and forth, leaping into the air like a bird learning to fly. A pair of friends played Ring Around the Rosie until one of them wiped out, becoming a human mop. Some concertgoers stayed on the sidelines, bobbing their heads with drinks in hand, but for the most part, it was chaos.
Community Chapstick vocalist/guitarist Donavan Burt performs at The Queen. | PHOTO BY @SISTER.LAIN, COURTESY OF COMMUNITY CHAPSTICK
At the eye of the storm were the MTV stars from another planet: Community Chapstick.
The most low-key of the trio was drummer “Ebbi,” who kept the beat with machinelike precision in jeans and a T-shirt.
Meanwhile, vocalist and rapper Donavan Burt worked the crowd in “Baby Girl” sweatpants and a denim jacket that only had sleeves and a collar, exposing their bare chest.
“Prince is a real big inspiration,” they said. “Clothes don’t have a gender.”
Vocalist “Disko” wore thigh-high platform boots plastered with buckles. Their magenta-dyed hair matched Burt’s. Burt gripped a V-shaped guitar; Disko, a heart-shaped bass.
“I just want to look like a Bratz rock angel at all times,” Disko said. “You ever see a play or a movie, and you’re like, ‘Damn, that (outfit) looks amazing!’ I want to mimic that in everyday life. I want to feel like I’m a character.”
While the members of Community Chapstick certainly embody characters onstage, their performances are rooted in authenticity.
“When we get on stage, it’s not that it’s a persona; it’s that I’m actually being myself now,” Burt said. “The songs we write are important to us. So, the expression just comes out. It’s not even really planned.”
Better than Earl Sweatshirt
Community Chapstick performs at Kelly’s Logan House. | PHOTO BY @RHIVNNUN, COURTESY OF COMMUNITY CHAPSTICK
Disko likes to refer to Community Chapstick as a “rock diary.” The band experiments with various genres and instruments like violin, kalimba and Stylophone, but rock is at the heart of everything they make.
Community Chapstick’s latest EP, “KEEP ON SPINNING,” which was released in August, demonstrates that ethos.
It begins with a raunchy rap track, “BUSH!” Burt’s in-your-face delivery contrasts with Disko’s soaring, ethereal, cadence on later tracks like “Vagabond,” an ode to new beginnings that was named after actor Tim Curry’s memoir.
Burt and Disko’s contrasting styles reflect their backgrounds. Disko grew up singing in church choir, while Burt began rapping at 16 with one goal: to surpass Earl Sweatshirt.
Did Burt accomplish their goal?
“No,” they said with a laugh. “But it built my confidence up. So, do I think I’m the best rapper now? Yes.”
Bearded dragon in a stroller
Burt and Disko were both solo musicians in the Delaware music scene when they decided to form Community Chapstick a little over a year ago. Ebbi, who is a producer, joined the band after hosting a jam session for the duo.
Finding bandmates and collaborators locally isn’t difficult, Disko said.
Delaware rock band Community Chapstick released its latest EP, “Keep on Spinning,” in August. | PHOTO BY @RHIVNNUN, COURTESY OF COMMUNITY CHAPSTICK
“Delaware is so small, but it has such a great lust for music,” they said. “If you tell someone, ‘I want to throw a show,’ they’ll be like, ‘I’ll offer up my house.’”
Burt added that many people still need to “learn how to have fun again” after the COVID pandemic and aren’t aware that the Delaware music scene exists.
That’s obvious whenever band members hand out concert flyers on the street. Usually, they’re met with reactions of fear or annoyance when they try to spark conversations. But people tend to open up once they realize they’re talking to a musician.
Disko often brings their pet bearded dragon, Barbie, in a stroller to act as an icebreaker.
“They’re like, ‘Oh my God! Your lizard! Can I pet her?’ And I’m like, ‘She wants to give you something. It’s a flyer for a show,’” Disko said. “Some people don’t know what they’re missing out on until you show them.”
‘Spanish For Dummies’
Community Chapstick performs at the Newport Folk Festival. | PHOTO BY KAIT DUGAN, COURTESY OF COMMUNITY CHAPSTICK
The Community Chapstick name is inspired by Disko’s discovery that their co-workers kept a shared stick of lip balm. But it’s also a promise to build an atmosphere of acceptance and solidarity in their fanbase.
That’s why the band has played benefit shows for families affected by the actions of the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE).
Disko and Burt have started writing songs in Spanish in the wake of ICE’s mass detention of both documented and undocumented Hispanic people. Disko and Burt have Dominican and Panamanian heritage, respectively, and are self-described “no sabo kids” — as referenced in the “No Sabo” EP cover, which shows Disko reading “Spanish For Dummies.”
“People are even scared to speak Spanish, which sucks. I’m like, ‘No. We should speak it more.’ Let’s all learn it together,” Disko said.
The members of Community Chapstick hope their shows are a welcoming environment where audience members can find a sense of belonging and be their authentic selves.
“We had a little girl come up to us, and she said we were the first Spanish rock band she’s ever seen,” Disko said. “It was really cool to have someone say that and open up the window, like, ‘Someone who looks like you and me could do this.’”
DANVILLE, Pennsylvania — Immigration enforcement near hospitals and medical facilities in Pennsylvania is raising concerns that immigrants may delay or avoid healthcare because they fear arrest, according to advocates and medical professionals.
Earlier this month, ICE and local police arrested construction workers near Geisinger Medical Center in Danville after they left work. Officials emphasized that no arrests occurred on hospital property, but witnesses reported seeing unmarked vehicles around the medical complex before the Sept. 2 operation. ICE says it arrested 10 people that day, while advocates and witnesses say the broader operation may have resulted in more than 40 arrests.
The concern extends beyond Pennsylvania. Doctors interviewed by Stateline said increased immigration enforcement has caused some families to skip appointments, delay treatment and avoid hospitals altogether, with some children developing more serious medical problems as a result.
The Trump administration eliminated a longstanding policy in January 2025 that generally restricted immigration enforcement in or near hospitals, schools and houses of worship. ICE says immigration status, not location, determines who is subject to enforcement.
Immigrant advocates argue that even when arrests occur off hospital grounds, visible enforcement nearby can create a chilling effect. Mirna Miranda of CASA said some immigrants now weigh the risk of detention against seeking medical treatment.
The Geisinger operation follows another Pennsylvania case in which ICE arrested 24 construction workers traveling to a worksite at Mount Nittany Medical Center.
K.K. Bautista, left, and her adoptive mother hold their respective children outside a camper at the Hyder Mountain Road mobile home park, where homes previously washed away. Bautista moved there because it was the only place she could afford after Helene destroyed her previous home. Jesse Barber for ProPublica and The Assembly
This past weekend marked the two-year anniversary of Hurricane Helene, which claimed more than 250 lives — 108 in North Carolina — and left hundreds of thousands of people without power for days to weeks. In Asheville, the largest city in the western part of the state, the storm left residents without drinking water for 53 days.
Part of what made the storm so devastating to the region when it hit, 400 miles inland from where it made landfall, is that the Appalachian Mountains’ typically porous soils were already saturated by recent rainfall. The rainwater hit bedrock and raced down steep mountain slopes like water on a slide. It overran the banks of normally shallow creeks and rivers, carrying the earth above it. One in 4 of those who died from the storm in North Carolina did so because of mud and landslides.
I’m a reporter with the North Carolina online magazine The Assembly, and my stories have also covered natural disasters in California, Arizona and Texas, where I was a data reporter on ProPublica and The Texas Tribune’s investigative team. In my recent story for The Assemblyand ProPublica, I wrote about how a gap in federal flood policy is putting mobile home residents in harm’s way again and again, allowing people in North Carolina to move onto the same lots where homes previously washed away.
Joe Rogers moved into a riverfront mobile home park in Haywood County in 2006, his front door less than 100 feet from the river’s banks. At the time, the flood maps showed that the land the park sat on was at risk but didn’t have his home in the 100-year floodplain, which would have required expensive elevation. The lot was empty, and at $200 a month, the rent was affordable. Rogers reckoned he had at least 40 years until another storm came around.
In 2021, the park was hit by a tropical storm, and the river rose a couple of inches into the home of Rogers and his wife, Sandra. When firefighters knocked on their door in the middle of the night in 2024, the couple figured Helene would play out like the last storm. Instead, the frigid, muddy river water rose from ankle deep to chest high in under an hour. Neighbors helped Joe escape, but before he could get Sandra out, the river lifted the home off its foundation and drove it downstream. Sandra’s body was found five days later, about 15 miles down river.
It wasn’t the first time that floodwaters destroyed homes at that park. In 2004, Hurricane Frances brought torrential rainfall to Western North Carolina. From his home on the park’s hillside, Dave Masters could see his father’s mobile home surrounded by water. Masters forced his then 63-year-old dad to leave, and the two watched as the river pried the home loose and drove it down the street like a car, where it crashed into a telephone pole before getting stuck under a bridge.
When the county sought properties to buy out to reduce the future risk to life and property after the 2004 floods, it bought out a home across the river but not the mobile home park. New residents moved into harm’s way.
Asked why residents are again allowed to live by the river, Haywood County’s current recovery officer told us he “did not know it was even possible” to buy out a mobile home park. Small counties like Haywood often look to the state for direction. North Carolina Emergency Management, which reviews buyout applications, said buying out a park is no different from commercial or residential properties, and put the onus on the property owners to participate in the program and work with the local government. The park’s current owners did not respond to our questions.
Joe Rogers at his new home in Candler, North Carolina. Hurricane Helene destroyed his former home at Hyder Mountain Road mobile home park and killed his wife, Sandra.Jesse Barber for ProPublica and The AssemblyRogers’ dogs, who survived HeleneJesse Barber for ProPublica and The Assembly
Allowing people to continue to live in locations with severe and repeated flooding is one of several weaknesses reporters at ProPublica have identified while investigating deadly floods.
When it comes to updating floodplain maps, government agencies have prioritized coastal areas, as they often have large populations that can experience complex storm surges and sea level rise, said John Dorman, the retired director of North Carolina Floodplain Mapping Program.
Many inland areas are still operating with their original flood maps from the 1970s or ’80s. In rural places that have experienced population growth and development since then, the maps don’t account for the way these places have changed. New homes, for example, take up valuable areas where floodwater is supposed to run, displacing water not unlike what happens when adding an ice cube to a glass of water.
In North Carolina, my reporting shows what can happen when cash-strapped local governments adopt the minimum federal floodplain regulations, which allow campers to reside in floodplains and enable recreational vehicles to park in locations where they would never approve homes at ground level.
At the park where the Rogerses lived, five campers now sit on riverfront lots where mobile homes were anchored into the soil until Helene hit.
Weaknesses in flood policy revealed themselves in the Texas Hill Country, too, when floods claimed more than 130 lives over the July 4 weekend in 2025. The majority of the people who died in the 2025 Central Texas floods were in places identified as flood-prone by the federal government, our analysis showed.
The Hill Country floods highlighted issues about missed evacuation orders and the need for robust emergency action plans. In the months that followed, the Association of State Floodplain Managers developed model ordinances that require annual permits for campgrounds in floodplains, updated emergency plans and restrictions on building floodways.
Chad Berginnis, the director of the ASFM, likened the minimum federal requirements to a standard recipe and said states can do more. He told me how the state of Wisconsin requires anyone who seeks to even move dirt in the floodway to have an engineer certify that it won’t raise the flood level.
If you are a part of the network of disaster response and recovery partners, we need your help to build a comprehensive picture of the real conditions across the country.
Texas has more structures in flood-prone areas than any state besides Florida, according to a nationwide structure analysis by ProPublica and the Tribune. The Texas Legislature has repeatedly failed to pass bills that would allow local leaders to curb potentially unsafe development, the two newsrooms found. Without major changes, that means the same federal, state and local rules that allowed residents to live near the Guadalupe River are allowing many of them to rebuild there after the floods.
As the Tribune’s Emily Foxhall reported, Joan Connor and David Stearns were one couple who were determined to get back in their home after surviving the 2025 floods by clinging to their pergola. With help from volunteers who repaired the storm damage and donated furniture, they were home by Christmas. It took less than a year for their home to fill with water again. They still plan to repair the house.
Likewise, in Western North Carolina’s Haywood and Buncombe counties, residents are going back to the same locations that were destroyed by storms, including the lot where Rogers lost everything during Helene. Rogers wonders how the local and federal government can keep allowing people to live in harm’s way.
“Ain’t that the definition of insanity: keep doing the same thing, hoping for a different result?” Rogers said. “They’re going to — I hope none of them does, you know — lose a spouse and everything that they own.”
Capital city submerged in waist-high flood water, while elsewhere Hurricane Nolo threatens Hawaii’s Big Island
Bangkok was declared a disaster zone by its city officials towards the end of last week, after streets in Thailand’s capital city were submerged in up to waist-high flood water. The flooding stemmed from an active cell of low pressure across central Thailand that brought continuous heavy rainfall and thunderstorms to Bangkok and surrounding regions.
The heavy rain began early on Thursday when the weak area of low pressure travelled north-westwards up the gulf of Thailand before then sitting over central Thailand by Friday morning. For most of the following two days this low pressure remained roughly in situ, which allowed unrelenting downpours over Bangkok and nearby areas. One weather station near Prachin Buri, just north-east of the capital, recorded 213.5mm within a 24-hour period between Friday and Saturday evening local time – for comparison, London receives an average 585mm a year). Fortunately, the centre of the low-pressure cell shifted north-westwards on Sunday and brought an end to the torrential rainfall.
Renewed fighting between Iran-aligned Houthis and Saudi-backed Yemeni forces has shattered four years of relative calm
In the mornings, 13-year-old Muneer Farie went to school, and in the afternoons he helped his father feed the livestock. He took his studies seriously, dreaming of becoming the first teacher in his family of farmers.
As fighting approached his village in al-Wazeyah district in Taiz, Yemen, two weeks ago, Muneer’s focus started to drift from his lessons. The classroom echoed with the distant sounds of explosions and gunfire. His home was suddenly on the frontline of renewed fighting between the Iran-aligned Houthis and the Saudi-backed Yemeni government.
WASHINGTON, D.C. — President Donald Trump asked Chinese President Xi Jinping whether China would be interested in buying American weapons, according to U.S. Ambassador to China David Perdue, an unusual proposal given Washington’s longstanding security competition with Beijing.
“President Trump continues to say, ‘Hey, we sell arms to other people around the world,’” Perdue said Sunday on Fox News Sunday. “He actually asked President Xi, would he like to buy some, at one point,” according to The Hill.
Perdue did not specify what weapons Trump had in mind, whether Xi expressed interest or whether any formal proposal followed. The White House also has not announced plans to loosen U.S. restrictions on military technology exports to China.
The remarks come amid persistent tensions over Taiwan. The United States is obligated under the Taiwan Relations Act to help Taiwan maintain its defensive capabilities and has approved billions of dollars in weapons sales to Taipei. Beijing considers Taiwan part of China and strongly opposes those sales. Reuters reported ahead of Xi’s Washington visit that Beijing wanted Trump to reduce or halt them.
Trump and Xi concluded a three-day Washington summit Friday that produced limited public agreements beyond trade measures and continued diplomatic engagement. Reuters described the meetings as emphasizing personal diplomacy while leaving major disagreements unresolved.
Trump said afterward that he expects to meet Xi twice more before the end of 2026.
Foreign secretary will tell party’s conference ‘we are not here to accept the status quo but to change it’
Ed Miliband will tell campaigners and party members who raised the plight of Palestinians they were right that Labour’s approach had not been enough, saying he was heeding the calls of millions of people by imposing sanctions on Israeli settlements.
The foreign secretary will tell the Labour party conference that the government will take more explicitly progressive foreign policy positions under Andy Burnham, and that the UK will be a leader among like-minded countries in a new age of diplomacy.
Why Should Delaware Care? Government works best when its citizens are knowledgeable and engaged. Delaware’s government has scores of commissions, working groups, agencies and legislative committees. All must hold meetings that are open to the public. Below we highlight a few of those meetings that are happening this week.
Below are some of the most important or interesting public meetings happening around the state this week.
Sussex to discuss future under SB23
Middletown project seeks taxpayer grant
School funding commission to meet
Senate to consider judges, board appointments
Commission to discuss rural healthcare, measles outbreak
Sussex to discuss SB23 future
More than a month after pausing any consideration of subdivision plans while debating the impact of newly passed state legislation, Sussex County officials will meet Monday to discuss how they will proceed.
Senate Bill 23, also known as the Housing for Every Delawarean Act, requires municipalities to adopt provisions aimed at increasing their affordable housing stock, including foregoing public hearings for some projects. The law has generated an outsized reaction in Sussex County compared to its northern counterparts due to the sheer number of new subdivision plans in the pipeline there.
During a special joint County Council and Planning & Zoning Commission workshop meeting on Monday, officials are scheduled to discuss “land use development, the Delaware Department of Transportation, and implementation of Senate Bill 23 and House Bill 450,” referring to another state initiative around land planning.
📍 The joint Sussex County will start at 1 p.m. Monday, Sept. 28, at the Sussex County Public Safety Complex, located at 21911 Rudder Lane in Georgetown. For more details, click here. There does not appear to be a virtual attendance option.
Middletown project seeks taxpayer grant
The Council on Development Finance, a state government board that considers applications for taxpayer-backed grants for economic development projects, will meet Monday morning to hear from a developer looking at a Middletown project.
Information on the company, identified only as SJRC LLC in the meeting notice, is scant ahead of the meeting, but it is seeking $1.9 million for a Level II Site Readiness Fund grant, which would fund site preparation for a future project.
If approved, it would be tied for the third largest grant given out by the Meyer administration since he took office in January 2025.
📍 The Council on Development Finance will meet at 10 a.m. Monday, Sept. 28, at the Delaware Public Archives, located at 121 Martin Luther King Jr. Blvd. in Dover. For more details, including information about virtual attendance, click here.
School funding commission to meet
The Public Education Funding Commission — tasked with recommending reforms to the state’s 85-year-old school funding system — will meet on Monday for the first time since Gov. Matt Meyer signed two bills into law that lay the groundwork for Delaware to implement a new school funding system advanced out of a Senate committee.
One of the bills, sponsored by State Sen. Laura Sturgeon (D-Brandywine Hundred), enabled the Delaware Department of Education to begin implementing the hybrid school funding model. It also included a mandate that no school receive less money under the model than it would have under the previous funding model.
Sturgeon, who serves as chair of the PEFC, also introduced Senate Bill 303, which establishes it as a permanent body to continue studying and evaluating the state’s funding formula in the years to come.
On Monday, the task force will discuss the first phase of implementation updates. The group will also discuss student growth updates and a “support draft framework” for school performance.
The meeting comes a few days after Delaware Secretary of Education Cindy Marten unveiled a draft framework that consists of five tiers, ranging in support and accountability measures for district schools and charter schools. The universal expectation is for schools to be in Tier 1, which has the lowest level of intervention.
While additional supports are introduced at Tiers 2 and 3, state intervention begins at Tier 4 and is carried into Tier 5.
If none of the state-implemented supports work, the school would be placed in Tier 5 — resulting in receivership, where the Delaware Department of Education would take over operation of a school and appoint leadership, until conditions improved.
📍 The Public Education Funding Commission will meet at 4 p.m. Monday, Sept. 28. The meeting is virtual-only For more details, including information about virtual attendance, click here.
Senate to consider judges, board appointments
The State Senate will reconvene Tuesday for a special session to consider a slate of 18 gubernatorial appointments as well as Delaware’s new surgeon general, Dr. Neil Hockstein.
Among those to be considered are seven new judges, including corporate attorney Kyle Lachmund who has been nominated for an all-important vice chancellor seat on the Court of Chancery. The other 11 appointments are largely to administrative boards of commissions, but include three on the Delaware State Board of Elections, and one to the University of Delaware Board of Trustees.
Prior to the special session, all 18 appointees and Hockstein will testify during the Senate Executive Committee meeting, giving lawmakers the opportunity to discuss their backgrounds and roles.
📍 The Senate Executive Committee will meet at 12 p.m. Tuesday, Sept. 29, at Legislative Hall, located at 411 Legislative Ave. in Dover. The full Senate is scheduled to meet at 4 p.m. For more details, including information about virtual attendance, click here.
Commission to discuss rural healthcare, measles outbreak
The Delaware Health Care Commission will meet on Thursday to provide updates on the state’s measles outbreak, as well as discuss a multi-million-dollar federal grant meant to bolster rural health.
Earlier this summer, Delaware declared an outbreak of the measles after multiple residents in Kent County tested positive for the virus.
Additionally, the commission of state health leaders will discuss a federal program in which Delaware received $157 million to improve its rural health access.
📍 The commission will meet at 9 a.m. Thursday, Oct. 1, at the Herman M. Holloway Sr. Health and Social Services Campus, located at 1901 N. DuPont Highway in New Castle. For more details, including information about virtual attendance, click here.
Slinger Francisco, who performed as the Mighty Sparrow, died on Sunday surrounded by family in New York
Slinger Francisco, known on stage as the Mighty Sparrow and dubbed the “calypso king of the world”, has died aged 91.
Francisco, who got his breakthrough in calypso music with his 1956 hit song Jean and Dinah, died peacefully surrounded by his family in New York on Sunday, his family said in a statement.
Hurricane Nolo is moving away from Hawaiian islands but threat of heavy rain, flash floods and strong winds persists
Hurricane Nolo was moving away from the Hawaiian islands on Sunday, but the threat of heavy rain, flash flooding and strong winds persisted in areas of the island chain still recovering from previous storms.
Nolo was about 365 miles (585km) south-south-west of Honolulu and moving away from the Big Island at about 12mph (19km/h). But the Hawaii county civil defense agency said a high wind warning, wind advisory and high surf advisory remained in effect for parts of the island through Sunday evening as Nolo’s maximum sustained winds rose to 115mph.
Just some feedback and buyer beware, to save someone else the trouble.
I placed an order with 1 Wheel Parts on August 31st, and recieved an email message after ordering, informing "Thanks for your purchase! We're currently getting your order ready for shipment. I am currently running anywhere between 1-14 business days on shipping ALL orders. . This is a one man operation! So please be patient! You order will be made and shipped. Emails are responded to within 1-5 business days. We’ll send you a notification as soon as your order is on its way."
While I would have preferred the company communicate that on their page, prior to placing an order, I was okay with it to support a small business.
I then emailed them on Sept 15th, as I had not received tracking or my order yet. They responded on the 16th that "I have your order in my pile. I fell a little behind! It will ship by this Friday at the latest!"
I appreciated the honestly, and looked forward to receiving my order a few days later, as communicated.
Its been 11 days, Ive contacted them twice since then, and recieved no response, no tracking, and no order. They use the Shop App for tracking, but it shows no information, other than the order being placed.
I’ve had my Pint X for about 3 years now and it’s been great I love the thing to death. Currently in college so it’s be incredible for my commute.
Unfortunately, this past Friday I got on the board and was riding for a few minutes when I tried to get over a bump, it nosedived and completely shut off.
Now it’s unresponsive, no lights at all, and when I plug it in the light stays green on the charger and nothing happens. Something else to note is the wheel has noticeably more resistance than normal. It’ll move an inch and then get more stiff then move another and so on.
I looked around to see if other people had a similar issue and I mostly found people saying that the controller is fried. I reached out to FM to see what they thought but they essentially just told me to send it in. It’s out of warranty even though I only put about 350 miles on it, and I don’t have the $$$ to pay for FM to fix it.
I’m thinking about just buying a new controller secondhand or doing a budget VESC conversion but I wanted to make sure that there wasn’t anything else that possible broke before I chalk it up to only the controller that went bad.
I appreciate any feedback anyone can give me greatly. Thanks.
WASHINGTON, D.C. — Rep. Ro Khanna said Sunday that Democrats should consider impeaching President Donald Trump for a third time if they regain control of the House, arguing that doing so would establish standards for presidential conduct rather than simply punish Trump.
Appearing on NBC’s Meet the Press, the California Democrat cited several potential grounds, including Trump’s initiation of war with Iran without congressional authorization, firings of federal employees and allegations involving foreign governments and the Trump family. “It’s about setting a standard,” Khanna said.
Khanna also urged the administration to accept Iran’s proposed seven-day ceasefire framework aimed at reopening the Strait of Hormuz. Trump publicly rejected that proposal Saturday, while Iranian officials said Sunday that diplomacy remained the only viable solution.
Democratic leaders have not committed to impeachment if they win the House. Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries has said relevant committees would determine what oversight or accountability measures are warranted.
Republicans argue another impeachment would be politically motivated. House Judiciary Chair Jim Jordan said Sunday that Democrats would use control of the chamber to investigate Trump, his family and senior administration officials rather than conduct “legitimate oversight.”
Trump was impeached twice during his first presidency and acquitted by the Senate both times.
Apologies if this is not the place to ask these questions. New to this.
Bought a pint on FB marketplace. Worked great. Decided to leave it in my trunk in the Texas heat for a couple weeks. Wasn’t really thinking about it.
When I charged it back up, it is now giving me ‘battery overcharge’ error code in the nosedive app. Will not do anything other than flash yellow 3 times. Anywhere I can take in DFW to fix it? Hope I didn’t ruin this thing.
Voltage was reading 63 when I first tried to start it but now reading 61.9 as I’ve been letting it blink yellow for 5 minutes. Hope this thing isn’t fried. What a dumb move to leave it in my trunk and potential ruin the battery?
WASHINGTON, D.C. — A new television advertisement featuring President Donald Trump and rhetoric closely resembling his 2024 campaign messaging aired Sunday on Fox News Sunday with an unusual disclosure: “Paid for by the U.S. Government.”
The 30-second spot shows Trump walking through a hallway while audio plays from a campaign-era speech describing a “final battle” against the “deep state,” globalists, communists, Marxists, fascists and the “fake news media.” Mediaite reported that the wording is nearly identical to a Trump campaign video released in 2024.
The ad is part of a broader government-funded campaign that has appeared on Fox News, Newsmax and other networks. The White House says the spots are public service announcements intended to promote patriotism and educate Americans, not campaign advertisements.
However, federal appropriations law prohibits taxpayer money from being used for “publicity or propaganda,” and the Government Accountability Office has previously said that restriction applies to communications that are purely partisan or designed to aid candidates or parties. No court has ruled that the Trump ads violate that prohibition.
The campaign has drawn criticism from lawmakers and political figures across party lines, particularly because it is airing weeks before the midterm elections. AP reported that government spending on the ads had already reached hundreds of thousands of dollars.
I just replaced my foot pads, bumpers and tire and then found this sub. After seeing the mods y’all have done, I’m wondering how long I have until I need to swap out this battery and go for one with more torque and range. How long do y’all think I have?
My one wheel pint will not charge unless I kill the battery. It’s incredibly annoying because I have to ride a little extra if I finish a ride with ten percent left and it’s not enough to go anywhere. If I go for a quick ride and leave my battery at 80% then I only get that much for the next ride- I can’t just top it off. The 10% part is the more obnoxious part. Why is it doing this and can I fix it?
I'm really interested in getting a single-wheel board, but I definitely don't want to drop $2,000 on an original Onewheel. I recently came across a good deal on a Funkywheel (which is basically a Trotter). On paper, it looks like it offers pretty much the same experience for a fraction of the price.
Does anyone here own one or have experience with these boards? How does it feel to ride, how's the build quality, and is it actually worth buying as a budget alternative?
WASHINGTON, D.C. — Cook Political Report founder Charlie Cook said Sunday that Democrats retaking the House has looked like a “done deal” for some time and that winning control of the Senate has become “very realistic,” though his comments represent an election analyst’s assessment rather than a guaranteed outcome.
Speaking on ABC’s “This Week,” Cook said he expects Democrats could gain roughly 20 House seats and four or five Senate seats. He pointed to competitive Senate races in Michigan, North Carolina, Alaska, Iowa, New Hampshire and Minnesota, with Kansas potentially joining that group.
Cook attributed the changing environment to a familiar midterm pattern: supporters of the president’s party becoming less motivated while opposition voters turn out more heavily and independents move away from the governing party. He described the current environment as a “red undertow” rather than a uniform Democratic wave.
Recent polling provides context for that assessment. A Reuters/Ipsos survey conducted Sept. 17-20 found President Donald Trump’s approval at 32%, while Democrats held an eight-point advantage over Republicans when respondents were asked which party they would support for Congress.
Decision Desk HQ’s separate forecasting model has also recently treated control of both chambers as competitive, with its Senate model describing the contest as essentially even.
Cook emphasized that individual races remain uneven and that candidate quality, turnout and local issues can still alter results before Election Day.
AI experts discuss the risks inherent in artificial intelligence teaching itself to become smarter; and whether recent declarations of AI's threat to humanity are to be taken seriously.
Seventeen people killed near Johannesburg in suspected ‘illegal goldmining turf war’, as 10 killed in separate incident at barbecue venue near Cape Town
Two separate mass shootings near South Africa’s two biggest cities killed at least 27 people, as the country grapples with one of the world’s highest murder rates amid investigations into corruption and criminality within the police.
The South African police service said on Sunday that 17 people were killed on Saturday night when eight suspects armed with AK-47 assault rifles and pistols opened fire at a bar in Wedela township, about 50 miles south-west of central Johannesburg. At least 15 other people sustained gunshot injuries in that attack, police said.
Got too close to a slanted curb, tried yo save it, tried to bail and run out....... pretty sure my toes touched my shin. Broke metatarsals 2&3 and possibly #4, won't know until I see an ortho. I dont think my hands hit the ground at all.
I'm going to be super disappointed if this ruins my snowboarding season.
Ping Ping and Fu Shuang to live at Atlanta zoo in Georgia as part of loan deal between Chinese and US governments
Two giant pandas from China arrived in Atlanta, Georgia, on Sunday morning as part of an agreement between the Chinese and US governments.
While in Washington DC for a three-daysummit with Donald Trump, the Chinese president, Xi Jinping, announced that the pandas would arrive in Atlanta in the coming days. The loan of the pandas to the Atlanta zoo was one of the few concrete outcomes of Xi’s state visit with the US president, which saw expressions of goodwill between the leaders, but no fixes to any of the longstanding differences between the two countries.
This past weekend, I visited my boyfriend at his college and one of my top priorities was for us to get more photos together.
On my plane ride back to the university, I scrolled through the 60 or so photos that we took. While all of them captured the happiness of the moment and the excitement that I felt of getting to see him, ultimately, only one photo made the cut for my Instagram post. Why just one, you may ask?
My reasoning was simple –– this particular photo matched the aesthetic of my page.
As a chronically online teenage girl, it has come to my attention that there has been a major change recently in how people (myself included) present themselves online. Across all social media platforms, teens and college students in particular are obsessed with making their accounts look “aesthetically pleasing” with a consistency and cohesiveness to their account.
For both our self-care and awareness, it’s important to recognize that these habits that have become so ingrained in our lives. Social media has already created a draining, divisive, inauthentic world for us to obsess over what our individual posts look like. So, why add to the madness by making us care about what our posts look like collectively?
Now, we can’t just constantly be pointing the finger at social media. While it has changed our lives immensely, we the users are what make up social media and have control over what it becomes. Ultimately, by breaking away from trends, we gradually become more comfortable being ourselves, making social media a more positive environment that celebrates being unique.
It is important to understand what the term “aesthetic” actually means. In the article The Importance of Aesthetics, author Erin Stenson describes this concept as a psychological experience of brain stimulation (or lack thereof) that humans have when interacting with pretty much anything. The experience of whether or not something is pleasing to look at dictates if and how we engage with it in the future.
A couple of the many examples of trending TikTok aesthetics include “Beach Girl,” “Cottage Core,” or one of my personal favorites, the “Frazzled English Woman” aesthetic. Many people who embody these aesthetics and present themselves accordingly on digital platforms are essentially creating a brand for themselves, the impact being the way we perceive others online, and also how we approach what we put on social media.
I have fallen victim to this. The aesthetic I have attempted to curate for myself is the “Downtown Girl” look, achieved by posting city landscapes and subway photos. Whether or not I have succeeded in this attempt or failed miserably, matching this aesthetic is something that I am always conscious of when deciding what to post.
Unfortunately, I found that the need for my account to look consistent with a color palette and photo subjects has actually stopped me from posting photos where I am genuinely happy or in the moment.
My peers do this as well. When scrolling through a close friend’s Instagram account, I noticed that she had deleted a photo of herself taken at a group outing to an apple orchard in October. When I asked her about it, she said she archived the image because “it didn’t match the vibe” of her page.
I did not judge her because I have also done this. It did, however, make me realize how critical we are of not just individual photos that we upload but how they collectively represent us.
We can also look for examples among our favorite influencers and celebrities. Music artist beabadoobee captures her cool rockstar vibe across her social media accounts by consistently wearing dark colors and frequently posting photos of herself rocking out on stage with her electric guitar. She is also typically photographed with a digital camera that makes the images look vintage and faded.
Famous TikTok influencer Lexi Hidalgo, who has close to three million followers, has found the formula to capturing her outdoorsy beach life in her videos. She is usually wearing colorful bathing suits or summer clothes, filming “Outfit of the Day” videos in front of the ocean and making most of her content in front of palm trees or vibrant coastal backgrounds.
Hidalgo and beabadoobee have concerts to promote, brand deals to post and millions of followers to keep up to date. We, on the other hand, have no huge audiences to please, sponsorships or tickets to sell. Yet, we still fixate on our personal digital appearance every single day.
Unlike the digital world we have come to know, life is not aesthetic, and formulating everything we put online separates us from one another. We need to step out of the boxes that we have put ourselves in. Whether you’re the “Cool Girl” or the “Beach Girl,” we are all just people, and authenticity is the best personal brand that one can have.
Cece Cummins is a staff reporter at The Review. Her opinions are her own and do not represent the majority opinion of The Review staff. She may be reached atcecehc@udel.edu.
HOUSTON, Texas — A University of Houston student whose parked car was riddled with police gunfire during a July shootout was initially told the city owed her nothing, even though authorities do not accuse her of any wrongdoing.
Abigail Trujillo, 20, was working at Highland Village on July 6 when Houston police confronted Jamarcus Spates, who was driving a reportedly stolen vehicle. Nine officers opened fire, and dozens of bullets struck Trujillo’s Nissan Altima, totaling it. She still owed money on the vehicle and depended on it for school and work.
When Trujillo sought compensation, city attorneys denied her claim and wrote that they “regret your inconvenience.” The dispute highlights a broader legal fight over whether governments must compensate innocent property owners when police destroy property while pursuing suspects.
A similar Texas case involved Vicki Baker, whose McKinney home was heavily damaged by a SWAT team pursuing a fugitive. In May, the 5th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals upheld a ruling requiring McKinney to pay Baker nearly $60,000 under the Texas Constitution.
After publicity surrounding Trujillo’s case, Houston Mayor John Whitmire said the city had “totally mishandled” it. He said officials would help replace her car and review other previously denied property-damage claims.
La Salle College High School (PA) defeated Salesianum, 28-10, Friday night. The loss was Salesianum football’s first this season.
The Salesianum captains start to walk to mid-field for the coin toss prior to their game against La Salle.
Swoop and a pair of Eagles cheerleaders stand at midfield. The Eagles celebrated their Friday Night Captains Program which helps promote and celebrate local high school football.
The teams go through the coin toss with Swoop and the Eagles cheerleaders in the background. As a part of the Friday Night Captains program, the Eagles will make a donation to both football programs.
Sallies quarterback Brady Nabb fires a pass on the game’s opening possession.
Salesianum defender, Jett Healy, attempts to knock the pass down on La Salle’s first offensive possesion.
Sallies senior Liam Sherlock finds an opening to run through against the Explorer defense.
The Salesianum student section was packed as they cheered on the Sals.
Sallies senior Tysir Jones races down the right sideline on his 78-yard reception. This play came right after La Salle took the lead on its prior drive.
Jones was brought down at the La Salle two-yard line. Jett Healy scored the game tying touchdown on the next play.
Two troops of chacma baboons are breaking into homes and shops but animal rights activists insist coexistence is the answer
Cape Town’s city council has said it will “imminently” round up two baboon troops coming into repeated conflict with residents. The animals will be sterilised and permanently moved to a newly constructed sanctuary. The plan has been fiercely criticised by animal rights activists, who say the monkeys should remain roaming freely, and that less destructive options have not been properly considered.
Cape Town’s baboon problem has been brewing since the 2000s, after the city stopped culling troops in the late 1990s after pressure from the public. But in the past two years it has reached boiling point. A 2025 census found that the population had grown by a third since 2000, from 360 baboons to 493, now living in 12 managed troops.
‘The push against datacenters speaks to the frustration of people who don’t feel they are making the choices in their lives’
The Stanford ethicist Rob Reich was once invited to a dinner organized by a Silicon Valley mogul to discuss what a state designed to maximize science and tech powered by commercial models might look like. The gathered technologists were drawn to the idea of building a small nation-state dedicated to the endeavor, Reich recalls in “System Error: Where Big Tech Went Wrong and How We Can Reboot it”.
When Reich asked whether this state would be a democracy, he got a cool no. “Democracy is too slow, and it holds science back,” he was told. “To optimize for science, we need a beneficent technocrat in charge.”
The streaming channel was full of the president’s vanity and myopia. It was also deeply, deeply dull
Are you currently at an airport? Strapped to a hospital bed, with various tubes protruding from your body? Maybe you’re on a treadmill or visiting an elder care facility? Chained to a radiator in the basement from the Saw movies?
If you said yes to any of these questions, you might be watching cable news while reading this column. Or maybe you’re one of the hundreds of people currently watching Donald Trump’s answer to cable news, Trump TV – a YouTube streaming channel that airs nothing but White House-sanctioned content 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
Dave Schilling is a Los Angeles-based writer and humorist
Before she became infamous as one of the youngest American women ever sentenced to die, Christa Gail Pike was a North Carolina teenager who broke into a community center to steal some candy. At 5-foot-3, with thick auburn curls, she’d been in trouble at home and in school but not with the law. A juvenile court judge put Pike on probation, but she ran afoul of the rules. In the fall of 1991, when she was 15, Pike was sent to the Juvenile Evaluation Center in Swannanoa. She arrived just before Thanksgiving.
Nestled in the Blue Ridge mountains, just minutes away from Asheville, the center first opened in the 1960s as a “haven for troubled children,” in the words of the press. It was supposed to be an alternative to more severe “training schools,” but by the 1990s was skewed toward punishment. According to former staff, progress was measured in points, which were added or subtracted according to a child’s behavior. Infractions ranged from having “contraband” — including pencils or pens, which were allowable only in sanctioned study areas — to running away.
The system didn’t work for Pike. “She was not following the rules or she was doing something to sabotage herself,” one social worker would later testify at a hearing in Pike’s case. Although her violations weren’t generally serious, they did keep her stuck in place. Most kids stayed at the center for a few months; Pike stayed for well over a year.
It seemed possible that Pike might not actually want to go home. From the time she was a little girl, she’d been hurt and neglected by the adults who were supposed to protect her. Months before arriving in Swannanoa, Pike had been temporarily removed from her home by the state’s social services agency, which found that her mother’s live-in boyfriend was physically and sexually abusing her. Shortly afterward, Pike wrote a letter to her best friend saying she wanted to kill herself. Among a list of reasons, she wrote that she’d been raped by a different man, a neighbor who assaulted her when she was 11 years old.
Nevertheless, Pike stood out among her peers at the juvenile center. She was engaging and intelligent; she earned her GED and became a teacher’s assistant. “Christa was open and willing to grow,” one counselor would later write in a clemency letter on Pike’s behalf. “Though she had psychological struggles and resulting behavioral difficulties, I could see that Christa was a good child who was trying to find her place in the world. I never saw Christa act aggressively or violently. She was trying to figure out how to heal from her traumas.”
“She is so much more than the darkness which has followed her from childhood into adulthood.”
Pike finally left Swannanoa in March 1993. The following year, the counselor got a letter from her in the mail. “She shared that she would be visiting Asheville soon and invited me to meet up with her,” the counselor recalled in the clemency letter. But the visit never happened. In January 1995, Pike was arrested alongside two other teenagers while enrolled at a Jobs Corp program in Knoxville, Tennessee. At 18, she was charged with first-degree murder.
The crime seemed pulled from a horror movie — an act of savagery that would become imprinted in the public psyche. Nineteen-year-old Colleen Slemmer, one of Pike’s classmates, had been lured into a secluded corner of a city park, then beaten, bludgeoned, and slashed with a boxcutter. Her body was found naked from the waist up. On her chest, her attackers had carved a pentagram.
Pike admitted her guilt within days. In a tape-recorded statement to investigators, she sobbed that she had begun hitting Slemmer and just didn’t stop. “I literally thought I was going crazy cause I’d never seen myself act like that before in my life,” she said. Before long, witnesses came forward with disturbing new details. In the public’s eye, Pike transformed from an 18-year-old who committed a shocking act of violence into a woman driven by the devil himself.
Weeks after her 20th birthday, Pike was convicted and sentenced to die.
Pike had been on death row for nearly 30 years when Tennessee announced her execution date: September 30, 2026. In a lengthy clemency petition submitted earlier this month, Pike’s lawyers urged Gov. Bill Lee to spare her life. They told a story of Pike’s upbringing that her jury never heard, a childhood shaped by untreated mental illness and sexual abuse beginning when she was just two years old. They enclosed dozens of letters from people who have known Pike over the years, including in North Carolina.
“We in North Carolina — myself included — failed Christa.”
One of the letters came from the lawyer who represented Pike in her first juvenile delinquency hearing, not long before she was sent to Swannanoa. Now a retired tribal court judge, he was filled with regret. “In my view, this proceeding was the most pivotal event of Christa’s sad childhood,” he wrote. It set in motion everything that would follow. Rather than treating her like a vulnerable child in need of support, the juvenile system had compounded her trauma through more punishment, with devastating consequences.
“I regret to tell you, Governor, that we in North Carolina — myself included — failed Christa,” he wrote. He urged Lee to make up for his state’s mistakes. “She is so much more than the darkness which has followed her from childhood into adulthood.”
If Lee does not show mercy — and barring any last-minute intervention by the courts — Pike will be executed by lethal injection at Riverbend Maximum Security Institution on Wednesday at 10 a.m. She would be the 19th woman executed in the country in the modern death penalty era — and the first woman put to death in Tennessee in two centuries.
Pike, who turned 50 this year, has spent her entire adult life at the Tennessee Prison for Women in Nashville, nearly all of it in solitary confinement. Although there was one other woman living under a death sentence when Pike first arrived at the prison, her sentence was commuted and she was paroled in 2011.
One of Pike’s co-defendants was released long ago, while the other, her then-boyfriend, Tadaryl Shipp, remains eligible for parole. Shipp was 17 when he participated in Slemmer’s murder, which prevented prosecutors from seeking the death penalty under state law. In a letter asking Lee to grant clemency, Shipp’s trial lawyer wrote that he was surprised that Pike’s attorneys had not emphasized her boyfriend’s role at her 1996 trial. “When I represented Tadaryl in his 1997 trial,” he wrote, “the defense I presented was to shift as much blame as possible to Christa.”
Like many women condemned to die, Pike became an object of lurid fascination. In 1998, after Texas executed Karla Faye Tucker, interview requests poured in from talk shows, filmmakers, and journalists all over the world, according to the Knoxville News Sentinel, which compared the level of interest to that of the late Martin Luther King Jr. assassin James Earl Ray. Pike, the newspaper said, “has become a death-row celebrity, a child star of the true-crime beat.”
The article described Pike as a “savvy subject,” a kinder version of an accusation that has followed Pike from the start: that she reveled in her notoriety while showing no signs of remorse. For many people, including Slemmer’s mother, who plans to witness Pike’s execution, the image of an unrepentant killer basking in attention has remained fixed in time. So has the claim by the lead detective that Pike was filled with excitement by the murder. He told interviewers in the 2025 podcast series “Unrestorable” that Pike was “giddy” while recounting what she’d done. “This was the greatest thing that ever happened to her,” he said. “She was just happy as a lark.”
Audio of Pike interrogation’s does not match these descriptions — and numerous people who know Pike say that she has expressed remorse for years. One woman, who began visiting her 30 years ago, wrote in a clemency letter that Pike has matured into a compassionate person who cares for those around her. “She has told me repeatedly that she would trade places with Colleen Slemmer so that her mother … could have her daughter back,” she wrote.
Although the Tennessee Department of Correction routinely denies interviews with people under a death sentence, Pike addressed the matter through one of her attorneys for the 2025 podcast. The older she has gotten, she said, the more she has absorbed the magnitude of what she stole from Slemmer and her family. “She had a whole world of her own that I just jerked her out of. And there’s a big empty spot there, where she could be shining right now. And she’s not.”
Pike’s case may stand out for its brutality and sensationalism, but her background shares much in common with other people on death row, especially women, whose lives are frequently marked by sexual violence and trauma. One clinical psychologist describes the amount of abuse and neglect Pike experienced from the time she was a preschooler as “almost impossible to grasp.”
This history should have been key to Pike’s defense. But like many others condemned to die, she was also tried in an era in which attorneys assigned to capital cases were often not up to the task. Pike was represented by a pair of court-appointed lawyers who were inexperienced and overworked. Neither had ever handled a capital case — nor had her trial judge.
Perhaps most telling, her own lead attorney would end up being one of a slew of people who seemed eager to cash in on the case. Post-conviction records show that he asked Pike to sign an agreement giving him the rights to her story. “My thought was, I would write a book on Christa, the human side of Christa,” he later testified at a court hearing. “I thought to do that I would probably need to get some kind of release. It was one of those spur of the moment things. I drew it up, I took it over, she signed it. Nothing ever became of it.”
“Looking back,” he added, “it’s probably something I shouldn’t have done.”
There would be no shortage of people telling Pike’s story. Her crime has been described in countless articles, podcasts, and sensationalistic TV series with names like “Mean Girl Murders.” All of them include a disturbing and singular detail that has come to define the case: Slemmer’s body was found with a piece of her skull missing. It would be discovered in the pocket of a jacket belonging to Pike.
“When the piece of skull got out, that’s kind of the death knell for Christa,” a former Knoxville journalist who now creates true-crime coloring books told the “Unrestorable” podcast. “You’re not coming back from that.”
Christa Pike wipes away tears in a Knoxville, Tenn., courtroom during a 2008 post-conviction hearing challenging her death sentence.Photo: Courtesy of Christa Pike’s legal team
This ghoulish revelation fueled the belief that Pike was driven by satanic beliefs. The murder coincided with a societal fixation now known as the “satanic panic,” in which reports of devil-worshipping cults took hold across the country during the 1980s and ’90s, leading to false accusations and wrongful convictions. Fears were especially pronounced when it came to young people, who appeared to be “dabbling in the trappings of satanism,” as the AP reported in 1988, “whether serious or as a prank.” In most cases, there was nothing to back up the hysteria. But many saw Pike’s case as chilling proof that the crisis was real.
The lead investigator in Pike’s case, Knox County Police Detective Randy York, had attended a training on satanism and cults just before Slemmer was killed. In interviews, he has maintained that the pentagram was the key that unlocked the case; a woman called police to say that her daughter was in the Jobs Corp program and was worried about a satanic cult, which ultimately led York to Pike. But there was a more straightforward link: Slemmer was in the same residential program as her attackers. On the day of the murder, all four teenagers signed out at the same time. Only Slemmer failed to sign back in.
Regardless, it was Shipp, not Pike, who was interested in satanism. The teenager kept a satanic altar in his room. But as his lawyer would later write in his clemency letter for Pike, for all the focus on satanism, “that was never the motivation behind what happened.” By most accounts, Pike targeted Slemmer because she believed that she wanted to steal her boyfriend; Pike has said she did not plan to kill Slemmer, only to fight her. But there was no explaining such a senseless crime. “We were all just really screwed up kids,” Pike said on the “Unrestorable” podcast. “We were all going through things that no one understood.”
Pike’s lawyers have long argued that the media frenzy over the crime made it impossible to get a fair trial. Nearly every prospective juror had heard of the case. News cameras filmed the trial from beginning to end, which cast further scrutiny on Pike’s demeanor. Wearing modest floral dresses day after day, Pike was deemed to be inappropriately cheerful, enjoying the limelight of her case.
In his own letter asking for clemency, Pike’s lead trial attorney, William Talman, said that he, too, was unnerved by his client’s seeming contentment at the crowds in the courtroom. As he remembers it, she told him at one point that she was “happy,” which struck him as bizarre. When he asked her why, he wrote, she responded in a way that has haunted him ever since. “It was the first time in her life that she could remember so many members of her family being there for her.”
It’s possible that Pike would have been sentenced to death no matter what her lawyers did. But her legal team has long argued that Talman and his co-counsel failed their client in key ways. On the eve of the trial, prosecutors offered Pike a plea deal that would have sent her to prison for life. She declined. Pike has said that Talman assured her that a jury would never vote to execute a pretty young girl — an account he has denied. But he conceded in court testimony that he should have done a better job discussing the offer with her.
Case records show that Talman’s most devastating blunder was his mishandling of the sentencing trial — the single most critical part of any death penalty case. Today, capital defense attorneys are trained to prioritize mitigation, delving into a client’s early life to uncover any history of abuse, trauma, and mental illness — factors that can persuade jurors to spare a client’s life. Between Pike’s age at the time of the murder and her harrowing childhood, there was plenty to draw from. A clinical psychologist hired as Pike’s mitigation expert put together binders of information that Talman planned to use. But for reasons long in dispute, Talman decided at the last minute not to call her as a witness.
Christa Pike immediately after her sentence was read in a Knoxville, Tenn., courtroom in 1996.Courtesy of Christa Pike’s legal team
At a post-conviction hearing, Talman cited two reasons for his hasty decision. For one, he had discovered during the trial that the psychologist had previously been in a romantic relationship with the lead prosecutor. Although she would testify that it was long over by then, she admitted that she didn’t disclose it as early as she should have.
The other reason, according to Talman, was that the judge ordered him to hand over copies of his expert’s binders to the lead prosecutor, who flagged parts that might bolster their case for the death penalty. “He had about a million stickies, little sticky notes, in the report,” Talman said. He feared that the file would end up doing more harm than good.
In the end, that’s precisely what happened. Talman did not call the witness with the best chance of conveying Pike’s lifelong trauma, while the state pulled the most damaging details from the defense’s own file to use against his client. In his closing statement, the prosecutor described Pike as a “monster that we have to deal with.” It took the jury less than an hour and a half to sentence her to death.
Colleen Slemmer Would have turned 51 this month. Her mother, May Martinez, has often expressed indignation over the attention devoted to Pike. She feels it has eclipsed the memory of her daughter, a caring young woman who helped students with disabilities and loved working on computers with her stepdad. Martinez told the Nashville Banner that she hopes the execution will bring her peace — “and that Colleen can always be remembered as the sweet little girl that she was.”
Pike’s advocates emphasize that their calls for clemency should never be mistaken for a lack of compassion for her victim. As they stepped up their appeals to the governor last week, youth counselor Sarah Bailey joined a press conference in Nashville, where she said she knew what it was like to lose a loved one to homicide — someone murdered her own son. She also knew what it was like “to have adults decide who you are while you are still becoming a person.” Bailey was convicted of murder for a crime she committed at 16, a devastating mistake that for years defined her “entire identity.”
Finally, she knew Pike. When she got to prison as a frightened teenager, Pike helped her navigate the world around her. “She sent me stamps, she sent me commissary, and she sent me love,” Bailey said. “That said a lot about who she was, and that says a lot about who she has become.”
Bailey echoed what many have said about Pike in recent years. Some of the most urgent pleas for mercy have come from women whose voices are the least often heard. “I’d like to ask that you look past the fact that I am incarcerated when reading this,” one clemency letter reads. “I am an inmate; however, I am also a woman who understands the importance of seeing people as the human beings that we all are.”
“The Christa you will meet today is a far cry from the one who walked through the doors from the beginning,” the letter goes on. “For those of us who have found themselves housed near Christa she has offered hope when there should have only been despair. In a time of pain and struggle, Christa’s small voice rings out to let you know that you are not alone.”
Update: September 28, 2026 On September 28, Gov. Bill Lee released a statement rejecting calls to stop Christa Pike’s execution: “After deliberate consideration of Christa Gail Pike’s request for clemency, and after a thorough review of the case, I am upholding the sentence of the State of Tennessee and do not plan to intervene.”
In a statement, Pike’s attorneys — Stephen Ferrell of the Federal Defender Services of Eastern Tennessee, and Kelly Gleason and Randy Spivey of the Tennessee Office of the Post-Conviction Defender — said they are “heartbroken” by the decision. “Christa is a 50-year-old remorseful woman who understands her actions, receives proper treatment for her mental illness, and provides for and guides fellow incarcerated women,” they wrote. “We will continue to support Christa through every remaining avenue.”
A picture of the pylon at Delaware Stadium during the Blue Hens first game of the 2026 season against Merrimack. Photo Credit: Dave Reeder.
The Virginia Cavaliers (3-1) defeated the University of Delaware Fightin’ Blue Hens (2-2), 42-3, on September 26, in the Blue Hens’ final non-conference game of the regular season.
Virginia quarterback Beau Pribula received the snap standing at the Delaware 15-yard line during the Cavaliers’ first offensive possession of the game. Pribula faked a hand-off to the running back on his left and quickly shuffled his feet to reset for a throw to wide receiver Da’Shawn Martin breaking right toward the middle of the endzone.
Pribula hit Martin in stride and completed Virginia’s 13-play opening possession with an 11-yard score. The drive ate up over seven minutes of the opening quarter and was a sign of more to come in Virginia’s 42-3 victory over the Blue Hens, Saturday evening.
The Cavaliers scored touchdowns on four of their six offensive possessions throughout a first half fueled by their passing game. Pribula finished the half with 264 yards passing, completed 21 of his 24 pass attempts and threw for all four of Virginia’s touchdowns.
Martin was on the receiving end of Pribula’s first score on a drive in which the former Penn State and Mizzou quarterback threw a perfect eight for eight to start the game. Fourth year receiver Rico Flores Jr. caught Pribula’s second touchdown throw on the first play of the second quarter and the final two were hauled in by third year receiver Kameron Courtney in the final five minutes of the frame.
The Blue Hens lone scoring drive came in the early stages of the second quarter and featured a good balance of production from the running game and passing game. Running back Jo Silver ran the ball five times for 27 yards and Minicucci completed all four of his passes to get the Blue Hens into Cavalier territory for the first time.
The drive stalled at the Virginia 22-yard line due in part to a holding penalty that negated a first down scramble from Minicucci and the Blue Hens turned to kicker Tucker Smack for a 39-yard attempt. Smack kicked it in giving Delaware its first — and only — points of the night.
The scoring drive provided a spark for Delaware which trailed, 14-3, after the score and the defense capitalized by forcing Virginia’s offense into its only three and out on the night. Any hope those two positive drives provided Delaware fans was extinguished on UD’s next offensive possession.
Facing a collapsing pocket on second down, Minicucci scrambled out to his right and turned upfield for an eight yard gain, sliding to the ground to avoid being met by a pair of Cavalier defenders. Minicucci immediately grabbed the back of his right leg in clear discomfort after the slide and struggled to get to the sideline before the training staff stopped him right before the out of bounds line to check on him.
Minicucci left the game and didn’t return. Junior Braden Streeter took over under center for the Blue Hens with a little under six minutes remaining in the second quarter and played up until UD’s final drive of the game. The ACC Network cameras showed Minicucci on crutches with a brace on his right leg along the sidelines in the second half.
Pribula led the Cavaliers on their first drive of the third quarter and scored his fifth total touchdown on a 14-yard quarterback run. Cavalier backup Eli Holstein took over for Pribula following that drive. Pribula finished the game with an 86 percent completion percentage, 279 yards passing, five total touchdowns and the Cavaliers ahead, 35-3.
Virginia finished the game with 556 total yards of offense and held the Blue Hens’ offense under 200 yards of total offense for the first time since 2023. Virginia entered the game ranked amongst the top 40 defenses in the country allowing under 17 points per game to its opponents.
The biggest concern for the Blue Hens will be the status of their starting quarterback as the team prepares for their first conference game of the season against the Liberty Flames. The Flames beat the Blue Hens, 59-30, at home last season and enter this upcoming game on a three game win streak.
Delaware’s game against the Flames will be played at Delaware Stadium on Friday, October 2. The game will start at 7:00 p.m.
I have finally decided to get a x7 sport or long range from fungineers. By the end of this day, I am going to decide, if it is going to be long range or the sport version and then place the order.
I wanted to ask you guys, what things I should know or read or watch beforehand. I am totally new to one wheels in general, didn’t have one from From future motion. Which apps do you use, do you combine specific apps or use one specifically?
I weigh below 155 lbs, 🥶 so the x7 might be totally over spec’d for me, but it is cheaper than getting an equivalent version from future motion.
Also, I saw in some other post, that people might shred their batteries by certain actions, like letting it go to 0 or stuff like that. Is there anything I need to know, how to handle my battery in a good way?
EDIT: I just placed the order - black x7 sport! I will keep you updated… damn im excited. Hope it doesn’t take 60 days as that was the default during checkout.
EDIT2: Placed the order on 27th September, got an update today that it’s gonna arrive on 29th. Apparently the EU warehouse is in Germany, around 30 minutes from me, wtf 😳.
On the last day of the Prairieland trial, in which nine Texas protesters were accused of crimes including providing material support to terrorists, the attorney for activist Benjamin Song presented a novel argument that, if true, would have upended the federal government’s case.
Song had been charged with attempted murder for allegedly firing a gun at the first police officer who arrived on the scene after a noise demonstration outside U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement’s Prairieland Detention Center in Alvarado on July 4, 2025.
The defense — more than a dozen attorneys representing clients with varying degrees of involvement in the protest — had rested their argument without calling a single expert witness, owing to what they thought was the weakness of the government’s case.
“Attempted murder requires that you intend to kill. And if the government can’t prove that intent, that’s a not guilty — period.”
During closing arguments, however, Phillip Hayes, Song’s attorney, raised what he said was a major flaw in the government’s depiction of what happened: Song never aimed his weapon at the police officer. Relying on evidence introduced by the prosecution — a photograph of the bullet, witness testimony, and CCTV footage of the incident — Hayes said his client never intended to shoot Alvarado Police Department Lt. Thomas Gross.
Rather, Hayes said, Song fired his weapon at the ground and the bullet ricocheted off a hard surface before striking the officer just below the neck. That would explain the plumes of dust that were visible in the video. According to Hayes, the only photo of the bullet, which appears severely bent and with several missing fragments, backs up the theory.
“Attempted murder requires that you intend to kill,” Hayes, a lanky, soft-spoken criminal defense attorney, told the jury on March 11. “And if the government can’t prove that intent, that’s a not guilty — period.”
The jury didn’t bite. Instead of being acquitted, Song was convicted and sentenced to 100 years in prison.
One reason the ricochet theory didn’t play a bigger role in the trial was that the federal government prevented it from being fully aired. Key details about the shooting, and the officer’s actions, were only revealed during the trial itself. Prosecution motions and favorable rulings by the judge, a Trump appointee, made it difficult for Song’s lawyers to fully vet the idea or argue that he had acted in self-defense.
And an independent ballistics expert hired by Song’s defense team before the trial was denied access to the defendant in federal prison. As a routine part of any case about a murder or a shooting involving a police officer, said Daryl Parker, the former Marine Corps officer and criminal defense investigator hired by Song’s team, a ballistics expert will meet with an alleged shooter to collect information. Nothing about the Prairieland case, however, was turning out to be routine.
It was the first time in his 25-year career that the forensics expert had been denied access to a client in a federal facility.
In emails reviewed by The Intercept, Parker and Hayes repeatedly wrote to Federal Medical Center Fort Worth, the federal detention center where Song was held before and during the trial, asking to visit the defendant. All the requests went unanswered. (FMC Fort Worth declined to respond to a request for comment.)
Parker never got a response from the jail official in charge of Song’s detention, let alone visitation rights.
“We sent him everything he asked for,” Parker, speaking publicly for the first time about the case, told The Intercept. “But approval never came.”
It was the first time in his 25-year career that the forensics expert had been denied access to a client in a federal facility.
In the end, members of the jury never received a full airing of the argument nor the multiple pieces of evidence that support it.
The ricochet theory, though, may yet be part of Song’s appeal and the basis of a new trial, according to two lawyers on Song’s defense team in his state-level case. New evidence, including material revealed for the first time in this Intercept investigation, shows that Song, a former Marine reservist and expert marksman, may have never intended to shoot the police officer.
New Evidence
The Prairieland case was touted by the Trump administration as the government’s first prosecution of an “antifa cell,” moving from indictment to trial in the Northern District of Texas in just a few months. For such a complex high-profile case, there wasn’t much time to prepare. And key pieces of information were hidden within or even omitted from discovery.
Buried within the tens of thousands of pages of evidence provided to the defense team was a grainy photograph: the government’s only image of the bullet that struck the police officer. According to two ballistics experts interviewed for this story, the photo is of such poor quality that it is difficult to conclude anything from the image alone.
Shaun Jaikissoon, a former firearms examiner with the New York City Police Department for 10 years who now has his own consulting firm, said the photo of the fragment provided by the prosecution tells us almost nothing and may even be deemed “unsuitable,” meaning it lacks value for a forensic analysis.
Parker, the independent ballistics expert hired by the defense team, said he agreed the photo was of little value.
“It is sparse,” he said. “You should have images of the end of the bullet — 360 degrees — so you can properly evaluate it.”
A bullet photographed on Aug. 26, 2026, as part of an investigation of a shooting involving a police officer at ICE’s Prairieland Detention Center.Photo: Court Filing
Despite the photograph’s limitations, it does reveal that the bullet was severely deformed, indicating a possible ricochet.
“It’s a copper banana,” said Parker. “It obviously struck something.”
The opinion is shared by one of the government’s own witnesses. During the trial, Philip Stout, a forensic scientist for the Texas Department of Public Safety, described the extreme curvature of the bullet as characteristic of a projectile fired into a water tank.
“When you’re dealing with higher velocity bullets, they slow down very quickly, so it gets that curved — I refer to it as a banana shape, but it’s more of a semicircle shape,” said Stout. “What that tells me is that bullet struck something and slowed down very quickly.”
Other questions arose from the shooting and investigation, Parker said. Perhaps most important is the fact that Gross’s bulletproof vest — level IIIA soft body armor — would not have been able to withstand the force of a bullet fired from an AR-15-style rifle at such close range. Even the label on the vest, introduced into evidence by the government, says: “This is NOT intended to protect against rifle fire.”
According to Parker, if the bullet had struck Gross directly — without first hitting another surface or object — it would have ripped through him “like Swiss cheese” and almost certainly killed him. Instead, the bullet came to rest inside Gross’s vest, with Gross sustaining minor injuries. He was released from the hospital a few hours later.
“The standard body armor that police officers wear is not rated for rifles,” Parker said. “It’s only rated for handguns. It’s not even rated for knives.”
“The fact that the officer is not dead, to me, is a big red flag that Song wasn’t aiming at him.”
Another clue that points to a ricochet, according to Parker, is Song’s skill as a marksman, especially given the short distance between the two shooters and Song’s previous training as a Marine.
“The fact that the officer is not dead, to me, is a big red flag that Song wasn’t aiming at him,” Parker told The Intercept.
Together, this new evidence of a ricochet matches the information that became apparent only during the trial when Gross testified that he drew his weapon first and aimed at a fleeing protester. Drawing on this testimony, along with video evidence, Song recounted the same version of events in a statement he read during sentencing.
“When I saw Lieutenant Thomas Gross stop pursuing and point his gun at the back of a running, unarmed protester, like he testified, I was terrified,” Song said. “As a firearms instructor and a United States Marine Corps veteran, I understood what I was seeing. As the evidence shows, I did not want to hurt anyone.”
U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement’s Prarieland Detention Center is seen on Jan. 30, 2026, in Alvarado, Texas.Photo: Shafkat Anowar/The Dallas Morning News via Getty Images
Shots Fired
That Gross drew first and aimed at a protester’s back were among the facts that, according to Song’s lawyers, were not revealed to the defense until the trial itself. Also missing from the pre-trial discovery was evidence indicating that bullets fired at the scene struck the ground. The marks in the pavement were not documented as part of the investigation.
Given these late-breaking revelations, Song’s lawyers had to scramble in the middle of the trial to put together their argument. Song’s defense team, in a motion for a new trial filed in April, said that the failure to disclose evidence of the bullet strikes sooner deprived them of the ability to make their case that Song never intended to shoot officer Gross.
The existence of bullet strikes was only revealed during the second week of the trial, when evidence from the investigation, headed up by the Texas Rangers, an elite unit within the state’s Department of Public Safety, was divulged in court. Texas Ranger Billy James Hill Jr., responsible for photographing the scene, admitted during cross-examination to finding “recent looking defects in the concrete surface.”
Tailim Song, Benjamin Song’s father and a civil attorney who was part of his son’s defense team, said the ricochet theory only began to take shape when they learned about the deformations in the road.
“It really didn’t come home until the Rangers said there were fresh bullet strikes in the concrete.”
“In my mind,” Tailim Song said, “it really didn’t come home until the Rangers said there were fresh bullet strikes in the concrete.”
The photographs from the scene, however, didn’t include shots of the ground. When asked during the trial whether he had taken any photos of what he believed to be bullet strikes, Hill, the Texas Ranger, responded that it “wasn’t part of my responsibility.”
Hill had taken photographs using a high-tech camera system called a Leica RTC360 Digital Crime Scene Scanner, which creates reconstructions of the alleged events. The reconstruction, however, omitted photographs and chemical swabs of where the bullets had struck the pavement as well as the crucial trajectory analysis and shooter-position determinations. (The Texas Department of Public Safety and the Department of Justice did not respond to questions about the investigation or crime scene reconstruction.)
Ryan Rider, a former Texas police officer who teaches crime scene reconstruction at Tarleton State University, said the technology, if used properly, can provide precise measurements — down to the millimeter — that can be used with other evidence like testimony and physical evidence to track the bullet’s pathway in relation to the shooter.
“It does tell you a story,” said Rider, who is slated to train law enforcement agencies on the Leica system.
Rider — who spoke to The Intercept generally about investigations, since he has not examined the Prairieland evidence — also said shootings involving officers are potentially chaotic environments with multiple agencies involved in collecting evidence, interviewing witnesses, and securing the crime scene.
In the Prairieland case, Alvarado Police Department; the Johnson County, Texas, Sheriff’s Office; the Department of Homeland Security; the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives; and the FBI; in addition to the Texas Rangers; were all present. Not documenting the bullet strikes — especially if the Rangers knew they were there, as Hill acknowledged in court — is hard to explain, Rider added.
“A trooper shouldn’t be up on the stand saying, ‘That wasn’t my responsibility,’” Rider said. “If they’re on the scene, people are going to expect them to be the ones to say, ‘Hey, get pictures of this.’”
“A trooper shouldn’t be up on the stand saying, ‘That wasn’t my responsibility.’”
With the gaps in the forensic evidence and crucial facts withheld until the middle of the three-week trial, defense attorneys couldn’t pull together a coherent, countervailing version of events quickly enough. Even when they tried, as evidence undermining the government’s claims trickled out, the lawyers faced new hurdles.
Gross gave his testimony early in the trial about drawing his gun first, information that was left off a police report and not included in discovery. Then the judge granted a prosecutors’ motion barring Song’s lawyers from using a self-defense argument, which became a frequent point of contention.
At one point, during his closing argument, Hayes, Song’s defense attorney, suggested that Gross may not have been justified in pulling his weapon so quickly. The judge, a member of the conservative Federalist Society, admonished Hayes for treading too close to a rationale for self-defense.
Appealing for His Life
The Prairieland trial unfolded as Trump escalated his crackdown on anti-ICE protests across the country. The verdicts were celebrated by the Trump administration as its first successful prosecution of a violent “antifa cell,” and the first eight defendants were sentenced to more than 450 years in prison altogether.
“These guilty verdicts and convictions rightly reflect the vicious, armed attack that these Antifa cell members planned and executed against law enforcement and detention center officers on the night of July 4 last year,” a top Department of Justice official said after the convictions were handed down.
The government’s narrative rested on the premise that the noise demonstration was an organized ambush of law enforcement officers and that Song’s intent from the outset was to kill a police officer. But this version of events relies on an incomplete picture of what transpired that night.
Whether information that came to light during the trial is adjudicated as part of the appeals process will be decided by the 5th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals, one of the most conservative courts in the country and one that Trump’s Justice Department has used to secure favorable rulings.
Patrick McLain, an attorney representing another Prairieland defendant, said it would likely be several months before any appeals are filed; it is still unclear what the focus will be and if the defendants will mount a coordinated effort.
“My hope is that we’re going to have nine solid briefs that are mutually supporting and not contradictory,” McLain said.
The 5th Circuit has not issued a briefing notice. Once it does, defense teams will have 40 days to submit their documents, according to John Kuchera, Song’s court-appointed appellate lawyer. Kuchera, reached by phone, said he has not yet had time to review the record and has not met with Song. He declined to comment on whether the theory about the bullet would be included in the appeal.
“What my opinions are about anything will show up in my brief,” he said. “Whatever issues that I think need to be addressed will be in that.”
Ultimately, the 5th Circuit will decide if evidence in the Prairieland case, including the bullet that struck Gross, can be reexamined and if Song, who now faces the prospect of spending the rest of his life in prison, will be granted a new trial.
Correction: September 28, 2026 This story has been corrected to note that Ryan Rider, the crime scene reconstruction expert, has not yet begun training law enforcement agencies on the Leica crime scene scanner.
Loved ones of a missing Australian trekker who was last seen nearly two weeks ago on a remote South American hiking trail are urging local authorities to help with the search.
A wide-scale sweep by a private rescue crew has so far failed to find any trace of 30-year-old Jordan Yap, who last made contact with friends and family on 14 September ahead of a planned 10-day solo trek along Peru’s Huayhuash mountain range, 400km north-east of Lima.
Criminals are trying to glean login details to harvest players’ in-game currency and personal data
Your 10-year-old son has started playing Roblox, when he realises all of his in-game currency, Robux, is gone.
When you try to find out what happened, he says he was recently promised extra Robux if he followed a link on YouTube. When he signed on at the site link, he was taken to the Roblox site as usual but there was no sign of the extra currency.
WASHINGTON, D.C. — President Donald Trump said Saturday that he rejected an Iranian proposal that could have reopened the Strait of Hormuz and paused regional fighting within seven days, prolonging uncertainty over one of the world’s most important shipping routes.
Iran raised the initiative during the United Nations General Assembly and transmitted it through Qatari mediators. Foreign Minister Abbas Araghchi said Tehran was prepared to begin a seven-day countdown toward reopening the strait if Washington agreed to the framework, with broader negotiations potentially following.
“I reject their proposal,” Trump told reporters at the White House, arguing that Iran wanted the strait reopened because its economy was suffering. The United States has imposed a blockade on Iranian ports in an effort to pressure Tehran to reopen Hormuz.
The conflict has sharply reduced shipping through the strait and disrupted global oil flows. Iran has said any broader settlement would require reduced U.S. military pressure and relief from the blockade, while maintaining that it will not surrender its uranium-enrichment rights.
The Wall Street Journal, cited by Reuters, reported that Trump has privately told aides he considers renewed U.S. bombing after the November midterms likely, though officials cautioned that his position could change.
Iranian officials continue to say negotiations remain possible despite the rejection.
WASHINGTON, D.C. — President Donald Trump is dismissing reports that Florida gubernatorial candidate Byron Donalds reduced references to Trump on his campaign website, even though archived versions show that several prominent mentions were removed.
Trump called the coverage “Another Fake Story” Saturday and argued that Donalds remains firmly aligned with him. Donalds also said he was “proud to have” Trump’s endorsement.
But the underlying website changes are real. An archived version featured a top banner urging visitors to “chip in to support Trump Endorsed Byron Donalds,” along with repeated “Trump-endorsed” branding. The current homepage instead emphasizes the slogan “Fighting to defend the Florida dream,” while Trump’s endorsement remains in a rotating list with other supporters.
The Washington Post reported that at least eight references to Trump’s endorsement disappeared, along with a photo of Donalds and his wife with Trump and a policy section titled “Enact the Trump Agenda.”
Donalds’ campaign says the redesign reflects a greater focus on affordability, insurance costs and government transparency, not a break with Trump. CBS News likewise reported that Donalds denied distancing himself from the president despite the reduced prominence.
Trump’s criticism therefore disputes the interpretation that Donalds is politically separating himself from the president, rather than the documented fact that multiple Trump references were removed.
As the 2026-27 school year began, the university welcomed incoming freshmen to campus — full of nerves about roommates, too many packed bags and overly doting parents. But on East and North Central Campus, two residence halls (and one dining hall) were left out of the fanfare, with Russell and Brown Residence Halls, and Russell Dining Hall closed for the foreseeable future.
The Russell Complex, located on the Harrington Turf next to Lane Hall, was a focal point for freshmen on campus because it includes both a residence hall and a dining hall. Brown Residence Hall houses upperclassmen on the North Central Green, surrounded by Sharp, Harter and Sypherd Halls.
Russell and Brown’s closing was announced prior to the start of the academic year. Russell Dining Hall was also closed for unspecified renovations and absent from the list of dining options posted Aug. 20 on the university dining Instagram account.
All Russell Dining Hall staff retained their positions and were relocated to two other dining halls on campus, either Caesar Rodney or Pencader, as confirmed with another university dining Instagram video on Aug. 25.
The university has updated the Russell and Brown Hall websites to reflect their closures.
“[The halls are] closed for fall 2026 to support university renovation opportunities,” the websites state. “We are still in the reviewing and planning phase; however, strategic renovations are anticipated, and the closure allows for full review of space and building systems without disrupting students.”Sophomore Claire Nichols lived in Russell last spring.
“I have a love-hate relationship with that building because, like on one hand, we have the best dorm layout with the Z-shape,” Nichols said. “But there was no AC, so it was gross. There were cockroaches. We had to get sprayed for spiders. The bathroom was always breaking.”
Similarly, junior Pablo Charriez, who lived in Brown Hall during the 2025-26 school year, had mixed feelings.
“Lack of AC wasn’t great, but the rooms were pretty big, and it’s a really great location,” Charriez said. “The main study lounge was in pretty rough shape and there was like a random dorm room that was also in there.”
Both Nichols and Charriez agreed that with the renovations in Russell and Brown, air conditioning should be added.
Last March, junior Ellery Williams received an offer to be a Resident Assistant (RA) for this school year. She was initially placed in Russell, and went into the summer believing she would be there.
However, in mid-July she received an email which was sent out to all RAs.
“Going into the fall 2026 semester both Russell and Brown Halls will be closed to support university renovation opportunities,” the email stated.
No positions were being eliminated at the time, despite the closure. This was a shock to Williams as there had been no indication of this occurring prior.
“So I didn’t know where I was living,” Williams said. “I didn’t know where I was going to be an RA.”
After a lengthy process, she became a traditional RA on Ray Street C, but even when school started she had no further information about the renovations.
As the semester progresses, specific renovations have yet to be announced, but more information may be released as work continues.
WASHINGTON, D.C. — President Donald Trump said Saturday that he “loves women” while rejecting former President Barack Obama’s suggestion that governments might function better if women were put in charge for a period of time.
Obama said earlier this week that he had sometimes imagined placing women in charge of every government for two years to see whether conditions improved, adding that he believed they likely would.
Asked whether he agreed, Trump responded: “I love women, I think they’re great. But what a ridiculous statement that is.”
The exchange comes amid renewed attention to Trump’s repeated verbal attacks on female journalists. Mediaite columnist Ana Marie Cox recently highlighted his past insults toward reporters including Maggie Haberman, Rachel Scott, Nancy Cordes, Mary Bruce and Catherine Lucey. Trump has called Haberman “unattractive,” Scott a “horror show” and Cordes “stupid,” among other remarks.
Earlier this month, Trump also called CNN’s Kaitlan Collins “very dumb and unhappy,” and later objected to her presence at the United Nations, telling her CNN “should not be here” after his administration had barred the network from White House access.
Trump’s response to Obama did not address those previous remarks, instead framing the former president’s gender-based leadership argument as overly broad.
The tech giant has launched a cute ‘little guy’ that can answer emails, book travel or do your weekly food shop
After the recent backlash against Meta’s so-called “pervert” smart glasses, this week Mark Zuckerberg launched a much cuter alternative: the Muse “charm” device.
With a screen that shows a cutesy little avatar, it has drawn comparisons with Tamagotchis. “We’ve packed a lot of technology into this little guy,” the Meta founder told the San Francisco audience.
Salesianum senior Tysir Jones evades a defender during his 78-yard reception in Salesianum Football’s matchup against La Salle College High School. Photo credit: Dave Reeder.
La Salle College High School defeated Salesianum, 28-10, on September 25, in Salesianum Football’s final game of the season against out-of-state competition.
WILMINGTON, DE — The La Salle College High School Explorers dealt Salesianum its first loss of the 2026 season, defeating the Sals, 28-10, Friday night.
La Salle entered the game ranked as one of the top 30 programs in the state of Pennsylvania, according to MaxPreps, and showed what makes them a formidable opponent.
Following a scoreless first quarter, the Explorers’ scored on their third drive of the game starting at their own 37 yard line. La Salle ran three plays before a pass from junior quarterback Luke Gordon to junior Bryce Hanton brought the Explorers to the Sallies eight yard line with a gain of 45-yards. The Sallesianum defense stopped the La Salle offense on their first three attempts near the goal-line, but on fourth and a yard to go, Gordon completed a pass to receiver Evan Pettine for the one-yard score.
Gordon’s passing touchdown put the Explorers ahead with 7:45 remaining in the first half. The lead held for a total of 34 seconds.
Salesianum’s senior quarterback, Brady Nabb, led the Sallies offense out to the field at their own 20 yard line, following the Explorer scoring drive. Nabb caught the snap in the shotgun formation on the drive’s first play and delivered a five-yard strike to senior wide receiver Tysir Jones coming back toward the ball. Jones caught the pass and quickly turned his attention upfield.
Jones side stepped the first La Salle tackler and used a stiff arm to intercept a second would-be tackler, before settling near the sideline. Jones took the reception 78-yards down the right sideline to the La Salle two yard line. Senior Jett Healy ran in a two-yard touchdown on the next play, tying the score with 7:11 to play in the second quarter.
La Salle scored a touchdown on its following possession via a five-yard run from Hanton and the Sals answered the score with a 28-yard field goal by junior Giuliano Villa before the end of the half. The Explorers led 14-10 at halftime in front of a packed Abessinio stadium crowd that included a fan favorite mascot.
Swoop, the Eagles’ mascot, was in attendance along with members of the Philadelphia Eagles cheerleading team as a part of their Friday Night Captains program, which helps celebrate and promote local high school football programs. Fans entering the stadium were given Eagles towels and Swoop made his way through the stands to take pictures and interact with the crowd before the game. As a part of the celebration, it was announced pregame the Eagles will make a donation to both football programs.
La Salle scored the last two touchdowns of the game in the third and fourth quarter, tallying a second score from Hanton on a 46-yard touchdown run in the third and a ten-yard touchdown catch from Pettine in the fourth.
The Explorers defense only allowed the Sallies offense to cross the mid-field line twice and forced a pair of Sallies turnovers in the second half, holding Salesianum without a score in the frame. The Sallies offense finished the game with over 220 yards of total offense, the majority of which came through the air. Jones finished the game as the Sals’ leading receiver with five catches for 126 yards.
Salesianum will play its first road game of the season next week when they travel to Georgetown, Delaware, for a matchup against Sussex Central High School. The game will start at 7:00 p.m. on October 2.
Sallies defeated Sussex Central, 31-7, last season at home.
Attorney says fishers ‘losing their livelihoods’, but Marco Rubio maintains US still willing to ‘blow up ships if need be’
While the US secretary of state, Marco Rubio, was being decorated in Quito by Ecuador’s president for “helping to promote peace in the region”, 10 Ecuadorian fishers whose boat had been blown up by US forces were adrift in the eastern Pacific.
On 8 September, a day before Rubio arrived, a US patrol vessel intercepted the fishing boat Don Rufo in international waters near Ecuador.
As she mulls another presidential run, the former VP is building bridges with progressive and Arab American leaders
Does Donald Trump secretly want Republicans to get annihilated in the midterms? Because he’s certainly acting that way. He continues to brush off concerns about the cost of living, saying last week that high gas prices are a very “inexpensive price to pay” for the war on Iran.
And, of course, the president seems to have no plans to end that disastrous war, apart from making vague threats about blowing the entire country up. Trust me, he keeps saying, everything will get better after the midterms. But by the looks of his dismal polling numbers, not many people are swallowing his empty promises anymore.
President’s tariffs have hurt fishers, loggers and others in a state with deep bonds to Canada – will voters show their displeasure in the midterms?
It was an ideal summer to cut trees.
The weather in Maine’s Penobscot county – one of the most heavily forested counties in a statedense with trees – was warm and dry. Yet even as the county’s wood had grown to an ideal size to harvest, the machines Molly London typically uses sat idle.
WASHINGTON, D.C. — The Cook Political Report moved 15 House races toward Democrats on Friday, another sign that the battlefield for control of the chamber has shifted significantly in the final weeks before the midterm elections.
Cook’s updated ratings show Democrats favored in 208 races rated Solid, Likely or Lean Democratic, compared with 205 seats in the equivalent Republican categories. Another 22 races are rated Toss Up. Democrats need a net gain of three seats to secure a House majority.
Many of the competitive districts are seats President Donald Trump carried in 2024. Cook’s September Battleground District Project found Democrats leading Republicans 49% to 47% on the generic congressional ballot among 1,052 likely voters across 37 competitive districts. Trump had carried those same districts by about five points collectively in 2024.
Cook attributed much of the movement to dissatisfaction with Trump’s handling of the economy and changing political conditions in Republican-held districts.
Republicans still retain important advantages, including significant campaign resources. An NRCC spokesperson dismissed the ratings changes and argued that Republican candidates have stronger organizing and financial operations in competitive districts.
With more than a month remaining, the ratings reflect Cook’s current assessment of competitiveness rather than election results, and several closely contested districts remain unresolved.
SAN FRANCISCO, California — OpenAI says some of its autonomous AI agents accessed public information on U.S. government websites in ways the company did not expect or intend, adding to concerns about how increasingly capable AI systems behave when given access to the internet.
The company said its review found interactions with public data on two Securities and Exchange Commission websites and the U.S. Census Bureau. OpenAI said there was no access to private accounts, misuse of credentials, system breach or alteration of government data.
The disclosure followed research by independent AI evaluation group Transluce, which identified agents attempting to exploit vulnerabilities on several public-data websites. Researchers linked some of that activity to agent swarms previously confirmed by OpenAI and said the systems sometimes pursued unauthorized methods while performing otherwise routine information-gathering tasks.
Transluce documented attempted compromises involving Data USA, the University of New Mexico’s digital library and an Australian government health website. OpenAI has been reviewing broader cases of agent “misalignment,” where models pursue goals in unexpected or prohibited ways.
The incidents follow an earlier case in which OpenAI said experimental models autonomously breached systems operated by AI platform Hugging Face.
OpenAI said most government-site activity involved ordinary research on publicly accessible information, but acknowledged that some agents violated website policies or behaved unpredictably.
WASHINGTON, D.C. — President Donald Trump will campaign next week in Oklahoma and Alabama, two states he won overwhelmingly in 2024, as Republicans prepare for a difficult final stretch before the November midterms.
Trump is scheduled to hold a rally Thursday in Durant, Oklahoma, followed by a Friday event in Mobile, Alabama. He carried Oklahoma by roughly 34 percentage points and Alabama by about 30 points in 2024, while the Senate and gubernatorial contests in both states are considered safely Republican.
The appearances come as the national political environment has grown more challenging for the GOP. The Cook Political Report shifted several Senate races toward Democrats this week, moving Kansas from Likely Republican to Lean Republican and South Carolina from Solid Republican to Likely Republican.
Trump has said he plans to visit dozens of campaign locations during the final month before Election Day, including more competitive states.
His standing has also weakened nationally. A Reuters/Ipsos poll released this week put Trump’s job approval at 32%, a career low in that survey, with dissatisfaction over living costs and the Iran war contributing to the decline. Republicans still view Trump as an important tool for motivating their base, particularly in a midterm election where turnout can be decisive.
It was late May, the French Open was on and DraftKings was pushing me into the action.
A promotion pinged on my phone. “BET & GET,” it boomed, offering to boost my profits if I threw down on tennis, punctuating the point with a cartoon stack of cash. I was already in the middle of a two-hour betting spree, ripping 64 wagers on the clay courts of Paris from my office chair in New York City.
A $75 bet that Claire Liu would win the fifth point of her first set tiebreak against Maria Sakkari? Wrong. How about an easy $300 on Francisco Comesana to win the first game of the second set against Luciano Darderi? Negativo.
I’ll be the first to admit that my backhand needs some work. But this wasn’t about sports. It was about scratching an itch.
For the past six weeks, I’d been gambling like a man out of control, testing the guardrails of one of America’s most popular — and controversial — products: online sports betting. I’d morphed from a prudent, just-for-fun $40 bettor into a “degen” (sports betting slang for a degenerate gambler) who casually yeets $1,500 on a game. I’d feverishly jumped from sport to sport, following playoff basketball bets with live Czech table tennis. And I’d gone hog wild at the online casino, doubling down at the blackjack table. Most of the time, I’d lost — then chased those losses with more bets. Now, I was in the grips of yet another binge.
And as I approached $4,500 in losses in 24 hours, transferring money from my bank directly into my DraftKings account, the company seemed to clock the problem, sending me an in-app notification.
“Take a loss? Now take a beat,” it read. This felt right after the tear I’d been on. To date I’d blown about $12,500 in total on DraftKings. That’s the equivalent of six months of mortgage payments in as many weeks.
I followed the prompt to the site’s “responsible gaming” center, where I opted to limit myself to just two hours per day on the app and barred myself from depositing more than $100 in a 24-hour period. That pause is an essential part of DraftKings’ seemingly paradoxical business model — to make as much money as possible from the nation’s growing ranks of sports bettors without encouraging gambling addiction. The company says these limits are a cornerstone of that strategy.
Yet 30 minutes later, the company pushed me in the other direction. My phone buzzed with the first of four promotional alerts that day. Betting opportunities, they said, were waiting.
If you’ve bet on sports with FanDuel or DraftKings, you can help ProPublica understand how these apps work. Use our browser extension to download your betting history, then upload the files to us.
This wink-and-a-nod dynamic is now at the center of a fierce public policy debate over online gambling, addiction and consumer protection.
Since 2018, when the Supreme Court allowed states to legalize sports betting, Americans have put more than $600 billion into play. Sports betting is now legal in 39 states and Washington, D.C. Add in prediction markets like Kalshi and Polymarket, and more people are betting on sports than ever before.
That explosive growth has come with consequences: About a quarter of active sportsbook account holders surveyed by the Siena Research Institute this year said that they’d lost enough on a bet that they’d have trouble meeting their financial obligations. As a result, regulators and lawmakers from Colorado to Massachusetts are starting to question whether things have gone too far — and some are now proposing stricter consumer protections.
Amid the mounting scrutiny, major operators like DraftKings have pushed back, arguing that their responsible gaming system provides adequate safeguards to protect their customers from spiraling out of control. “I think as a business, as an industry, we’re doing a good job of educating people, of raising awareness, of making tools and resources available, of monitoring accounts,” Lori Kalani, the company’s chief responsible gaming officer, told me. If a customer waves too many red flags, she said, the company will proactively close the account. But when I asked how often this actually happens, DraftKings wouldn’t say.
So I decided to find out for myself: If I bet like a compulsive gambler, would DraftKings stop me — even if it cost the company money?
I opened an account under my own name and linked it to my debit card. ProPublica bankrolled me. When the app asked me what I did for a living, I disclosed that I was a reporter. I assembled a panel of addiction specialists, recovering gambling addicts and professional sports bettors who pointed me to the telltale wagering habits of someone who’s out of control. And then I got to work.
Over the next 10 weeks, I’d mimic those patterns and come to find out just how much DraftKings would encourage my recklessness — and just how little pushback I’d get as I spiraled downward.
I used the NBA playoffs as my launching pad, and, like much of New York, I was all in on the Knicks. After a week of moderate betting, I waved my first red flag during Game 3 of the Knicks vs. Atlanta Hawks first-round series.
I slept fitfully after my night of loss chasing and awoke at dawn to catch a train to Boston, where I attended a symposium on online gambling put on by the Public Health Advocacy Institute at the Northeastern University School of Law.
There, Matthew Gaskell, a British psychologist and expert on gambling addiction, said that the bettors that companies are most interested in are, well, losers like me. Indeed, a modest set of very active losers account for a substantial amount of sportsbooks’ revenue, he said. (A 2024 study out of Connecticut found that 1.8% of problem gamblers in the state accounted for 51% of sports betting revenue.) And the companies have created sophisticated technology products designed to squeeze maximum engagement out of them, just as social media companies like Meta did years earlier with users of Facebook and Instagram, added Darragh McGee, a researcher at the University of Bath.
In fact, as The New York Times reported, DraftKings employs machine learning and data scientists to identify losing customers and entice them with promotions to keep them going — even if those are exactly the kinds of customers at risk of becoming addicts. DraftKings told the newspaper its promotions are geared toward users who spend a lot of time on the app and that the company “rejects any implication that its marketing practices are unfair or improperly targets customers.”
To keep users loyal, the major operators offer VIP programs, not unlike what airlines or rental car companies do. As a bettor climbs the tiers, the perks get bigger and better, from free bets and swag to primo seats at games, fancy dinners and even concert tickets. A FanDuel VIP in Pennsylvania received a personalized video message from MLB slugger Bryce Harper.
I wanted to be a VIP. I wanted cool perks.
To help get that status, I’d tapped the skills of Isaac Rose-Berman, a precocious 26-year-old professional sports bettor and policy expert at the American Institute for Boys and Men, a think tank that focuses on policy issues impacting dudes. He had a hunch that by chasing losses and displaying other signs of problem gambling I’d eventually get an invite. We just didn’t know when it would come — or how much it would cost.
It happened sooner than either of us thought.
At 5:01 p.m. the day after I lost nearly $1,800 on basketball in one night, during the closing remarks of the gambling addiction symposium, an email popped into my inbox. “Welcome to the DraftKings VIP Showcase,” the subject line read. I couldn’t believe it. My night of loss chasing was being rewarded.
The VIP showcase is basically a three-week tryout. Every week I’d get a new promotion as the company sussed me out to make sure that I was worthy of the title. It wanted to know whether I was actually a big spender, aka a whale, or a wolf in sheep’s clothing — a pro bettor, like Rose-Berman, who, armed with math, can beat the house more often than most by exploiting mispriced odds. Bettors like these, known in the business as sharps, calculate savvy wagers that have as much to do with sports knowledge as with probability. The apps do not like losing money to them and so limit how much they can bet.
For long-term losers like me, though, those limits don’t apply. I’m not a sharp. I’m a square.
And when I read the fine print of the VIP loyalty program, I was floored to see the incentive structure laid out so plainly: The more I spent on long-odds wagers, the quicker I’d accumulate the credits I needed to advance from tier to tier — from bronze, to silver, to gold, to diamond, to Onyx — and thus get closer to the cool perks I so desired. The upshot? Full send every time, baby!
Before I could get started though, I encountered my first in-app responsible gaming prompt since I began betting.
Screenshot by Jake Pearson/ProPublica
In just over a week, I’d gambled away roughly what a minimum-wage worker in New York City earns in a month by chasing my losses and repeatedly tapping my bank account. But the notice wasn’t served to me because of how I’d been betting. It was sent because when New York lawmakers legalized mobile sports betting in 2023, they required the apps to notify users when they hit $2,500 in total deposits.
The law also requires sportsbooks like DraftKings to submit a “problem-gaming plan” to the state regulator but leaves the specifics of it up to the companies. The plan must include, among other things, procedures “for identifying users with suspected or known problem-gaming behavior” and for “providing information to users concerning problem-gaming identification and resources.” But the exact details are unclear because such plans are not publicly available. (A DraftKings spokesperson wouldn’t provide a copy, and my request for it under the state’s open records law with the gaming commission is under review.)
The app’s response to my $2,500 in deposits was tepid. With a click I could either set limits on my betting or avoid doing so altogether. Eager to gamble, I clicked “I Understand” and moved on. That was it, warning resolved. I got on the horn with my panel of experts to map out the next phase of my experiment. It was time to up the ante.
One of my advisers, Joshua Grubbs, who studies gambling disorders at the University of New Mexico, said he’d expect to see someone on my trajectory pick up the frequency of his betting, have longer sessions on the app, jump from sport to sport in search of fast action and start experimenting with more exotic betting products, like parlays and prop bets.
OK, I said. Let’s rip some parlays.
Parlays link multiple events into a single wager, drastically decreasing the likelihood of all parts happening while simultaneously increasing the potential payout. They’re enticing, aspirational bets. And, Grubbs was quick to remind me, they’re known by another name: a sucker’s bet.
DraftKings heavily promotes parlays, offering “profit boosts” that juice their potential payouts.
The companies say these bets make watching a game more fun and exciting. They’re a reason to tune in, and hang on, if you’re not otherwise interested in whatever’s on TV.
Do enough parlays, though, and you become seduced by what’s known as the “near miss” effect — a psychological phenomenon in which your brain basically tricks you into thinking you’ve got skill after almost winning.
Mathematically, however, you’re actually four times more likely to get three out of four legs of a parlay, for example, than all four. Yet every time I got close, I wondered if maybe I just needed to tweak my formula, even as my rational brain recognized that I couldn’t hit a parlay to save my life.
Prop bets play on a different dynamic in your brain. They are wagers on a player’s stats or a specific event within a game that’s divorced from the overall outcome. Among the most controversial forms is the microbet, which offers very fast action — who will win the next point in a tennis match, will the next pitch be a strike. Another one of my consultants, Natasha Schull, an anthropologist at New York University and the author of “Addiction by Design: Machine Gambling in Las Vegas,” said microbetting is as close as you can get in sports betting to playing slots, widely considered to be one of the most addictive forms of gambling.
So I followed Grubbs’ and Schull’s advice to escalate my risk-taking as I bet from my living room couch.
Betting on the couch was fun enough, but I was itching to feel what it was like to have money riding on a game being played right in front of me. So in early May, when my neighbor and I went to see the Yankees play, I decided to give betting IRL a try.
It’s hard to overstate how heavy-handed the sports betting messaging in Yankee Stadium is. When I went to get a hot dog, there were ads from DraftKings’ chief rival, FanDuel, on the monitors that displayed the menus.
I settled into my seat, cracked a cold one and logged into DraftKings. It was time for more microbets. When Yankees shortstop José Caballero was up in the fifth inning, I bet $50 that he’d either get a hit or take a ball on his third pitch. I was right! Easiest $95 I’d ever made.
So I kept going — with less success.
I lost $50 on the next pitch to Caballero, then I went 0-5 at $20 a pop trying to guess what Baltimore Orioles center fielder Leody Taveras would do from the box during his third plate appearance. I’d managed to squander my payday in just a couple of minutes.
Schull told me that since there’s so little lag time between placing your wager and getting your result, you can quickly get into a flow of submitting and repeating bets — exactly the kind of trance she observed in gambling addicts pulling slot machine levers. The result, obviously, is that it’s very easy to lose a lot very quickly.
I’d soon find out that DraftKings knows this, too, though its take on microbetting was far less full of doomerism.
Three days after the Yankees game, on May 7, following yet even more parlay losses, the company served me a “responsible gaming” pop-up video — the first I’d been served in the app since the New York-mandated one on April 25.
“Took a loss? Now take a beat,” it read, directing me on how to visit the “My Stat Sheet” page on the app, where I could set a budget or impose limits on my ability to spend. I clicked “Maybe Later,” and the interruption was over.
But DraftKings’ apparent concern for my well-being was belied by a promotion the company sent me just hours later: A 20% profit BOOST on bets of up to $250 for an unlimited number of live microbets on baseball plate appearances. This was exactly the kind of bet that had led me to lose so quickly at the ballpark. Now the company was encouraging me to run it back at even bigger dollar amounts for as many times as I wanted until the promotion expired later that day. “Bet, settle, repeat!” read the push notification that popped up on my phone. I could practically hear the crank of a slot machine lever.
On May 7, the app served me the first “responsible gaming” pop-up since the New York-mandated one on April 25.Screenshot by Jake Pearson/ProPublicaJust hours later, DraftKings sent me a promotion urging me to place microbets on baseball.Screenshot by Jake Pearson/ProPublica
When I described this bet-pause-promote progression to Kalani, DraftKings’ responsible gaming chief, she told me she’d “take that back” to her team for review but added, “I just don’t think we should be drawing broad conclusions from, you know, your single account, what you did.”
A few days later, exactly two weeks after my first big night of loss chasing during the Knicks game, I was formally accepted into the VIP program and assigned my very own, personal concierge. It had taken only three weeks and $5,800 in deposits on the app. My rep said he’d be “keeping an eye out for opportunities and perks tailored specifically” to my account, plus “reminders about Responsible Gaming.”
I could text him directly. I could reach out for special treatment. Rose-Berman explained to me that this meant I could ask for “bonus bets,” free one-time bets using house money, or, more commonly, “deposit matches,” extra house money called DK Dollars, that fattened up my account when I made a transfer from my bank. He said that sportsbooks are happy to provide these freebies to losers like me because they’ve assessed, rightly, that we’re likely to end up gambling it right back — and that the special treatment will keep us loyal. I’d be earning crowns that I could convert to DK Dollars as I climbed the tiers of the loyalty program, which I could use to bet more or buy merch. I couldn’t help but hope that I’d also get the really cool stuff. A personalized video from a major leaguer? Tickets to a game? Swag?
My rapid ascent to VIP at DraftKings made me wonder how its major competitor, FanDuel, would handle a problem gambler like me. So I repeated the behavior there, placing the same kinds of bets at the same odds over the course of a week on their app.
One night I blew $529 on playoff basketball bets and then chased my losses with a $750 wager on professional hockey, backing the Minnesota Wild in a high-scoring matchup against the Colorado Avalanche. When the Avs won and my money was gone, I found the only remaining live action I could: a cricket match between Indonesia and Malaysia.
Like most Americans, I have no idea what cricket is. But whatever. It was near midnight and this was work, so I deposited $500 and tried to put it all on Malaysia. That bet would’ve netted me $11,000 had Malaysia won, but FanDuel wouldn’t accept it and required me to lower my wager amount. When I later asked the company about this, FanDuel wouldn’t say whether it did so because it didn’t want to lose the money or out of a commitment to responsible gaming. In any event, I put $200 on Malaysia instead and, of course, lost.
The app also put some speed bumps in my way over the course of that night, prompting me with “Reality Check” reminders six times that showed me the amount of time I’d been on the app and the amount I’d wagered thus far.
One of six FanDuel “Reality Checks” I encountered while betting on the app on May 3.Screenshot by Jake Pearson/ProPublica
And unlike on DraftKings, my weeklong betting behavior on FanDuel didn’t result in a VIP invite. When I reached out to FanDuel for comment, the company touted its responsible gaming tools. A company spokesperson added in a statement that FanDuel’s program is “designed to identify potential risk early and empower customers with real-time information about their play.” For some customers, the statement said, “trained specialists” will intervene “or apply protective measures, including limits or exclusion,” though the company didn’t say how often that happens and what it takes, exactly, to trigger those measures. The New York Times reported that FanDuel is one of several operators that have signed up with third-party firms that help gauge customers’ risk for problem gambling to curb it. DraftKings is not among them but said it has its own tools.
Over on DraftKings, things were heating up. A month into my experiment I’d already lost $4,671 — enough scratch to buy a used car (with a lot of miles) — and my bet size was growing, too. I was getting used to risking large sums. I looked back on how nervous I’d been to place $200 bets when I first started and couldn’t believe that I’d been so naive.
I’d been wagering so much, in fact, that the quick-tap deposit buttons in the app had increased to $500, $750 and $950, making it even easier to mindlessly transfer large sums from my bank into my DraftKings account.
The default dollar figures exemplify “dark patterns” aimed at making betting large amounts as frictionless as possible.Screenshot by Jake Pearson/ProPublica. Debit card number redacted by ProPublica.
Computer scientists have a term for this choice of user design: They call it a “dark pattern.” Critics say this is a key way that apps essentially trick you into subscribing to or purchasing things you don’t want or need with just one click.
And boy, was I getting fed opportunities to click. I’d selected the open settings for notifications on DraftKings, and as a result I was just getting pummeled with push alerts to my phone. Sometimes there’d be six in a day, offering BOOSTS. In the app, they’ve even got their own tagline: “BOOSTS DON’T STOP.”
I was hoping for tickets to a game or swag or anything super cool, but so far my VIP rep had hooked me up with only a 12-month ESPN subscription. That and lots of promotions to bet, at all hours. On Saturday, May 16, as I was getting the kids home from my son’s baseball game, DraftKings pushed me an “Exclusive Offer” to double my winnings on any bet up to $250. I pieced together a parlay on the subway, placing the bet as my service cut in and out.
The Yankees were playing the Mets that night, and Rose-Berman had encouraged me to shoot the moon — to climb the tiers of VIP status — so I strung together a five-leg parlay for the full eligible amount. My payout, highlighted in purple at the bottom of my slip, would be $6,250 if it hit.
The Yankees lost, and I hit only one leg of my parlay. As I nursed my wounds I began to wonder: Would I have spent that $250 but for the promotion?
I promise you I wasn’t trying to lose. Sure, I was firing unlikely bets, but I wanted them to win. If you could lose intentionally then you could win intentionally, and gambling wouldn’t exist. Over time most gamblers lose, and like them my performance was trending southward consistently — and fast.
But then, heading into Memorial Day weekend, I got on a hot streak. In statistics, this is called variance, but colloquially we refer to it as luck. Over five days, I notched real wins betting serious cash. After winning $3,869 on parlays from a Yankees game and the thrilling double overtime Spurs win in Game 1 of the Western Conference finals against the Oklahoma City Thunder, I almost forgot that, net, I was still down $8,836. And you know what? I felt like Superman.
To my betting brain, I was flying high. I was hot. I contacted one of my advisers, Rob Minnick, himself a recovering gambling addict who hosts a YouTube channel about problem gambling, and asked what he did after big wins.
He told me to withdraw the deposit I’d made immediately before my hot streak and then bet the winnings left in my DraftKings account with gusto because, hey, it’s just house money.
“I always say on my channel, like all wins are just future losses because when you don’t stop, it eventually gets given back,” he said.
Today, nearly a quarter of all Americans, and half of men ages 18 to 49, say they have an active sportsbook account, according to the Siena Research Institute. And with the advent of prediction markets, millions more are believed to be betting on sports.
But companies like DraftKings and FanDuel don’t just offer sports action: You can also gamble on casino games like blackjack and roulette in the handful of states where that’s legal. The companies call it iGaming, and they want it to be legal everywhere that sports betting is.
“I do think it’s a when, not if, that a lot of these states are going to legalize iGaming,” DraftKings CEO Jason Robins said at a June investor conference. “Customers want it. The tax revenue potential is real. And so we’re seeing a lot of momentum develop in different states.”
New York doesn’t permit that kind of gambling, but New Jersey is one of the roughly half dozen states that does. Since I was headed down the shore for Memorial Day weekend and my DraftKings account was flush from playoff basketball betting, it proved to be the perfect opportunity to try out iGaming.
I logged into my account from the beach on May 22 and was hit with a reminder of the app’s responsible gaming suite of tools, including the option to set a budget. I bypassed the prompt with the swipe of a finger, and there, on the main page, was a shortcut straight to the card table.
New Jersey allows iGaming, so I could access the casino right from DraftKings.Screenshot by Jake Pearson/ProPublica
I explored the expansive casino offerings: I played roulette and tried out blackjack. The cards were dealt on a table that looked straight out of Vegas but for your phone. I didn’t have to think about how much to wager because DraftKings had already done that for me: With the click of a button I could bet as much as $1,000 per hand. And I was struck by how DraftKings cross-promoted iGaming to the sports bettor.
That included “baseball blackjack” and “basketball blackjack” — a regular deck of cards but instead of a felt card table background, there was a baseball diamond or basketball court.
I didn’t think much of that until after I bet on the Knicks and Cavs in Game 3 of the Eastern Conference finals the next day. At the bottom of the receipt of my bet slip, I noticed for the first time a “Suggested For You” section. Mine advertised baseball blackjack and basketball blackjack. The app was drawing me back to the table.
In states where it can offer iGaming, DraftKings has casino games like baseball blackjack.Screenshot by Jake Pearson/ProPublicaThe app suggests sports-themed iGaming like football, baseball and basketball blackjack.Screenshot by Jake Pearson/ProPublica
Not that I needed that hard of a nudge to start playing cards again.
Rose-Berman and I had discussed a strategy for the weekend: To escalate my compulsive betting late into the night, I transitioned from my usual sports fare to even faster, more exotic sports action (read: Czech table tennis) and then, ultimately, to the casino, following the path DraftKings was all but paving for me.
As I devolved in Jersey, Draft Kings promoted me to silver-tier status.
I’d played about 500 rounds of blackjack in a couple of days — accounting for just over half of my total betting activity during 10 weeks on DraftKings. By the end of the holiday weekend, I’d blown close to $3,000 on casino gambling. Before I left the Garden State, I asked my VIP rep whether there was any way to get just the casino stuff off my phone.
Days later he responded, informing me that, no, unfortunately, that wasn’t possible. But he did ask me whether I needed “help with setting in app limits.” I declined the offer.
DraftKings’ Kalani told me I wasn’t the first user to voice this complaint and said the company was working on allowing customers who’d rather just bet on sports to toggle off the casino on their phone.
I came away from my betting mania with an overarching takeaway: that the “responsible gaming” prompts that were served to me were no match for the product design pushing me to do more gambling.
While I was fighting off sleep to play cards, DraftKings occasionally threw me some responsible gaming speed bumps. Just before midnight, for example, a “time reminder” popped up on the blackjack table, telling me I’d been on the app for three hours and 45 minutes.
The pop-ups were barely disruptive: They covered a small part of the screen and could be swept away in a second. The design of the blackjack game, by contrast, facilitated betting big and chasing losses. That’s because DraftKings has made doubling your bet one of the options you’re served in between hands — literally enabling doubling down in a millisecond with the push of a thumb.
A time reminder from DraftKings.Screenshot by Jake Pearson/ProPublicaThe “x2” button is another “dark pattern.”Screenshot by Jake Pearson/ProPublica
Minnick, who, in addition to hosting a YouTube channel on problem gambling, has co-founded a nonprofit industry watchdog that Rose-Berman advises, told me this dynamic pretty much summed up how he has come to understand the industry’s “responsible gaming” approach.
“It’s like an entire system that’s just built to appear to be doing something good while giving them basically like a free pass to do everything bad by saying, ‘Hey, we told you, you know, you have a responsibility, it’s your fault,’” Minnick said.
In a statement, DraftKings disputed that characterization, saying that all 5,000-plus of its employees are trained on responsible gaming every year and that it’s “not a side initiative. It is embedded across our business and essential to DraftKings’ long-term sustainability.”
But either way, Minnick and others said the framework for protecting consumers shouldn’t be entrusted to a publicly traded company that’s driven to grow revenue. “It’s unfair for us to expect or require a private business to do something that goes against its own mission of generating profit, right?” Minnick said. “Well, if you choose the industry standard, it’s going to be the least effective means.”
By late May, according to my expert panel, I was enthusiastically waving all the red flags of a compulsive gambler. Loss chasing? Check. Regular depositing? Yup. Exotic betting products? Lots of ’em. Long hours on the app and bets of increasing size and frequency? Yes and yes.
Yet the only pushback I got from DraftKings came in the form of responsible gaming prompts that required me to opt in to the app’s tools. The company told me it sent a total of 32 such notices over my 10 weeks of gambling, including emails that every DraftKings customer gets. By my count, I got in-app notifications about my betting on 14 of the 71 days I gambled.
Kalani, who served as DraftKings’ outside lawyer before becoming its responsible gaming chief, says her 51-person team manually reviews user accounts suspected of problem gambling. But I’d never heard from a single one, and I wondered if it was because I wasn’t compulsive enough.
So to erase any conceivable doubts about my status as a problem gambler, I went full “degen,” as sports bettors say when they’re on a particularly wild tear.
This is the moment that I bet feverishly on the French Open. I was fueled with $1,100 I’d won from my second bet ever, on April 16, a $200 wager on the Knicks to win the Eastern Conference finals. Now, six weeks later, I was compulsively betting on tennis, a sport I’d never bet on before. Once I blew my stack, I went straight to the responsible gaming center to set limits on how much I could deposit and how many hours I could be on the app.
The company says it doesn’t want there to be a stigma attached to using responsible gaming tools, but instead wants to encourage its users to budget, impose limits and avoid going off the deep end. DraftKings says millions of customers have visited its responsible gaming center, but the little data available publicly suggests only a small percentage opt into these tools.
As of April, just over 8% of active DraftKings users in Massachusetts were using them, a company official told state regulators this summer. This number was trending up, which was a good thing, the official said.
But when I used the tools, it didn’t take long to see their limitations. Just a half an hour after opting in, I received the first of four push alerts.
When I asked Kalani if the push notifications undermined my efforts to control myself, she dismissed the issue.
“People use our tools all the time, and they also appreciate being offered the same things other customers are also offered,” she said. “I think they are two very different things.” Besides, she said, those kinds of marketing materials aren’t sent to customers who opt into more severe restrictions, like a “cool-off” period.
I knew she was right about that from firsthand experience because I’d opted into a three-day cool-off after blowing another couple of grand on tennis to really communicate to DraftKings that I was struggling.
When you’re cooling off, you literally can’t log in. I’d picked a torturous time to enroll — the NBA Finals were underway as I was headed to a reunion trip with the college bros. I couldn’t have scripted a more stereotypical scenario for betting. The Knicks were playing the Spurs in Game 1, but I couldn’t get in on the action!
When I emerged from betting purgatory, it did seem like DraftKings had taken its foot off the gas. I wasn’t getting push alerts. Some of the bonus perks the app regularly fed me weren’t available. Even the dark patterns deposit buttons had returned to the default amounts of $10, $20 and $50.
So on June 8, ahead of Game 3 in the Knicks-Spurs series, I texted my VIP host to see what the deal was — and to see how firm the guardrails were. I asked whether I could get some extra DK Dollars in exchange for making a big deposit. I wondered if, given the circumstances, he’d invoke responsible gaming. He responded a day later and initially demurred.
But on the advice of a recovering gambling addict I’d been speaking to, I tried another tactic: asking for a bonus bet — just to remind my rep that I was eager for action.
Not one week after coming off my three-day cool-off, my VIP rep juiced my biggest deposit to date with an extra $1,250 in free DK Dollars.
Kalani told me she didn’t see a problem with this, either. It had been me, after all, and not my host, who first made contact following the cool-off. “At that point, again, you’re a VIP customer, and you’re asking for something that we would give to any customer,” she said.
Overall, “the system worked the way it was supposed to” in my case, Kalani said. The range of behaviors and indicators that DraftKings scans for that trigger closing or manually reviewing an account didn’t ping for me, she said.
While I often played late into the night, I wasn’t playing in the wee-est hours, between 1:30 a.m. and 5:30 a.m., she said.
I found this response revealing, though perhaps not in the way she’d intended it to be. I’d deposited $21,600 into my account in less than eight weeks, exhibiting just about every sign of compulsive gambling there is, according to my expert consultants. By DraftKings’ metrics, I didn’t even register for a manual review. Kalani had told me that the company was motivated to retain customers who were betting “within their means and can sustain their own entertainment.”
So I asked Kalani straight up: Does DraftKings ever cut somebody off purely based on their betting history and not because they’ve disclosed that they’ve got a problem? “Yes, we do that all the time,” she told me. She repeated the same answer when I asked her how often. I pressed again, and a spokesperson interjected, telling me he could take the question as a follow-up. I checked in later, but the company told me that “we do not share the specific number of closures.”
Sportsbooks know how to identify and restrict gamblers’ behavior. In fact, they already do so when it comes to sharp bettors like Rose-Berman. Gaming regulators in Massachusetts who crunched the numbers on this last September found that, on average, just 0.64% of gamblers in the commonwealth were limited as of December 2024 and that, within that group, winning bettors were more likely to have their bet maximums lowered than losers.
Sportsbooks could do the same to losers who are digging deeper and deeper holes. In fact, the Times reported, data scientists at DraftKings had developed a tool to identify customers who were headed in this direction, but the company didn’t adopt it. Kalani told the Times that DraftKings’ existing system for identifying problem gamblers was a “better methodology.”
As it stands, the current system relies on users to opt into setting responsible gaming tools like budgets or time limits. That model restricts the tools’ utility to those who have the wherewithal to police themselves, said Brianne Doura-Schawohl, a gambling reform advocate who lobbies statehouses to impose stronger consumer and public health protections on behalf of the Campaign for Fairer Gambling.
To stem the flow of casual money losing and potential addiction, advocates say, the design should be the exact opposite, requiring users to opt out of setting limits, especially since research shows that gambling can impair decision-making.
The argument about responsible gaming tools, while legitimate, misses an even larger public policy question, Doura-Schawohl added. States that have legalized sports betting derive billions of dollars in revenue from it — even as research shows that gambling disorder diagnoses are skyrocketing in those places. That makes it harder for lawmakers to impose stiffer regulations on specific offerings such as VIP programs or prop bets, like microbets, that are huge sources of revenue for companies and thus state coffers, she said. Other countries have already taken aggressive steps to curb some of the industry’s more problematic products, from marketing practices to advertisements. But in the U.S., the industry has actively opposed proposed reforms in Washington as well as statehouses across the country, and it even seeded a political action committee with $41 million to influence elections this year.
“We want regulations like deposit limits, the reconsideration of microbets. Let’s talk about the inundation of advertising that we’re all sick of,” Doura-Schawohl said. “How do the products themselves impact harm? I think VIP is a big problem with that.”
Midway through June, the unimaginable happened: The Knicks won the NBA championship for the first time in more than half a century.
It’s hard to add anything of substance to the canon of what’s already been written about the historic turn. But what I can say is that from a betting perspective, this was very good for me. My first bet, for $100, was on the Knicks to take home the chip. And ahead of Game 5, I had laid down my biggest bet ever: $10,000 on the Knicks — five times my biggest bet to date. As the city erupted in celebration, my account was as flush as ever, with $25,350. I’d erased all of my previous losses and netted a couple grand in profit.
And as it turns out, I was far from alone.
In fact, so many New York fans went big that the unlikely win resulted in sportsbook operators reporting a $48.5 million loss for the week ending after the Knicks secured the championship, the first time that’s happened since state lawmakers legalized online sports betting.
This confusing series of events presented a wrinkle in my experiment: What does the problem gambler who has been a consistent loser do when, by the grace of God, he comes out ahead?
Minnick, Grubbs and Rose-Berman all had the same answer: He keeps on going. “Congrats on becoming a huge world cup fan,” Minnick texted me.
It was good timing. The 48-team tournament was a major betting event, with billions wagered on the regulated apps alone. DraftKings was eager to get me into the action.
For the first time in the 12 days since my cool-off, with my account newly fat with house money, the company turned back on the push notifications notifying me of BOOSTS and betting opportunities. Between 1 p.m. and 8 p.m. on June 16, for example, I got five alerts pushing me to bet. “Defending champs Argentina start their quest for back-to-back glory,” read one. “Can they score 3+ goals vs Algeria (+180)?…” So I threw myself into World Cup betting with enthusiasm. And guess what? I was winning. A lot.
I was up $16,000 on top of my initial investment — astronomical heights. I frankly started to wonder: What if I was really good at this? What if I kept on winning?
My experts knew better. Winning, and winning big, can actually be dangerous for a problem gambler because it instills in that person a false confidence, a validation of their betting behavior. What I experienced was also a representative snapshot of how it really plays out on a problem gambler’s account.
“Most people’s gambling stories aren’t straight down,” Rose-Berman told me. “The whole point is that so much of the asymmetric downside is caused by the initial upside.”
Do You Know More About DraftKings, FanDuel and Sports Betting?
We’re still reporting. If you are a former or current employee of a sportsbook or prediction market, or know more about the online gambling industry, please contact us.
I had to keep going. I was putting more money than ever into play, placing between $3,000 and $7,000 a day on games, going for lucrative, unlikely parlays.
Think about that. That’s well above monthly rent for most people.
But I was hit in the app with responsible gaming prompts on only one of the 10 days that I spent so lavishly on the World Cup, receiving time reminder pop-ups notifying me of how long I’d been on the app, and how much I’d wagered, on June 17.
In fact, DraftKings was egging me on. Because of my VIP status, I’d been able to bet up to $250 to qualify for a profit BOOST. But as I kept spending more and more, DraftKings lifted the qualifying bet amount from $250 to $500 and even $1,000.
I’d recently hit the gold tier of VIP, but I still hadn’t gotten any cool perks as a result of my status. So I texted my host to see if I could get tickets to a World Cup match in New Jersey. No such luck, he said.
That should have been an omen. My fortune was turning.
In all, I’d lost $10,702 and decided enough was enough. I’d eventually withdraw the remainder and return it to ProPublica.
But before closing out my experiment, I wanted to see just how far DraftKings would let me go. So I asked my VIP rep if I could get a match on a (hypothetical!) $25,000 deposit.
If I deposited more, my rep said, he could “look into the account and see what is available to add in.”
If you’re one of millions of Americans who have placed an online bet on a sporting event, you know how quickly you can go from celebrating your wins to feeling like the odds are stacked against you.
ProPublica is trying to understand how sports betting apps incentivize users to keep playing and when they warn users to pump the brakes. To do that, we need your help: We’re aiming for at least 250 people to upload their gambling history from apps like FanDuel and DraftKings. We’re not quite there yet, so if you’ve used these apps, you can help our journalists. If you’ve worked in the industry, you can also help us by answering a few questions. (You can also reach us on Signal.)
Sharing your transaction histories and insights about the apps can help us understand when companies provide boosts, invite you into VIP programs and push responsible gaming notices. Without this data, there is no way to know how the companies truly operate.
Learn more about this project and how to share your data by visiting our website.
President’s ‘hard, drastic and necessary measure’, likely to attract widespread public support, polls suggest
The Brazilian president, Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva, has signed an order banning fixed-odds sports betting just over a week before the first round of the presidential election, in a move he said was designed to tackle the pervasive problem of families falling into debt.
The decision ends the operation, offering, intermediation and advertising of betting.
WASHINGTON, D.C. — Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth is urging U.S. service members and their families to register and vote in the 2026 midterm elections, saying hundreds of thousands of troops failed to register two years ago. The Hill reported the appeal Friday.
Hegseth directed troops to the Federal Voting Assistance Program, which helps military personnel and eligible family members register, request absentee ballots and vote while stationed away from home. He also told commanders their role was not to influence choices but to encourage participation: “You’re not telling them who to vote for. You’re just telling them to vote.”
According to FVAP data cited by The Hill, about 67% of active-duty service members were registered for the 2024 election, down three percentage points from 2020. Roughly 71% of the 1.3 million active-duty force qualified for absentee-voting protections because they were stationed away from their voting residence.
The Pentagon’s 2026 voting plan already directs voting-assistance officers to publicize elections, help troops complete registration forms and conduct voter-outreach campaigns.
Hegseth has also appeared at Republican campaign events this year, including stops supporting candidates in Kentucky and Iowa. The voting message itself, however, did not endorse a party or candidate.
New research suggests the technology could be used to increase out-of-hospital access to life-saving devices
Drones could help cut the time it takes to get a defibrillator to people experiencing cardiac arrests when not in hospital, researchers have suggested.
In the UK alone, there are more than 30,000 out-of-hospital cardiac arrests a year where emergency medical services attempt to resuscitate the individual, according to the British Heart Foundation. However, fewer than one in 10 people survive such an event, and some who do are left with neurological problems.
JEFFERSON CITY, Missouri — The U.S. Supreme Court has blocked Missouri from using a Republican-drawn congressional map for the November midterms, marking the third time the justices have intervened against the Trump-backed redistricting plan.
In an unsigned order Friday, the court suspended lower-court rulings requiring use of the 2025 map, saying changing districts after absentee voting had begun would “usher in electoral chaos.” No justice publicly dissented. Missouri will instead use the congressional map adopted in 2022.
President Donald Trump had urged Republican-led states to redraw congressional boundaries mid-decade to improve the party’s position in the House. Missouri lawmakers responded with a map that dismantled Democratic Rep. Emanuel Cleaver’s Kansas City-based district and could have given Republicans seven of the state’s eight seats.
The Missouri Supreme Court previously ruled that the new map could not take effect until voters considered a referendum backed by more than 300,000 petition signatures. A federal appeals court nevertheless ordered the map restored Monday, prompting another emergency appeal.
Timing proved critical. Absentee ballots using the 2022 districts were already being distributed, while more than 1 million Missouri voters would have been shifted into different districts under the new lines.
The ruling does not end the underlying litigation, but it determines which districts Missouri will use in the November election.
One of the unwritten rules of the Internet seems to be that whenever something Amiga-related is mentioned, at least one Amiga fan (myself included) must show up and try to explain the concept of screens. Amiga screens can have different resolutions, we’ll tell you, and one can drag them, we’ll say, and other Amiga users rally in agreement, while non-Amiga users probably still don’t get what’s so great about screens. Until now, when this text has been written, in the hope of converting unsuspecting normies into full-blown Amiga screen lovers.
A deeply technical look at not just how the Amiga managed to achieve this stunning functionality way back in the ’80s on machines with 7MHz and less RAM than a keyfob, but also how this functionality can be useful. I’ve always found the concept of screens on the Amiga quite interesting, and Svensson’s article does a great job at demystifying the whole concept.
Of course, expect a lot of lovely Amiga OS screenshots.
It’s time for an overview of another month of Redox OS progress, and over the month of August – they’re a bit late, don’t believe the publication date – they’ve implemented multicore support for ARM, and considerably improved the I/O performance for the NVMe driver, RedoxFS, and RAMFS by implementing a ring buffer communication API. There’s also initial support for NUMA-based memory management, QEMU is now working on Redox, and much more.
Of course, there’s also the usual long list of improvements to the kernel, relibc, drivers, and more.
Can you run an operating system with a graphical user interface and applications on the Atari Jaguar? Well, you can.
A long time running idea and work-in-progress, I’d like to finally announce the current version of JagOS ‘Spot’ for the Atari Jaguar, running from the RetroHQ GameDrive.
I’m slow at releasing things and try not to announce in-progress stuff due to lack of free time but would like to push this along. Maybe it’ll motivate me to work on it more if the interest is there or just release it as-is if not. The idea is based on the unreleased Atari Jaguar Painter Computer prototype, that a merged Falcon with Jaguar chipset-based computer would have found its way into consumer hands after the Falcon030.
The screenshots and YouTube video are quite impressive, but as it’s not actually released, it’s difficult to really say anything more about this project for now. I hope there’s enough interest to get this project’s code out there so it can be further improved and expanded.
In the Texas Senate race, comments Republican Ken Paxton made in 2022 about the mass shooting at an elementary school in Uvalde, Texas, are circulating on social media, thanks to posts by his opponent, Democrat James Talarico, and the Democratic Party. But their posts use just a snippet of Paxton’s remarks, depriving voters of the full context.
Talarico’s campaign posted on X on Aug. 2: “Ken Paxton said the Uvalde shooting was part of a ‘plan’ by ‘God.’ 21 elementary school children and teachers were murdered in the shooting.” The campaign similarly cited those words in a post in early September. On Sept. 24, the Democratic National Committee and Texas Democrats posted on Instagram what it called “leaked audio,” offering a 6-second clip of remarks Paxton publicly made on a radio program in 2022, and which had already circulated back then. Others are sharing similar posts on social media.
The Democrats’ post highlights Paxton saying: “Look, there’s always a plan. I believe God always has a plan. Life is short, no matter what it is.” Paxton did say that, but there was more to his remarks. He faced criticism even for his fuller comments at the time, so voters likely would have different reactions to the interview. But voters can’t properly evaluate what Paxton said without seeing or hearing his full remarks.
Paxton, who has been the Texas attorney general since 2015, was interviewed by radio host and pastor Trey Graham in the days after the May 24, 2022, mass shooting at Robb Elementary School in Uvalde. An 18-year-old gunman killed 19 children, whose ages ranged from 9 to 11 years old, and two teachers.
In the interview, which aired May 29, Paxton said the shooting and shooter were “evil.” He was invited by Graham “to speak a word of comfort … to the families and those who have lost tragically children in this situation. As a follower of Jesus, as an elected official, what might you be able to say that might give a little comfort?” (Starting at the 9-minute mark.)
Here’s Paxton’s full response:
Paxton, May 29, 2022, interview: Look, I think it’s difficult to give comfort. If I lost one of my children, I’d be pretty devastated, especially in a way that is so senseless and you know seemingly has no purpose. I think I would, I would just have to, if I had the opportunity to talk to people, I’d have to say, look, there’s always a plan. I believe God always has a plan. Life is short, no matter what it is, and certainly we’re not going to make sense of, you know, a young child being shot and killed way before their life expectancy. And so, even though we can’t make sense of it, I would just have to encourage them to hold on to their faith and to hold on to their belief that there really is purpose in what God does. And we may not know it now, but someday we will.
The online news site Salon wrote about Paxton’s comments on June 14, 2022. He faced criticism, including from the father of one of the students killed in the 2018 mass shooting at a high school in Parkland, Florida. The Houston Chronicle editorial board wrote that Paxton had “demurred on offering words of comfort for Uvalde victims’ families, opting for cold resignation.”
Wooden crosses at a memorial on June 3, 2022, dedicated to the victims of the mass shooting at Robb Elementary School in Uvalde, Texas. Photo by Alex Wong/Getty Images.
The headline on a June 2022 Washington Post opinion piece called Paxton’s comments a “shameful … cop-out.” Columnist Karen Tumulty wrote: “It was all in God’s plan. That’s a suggestion we often hear from pious, well-meaning people when other words fail in the face of an unspeakable, inexplicable tragedy. The idea is that some day we will all understand that larger purpose of our suffering. It is meant to be a balm.”
She continued: “But those words sound more like a shrug when an elected leader — and in this case, one who is his state’s top law enforcement officer — offers that as an explanation for a horror that was preventable and exacerbated by human error.”
Paxton opposed tighter restrictions on guns in the wake of the tragedy. He told Graham in the radio interview: “There are murder laws, and this guy didn’t follow that murder law. And so, if you had a gun law that said he didn’t have a gun, I don’t think that that would have been very effective for him. … Don’t suggest that somehow having more gun laws would have stopped this guy from shooting because that’s not the answer.”
Paxton said that schools could “hire policemen at every school” and also “train other people” to respond before law enforcement can arrive. “And had there been somebody in the classroom with a gun, we could have, we could potentially save every life,” he said.
When we asked the Talarico campaign about its X posts, JT Ennis, the campaign press secretary, pointed us to 2022 articles critical of Paxton’s remarks, most of which we described above, and the 6-second snippet of Paxton’s comments, as posted by Shannon Watts, founder of a group advocating stricter gun laws to prevent gun violence. The campaign didn’t respond to our question about whether some voters would have a different view of Paxton’s remarks with additional context.
We also asked the Paxton campaign about the Democrats’ posts and whether Paxton had a response to the 2022 criticism of his comments. We haven’t received a reply.
Editor’s note: FactCheck.org does not accept advertising. We rely on grants and individual donations from people like you. Please consider a donation. Credit card donations may be made through our “Donate” page. If you prefer to give by check, send to: FactCheck.org, Annenberg Public Policy Center, P.O. Box 58100, Philadelphia, PA 19102.
A Republican super PAC has been running an ad that makes the misleading claim that North Carolina Senate candidate Roy Cooper “let 16,000 untested rape kits sit on the shelf” when he was the state’s attorney general. The evidence kits were in the custody of hundreds of local law enforcement agencies and were never submitted for testing by the state crime laboratory that Cooper oversaw as attorney general.
The kits, which include swabs and other materials to collect blood, urine and DNA samples, are used in forensic medical examinations and become evidence in sexual assault cases. It was not known how many of the completed kits local law enforcement offices throughout the state still had in their possession until an audit was required under a new state law in 2017, when Cooper had ascended from attorney general to governor.
Cooper, the Democratic candidate, is facing Republican Michael Whatley in the race that will determine who replaces Republican Sen. Thom Tillis of North Carolina.
The ad attacking Cooper was paid for by No Going Back PAC Inc., a newly formed super PAC with ties to another super PAC, MAGA Inc., which is affiliated with President Donald Trump. More than $2.3 million has been spent running the ad on broadcast and digital platforms since Sept. 10, according to the ad-tracking service AdImpact.
The ad begins with the narrator saying, “What kind of politician betrays rape victims? Ask Roy Cooper. He let 16,000 untested rape kits sit on the shelf. Cooper denied justice to survivors.”
But that gives viewers the false impression that Cooper had the evidence kits in his possession and didn’t do the tests. That’s not what happened.
In 2017, a state law was enacted that required local law enforcement agencies to do an inventory of the kits in their custody.The kits, for various reasons, had never been submitted to the North Carolina State Crime Laboratory for testing when Cooper was head of the state Department of Justice, which includes the crime lab. So, the number of untested kits was not previously known.
The audit language was included in a budget bill that Cooper vetoed as governor. The bill became law after the General Assembly overrode Cooper’s veto.
After the statewide inventory was done, the NCDOJ reported in early 2018 that more than 500 local law enforcement agencies had 15,160 kits in their possession, and the department said it would devise a plan to get them tested.
In its report, the state DOJ said the statewide audit in 2017 found that 3,820 of the untested kits were tied to cases in which “allegations were determined to be unfounded as a result of further investigation,” 2,741 kits were linked to cases that had already been resolved in court, 1,054 kits were associated with cases in which a “suspect admitted to the sexual act in question,” and in 390 cases “the victim wished to remain anonymous and did not report the incident to the authorities.” The other 7,545 kits did not fall into any of those four categories.
In 2019, the Legislature passed a bill, the Survivor Act, which Cooper signed into law, that included funding to do the tests, and created a requirement that local law enforcement agencies submit sexual assault evidence kits to the state crime lab, or another approved testing facility, within 45 days of receiving them from a medical office.
We were not able to get in contact with No Going Back PAC Inc. for this story. We called the treasurer listed on its Federal Election Commission filings, and reached out to MAGA Inc. for a contact as well.
As supporting evidence, the ad cites an April 2024 Carolina Journal news article about North Carolina, under then Democratic state Attorney General Josh Stein, clearing its “decades-long backlog of untested rape kits” that year, referring to the thousands of kits that local law enforcement had been holding. The story said the untested kits had been a “bad mark on the state dating back to the time when Gov. Roy Cooper served as the state’s attorney general for 16 years,” from January 2001 to January 2017.
In an interview, Ilse Knecht, director of policy and advocacy at the Joyful Heart Foundation, a national nonprofit organization that runs the End the Backlog initiative, told us that blame for the thousands of kits that were not tested doesn’t lie with one person. She said both local and state officials could have done more to treat sexual assault crimes seriously and prioritize kit testing.
“One of the important things to remember or understand about rape kit backlogs is that it’s the result of kind of a system-wide failure, and it starts at the very local level,” she said. “It comes down to there are often no laws on the books saying what has to happen with this evidence, and so the decision whether or not to send a rape kit for testing would be up to one detective” who “would make the decision not to send it sometimes based on their own conclusion of the credibility of the victim, or the likeliness of the case” to be successful.
If there had actually been 16,000 rape kits sitting in the State Crime Laboratory, waiting to be tested, “you could pass some blame pretty clearly” onto Cooper, Knecht said.
“But in this situation, it was all these [local] jurisdictions making 1,000 decisions a year not sending kits, and it was kind of hidden,” she said. “Until the inventory happened, it was hard to really know what the extent of the problem was.”
“Could everybody have done more and done better? Of course,” she said. “It’s just a multifaceted problem that involves a lot of different stakeholders.”
The Cooper campaign responded to the ad’s claim on a FAQ page on its website.
“The 16,000 rape kits this question refers to was a tally of kits sitting in local law enforcement offices across the state that were discovered over a year after Roy had left the Attorney General’s office. No state office had knowledge of where they all were, possession or control of them and no statewide count of all untested rape kits in the possession of local law enforcement even existed until after Roy was elected Governor,” the page says.
Released Inmates
The ad narrator also makes the claim that Cooper “caved to the defund the police radicals and released 3,500 criminals.” That’s a reference to a court settlement that Cooper reached in February 2021 to release that many North Carolina inmates during the COVID-19 pandemic, after being sued by the American Civil Liberties Union and other activists seeking to protect inmates and corrections staff by reducing the state’s prison population.
As we previously wrote, Cooper had objected to the early releases until a judge issued a preliminary injunction in favor of the plaintiffs and called on the state to come up with an inmate reduction plan.
The narrator then says, “Released early, this convicted child molester shot a man dead,” wrongly suggesting that Jimmie Speight Jr., the man shown in the ad, was an inmate Cooper released early.
Speight was already out of prison when the settlement was reached, according to his state prison record. He completed his previous prison term and was released as scheduled on Nov. 25, 2020. He was on a nine-month post-release supervision term when he was taken into custody on March 9, 2021, for violating the terms of his release because of new misdemeanor charges, including larceny.
“On 03/11/2021, following a preliminary hearing on the violation, Speight’s post-release supervision was reinstated because the pending charges were misdemeanors,” Keith Acree, communications director for the North Carolina Department of Adult Correction, told us in an email. “Speight’s reinstatement met the definition for an early reentry under the NAACP v. Cooper settlement terms, which is why he appears on the settlement list even though he was already out of prison,” Acree said.
About a month later, on April 8, Speight was arrested on murder charges, as well as rape and kidnapping charges stemming from a separate incident. In 2023, Speight was convicted of second degree murder and sentenced to more than 32 years in prison.
Editor’s note: FactCheck.org does not accept advertising. We rely on grants and individual donations from people like you. Please consider a donation. Credit card donations may be made through our “Donate” page. If you prefer to give by check, send to: FactCheck.org, Annenberg Public Policy Center, P.O. Box 58100, Philadelphia, PA 19102.
A graffiti mural depicting Israeli filmmakers Yuval Abraham and Rachel Szor, directors of the documentary “NAZA,” seen in Ashdod, Israel, on Sept. 16, 2026. Initially painted by an artist accusing the filmmakers of being “traitors,” the text on the mural was subsequently modified by another artist to read “heroes.”Photo: Mostafa Alkharouf/Anadolu via Getty Images
The Israeli documentary “NAZA” will make its North American premiere tomorrow at the New York Film Festival on the heels of Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s vitriolic speech at the United Nations, which was met by mass protests, arrests, and diplomats walking out. Other Israeli documentaries have screened at Lincoln Center, including one at the New York Jewish Film Festival in January on the movement for LGBTQ+ rights or another about an October 7 hostage. But this film, co-directed by Yuval Abraham and Rachel Szor, has proven extraordinarily controversial in its home country, reviled by nearly every sector of media and politics.
The documentary, which is composed of anonymous interviews with those active in Israel’s military and intelligence service during the war against Gaza, depicts extensive, highly detailed confessions of their participation in the mass targeting and killing of Palestinian civilians. The film’s title comes from the Israeli military’s system for assessing collateral damage, an interface that one of the anonymous confessors says can map out every building in the Gaza Strip and predict what civilians may be killed in an airstrike. One man who used the NAZA interface remarks in a clip from the film that the military once approved a single strike the system calculated would kill 500 Palestinians, and said the system makes no distinction between adults and children.
The revelation of the film’s existence — its world premiere was at the Venice Film Festival earlier this month after being produced in secret for three years — sent shockwaves through Israeli society. Two contradictory claims have begun to dominate discussions of the documentary, at the highest levels of both the Israeli government and the military brass, both aiming to neutralize the film’s reach and the ability of its filmmakers to continue working. The first is that the film released highly sensitive and classified information about the Israel Defense Forces’ operations in Gaza, contravening the law. The second line of attack claims the film is a complete fabrication, a hoax, and in the words of IDF Chief of the General Staff Eyal Zamir, a “blood libel.” Key Israeli politicians argue Abraham and Szor are aiding the enemy in wartime, with National Security Minister Itamar Ben-Gvir calling them “friends” of Hamas who should be held accountable as such.
While some opponents of the current Israeli government, such as Yashar leader Gadi Eisenkot, have attempted to tack in a more liberal direction by saying “criticism is legitimate” — while also decrying the film for “present[ing] a distorted and one-sided picture” at a time when “the State of Israel [is] in a time of distress” — both the Israeli state and the army have begun proposing legal action be taken against the filmmakers, with their citizenship in particular coming under attack from not only Culture Minister Miki Zohar, but Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu himself.
In an unprecedented move, Netanyahu announced on September 16 in a video message posted on social media that his government would “revoke citizenship from anyone who defames IDF supporters abroad” in addition to raising the fine for defamation “twentyfold” to 1 million shekels (nearly $330,000 at the current exchange rate) to punish them further. Calling out the “NAZA” filmmakers specifically, Netanyahu went on to say “their place does not belong with us.”
The phenomenon of revoking Israeli citizenship is not novel. Earlier this year, two Palestinians from East Jerusalem were convicted of security offenses and stripped of their Israeli nationality, which paved the way for their deportation to either the occupied West Bank or even the Gaza Strip. But revoking the citizenship of Israeli Jews on any kind of similar grounds is without historical precedent. Both Abraham and Szor — who also co-directed the documentary “No Other Land” — are Jews born in Israel, have no Palestinian ancestry, and no public record of citizenship for any other country.
Proposals have been made in the past for the revocation of Israeli citizenship from certain Jews, most notably Yigal Amir, who killed Israeli Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin. The far-right assassin, who is from an Orthodox Jewish family, was the subject of a public petition demanding his citizenship be revoked. But the Israeli Supreme Court rejected it on the grounds that “the dignity of the right” for every Jew to acquire and have Israeli citizenship overruled the “dignity of the murderer.” Now, for the first time, a sitting Israeli leader is advocating for the so-called “dignity of the right” to be overturned, not for murder, but for mere “slander,” in Netanyahu’s description, against the Israeli military.
Although Israeli politicians and other officials have categorized the filmmakers as antisemites spreading lies about the Jewish people, Abraham and Szor are not explicitly anti-Zionist in the way that other prominent critics of Israel, like the historian Ilan Pappé and the architect Eyal Weizman, have defined themselves, or even how a Communist member of Israel’s Knesset, Ofer Cassif, has defined himself. Both co-directors have openly stated their belief in a future where both Israelis and Palestinians “are equally sovereign and free.” Abraham himself has said Israelis have a “right” to “sovereignty and security in this land,” just as Palestinians do.
Despite these threaded needles, the Jewish filmmakers of “NAZA” now find themselves in the position of being treated much the same way Palestinian citizens of Israel are: as though their citizenship was bestowed upon them in error, a mistake of history where convenience trumped logic, a catastrophe that needs to be rectified immediately.
The Law of Return — the idea that every Jewish person, even those who converted to the religion and have no ancestral ties to the land of Palestine, should be allowed to “return” to their homeland, to settle, to live, and to be treated as an equal alongside every other Jewish person, no matter their birthplace — was one of the fundamental building blocks of the Zionist project. But the Law of Return did not become law until 1950, and the Citizenship Law, which defined the terms of its larger eligibility, did not become law until 1952, four years after the State of Israel’s founding.
For a short period in Israel’s history, citizenship had no clear definition, but it required quick clarification, not just because it is a key part of any fledgling state, but because they needed to be able to define which Arabs, who remained inside Israel’s new borders on temporary “red card” permits after the Nakba, could be allowed to stay, and who could be removed as an illegal infiltrator. Then-Agriculture Minister Dov Yosef remarked plainly during a cabinet debate in 1949: “When we publish the citizenship law and a person is found not to be a citizen, we can then deport him.”
Citizenship was granted in limited quantities to the Palestinians who had been able to remain inside the newly established Israel and did not confer all the rights it supposedly guaranteed. Palestinian citizens of Israel remained under control of a military governance system up until 1966, with their movements strictly controlled and their political activities restricted to rein in criticism of the Jewish state they now found themselves living under.
The discourse about citizenship has taken on an unmistakably Americanized character, one defined by a larger “Love it or leave it” mentality.
The Law of Return, considered “inalienable” by many politicians, where any concrete restrictions must entail tearing of the law in its entirety, contained seemingly contradictory restrictions within its formally expansive framework. Israeli Communist Party leader Meir Vilner noted back in 1950, during discussion of the Law of Return in the Knesset, that even though Jewish citizenship was technically expansive, it still entailed restrictions to those who “endangered … the security of the state,” a vagueness that Vilner opposed on the grounds that it could be used by the government “against sections within the Jewish people.” The Polish-Israeli anti-Zionist intellectual Israel Shahak noted in 1975 that all the punishments normally doled out against Arabs, including losing their citizenship, remained theoretically possible against Jewish dissenters under Israeli law, but only “racism” against Arabs had prevented setting that precedent.
As the United States became Israel’s primary benefactor in the 1960s and 1970s, previously dormant discussions about the grounds for revoking Israeli citizenship from Jews began to reemerge. They coalesced around insufficient connection to Israel, with some aiming to establish a system of permanent residency, disallowing citizenship for Jews who did not spend enough time inside the Jewish state. After 9/11, these proposals took on a much more ideological, and much more far-right, character.
The Israeli right was soon overtaken with the possibility of revoking the citizenship of those it considered to be aiding the enemy, with Arab citizens of Israel being the primary target. But anti-Zionist Jews were also in their crosshairs, including members of the ultra-Orthodox Jewish fringe sect Neturei Karta, or Jews who were insufficiently supportive of Israel, like Israeli journalist Gideon Levy. Calls for “loyalty oaths” from both Arabs and Jews became a cause célèbre for people like then-Deputy Prime Minister Avigdor Lieberman in the late 2000s, who would insist on the equality he advocated for by saying, “It’s not racism. The test is loyalty, not their religion.”
A certain McCarthyist strain familiar to Americans under the Bush administration, looking anywhere and everywhere for national disloyalty, was confirmed in 2007 by Likud MK Gilad Erdan, who would later become Netanyahu’s ambassador to the United Nations during the height of the war on Gaza in 2023. Erdan claimed revoking citizenship would not be wrong because the U.S. also had a basis for revoking citizenship based on “disloyalty to the state,” which included “citizens by birth,” and that there was a threat that needed to be dealt with, even from Jewish people inside the State of Israel, who did not recognize Israel’s “sovereignty.”
The Second Intifada and the disintegration of the so-called Israeli-Palestinian peace process preceded these events, but now, the discourse about citizenship has taken on an unmistakably Americanized character, one defined by a larger “love it or leave it” mentality that allows for officials like Ben-Gvir to post about putting Jewish and Arab politicians who oppose the unfettered expansion of Zionism on planes to be deported.
By virtue of their criticism of Israel, the self-proclaimed representative of the Jewish people, they become enemies of the Jewish people, and therefore in the minds of the state’s most ardent defenders, politically Arab, and therefore able to be viewed as an existential threat just the same.
Netanyahu’s proposal to strip the “NAZA” filmmakers of their citizenship is unlikely to come to pass. It is undeniably being utilized as a political cudgel, with Netanyahu also calling for the revocation of political opponent Yair Golan’s citizenship on the same grounds, despite Golan having been a major general in the IDF. Israeli President Isaac Herzog has, in turn, dismissed the plan, calling it “completely irrelevant.” But as Shahak said in 1975, the grounds for expanding the revocation of citizenship from Jewish Israelis is there in the law, even if the precedent has not yet been set. In 2022, the court upheld a law that allowed for revoking citizenship from Israelis who “carry out actions that constitute a breach of trust against the state.” Earlier this year, in a move met with much less controversy, Netanyahu began initiating proceedings to strip citizenship from those who allegedly aid Iran through espionage, cases which have involved Jews as well as Arabs.
While the chances of the Supreme Court upholding the stripping of citizenship in this particular case are almost nil, a future Israeli administration, one that does not recognize the court’s powers, or an administration that serves alongside a court far more aligned with disqualifying the insufficiently Zionist from politics, could tell a much different story.
A future government where Israel can strip anyone’s citizenship for not only being Palestinian, but also for speaking out in any way against the state, a future where Ben-Gvir is defense minister, or even prime minister, may be closer than many defenders of the “only democracy in the Middle East” imagine.
Samples of diluted cannabis edibles and flowers sit in vials at Kaycha Labs, a cannabis testing facility in Denver that looks for contaminants in marijuana products. Stephen Swofford, The Denver Gazette
A Colorado manufacturer of a popular brand of marijuana vapes warned dispensaries last week that it is recalling products due to contamination by methylene chloride, a chemical the Environmental Protection Agency has sought to ban for most uses because it can cause cancer.
The recall comes amid a protracted delay in state implementation of expanded testing procedures that would have detected methylene chloride and other solvents that pose health risks.
The manufacturer, StayCon, voluntarily flagged 49 of its products, some of which first went up on dispensary shelves more than a year and a half ago. The recalled items include vapes that go by the brand name Maui Wowie and Grape Gorilla. The recall notice said a “botanically-derived” flavoring compound used in its marijuana vapes contained methylene chloride.
The owner of the third-party lab that detected the toxic solvent, which can be used to strip paint, said that he notified the company and the state six weeks before StayCon issued its recall. The state has yet to issue its own alert to consumers. Kyle Boyd, a spokesperson for the Colorado Marijuana Enforcement Division, told The Denver Gazette and ProPublica that the agency “does not comment on investigations” in response to a question about why it hasn’t made the recall public.
The Denver Gazette and ProPublica reported this month that regulatory loopholes in Colorado have allowed contaminated marijuana products that pose health risks to continue being sold to consumers for months, sometimes even years. Regulators have been slow to provide public warnings even after they’ve received reports of consumer harm. Earlier this year, the publications also reported on the dangers of methylene chloride as part of an investigation into Colorado’s failure to adopt many regulations used by other states to keep intoxicating hemp products off marijuana shelves.
Methylene chloride can be used to cheaply synthesize hemp into THC, the psychoactive compound in marijuana that makes people high. That chemically converted hemp is then falsely labeled and sold as marijuana-based products. State law bans the chemical conversion process and prohibits marijuana manufacturers from using methylene chloride, which the EPA banned for most uses in 2024. This month the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit struck down the EPA ban and sent the matter back to the agency for further review.
The still-unimplemented testing rule for methylene chloride and 30 other solvents was meant to align Colorado’s standards with requirements that are already in place in 24 of the 43 states with regulated marijuana markets. The new testing was supposed to be implemented in July — nearly three months before StayCon told dispensaries it was recalling products. A spokesperson for the Marijuana Enforcement Division said the state public health department, which reviews labs and recommends their certification, told his agency it needed more time.
Implementation, he said, will begin at the end of this month.
Denver-based Bona Fides Laboratory in August detected the methylene chloride that prompted Friday’s recall notice during routine testing for other contaminants such as pesticides and mold. Lab owner David Mathis said he immediately notified the state and StayCon. He criticized state regulators for delaying implementation of the new testing rules, saying his company had been ready to conduct expanded screening since the start of July.
“How many samples were not tested but have contaminants in them and were passed to the public?” Mathis said.
StayCon, a Pueblo County-based company doing business as Craft, did not respond to questions from The Denver Gazette and ProPublica about its recall.
Even as the new testing protocols are set to go into effect, the state has backed away from plans to close a related and longstanding regulatory loophole: Manufacturers still get to choose the samples that labs test and the labs that do the testing.
Regulators in January said they were considering overhauling sampling rules to require lab personnel to collect samples, but they backed down after top manufacturers said it would be too expensive.
Southern Delaware event moves because of incoming storm; Wilmington’s Walk to End Alzheimer’s remains scheduled for Oct. 31
REHOBOTH BEACH, Del. — The Southern Delaware Walk to End Alzheimer’s has been postponed to Saturday, Nov. 14, because of the incoming storm, organizers announced Friday.
The walk had been scheduled for Saturday, Sept. 26.
The Alzheimer’s Association Delaware Chapter made the decision to move the event as potentially disruptive weather approaches the region.
The Southern Delaware event is one of two Walk to End Alzheimer’s events planned in Delaware this fall. The Wilmington walk remains scheduled for Saturday, Oct. 31.
The annual walks bring together people living with Alzheimer’s and other dementias, caregivers, families, friends and supporters while raising money for Alzheimer’s research and the association’s care and support programs.
Participants can walk individually or as part of a team and raise money in support of the Alzheimer’s Association’s mission.
A signature part of the event is the Promise Garden ceremony. Participants carry different-colored flowers representing their personal connection to Alzheimer’s and dementia, including those living with the disease, caregivers and people walking in memory of someone they have lost.
The Delaware walks are part of the nationwide Walk to End Alzheimer’s program, which the Alzheimer’s Association describes as the world’s largest fundraiser for Alzheimer’s care, support and research.
The organization provides education and support for Delaware families dealing with Alzheimer’s and other forms of dementia. Its 24/7 Helpline also connects families and caregivers with information, local resources and support.
The postponement gives Southern Delaware participants several additional weeks to register, organize teams and raise money before gathering Nov. 14.
The Wilmington event is not affected by the Southern Delaware postponement and remains scheduled for Oct. 31.
To Go Box
Southern Delaware Walk to End Alzheimer’s
When: Saturday, Nov. 14
Original date: Saturday, Sept. 26
Status: Postponed because of the incoming storm
Wilmington Walk to End Alzheimer’s
When: Saturday, Oct. 31
Participate: Individuals can register to walk, create or join a team, volunteer or make a donation through the Alzheimer’s Association.
Learn more: Visit the Alzheimer’s Association Delaware Chapter online or call its 24/7 Helpline at 800-272-3900.
COLUMBIA, Missouri — The University of Missouri has barred a man from campus and referred an incident involving comments endorsing political violence to university police, Columbia police and the FBI after a confrontation at a Turning Point USA event.
Video from Thursday’s “Pick Up the Mic” event shows the individual wearing a shirt styled after one worn by Charlie Kirk when Kirk was fatally shot in Utah in September 2025, with what appeared to be fake blood added. During an exchange, a TPUSA speaker asked whether the man supported people being killed over freedom of speech. “Yeah, absolutely,” he responded.
Turning Point USA’s Missouri chapter initially described the individual as a student, but the university later clarified that he is not enrolled at Mizzou. Officials said he was formally trespassed from campus and that the incident had been referred for further investigation.
Columbia police confirmed they were notified following the event and were coordinating with University of Missouri police. The FBI’s Kansas City office also confirmed it was aware of the incident, according to the Washington Examiner.
No arrest or criminal charge had been announced as of Friday. Authorities have not publicly said whether investigators consider the comments a prosecutable threat rather than protected speech.
Trump’s media ban resulted in an effective TV blackout of coverage of the president during the UN general assembly
The primary White House television pool has resumed filming administration events after a court ruling temporarily overturned a Trump administration ban on CNN a day earlier.
In an unprecedented move, the pool – which also includes NBC, ABC, CBS and Fox News – ceased recording and transmitting White House footage on Monday, in solidarity with CNN, MS Now and Politico, which had been banned by Trump from the building over what he said was “their constant ‘reporting’ FAKE NEWS.”
From tacos and live music to gardens, history and a fall festival, here are outings for Sept. 26-27, with a website for every stop.
WILMINGTON, Del. — Whether you are planning a family afternoon, a date night or a drive through the Brandywine Valley, there is plenty to do this weekend. With a weather forecast that looks like rain, here are some options both inside and out! Check the weather
Newark Community Day — Newark. Music, food, crafts and children’s activities fill the University of Delaware Green from 11 a.m. to 4 p.m. Sunday. A good choice for families and grandparents. Website: newarkde.gov. newarkde.gov
Rum & Red Roses: A Pogues Tribute — Wilmington. John Byrne and fellow musicians celebrate The Pogues at The Crown at The Queen at 8 p.m. Saturday. Doors open at 7 p.m. Website: thequeenwilmington.com. thequeenwilmington.com
“Fiddler on the Roof” — Arden. Pair a musical with Candlelight Theatre’s dinner theater experience. Check the performance schedule and ticket availability before going. Website: candlelighttheatredelaware.org. candlelighttheatredelaware.org
Delaware Art Museum — Wilmington. Explore the galleries and sculpture garden, then consider lunch nearby. The museum is open from 10 a.m. to 4 p.m. Saturday and Sunday. Website: delart.org. delart.org
Delaware Taco Festival — Wilmington Riverfront. Tacos, entertainment and children’s activities take over Tubman-Garrett Riverfront Park on Saturday and Sunday. General admission runs from 1 to 7 p.m. each day. Website: tacofestival.com. www.tacofestival.com
Fifer Orchards Fall Fest — Camden-Wyoming. Head to the farm Saturday for a corn maze, pumpkin and apple picking, activities and cider doughnuts. Fall Fest is open from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday through Saturday. Website: fifers.com. www.fifers.com
History Book Festival — Lewes. Authors and readers gather across town for a weekend devoted to history. Saturday offers a full day of free presentations; Friday’s keynote and Sunday’s closing event are ticketed. Website: historybookfestival.org. www.historybookfestival.org
Longwood Gardens’ Festival of Fountains — Kennett Square, Pennsylvania. Visit the gardens during the day or book Saturday’s 8:15 p.m. “Electric 80s” Fireworks & Fountains Show. Longwood closes at 6 p.m. Saturday to visitors without a fireworks ticket. Website: longwoodgardens.org. longwoodgardens.org
Fall Jamboree at Mt. Cuba Center — Hockessin. Live music, lawn games, fire pits, guided tours and haywagon rides run from 5 to 8 p.m. Saturday. Sunday is the rain date. Website: mtcubacenter.org. mtcubacenter.org
IndiaFest — Wilmington. The Indo-American Association of Delaware hosts its cultural celebration Saturday at St. Mark’s High School, 2501 Pike Creek Road. Check the organizer’s site for the program and admission information. Website: iaadelaware.org. www.iaadelaware.org
Historic New Castle day trip — New Castle. Walk the historic streets and riverfront, and visit the Court House Museum or the free exhibition at the Arsenal. The city also lists a Belgian Beer Fest from 1 to 5 p.m. Saturday. Websites: newcastlehistory.org and newcastlecity.delaware.gov. history.delaware.gov
Brandywine Valley art and scenery — Chadds Ford and Greenville. Plan your own afternoon around the Brandywine Museum of Art, Winterthur’s grounds and a scenic drive. Check admission and tour availability before leaving. Websites: brandywine.org and winterthur.org.
To Go Box
When: Saturday and Sunday, Sept. 26-27. Some events run on only one day.
How to plan: Use the website listed with each option to check tickets, schedules and weather updates before traveling.
The Climate Briefing: Contested waters in international politicsAudiothilton.drupal
Climate change, rising demand, and geopolitical rivalry are reshaping the politics of water. Bhargabi, Beatrice, and their guests discuss what’s at stake for cooperation on shared water resources.
This season of droughts, heatwaves, and wildfires has shone a light on a growing vulnerability: the security of our water resources.
Following the Stockholm World Water Week that took place last month and an upcoming UN Water Conference in Abu Dhabi later this year, this episode explores questions around how climate change and growing demand are reshaping global water security. It considers: Where is water becoming a source or a tool of geopolitical tension? Is the international system equipped to manage these pressures? What can be done about it?
To find out, Bhargabi and Beatrice Mosello speak to Susanne Schmeier, Professor of Water Cooperation, Law and Diplomacy at IHE Delft and Utrecht University, and David Michel, Senior Associate (non-resident) at the Centre for Strategic and International Studies.
The Climate Briefing explores key themes in the UN climate negotiations and international climate politics. The podcast is hosted by Bhargabi Bharadwaj from Chatham House and features interviewees from governments, international organizations, academia and civil society organizations from across the world.
More than 130 world leaders descended on the United Nations headquarters in New York this week, joining the pageantry and speechmaking of the annual general assembly.
Many of the visiting presidents and prime ministers delivered their set-piece addresses to a sparsely populated hall, but contributions from two unlikely visitors in the nearby security council chamber stood out.
TAMPA, Florida — Hillsborough County has declared a local state of emergency after the number of locally acquired dengue fever cases climbed to 170, making the Tampa-area county the center of Florida’s current outbreak.
Florida’s latest surveillance data counted 190 locally acquired cases statewide, with Hillsborough accounting for nearly 90% of them. Neighboring Pasco and Pinellas counties also declared emergencies Thursday as officials stepped up mosquito-control efforts aimed at limiting further spread.
The Hillsborough declaration took effect Sept. 24 and is initially scheduled to last seven days unless extended or rescinded. It gives county officials additional authority to deploy emergency resources and may allow reimbursement for certain response costs.
The increase has been substantial. Florida health officials reported just 59 locally acquired infections in Hillsborough County on Sept. 4, meaning the county’s total has nearly tripled within several weeks.
Dengue is spread primarily through bites from infected mosquitoes. Symptoms can include fever, severe aches, nausea, vomiting and rash. Most symptomatic patients recover within about a week, but roughly 1 in 20 people who become sick can develop severe dengue, which may cause internal bleeding, shock or death.
Officials are using mosquito traps along with ground and aerial treatments while urging residents to eliminate standing water and protect themselves from bites.
PlayStation 5, Xbox, PC (version played); Bandai Namco The game generates blood-pumping moments as you twist, turn and weave through the skies, while your locked-on missiles speed away to obliterate an enemy plane
The core appeal of any Ace Combat game lies in the moment when the beautiful clouds part, the sunlight glints off your perfectly rendered state-of-the-art fighter jet, and guitar-shredding music kicks into overdrive as your locked-on missiles speed away to obliterate an enemy plane. All of that is 100% present in Ace Combat 8: Wings of Theve. What’s new is the way it delivers its unexpectedly compelling story.
Set in the Earth-like alternative world of Strangereal, where every country is absolutely obsessed with fighter planes and giant superweapons, Ace Combat drafts you into the role of a fake ace pilot called the Wings of Theve – a propaganda invention to raise the morale of a besieged nation, similar to real-life rumours about Ukraine’s Ghosts of Kyiv. You rapidly find yourself becoming an actual legendary pilot, soaring through the skies with your buddies and raining hell upon your oppressors as everybody cheers on the radio. Speaking of ghosts, you have one in your ear – your predecessor, whom nobody else can hear, a gravelly voice waxing lyrical about flying, war and whatever else is on his mind as you flit about.
The debate over taxing home-produced distilled spirits is almost as old as America itself, and the latest controversy has arrived at the Supreme Court for consideration.
Distilled spirits are alcoholic beverages produced by heating and condensing a fermented liquid to increase its alcohol percentage, as compared with beer and wine, which is produced using fermentation with a lower alcohol content.
Two petitions filed in recent months at the Supreme Court seek to settle the question of the ability of Congress to ban the home production of distilled spirits, while allowing people to make their own beer, wine, cider, and lower alcohol-content drinks and beverages for their own consumption.
The home-distilling ban is based on federal tax laws from 1866 and 1868 that amended an existing excise tax on distilled spirits to prohibit their production “in any dwelling-house” or areas located on the same home property like sheds. Since then, Congress has enacted other laws to regulate the location of all distillate plants, including large operations.
In Ream v. Department of the Treasury, petitioner John Ream of Ohio is a former home brewer and current brewpub owner who took legal action in 2024 against the federal government ban on home distilling. Ream wishes to make whiskey at home to sample, and he will pay any federal taxes on it. A federal district court initially ruled against Ream. On April 21, 2026, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit also ruled in favor of the government.
Just 11 days earlier, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit came to a different conclusion. In Department of Justice v. McNutt, four members of the Hobby Distillers Association, including Scott McNutt, sued in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas over the same question. The court decided only McNutt had standing to pursue legal action. It then ruled in favor of McNutt, saying the congressional tax statutes did not apply in his case. The Fifth Circuit reinstated the other three plaintiffs and held that Congress’s power under the Constitution’s Necessary and Proper Clause didn’t extend to the home distillers such as McNutt.
Petitions from both cases will now be considered by the Supreme Court on October 9, 2026, in private conference.
The Founding, Reconstruction, and Taxing Spirits
In its petition to the Supreme Court, the Justice Department notes that the federal power to tax distillates goes back to the First Congress. Treasury Secretary Alexander Hamilton urged the “expediency” of taxing distilled spirits by the federal government. The department brief cites a quote from historian Gallus Thomann in 1885 that during the Founding era “nearly every farmer distilled his own whiskey and deemed it his inalienable right to evade the tax and resist the collector.”
Congress passed several statutes taxing liquor, leading to the Whiskey Rebellion of 1794. Among the biggest opponents to Hamilton’s taxes was Thomas Jefferson, who told James Madison in 1794 that “the excise law is an infernal one. The first error was to admit it by the Constitution; the 2d., to act on that admission; the 3d & last will be, to make it the instrument of dismembering the Union, & setting us all afloat to chuse which part of it we will adhere to.”
Over time, the federal government taxed distilled spirits in different ways including a brief repeal. During Reconstruction, Congress saw the need to crack down on widespread evasion of liquor-production taxes. The separate tax laws from 1866 and 1868 form the basis for the current tax laws that set taxes on distilled spirits the moment they are produced in all locations.
Under 26 U.S.C. 5178(a)(1)(B), the distilling of spirits is prohibited in locations including “any dwelling house, in any shed, yard, or inclosure connected with any dwelling house, or on board any vessel or boat, or on premises where beer or wine is made or produced, or liquors of any description are retailed, or on premises where any other business is carried on (except when authorized under subsection (b)).” The subsection allows the government to approve production that “will not jeopardize the revenue.”
Comparing the Two Cases
At the heart of both petitions to the Supreme Court is the Necessary and Proper Clause in Article 1, Section 8, of the Constitution. It is the final clause in Section 8, which lists (or enumerates) powers directly granted to Congress. The clause empowers Congress “[t]o make all Laws which shall be necessary and proper for carrying into Execution the foregoing Powers, and all other Powers vested by this Constitution in the Government of the United States, or in any Department or Officer thereof.”
The Justice Department is asking the Supreme Court to affirm that the tax laws about home distilling are “necessary and proper for carrying into execution Congress’s enumerated power to lay and collect taxes.”
The department cites the landmark case, McCulloch v. Maryland (1819), as supporting its argument. Under McCulloch, Chief Justice John Marshall ruled that “a law is necessary and proper if it is ‘convenient’ or ‘useful’ for carrying an enumerated power into effect, and ‘plainly adapted’ to that legitimate end,” the department argues.
“Under McCulloch and its progeny, courts may not second-guess Congress’s reasonable judgment that the increased ability to collect taxes from those complying with the restrictions would offset any reduction in the tax base from others who would forgo distilling altogether. And because the location restrictions were enacted only after lengthy experience with tax evasion, upholding those restrictions would not open the door to hypothetical laws restricting other conduct lacking that history,” it concludes.
The department also finds fault with the Fifth Circuit ruling in favor of the home distillers, which it says, “departs from this Court’s precedents and imperils Congress’s legislative power.”
In their petition in Ream, the home distillers make differing arguments. Their attorneys state that the home distilling ban is “a relic of Reconstruction-era politics.” They also believe the punishment for violations under the tax laws are excessive. “Federal law also makes it a crime—punishable by five years’ imprisonment, a $10,000 fine, and forfeiture of the offender’s home—to produce distilled spirits in that home.”
Their main argument finds fault with the Justice Department’s interpretation of the Necessary and Proper Clause as permitting the home distilling ban. “Asked which enumerated power authorizes that prohibition, the government answered: the power to tax the very conduct it prohibits. Banning the taxed activity, on this theory, is a ‘necessary and proper’ means of taxing it.”
They note the clear split between the two federal appeals courts. “The Sixth Circuit accepted that theory and upheld the prohibition. And it did so eleven days after the Fifth Circuit, in a materially identical challenge to the same prohibition, rejected the same theory and held the prohibition unconstitutional.”
Ream’s attorneys also ask the Supreme Court to consider the appeal in the context of the Constitution’s Commerce Clause in conjunction with its precedent in Gonzales v. Raich (2005). In Raich, a divided Court said Congress could prohibit marijuana use for any purpose in states under its Commerce Clause powers, including those states that had legalized its use for medical purposes.
The cases seem likely to be seriously considered at conference for a grant of certiorari by the Supreme Court for several reasons. The two federal appeals courts present clearly conflicting decisions. Both sides want the cases heard by the Court. However, the Justice Department does not view the cases as supporting an attempt to reconsider the Raich precedent.
It will take four justices to accept the case for arguments at the Court. One key question for Court watchers is whether the Court adds a second question about whether to reconsider Raich if it accepts the case.
Scott Bomboy is the editor in chief of the National Constitution Center.
Tens of thousands of police deployed and roads barricaded as PTI party demands release of jailed former PM
Leaders from Imran Khan’s party have vowed to go ahead with a nationwide demonstration in Pakistan to demand the former prime minister’s release, even as the government deployed tens of thousands of police to Islamabad, barricaded highways and issued arrest warrants to try to stop the march.
The state has taken extreme measures to prevent Khan’s Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf (PTI) party from proceeding with the march. It was announced after mounting concerns of the treatment of Khan, who has been in jail since 2023 on corruption charges.
Sovereignty is a word borrowed from statecraft. A sovereign country is independent in its decisions. The term “digital sovereignty” is a more recent invention that applies to organizations and even individuals.
In this article, I discuss what the push for digital sovereignty implies for Linux-focused, open source developers and companies. The framework I use is a European one, because I am Vienna-based and familiar with it. As I discuss later, the implications are not limited to Europe.
A framework for defining and rating digital sovereignty
SOV-1, Strategic: Ownership and governance are controlled, avoiding external dependencies.
SOV-2, Legal and Jurisdictional: Protects against external laws and unauthorized access.
SOV-3, Data and AI: Control and privacy compliance for data and AI models in the cloud.
SOV-4, Operational: Day-to-day cloud administration, management, and support are handled securely from within.
SOV-5, Supply Chain: Protects against vendor lock-in and external bottlenecks.
SOV-6, Technology Openness: Encourages open standards and the freedom to choose technologies.
SOV-7, Security and Compliance: Aligns cloud services with European cybersecurity standards, frameworks, and compliance audit rules.
SOV-8, Environmental Sustainability: Adoption of energy-efficient infrastructure, environmentally responsible practices, and activity reporting intended to reduce environmental impacts of technological activity.
Rating technology providers for digital sovereignty compliance
The framework rates providers on two scales: a Sovereignty Effectiveness Assurance Level (SEAL), and a complementary Sovereignty Score for cloud services. The first indicates a minimum level of sovereignty objectives met. The second shows a provider’s strengths and weaknesses across the objectives.
Each objective is rated from SEAL-0 to SEAL-4. SEAL-4 means an EU supply chain, from the physical chips up to the software.
The mechanic I find most interesting is that a provider does not get one SEAL level. It receives eight, and the overall level is the lowest of them. Your weakest objective decides your rating, not your average. Anyone who has ever tuned a storage stack will recognize that logic.
Meeting the technology-openness objective
Open source software can put providers in a strong position to address the technology-openness objective, SOV-6, because customers can inspect the code, operate it independently, and avoid dependencies on proprietary implementation. Because the source is open, that argument does not stop at the EU border. A service provider in the US or in Asia aiming for full SEAL-4 is not held back by choosing open source software.
Open standards need open implementations
SOV-6 specifies two things: open standards and the freedom to choose technologies. In software, an open standard might define an interface that anyone can implement, but if only one vendor has implemented it, a buyer still has a single supplier for it. Depending on a single supplier also weakens a provider on SOV-5, the supply-chain objective, which protects against vendor lock-in. Freedom to choose means being able to substitute one implementation for another.
An example is the Container Storage Interface (CSI), a vendor-neutral storage standard developed under the Cloud Native Computing Foundation (CNCF) and used by Kubernetes. CSI is the standard, LINBIT provides a CSI driver for LINSTOR® and its upstream CNCF project, Piraeus Datastore, and a buyer running Kubernetes can use this driver. Because of the open standard nature of the interface, the buyer can also move between storage back ends. This is freedom for the buyer, motivation for providers to make a better solution, and neutrality from a foundation like the CNCF.
Implications of digital sovereignty for cloud and technology services providers
Digital sovereignty is no longer an exercise on paper. In April 2026, [the European Commission awarded a sovereign cloud contract worth up to €180 million over six years to four European providers](https://commission.europa.eu/news-and-media/news/commission-advances-cloud-sovereignty-through-strategic-procurement-2026-04-17_en), with SEAL-2 as the minimum bar for eligibility. Sovereignty has become a procurement instrument with money attached. Predictably, one of the awards is already being publicly contested as “sovereignty-washing”.
What poured oil on the fire was an incident involving the chief prosecutor of the International Criminal Court. After the US sanctioned court officials, the chief prosecutor reportedly lost access to his Microsoft-hosted email account, and bank accounts in the United Kingdom were frozen. Since these actions, some EU banks with US exposure are preferring to over-comply rather than take any risk. Microsoft disputes the framing and maintains it never suspended services to the ICC as an organization. For me, the detail of who pressed which button matters far less than the lesson: neither the email nor the banking depended on a European decision.
In the US, similar discussions have taken place, only with different verbiage. There it is “economic security” and “supply chain resilience”, mostly aimed at China, and where Europe says “technological sovereignty”, Washington says “technological leadership”. Different branding, same substance.
Conclusion
As digital sovereignty gains weight in technology sourcing decisions, smaller vendors benefit.
A framework that asks, “Who owns you? Whose laws apply? Can I operate this without you, and can I read the source?” rewards exactly the properties a small open source company has by default. The hyperscalers will feel some headwind, though they are not standing still, and “sovereign” regions run by local operating entities are their answer. Whether that clears a SEAL-3 or SEAL-4 bar is the argument of the next few years.
LINBIT already made an investment in developing in the open. An open license is necessary but not enough on its own, because a project can be open and still be controlled by a single company that can relicense it. What makes the openness durable is governance that the original vendor cannot reverse. DRBD® ships in the mainline Linux kernel, and we are working to upstream the current DRBD 9 code. Code in the commons, for example, in the mainline kernel, under a foundation such as the CNCF, or in another home that no single vendor controls, is the strongest answer to SOV-6 I know of. Every project that puts it there widens the set of technology a sovereign buyer can choose from.
If the Beijing meeting between Donald Trump and Xi Jinping in May was the “stalemate summit”, the second round of talks between the presidents of the US and China this week seemed to give up entirely on the idea of breakthroughs.
Instead, it was described as a celebration of “diplotainment” rather than diplomacy, where pomp prevailed over progress and where one of the main outcomes was the news that two giant pandas would soon be sent from China to Atlanta zoo.
Syngenta denies keeping relevant data from the EPA as paraquat stays in the US market despite global bans
Sweden started ringing the alarm bell more than 20 years ago, calling for a ban on the weedkilling chemical paraquat in 2004. One by one, dozens of other countries did the same as evidence of paraquat risks to human health mounted. Even the Chinese government, which owns the longtime paraquat maker Syngenta, halted domestic use of the pesticide a decade ago after conducting its own studies on paraquat safety and finding troubling results.
In the US, two states – Vermont and California – have recently also banned paraquat, citing risks that include an association between paraquat and Parkinson’s disease shown in years of scientific research. And California regulators announced in August that paraquat makers voluntarily agreed to stop selling the chemical after the state identified health concerns in connection with its use in new research. Several federal lawmakers have pushed for a nationwide ban.
I’ve been holed up in an flat, affectionately dubbed the ‘brotel’, with my son for weeks – and we’ve revisited the first game we ever played together
I have spent the last three weeks living with my 22-year-old son in a two-bedroom flat he has dubbed the ”brotel”. We cook curries and watch Lanterns. We barbecue meat and analyse Tarantino movies. We get pizza and we play video games. Boy, do we play video games!
The first game I ever played in co-op with him was Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2 in 2009, when he was five. He wasn’t the most accomplished sidekick, not so great at placing a mobile gun turret while under fire from what seems like a bazillion enemy soldiers, but we had a laugh. It started the video game bond between us before his sister introduced him to Banjo-Kazooie and Rayman, and he stopped being a preschool warmonger. Probably for the best. So how would it be tackling the same game nearly two decades later?
New energy and trade routes could bypass Hormuz and change the Middle East. But major challenges remainExpert commentthilton.drupal
The Strait of Hormuz crisis is accelerating a wider reordering of the region, as Iraq, Syria and Lebanon plan new oil pipelines and transport corridors. But whether they can seize the opportunity to diversify will ultimately depend on wider reforms.
The war on Iran and the resulting disruption to the Strait of Hormuz has exposed the vulnerability of existing trade and energy routes and unsettled the old balance of power across the Middle East.
In this context, Iraq, Syria and Lebanon are seeking to capitalize on their position between Europe and the Gulf and improve their connectivity via oil and gas pipelines, roads, railways and digital corridors. Once central to an Iranian regional order, all three governments are now aiming to achieve greater sovereignty by diversifying their economic ties, a shift supported by the Trump administration.
Yet they are attempting to do so while facing foreign occupations and military action, and while also confronting domestic endemic corruption and fragmented political systems that empower armed groups.
Whether they can seize this opportunity to become more connected – and more sovereign – will therefore depend not only on the infrastructure they build, but on whether they can reform their states to govern it.
Changing energy routes
The effective closure of the Strait of Hormuz has caused severe disruption to regional energy flows, including from Iraq.
Pre-war, Iraq was exporting around 3.3 million b/d from its southern oilfields. By the second week of March, exports from southern Iraq had collapsed. Southern exports gradually recovered from mid-April, reaching 2.3 million b/d in August, aided by Iraq giving discounts for buyers and by Iran reportedly giving permission for Iraqi oil tankers to pass through the Strait.
Syria and Lebanon have been less directly impacted by Hormuz, given neither is a major oil exporter and they both have access to the Mediterranean. However, the crisis has spurred a potential wider reconfiguration of regional trade and energy routes, as countries like Iraq look for alternatives.
Both Beirut and Damascus have an opportunity to position their Mediterranean ports and transport networks as gateways between the Gulf and European markets in a reconfigured regional trading system.
Iraq–Syria pipeline
Iraq is already pursuing several ways to diversify its export routes. Baghdad is seeking to expand exports through Turkey’s Mediterranean port of Ceyhan, where Iraqi crude already flows, and is even discussing the revival of a long-stalled idea for a pipeline to Jordan’s Red Sea port of Aqaba.
Iraq and Syria are also pursuing a new pipeline that would carry Iraqi crude oil westwards to the Mediterranean. This would aim to give Baghdad another alternative to its overwhelming dependence on exports through the Strait of Hormuz.
This planned corridor is often described as a revival of the historic Kirkuk–Baniyas pipeline, which once carried oil from northern Iraq to the Syrian coast. But it entails new infrastructure to form a wider network connecting Iraq’s southern and northern fields to a hub at Haditha in western Iraq, from which oil could flow west through Syria to the Mediterranean port of Baniyas and north towards Turkey.
—
Base map made with Natural Earth data. Pipelines adapted from Global Energy Monitor dataset, accessed 22 September 2026, CC BY 4.0. Only select pipelines shown. The proposed new Iraq-Syria pipeline requires new infrastructure and may not follow the exact route of the badly damaged historic Kirkuk-Baniyas pipeline that is shown as the proposed route here.
Estimates put the cost at around $15 billion, with construction likely to take around four years. The Trump administration is reportedly supporting the plan as part of a strategy to reduce Iran’s regional leverage by diversifying away from Hormuz.
The new network, which has a proposed initial capacity of around two million b/d, would allow Iraq to divert a substantial share of its exports away from Hormuz, reducing Iranian leverage. But it would diversify rather than replace Hormuz: most Iraqi crude exports go to Asian markets, particularly China and India, which are far quicker to reach from the Gulf than the Mediterranean.
New East–West corridors
Lebanon and Syria are also exploring the restoration of railway links that could eventually connect the Lebanese coast through Syria to Iraq, Turkey and the Gulf. This month, Lebanese and Syrian officials inspected a potential rail route connecting the Lebanese port of Tripoli to Homs in Syria. This could be the potential first step in re-establishing Syria as a transit state, with Tripoli as a potential Mediterranean gateway.
Yet while rebuilding the short Tripoli-Homs railway may seem feasible, establishing a wider regional corridor will require much more infrastructure and faces challenges. Lebanon’s previous plans to revive the same railway stalled before work began, in part over financing and mismanagement. Syria’s railway system is badly damaged by war, with the government estimating that its rehabilitation could cost around $5.5 billion.
The same pursuit of connectivity is extending into the digital realm. New fibre-optic networks through Iraq and Syria are intended to give Gulf states alternative land routes for the vast quantities of data that currently travel through vulnerable submarine cables.
Energy under attack
For now, there is a considerable gap between ambition and reality. Iraq, Syria and Lebanon are pursuing these infrastructure projects in the shadow of a war they cannot control and while facing external occupations or interference.
In Lebanon, Israeli forces occupy a self-declared security zone in the south, with more than a million people displaced. In Syria, Israel seized the demilitarized buffer zone in December 2024 and has maintained a military presence there since.
Iran retains influence through its political and armed networks across the region. This includes groups embedded within Iraq and Lebanon that have repeatedly demonstrated their capacity to threaten critical infrastructure.
In Iraq, for instance, the Khor Mor gas field has suffered repeated rocket and drone attacks blamed on militias. More recently, attacks launched from Iraqi territory forced the temporary closure of Saudi Arabia’s East–West pipeline, which is also designed to reduce Riyadh’s dependence on Hormuz. The Houthis have attacked Saudi oil tankers and seized the Bab al-Mandab Strait coastline this month.
The threat to infrastructure is not limited to Iran-aligned armed groups. Israel has repeatedly targeted transport infrastructure during the current conflict, including in Lebanon, demonstrating how the conflict can disrupt the physical networks on which greater connectivity would depend. And in eastern Syria, through which the proposed new Iraqi energy corridor would pass, armed groups including ISIS have attacked oil wells and tanker trucks.
Internal obstacles
Another obstacle is entrenched corruption. Iraq, Lebanon and Syria all sit near the bottom of Transparency International’s corruption perceptions index.
In political systems where public contracting is a principal means of distributing rents, mega-projects can create opportunities for political parties to potentially profit from contracts, often at the expense of their delivery.
Linked to this is the fragmentation of these states themselves. Infrastructure on this scale requires institutions capable of coordinating decisions over years, enforcing contracts, protecting assets and binding competing interests to a common project.
Yet authority in Iraq, Syria and Lebanon remains fragmented among political factions, competing institutions and armed actors. This leaves governments unable to guarantee the security or financing of projects, with multiple actors able to obstruct their completion or extract rents. This creates a fundamental mismatch between the scale of ambition and the capacity to deliver it.
Connectivity doesn’t guarantee sovereignty
The war has increased the strategic value of Iraq, Syria and Lebanon’s geographical position. As states and companies search for alternatives to Hormuz, the three countries offer potential alternative corridors connecting the Gulf to the Mediterranean and Europe.
Whether Iraq, Syria and Lebanon can take advantage of this opportunity will help determine whether they can shape the post-war regional order, or whether it is once again shaped around them.
But connectivity is not the same as sovereignty. New pipelines, railways and trade corridors can offer these states alternatives to the dependencies of the old order, but alone they cannot produce sovereignty. That requires institutions capable of delivering and protecting these projects.
If Iraq, Syria and Lebanon want to seize the opportunities of the changing regional order, they will need to do more than build new routes across their borders. They will need to build states capable of governing these new connections, while ensuring that their benefits extend to their populations, not just elites.
Trump officials and Republicans are rolling back protections against heat-related illnesses and deaths
When it’s 90F on a hot summer day, Esther Minton wears a long-sleeved shirt to work.
“Working outside, you don’t have cover. There’s nowhere for you to really go if you’re on a roof or if you’re on the side of a building,” said Minton, a member of the Sheet Metal Workers Local Union 28 in New York City. “Having the sun beaming on your skin all day long, you’ll never make it through, so what you wear makes a difference.”
Kareem’s Quote of the Day: What does success mean if you cannot share its rewards and credit with the people who helped make it possible?
Mr. Trump Goes to the U.N.: His threat to annihilate Iran makes a mockery of the international body created to spare future generations the scourge of war.
Don Jr.’s Big Fat Russian-Funded Wedding Party: A Putin-connected oligarch’s lavish gift needs more of an explanation than “trust us.”
Quick Takes: Trump’s failed takeover of Greenland, his new TV channel, and a very cold forecast for Iowa Republicans.
Up Jumped the Devil: The Real Life of Robert Johnson by Bruce Conforth and Gayle Dean Wardlow: A rigorous biography clears away the crossroads mythology to reveal a working, albeit extraordinary, musician.
Kareem’s Jukebox: Keb’ Mo’ and Jontavious Willis show how “Walkin’ Blues” remains alive because each generation carries it down the road.
Kareem’s Quote of the Day
“No man will make a great leader who wants to do it all himself, or to get all the credit for doing it.”
Andrew Carnegie (1835–1919), American industrialist and philanthropist
(Portrait artist unknown. Photo by Heritage Art/Heritage Images via Getty Images)
Imagine a 12-year-old immigrant from a famine-torn country arriving in America with his parents and his younger brother, all their worldly possessions in their arms. He loves to read but can’t go to school; his parents need him to get a job to help put food on the table. What are the odds he makes something of himself? That’s the story of Andrew Carnegie, one of the richest men in the world by the end of the 19th century. When he retired at the age of 65, he had built the largest steel company in the country, which he sold for $480 million. As a percentage of GDP, that’s more than $600 billion today.
Carnegie wasn’t a saint—his company was involved in a long and bloody attempt at union busting in 1892—but once he sold the Carnegie Steel Company, he devoted himself to philanthropy. Honoring his love of reading and his own self-education, he funded more than 2,500 free libraries worldwide, including more than 1,500 in the United States, many of which still stand today. He founded Carnegie Technical Schools, ancestor to Carnegie Mellon University, and the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace. He championed what he called “The Gospel of Wealth,” proclaiming that vast fortunes like his should be distributed for the public good during any rich person’s lifetime. It’s a philosophy that inspired many of today’s billionaires, including Bill Gates and Warren Buffett.
But today, more people have heard of Carnegie Hall than the man who built it. Judging from the quote above, that’s not something he would mind. Less concerned with the glory his wealth would bring him than the good it could do for others, he was a model for anyone who sees success as a gift to be shared rather than a currency to be hoarded. He led by example and let his deeds speak for themselves, without the benefit of press releases. He proved that a penniless immigrant could rise to the top of our ladder of American success and then, instead of looking down on those below him, offer a hand to lift them up.
I’m no Andrew Carnegie, but I have always tried to use my gifts to help those around me. I write this Substack to make sense of the world for myself, but also to help readers do the same. I looked at basketball the same way, as something to share with my teammates. In the 1970s, I was widely proclaimed the best player on the planet, and I won five MVP awards, but only one NBA title. That’s how I learned how empty individual success is when you don’t have anyone to share it with. In the 1980s, I reversed that earlier equation, winning only one MVP but five titles, and anyone watching me could see that I was a much happier person. I scored eight fewer points per game in the ‘80s than I did in the ‘70s and didn’t care one bit. When Earvin “Magic” Johnson started winning the MVPs instead of me, I was happy for him; we couldn’t have won those titles without him.
Between Earvin and Oscar Robertson, with every championship team I played on, I had the best point guard in the league by my side, not to mention great players like James Worthy, Michael Cooper, Jamaal Wilkes, Kurt Rambis, and Byron Scott, along with many others. Basketball is like life in that way: it’s a team sport. You can’t do it all on your own, and if you want all the credit, you’ll be remembered more for your ego than for your accomplishments.
It’s the year of the democratic socialist. But the group that helped start the earthquake currently transforming the Democratic Party almost didn’t make it to 2026.
After suffering major losses last election cycle after a deluge of pro-Israel lobby spending, Justice Democrats, which supports progressive candidates getting elected to Congress, was on the verge of being written about in the past tense.
“Everyone sort of doubted that there was a comeback to be had. I think a lot of people, AIPAC included, saw last cycle as the harbinger for what’s to come: They were on the rise, JD and the left were on the decline. For the first time ever, we didn’t endorse a new candidate since our founding, and because we had to focus on defending against $100 million in spending from AIPAC,” says communications director and spokesperson Usamah Andrabi. “The truth is, that moment was really — for lack of a better word — the apex of AIPAC’s momentum and ability.”
But Justice Democrats resurrected itself, had its most successful primary season to date, and helped put democratic socialism on the map. So what changed?
The group says it won big this year, even being massively outspent, because it tapped into the brewing frustration among voters — frustration directed at Democratic Party leaders. “We understood as soon as Donald Trump won that clearly the Democratic establishment was unfit to fight back, and what voters were looking for as we’ve seen throughout this cycle, is this amorphous fighter that they want,” says Andrabi. “That fight doesn’t just look like, as we say so often, press releases and strongly worded letters. It looks like fighting corporate establishment. It looks like fighting AIPAC. It looks like fighting crypto and AI.”
This week on The Intercept Briefing, Andrabi speaks to host Akela Lacy about how the group that helped elect Reps. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, Ilhan Omar, and Rashida Tlaib has seen their candidates make impressive gains in the primaries, and how they’re planning to leverage their wins — and what they can learn from their losses — beyond November.
This primary season, Justice Democrats endorsed 15 candidates; seven won, with democratic socialists knocking out three incumbents. That includes Darializa Avila Chevalier who toppled Congressional Hispanic Caucus Chair Adriano Espaillat in New York, Melat Kiros who beat Rep. Diana DeGette in Colorado, and state Rep. Donavan McKinney who took out Rep. Shri Thanedar in Michigan. Those three are all but guaranteed to head to Congress next year, along with the four other candidates who won.
“This work doesn’t happen overnight. These losses don’t happen overnight. It takes years and years to build this progress,” says Andrabi. “These candidates that we elected this cycle are giving you a blueprint on a silver platter on how to excite your base and how to energize your party. The Democratic Party can either listen to them or be forced to listen to them, as they have been this cycle when we beat them.”
“Until they start taking lessons from the left on what to actually fight for, they will continue to be running on cycle-to-cycle losses and wins instead of really looking at, long-term, how can we take back power and ensure that we don’t consistently backside into this fascist and authoritarian regime that is overrun by the same corporate interests that the Democratic establishment is also funded by.”
For more, listen to the full conversation of The Intercept Briefing on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, YouTube, or wherever you listen.
Transcript
Akela Lacy: Welcome to The Intercept Briefing, I’m Akela Lacy, senior politics reporter at The Intercept.
Jessica Washington: I’m Jessica Washington, politics reporter at The Intercept. So, Akela, how are you doing? What’s been top of mind for you this week?
AL: I am really stuck on this news that apparently hackers now have information on all FBI agents, which is crazy. Hackers claimed that they were able to breach a bunch of FBI services and steal a bunch of information about federal agents.
That’s on top of another insane story that I saw on Thursday morning about yet another rogue AI agent, but this time it hacked an Australia government healthcare portal — an OpenAI agent. I don’t know if you saw that, but that really stuck with me.
JW: All of these AI attacks, everything that’s come out, I keep thinking back to our interview with Karen Hao, who wrote “Empire of AI,” and how so much of the stuff that she’s warned about is now something that people are talking about in the discourse. It’s all really scary stuff, but it’s also stuff that’s kind of been reported on before, so it is interesting to see it all blow up now.
As someone who started in television, I have to say I cannot stop thinking about this Paramount deal. So for those who don’t know, on Monday, Paramount reached a deal to acquire Warner Bros., which would give Trump ally David Ellison control of a massive media empire, which includes both CNN and CBS News. Ellison is reportedly considering tapping Elon Musk for an investment, which would give the billionaire a stake in two of the largest news organizations in the world.
AL: This is all happening while the White House is waging a war on mainstream media outlets: CNN, Politico, and MS Now. A federal judge has temporarily blocked the White House efforts to strip those outlets of their White House press credentials. But we saw President Trump this week at the United Nations General Assembly in New York ask CNN reporter Kaitlan Collins why she was there because she wasn’t supposed to be covering him — but she wasn’t at the White House.
So the state of our media ecosystem is healthy as ever.
JW: Things are going great in our democracy. In other news, ProPublica reported that in 2024, the FBI was seeking to launch an investigation into a potential pay-to-play scheme between Sen. Susan Collins and one of her top donors, a former defense contractor who reportedly told federal agents that he had received millions in federal contracts by donating to campaigns of politicians. The investigation was reportedly halted after President Donald Trump returned to office and gutted the entire bureau.
Akela, you had a really interesting campaign finance story come out this week as well, relating to Sen. John Fetterman. What happened there?
AL: I got a text on Monday from a source who had seen an email that the Fetterman campaign sent from a domain called, “gopsquad.com.” The story we basically did was about after finding several other conservative email domains that Fetterman was using to send this campaign fundraising email after he delivered a surprise video speech to the Republican midterm convention earlier this month, was that he’s either renting or buying Republican targeted email lists to raise money right now.
We’ve been covering Fetterman’s fall from grace over the past several years, but his fundraising numbers have really struggled as he has pursued this rightward turn on issues from immigration to Iran to Israel. Many of his small dollar donors, we reported in, in recent years, were asking for their money back.
We see his campaign now pretty openly just asking Republicans for money. Something funny — well, funny or depressing —that happened on Wednesday, Republican Sen. Mike Lee from Utah was sending out emails fundraising off of Fetterman’s fundraising. I’ll just read you this email.
The subject line: “I just got this email from John Fetterman.” “Friend, I just got an email from John. He’s basically a Republican now. I need your help to draft him. Sign here. Thanks, Sen. Mike Lee.” Which is pretty chef’s kiss, if you ask me.
JW: I have to say: gopsquad.com is probably my favorite part.
AL: Not subtle.
JW: Not at all subtle. Is there anything else that you’re following that you want to talk about?
AL: We’re still waiting to learn the name of the ICE officer who shot a 28-year-old Venezuelan delivery driver in Austin, Texas. I spoke with sources there who said that the local district attorney’s office and the Austin Police Department are cooperating to basically get whatever information they can from HSI — the Department of Homeland Security Investigations — which apparently has not declined to give them any information, but also hasn’t given them any information yet.
So we’re seeing a very similar playbook as to what we saw after the ICE shootings in Minneapolis, where local law enforcement and prosecutors are basically fighting with federal agencies to try to get any information — the bare minimum, this person’s name — out of this. The Travis County district attorney, which encompasses Austin, has apparently been in close touch with the Minneapolis prosecutor to learn how they navigated the situation.
I’ll remind our listeners, we interviewed Mary Moriarty, the Minneapolis prosecutor, who was working on prosecuting the ICE shootings in Minneapolis earlier in the year.
Thinking about ICE and the election, I’ve been reporting on groups that are trying to fight back against potential election interference. They’re planning for a ton of different scenarios, one of which includes ICE potentially coming to the polls and being there to intimidate voters of color and immigrant voters as well.
These groups are trying to prevent that harassment, and so they’re there to monitor, to report, and to keep people safe against a terrifying new threat. Obviously, voter intimidation isn’t new. I spoke to the NAACP, who had mentioned, we’ve been fighting on this issue “for the last 117 years.”
But ICE at the polls is new. What Trump has been discussing in terms of election sabotage scenarios are very new, and so these organizers are trying to use the tools they learned in the resistance to ICE movement that we saw pop up in January and February to try and keep our election safe as well.
On that topic, Akela, I know you also speak with Justice Democrats communications director and spokesperson Usamah Andrabi about how progressives are preparing for the general after a really impressive sweep in the primaries. Let’s hear that conversation.
AL: I speak now with Usamah Andrabi, Communications Director and Spokesperson for Justice Democrats, the group that brought us AOC, Ilhan Omar, Rashida Tlaib, and many more.
Usamah, welcome to the Intercept Briefing.
Usamah Andrabi: Thanks for having me.
AL: I want to start by taking our listeners back to a different time.
It’s 2018. The “Squad” has just been elected to office, and a fresh new crop of democratic socialists and progressives are making themselves known on Capitol Hill.
Think: AOC joining a sit-in to protest for a Green New Deal outside of then-House Speaker Nancy Pelosi’s office. For listeners who aren’t familiar with the legacy of Justice Democrats, they have your group to thank in large part for that moment in time and for bringing us the Squad. But a lot has changed since then. How is Justice Democrats different today from in 2018, and what’s the same?
UA: What’s the same, first and foremost, is the commitment to the values that we had then are the same commitment we have to those values, and those are the values that we demand of the candidates we recruit, support, and endorse. Because those are the values that Democratic voters share — values that put the needs of working-class people above the needs of corporations and billionaires, and taking on lobbies like AIPAC, crypto, or AI.
I think that’s a little bit of what’s changed, is what we have seen since 2018, really, is the increased appearance of more and more moneyed interest organizing against the Squad, organizing against left-wing politicians, because they are bringing working-class people into the halls of power and bringing their needs to the top of the agenda for the Democratic Party. Billionaires hate that.
We had the Squad get elected in 2018. Then two years later, folks like Jamaal Bowman and Cori Bush won very specifically against deeply pro-Israel politicians like Eliot Engel and [William] Lacy Clay, and they won without compromising on those values. That’s a really scary thing for the Israel lobby, who has really had a sharp control over how Democrats unconditionally support the Israeli government and military like Republicans have for decades.
What I think has happened is, we’ve had some wins, we’ve had some losses, and we’ve had to learn a lot from those losses and understand how to organize our donors better, organize funders, organize progressives, really, to coalesce more around independent candidates and broaden this network.
I talk a lot about how I feel like in 2024, Democrats across the board suffered a lot of losses. We suffered two of our best members of Congress, Jamaal Bowman and Cori Bush lost their seats. And obviously, the Democratic Party lost every single other thing they could have lost. It felt like the job was to go home, everyone was supposed to do their homework and come back stronger to fight back against this very clearly fascist agenda that was laid out for us.
The left went home. We did our homework. We organized coalitions, we built broader donor networks, and we really invested a lot in candidate recruitment at Justice Dems.
And it feels like the establishment came back even weaker. Despite having weeks and months and years to really prepare for what Donald Trump promised he was going to do, they came back flat-footed and continue to look as weak as possible. That’s why I think you’re seeing so many successes for the left this cycle, because we are a true balm to the ineptitude of the Democratic establishment.
“You’re seeing so many successes for the left this cycle because we are a true balm to the ineptitude of the Democratic establishment.”
AL: We’re going to run through some of those wins in a second; many of our listeners are already familiar with them because we’ve talked a lot about these candidates on the show.
But I want to go back to this money thing before we get into that because, as you mentioned, coming off of those major losses of Cori Bush and Jamaal Bowman to money from the pro-Israel lobby last cycle — I don’t think anyone expected you all to notch as many wins as you did in the primaries this year.
We read obituaries of Justice Democrats, right? And that outside spending, as you mentioned, still has not gone away; it’s only increased. But it still wasn’t enough to stop the candidates behind the rise of democratic socialism that everyone is talking about, who were, to your point, far outmatched in terms of spending.
I’ll just run through the numbers quickly. You endorsed 15 candidates; seven of them won, with democratic socialists knocking out three incumbents. That includes Darializa Avila Chevalier who toppled Congressional Hispanic Caucus Chair Adriano Espaillat in New York, Melat Kiros who beat Rep. Diana DeGette in Colorado, and state Rep. Donavan McKinney who took out Rep. Shri Thanedar in Michigan. Those three are all are but guaranteed to head to Congress next year, along with the four other candidates who won. Three of your other candidates won or came in the top two slots in the California primaries, which are nonpartisan, and are headed to runoffs in November. And only five candidates lost.
So what made this cycle different?
UA: First and foremost, love to prove our haters wrong at all times. [Laughter]
A lot of spite drives that. But also, it’s exactly that. Everyone sort of doubted that there was a comeback to be had. I think a lot of people, AIPAC included, saw last cycle as the harbinger for what’s to come: They were on the rise, JD and the left were on the decline. For the first time ever, we didn’t endorse a new candidate since our founding, and because we had to focus on defending against $100 million in spending from AIPAC.
The truth is, that moment was really — for lack of a better word — the apex of AIPAC’s momentum and ability. Because on the other side of that, as we had been working for years to expose, was the toxic involvement of AIPAC in these primaries and the right-wing network of billionaires who are actually funding this.
It took many years for us to break down AIPAC, and it took a lot of losses to get to that point, but it was worth it. We did a lot of polling. We invested a lot of money in research to bring this message to voters.
Cori and Jamaal’s losses unfortunately were the final nails in the coffin for a lot of people to wake up to realize how the Israel lobby really functions in our politics — paired with the fact that obviously we watched a genocide get livestreamed on our screens for years at this point, and voters began to wake up to understand: Why is it that a majority of us oppose this genocide — we support an arms embargo, we support a ceasefire — yet only a minority of left-wing politicians in Congress are responding to our demands?
They understood that that was the role of the Israel lobby, spending infinite amounts of money and buying members of Congress to ensure that they would do their bidding. Even before the 2024 election, we were very clear that this cycle was going to have to be a cycle where we went back on the offense, made big bets, and fought back really hard.
We knew we were going to have to endorse a lot more candidates, spread the board out across the country, really, to make sure that AIPAC didn’t just have two members of Congress to target but had 15 different candidates, as well as meeting where Democratic voters were at.
We know no matter if Kamala won or if Donald Trump won, there was still a lot of work to do to rebuild this Democratic Party to actually represent the needs of the working class. We understood as soon as Donald Trump won that clearly the Democratic establishment was unfit to fight back.
What voters were looking for, as we’ve seen throughout this cycle, is this amorphous fighter that they want. That fight doesn’t just look like, as we say so often, press releases and strongly worded letters. It looks like fighting corporate establishment. It looks like fighting AIPAC. It looks like fighting crypto and AI.
“There’s no going behind, under, or any other prepositional phrase around AIPAC or these lobbies. The only way to defeat them is to go right through them and beat them head-on.”
For so long, even people who call themselves progressive have tried to figure out, how can we go around, under, or behind these lobbies and skirt this very particular line to avoid their wrath? We try to make it clear to everyone, even in the cycle where we lost the most we’ve ever lost, that there’s no going behind, under, or any other prepositional phrase around AIPAC or these lobbies. The only way to defeat them is to go right through them and beat them head-on.
We knew that this was an existential crisis for us. As you said, people are already reading our obituaries, and we wanted to make it clear that this work doesn’t happen overnight. These losses don’t happen overnight. It takes years and years to build this progress.
The excitement that you are seeing from the Democratic electorate across the country for our candidates, it’s taken years to build, and it’s taken years of the Democratic establishment failing to actually live up to their potential and what the demands of working-class people across the country have been.
AL: I want to talk about this process that you’re talking about, this iterative process of bench-building that gets lost in a lot of the horse-race analysis.
But first, I just want to mention, we had one of your candidates, Tennessee state Rep. Justin Pearson, on the show earlier this year to talk about Republican gerrymandering efforts as part of this last-ditch plan to fight off what is expected to be big losses for Republicans in November. Pearson is running in one of the districts at the forefront of that gerrymandering fight.
Even with the momentum we’ve seen against Republicans and against the Democratic establishment, as we’re talking about, what can Democrats do in the face of this massive gerrymandering push? How do you think that could potentially affect Pearson’s race?
I’ll just mention this again: Justin Pearson is running in a seat that was vacated by longtime Democratic Rep. Steve Cohen, who is the last Democratic representative in Tennessee, so this is an important race.
It’s very easy for us far away in the Democratic establishment to see these sort of Republican gerrymanders and say, “All right. Well, it’s cooked. There’s no chance of us doing anything here. We can put forward our standard DCCC candidate and talk about it a little, but we’re not going to invest any resources in there.”
I think that would be a failure. This is the tip of the spear of our modern civil rights movement. We are seeing the Voting Rights Act gutted in front of our face, take away the last Black-majority district in the state of Tennessee at a time when Justin J. Pearson was ostensibly going to win his Democratic primary against Steve Cohen.
“When he talked about whether or not he wanted to do this, he understood no matter if he wins or loses, this is a fight worth having.”
When he talked about whether or not he wanted to do this, he understood no matter if he wins or loses, this is a fight worth having. It’s worth showing Democratic voters in the electorate, and the establishment more than anyone, that we can go into these Republican districts and these rural communities and not compromise on our most basic values.
Justin has not changed the policies and agenda he was running for when he was running against Steve Cohen to what he’s running for now. He has been the leader in that state on taking on AI data centers, and he is still the leader taking them on as his Republican opponent has unleashed them on Republican areas of this district.
He’s uncompromised on standing up against the genocide and endless wars abroad and U.S. taxpayers funding for that, and he’s demanding Medicare for all. These are extremely popular policies, not just in the bluest districts across the country, but across the board ideologically. He is showing an example of how we don’t have to run Amy McGraths everywhere we go in these red districts to win over “red voters.”
“He is showing an example of how we don’t have to run Amy McGraths everywhere we go in these red districts to win over ‘red voters.’”
These are working-class voters who are also been shivved and fucked by the same establishment that is run by Republicans and Democrats. These are people who are getting their hospitals and schools closed down in rural communities, who are getting their ACA subsidies cut and Medicaid subsidies cut.
This is a failure of the establishment of both parties. We can show that a different way is possible. Obviously, we need to fight to restore the Voting Rights Act, and we need to expand the Supreme Court and reform this court so we cannot continue just to see fights that people who are still living have fought for to be taken away in the same breath.
There’s a lot of work to do. It feels really difficult to know how we can claw back some of this institutional power when our institutions are so broken and corrupt. But I think that visionary agenda and ideals are what we need to see more from the Democratic Party, rather than simply being a party that is not Republicans.
That’s what these candidates have been so exciting for voters across the country about are that they, for the first time, are giving Democratic voters in a lot of these districts an affirmative positive agenda that centers their most urgent crises and actually has bold enough solutions to tackle those crises.
“That visionary agenda and ideals are what we need to see more from the Democratic Party, rather than simply being a party that is not Republicans.”
AL: This criticism came up a lot in this cycle, and this is the kind of thing I think that often says more about the person that is saying the criticism than the people they’re actually targeting. This is often lodged against candidates on the left or candidates backed by Justice Democrats that, “OK, all this is great, congratulations on your win, but once you get to Congress you’re not actually going to be able to do anything because there aren’t enough of you yet.” What do you say to that?
UA: You could have said that to us nine years ago, right? That would’ve been the case. Yet one of the most popular politicians in this country is AOC, and the most popular politician is Bernie Sanders, who has these same values. So clearly there’s an appetite from the American electorate for more voters like that.
People know who Ilhan Omar is, people know who Rashida Tlaib is, and it’s not simply because Fox News uses them as an attack every other week. It’s because they have been standing up and been the most courageous leaders in Congress, standing up for the values they need, not only on Palestine, but no one is louder about needing clean water in the state of Michigan than Rashida Tlaib. Ilhan Omar is the reason that the state of Minnesota has universal school lunches for children. These are leaders who have actually delivered on the promises that the Democratic Party has only hypothetically talked about.
Coming off a cycle where we lost two members, it’s very easy for people to say “Well, you have no power in Congress.” Yet we are sending seven new leftists to Congress this cycle, at least. It’ll be really telling how big the hypothetical Democratic majority is in Congress, because if it is seven-member majority, then you’re starting to ask a lot more different questions of, well, now you have a block of new members of Congress who can actually sway what policy and what agenda we are fighting for in this party.
So this shit doesn’t happen over fucking night. It takes years and years and cycles to build this block in Congress. You have to bring the people with it, and it takes time to organize and convince the masses of the working class to really buy into an electoral project that has screwed them time and time again, and to have that revolutionary optimism that there’s something to be done here.
There’s a lot of promise with this new class of members who are now joining an already existing class of members. We will nearly double our size in Congress, and that’s a big deal. You can look at far smaller groups of members of Congress that have wielded much more power than the amount that we’re sending to Congress.
These leaders were elected with the mandate to challenge the Democratic establishment, and so they will have to do that. More than anything, it’s up to the Democratic establishment on how they want to respond to the clear demands of their voters. These candidates that we elected this cycle are giving you a blueprint on a silver platter on how to excite your base and how to energize your party. The Democratic Party can either listen to them or be forced to listen to them, as they have been this cycle when we beat them.
“These candidates that we elected this cycle are giving you a blueprint on a silver platter on how to excite your base and how to energize your party.”
AL: I do have to ask here, Cori Bush is the anomaly in the success stories that we’re talking about, right? What happened in that race? Why do you think that this momentum did not extend to her challenge to take back her old seat from Wesley Bell in Missouri?
US: In North Carolina. We saw two races, Kat Abughazaleh and Junaid Ahmed in Illinois, lost at the hands of big money from AIPAC, crypto, and AI. Saikat Chakrabarti in Nancy Pelosi’s seat also lost the primary as well to a lot of big spending from seemingly pro-Israel donors.
The truth is, we are always going to be up against this insurmountable amount of money. To the best of our ability, we have to organize our resources and organize our people to fight back against that. But it’s also the truth that we don’t take corporate PAC money. We don’t take money from billionaires, and so our resources are limited, and we’ve grown that. We’ve grown that pool. We’ve expanded our donor network to be able to run 15 candidates and win seven races.
“We are always going to be up against this insurmountable amount of money.”
But there’s not an infinite amount of resources, and so those losses are proof that the left still also has work to do. We do need to build more resources. We do need to build better connections to ensure that champions and fighters like Cori Bush, who to me really embody the fighter that Democratic voters are talking about, can be sent back to Congress.
Because in the absence of them, we have useless corporate shills like Wesley Bell, who have done absolutely nothing for their community since they got to St. Louis — and it shows.
A big part of that is a resource constraint, also, the truth is, Cori had to go up against nearly $15 million of attacks last cycle, and that’s really recent. It’s not just the money that was spent against her this cycle. You have to look at what happened last cycle, because it’s all the same attacks. They ran the same playbook all over again, and it’s effective.
When you have a 20 to 1 outspending situation, and the only thing you’re seeing on TV and mail is how much you should dislike Cori Bush, it works at a certain point. That’s why it worked last cycle. Cori is a deep proof point that the left still has some work to do to really ensure that all of our champions can get to Congress.
AL: I want to move now to some of the news of the week. This week, ICE shot yet another person in Austin, Texas: 28-year old food delivery driver Wilber Rafael Garcés Pérez from Venezuela. After he was released from the hospital he was taken to an immigration detention center with a bullet still in his back, according to him and his lawyer.
If Justice Democrats candidates make it to Congress in November, what power do they have to push Democrats to do more to stop ICE from killing and terrorizing people? What can they do, particularly in a House session where we expect Democrats, if they win power to be putting a laser focus on investigating Trump’s corruption, for example?
UA: We should first and foremost be bold and listen to where voters are at. A majority of voters do not believe that ICE needs to exist. That’s understandable because both you and I were alive at a time when ICE didn’t exist — and yet I’m still living.
AL: What a time.
UA: What a time that was. The proof is in the pudding that we don’t need an ICE to have a “safe” America, whatever that means. But clearly the fascist governments need ICE to execute immigrants in this country and shoot down our neighbors and kidnap our families.
“Both you and I were alive at a time when ICE didn’t exist — and yet I’m still living. … We don’t need an ICE to have a ‘safe’ America, whatever that means.”
First and foremost, we should start from pushing to abolish ICE and ending this agency for all. Delia Ramirez, one of our Justice Democrats in Congress, has been leading the charge on this, calling to abolish ICE and also to dissolve the Department of Homeland Security, [which] in many ways, is also a relic of our lifetime. It is a relic of the George W. Bush era.
I am baffled when there are Democratic leaders in this country who are so obsessed with defending an institution created by George W. fucking Bush. I remember when we didn’t like George W. Bush, and we didn’t agree with his policies. I’m not sure why the Democratic Party of 2026 should be the same as the Republican Party of 2004.
It doesn’t really make a lot of sense to me, and I think we are always, on immigration over the last 20 years, have always been allowing the right to dictate what the agenda and our playground should be on immigration policy, on border policy, on all of these policies. And as a result, have always tried to be a diet Republican Party on immigration policy, when the most popular policies we ever put forward on immigration were things like a pathway to citizenship for DREAMers and abolishing ICE, now.
We have to be bold and not only end this agency, but also, as many people are talking about, prosecuting the people who were in charge of ICE and these officers who were killing folks.
“I’m not sure why the Democratic Party of 2026 should be the same as the Republican Party of 2004.”
The ICE agent who was the shooter in Austin wasn’t even wearing a body cam. As if that’s enough anyway. Then there’s so many different accounts and these lies. We are living through another evolution of our criminal legal system being so extrajudicial and so outside of the bounds of what should be legally allowed that I think we have to massively reign in this agency. We cannot do it in a mealy-mouthed way that says we need to pay lip service to this right-wing propaganda, while continuing to allow our immigrant neighbors and families to be murdered and shot down in the streets while they’re trying to deliver food to your house.
AL: In the Austin shooting the district attorney in Travis County, which is where the shooting happened, which is where Austin is, they are still trying to figure out the name of this officer, and they are waiting on getting footage from other ICE officers in the vicinity who had body cameras on, and they’re also trying to get footage from local hospitals to figure out where this officer who was allegedly injured went, because they do not yet know his name.
UA: But they know the man who he shot’s name, so.
AL: Yes. Much of the news this week centered on President Donald Trump’s attacks on the news media and his trip to New York City, where he met with Mayor Zohran Mamdani and attended the United Nations General Assembly.
Outside the UNGA, Jewish leaders protested Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu on Thursday. Mamdani once said he would arrest Netanyahu if he came to New York, though he didn’t have the authority to do so, and the two battled publicly this week.
Many people praised Mamdani’s pledge to arrest Netanyahu, even though it had not really any teeth, but as an example of what we’re talking about, of just wanting Democrats to do something — the kind of sentiment that has animated many voters who’ve supported Justice Democrats candidates this cycle.
Democrats are heading into this lame-duck session for Trump where there is still little appetite among leadership to do something substantive on Israel — though last week we saw an unusual refusal from top Democrat Rep. Greg Meeks to approve Trump’s latest proposed $2.8 billion sale of more bombs to Israel.
What is the strategy for the progressive bench on this issue right now? It seems like every time one of these packages comes up, there’s this big dust-up over OK, what’s going to happen? And every time, a few more Democrats either vote against it or, as in this case, voice some sort of opposition. But where do you see this going in the next Congress?
UA: The writing is on the wall if even Chairman Greg Meeks is suspending some of these things. You can go to the FEC’s website to see why that is an interesting development.
AL: [Laughter] Just in terms of support that Meeks has gotten from the pro-Israel apparatus in the past is what you’re referring to, I’m assuming.
UA: Yes. He’s been a dear ally to the lobby historically. But I think, like we saw on the vote on the Massie amendment, for the first time a majority of Democrats are voting to say, “We’re not going to send money to Israel.” A lot of people can say, “Well, that’s just a performative vote,” all these things.
Look, I worked in Congress. Those performative votes don’t happen in that sort of way, unless the people are pressuring members of Congress to get to this point. That’s what we’re seeing, is that you are seeing Democratic voters across the country reject you if you have an endorsement from AIPAC or you take a single dollar from AIPAC, which is why AIPAC has to hide its money so much this cycle.
“You are seeing Democratic voters across the country reject you if you have an endorsement from AIPAC or you take a single dollar from AIPAC, which is why AIPAC has to hide its money so much this cycle.”
That’s what we’re going to see coming into this new Congress, is a real thrust of energy for the pro-Palestinian movement within Congress now that you are really doubling the amount of leaders in Congress who are unabashedly against the endless supply of military funding and resources to the Israeli government.
You have a renewed movement to really organize even more members. You can look at the co-sponsor for the Block the Bombs, Delia Ramirez’s arms embargo bill has a lot of members you would not have expected even a cycle ago to do so. But that’s the power of not only these elections, but also mass movements across the country demanding that their leaders actually stop the endless supply of weapons.
There will absolutely have to be a fight in Congress for this next Congress to say we need to stop funding the Israeli government and military, and the Democratic voters are behind us. That might be a fight that has to challenge leadership on that fight, because obviously leadership has historically been more aligned with funding the Israeli military and government.
But at a certain point they have to also see the writing on the wall. They are beginning to see that. There’s a lot of opportunities with a Democratic majority to show voters that we are hearing them, that we also don’t think your tax dollars should fund a fucking genocide for three to four to five years after also already funding decades of apartheid.
That’s where we have to move next is not only ending funding right now, but ensuring that we never fund this military and government, and actually push towards a solution where we can end the apartheid state that Israel is running over the Palestinian people, and actually have a place where everyone has equal rights and dignity, which currently does not exist, obviously.
AL: You mentioned that you used to work in Congress, and I’m taken back to the fond days when I first met you around circa 2018 when you were working for then Congressional Progressive Caucus co-chair Rep. Mark Pocan. And since that time, we have been having this same conversation about the fight over the future of the Democratic Party.
Where do you see Hakeem Jeffries and Chuck Schumer, and party leadership more broadly, either fitting into or obstructing your vision for the future? In that vein, I’m curious there’s been a lot of talk about where will Justice Democrats’ candidates land on, supporting a Speaker Hakeem Jeffries in 2027? What conversations are you having around that? Where do you see this conversation going?
UA: Look, the corporate establishment will always be a barrier to progressive change and delivering for the needs of the working class. That, they have proven. They have made it clear. They have said it on the record.
These are not my feelings. They’re theirs. These elections, these campaigns, have proven that they are on the wrong side of the Democratic Party electorate, and they are in the minority, as they always have been. But it’s really eye-opening for people in leadership to have races like people like Claire Valdez, and Zohran, and Darializa become these leaders in New York, in your backyard, speaking of both Chuck Schumer and Hakeem Jeffries, who obviously represent New York in the Senate and the House.
It doesn’t stop there. As much as people want to say every city is not New York — well New York is not Philly, is not Denver, is not Dallas, is not California, is not Tennessee. Let’s be fucking for real. This is happening across the country. There is a bloc of leaders across the country who are actually responding to the needs of the working class.
Like I said, they got elected on a mandate to challenge the Democratic establishment. They will be pushing this Democratic Party to meet the needs of voters, be it pushing for Medicare for All, or an arms embargo on Israel, or a stop to AI data centers, or raising taxes on billionaires. All universally popular fucking policies that the Democratic Party could lead on.
So often this question has been framed as, what will the left do when they get to Congress? How will they deal with these sorts of institutions? We should be asking Hakeem Jeffries and Chuck Schumer and everyone else that question far more, which is: What are you going to do about the fact that your electorate is making clear that you are not fighting for the policies they are looking for?
When you come out to say you oppose Medicare for All after being a co-sponsor for it for a few cycles, you are in the minority of Democratic voters. I promise in your district particularly I imagine maybe, what, 5 percent of voters agree with you. It’s incumbent upon Democratic leadership to wake up and decide where they want to be on these issues and how they want to lead this party, because do they want to be a one-term House majority?
They can win back the majority a lot because Republicans are failing and because the left is showing voters what an opposition party could actually look like and what a governing party could actually look like. The establishment is not doing that. Until they start taking lessons from the left on what to actually fight for, they will continue to be running on cycle-to-cycle losses and wins instead of really looking at, long-term, how can we take back power and ensure that we don’t consistently backside into this fascist and authoritarian regime that is overrun by the same corporate interests that the Democratic establishment is also funded by.
We absolutely are looking at this new crop of leaders joining this already existing group of progressives to really have a sizable influence in bringing the people’s power to the halls of Congress more than anything, and using their coordinated megaphones in many ways to bring light to the issues that people need them to.
Because even if we take back the House majority, Donald Trump is still president, even if we take the Senate back. He can veto any bill, and that’s a reality, but that should not stop us from showing people what we could do if we had power.
“What we could do if we had power should not simply look like turning back the clock to what it looked like before Donald Trump, which is what some of the agenda I’m seeing from Democratic leadership is.”
And what we could do if we had power should not simply look like turning back the clock to what it looked like before Donald Trump, which is what some of the agenda I’m seeing from Democratic leadership is, let’s roll back this. Let’s get this back. The status quo three, two, five, seven, eight, pick a fucking year, was not good enough for working-class people, so why would we go back to that?
Obviously, we need to roll back all these attacks. We need to claw back the destruction that the Trump administration has done, but that’s obviously also not enough. We need universal healthcare. We need housing for all. We need to make billionaires pay their fair share. We need to stop fucking AI data centers from destroying every community, and raising our utility bills and poisoning our water. There are a litany of crises that we are facing. Mealy-mouthed solutions are not what Democratic voters are looking for.
They are making that deeply clear, and no matter how much fear-mongering around socialism or the Red Scare you want to do, the truth is, voters support these policies because these policies support voters.
AL: If we’re picking years, I pick 2004. [Laughter] I think you’re onto something there. We’re going to leave it there, Usamah. Thank you so much for joining me on The Intercept Briefing.
UA: Thank you, Akela.
AL: We want to hear from you. Tell us what you’re following or want to see more coverage of. Email us at podcasts@theintercept.com or leave us a voice mail at 530-POD-CAST that’s 530-763-2278
That does it for this episode.
This episode was produced by Laura Flynn. Jordan Uhl is our social media producer. Ben Muessig is our editor-in-chief. Maia Hibbett is our managing editor.
Nara Shin is our copy editor. William Stanton mixed our show. Legal review by David Bralow.
Slip Stream provided our theme music.
This show and our reporting at The Intercept do not exist without you. Your donation, no matter the amount, makes a real difference. Keep our investigations free and fearless at theintercept.com/join.
And if you haven’t already, please subscribe to The Intercept Briefing wherever you listen to podcasts. Do leave us a rating or a review, it helps other listeners to find our reporting.
New Deputy Editor Cannon Taylor joined “Beyond the Headlines” to talk about an exciting growth moment for Spotlight Delaware – the launch of Arts + Culture coverage.
We’ll talk about Cannon’s background, the decision to expand Spotlight’s coverage and what you might expect from Cannon’s Arts + Culture reporting. He also shares why things like pet bearded dragons, concert audiences dancing like Beyblades and all things odd are sure to catch his attention.
The podcast was hosted by Director of Community Engagement David Stradley.
This transcript has been edited for length and clarity.
Let’s just start off here: I’d love to know what is an arts and culture experience you’ve had in your life that has been really meaningful to you?
I would say the moment I truly fell in love with arts reporting was when I wrote about a musician in Colorado Springs where I grew up. His name is Rence Seyb. He plays in a band called Dear Rabbit. Every year, local musicians hold this concert in his honor called Rence Fest, and that’s because you’ll see him at every single show. He has this huge laugh, unlike any I’ve heard before, and he is constantly dancing in the front row like no one’s watching.
In writing about Rence Fest and about him, I got to know him beyond what he’s like at a concert, and I learned that he’s not unlike myself. When he’s not at a concert, he’s a bit more reserved and shy than I would have thought. He calls himself a “sad boy forever.” That was surprising for someone who’s so loved and so outgoing.
It taught me a lot about myself and how I could stand to be a bit more unreserved, and just have fun and enjoy life.
What was the actual Rence Fest like?
It was about six hours of back-to-back bands and, by the end, I was utterly exhausted. But it was just such a blast, and Rence kept the energy up the entire time, even when no one else would. They were too tired.
That’s also amazing that somebody gets a festival about them while they’re still alive, not just a memorial festival.
He is super deserving of it. He’s probably the biggest supporter of local music in Colorado.
Tell our listeners a little bit more about yourself. What’s your background and what attracted you to Spotlight Delaware?
I was raised in Colorado Springs, and I’ve lived the last year in Utah. My first job was as an arts reporter at a paper that, after about a year of me being there, shut down.
In Utah, I did some hard news reporting, but, clearly, I was just dying to do arts reporting again because I moved across the country to do it.
As a fan, what are your go-to arts experiences for you just personally?
I love music. I play guitar and bass, and I’m learning the drums. I’m still pretty mediocre. So I am in that live music scene.
I also just love really anything incredibly odd, and it could be across any medium. But I want to be wondering, “What am I even looking at right now?”
After you had your very first job as an arts and culture reporter, what made you want to move all the way across the country for another one? What did you love about arts and culture reporting?
I found that I learned a ton about myself in being an arts reporter, and that’s something you get across journalism. You are exposed to so many different people and have so many conversations that no one else gets to have. But when you’re covering the arts, you get to sit down with someone and hear their life story, and you get to dig really deep into their childhood or what inspired them to create something really unique.
In learning so much about other people and interacting with so many different people, you end up learning more about the world, which informs the way you go about your day-to-day life.
Is there a different kind of writing on the arts and culture beat than in the hard news beat that maybe fits you better?
Definitely. I did not think I was going to be a journalist when I was growing up or even when I was in college working for my student newspaper. I always thought I would be a writer of fiction or something like that. But I can’t think of a good character to save my life.
So, what I love about arts reporting is you find the characters out there in the real world, and you get to write about them. You get to bring a level of experimentation to your writing that you can’t necessarily get away with in hard news.
Spotlight Delaware, as you know, has made its reputation over its first two and a half years as a hard news organization. From your outside perspective, why would a news organization that has been dedicated to investigative reporting around government accountability and public policy reporting want to expand into arts and culture?
I’d say it diversifies the news palette and brings in readers who thought they weren’t interested in local issues. But suddenly, they are.
Say a friend had an art exhibit, and they see their friend on our website. Suddenly, they’re subscribed to our newsletter, and they’re paying attention when something they need to pay attention to happens. It’s a way of getting people in the door to become more civically engaged.
We talk about civic engagement and getting people out to vote, but civic engagement also means going out and trying a new restaurant, going out and trying a new arts festival that you don’t know about.
I was a 2020 high school graduate, so I certainly understand feeling incredibly isolated and not knowing how to make friends or get out of the house. That’s what I really hope our arts and culture coverage does, is it gets people to make friends and check out what’s going on in their backyard.
When you were talking about the kind of people who might be introduced to Spotlight Delaware through arts and culture coverage — I spent my first 25 years in Delaware in the arts world. When I took this job at Spotlight Delaware, I remember, a few weeks after starting the job, meeting with a friend of mine that was a supporter of an arts organization. She goes, “I’ve become a donor of Spotlight Delaware because I want to support you, but the news is just so depressing. Like, I just don’t read the news.”
So, a person like that makes me think about how you answer this question. That person may get on the arts and culture newsletter and start reading about the arts and culture stuff, but then see that other more hard news story and follow a little bit more of that kind of stuff.
I certainly understand where that person’s coming from. It’s easy to feel overwhelmed by all the bad news. But I think it’s also really important to highlight the good news. I think that can get people realizing they actually do like and appreciate journalism.
You’ve been in Delaware for, I think, as we record this, three weeks now, maybe four.
Three.
You’ve probably picked up that, as residents of a small state, Delawareans are a little protective of our reputation, a little sensitive to our reputation. And connections to the state are important. The joke here is that when someone asks you where you went to school, they’re asking about your high school and not your college.
Now, our editor-in-chief, Jake Owens, received many applications from Delawareans for this arts and culture deputy editor position. He hired you. As we’ve established, not a Delawarean.
What unique perspectives do you think a reporter with an outside eye can bring to arts and culture coverage?
I would say bringing a fresh set of eyes to someplace like Delaware is really valuable, and that’s something I’ve done at my past two jobs.
I mentioned I was raised in Colorado Springs, but I wasn’t really involved in anything in the arts world or really anywhere else when I was growing up. It wasn’t until I was a journalist that I was discovering things.
I find that a fresh and curious perspective can make people excited. My hope is that I can help even native Delawareans find things that they weren’t aware of and surprise them, too.
I think so many times, as you’ve been here for 20 years, you see something and think, “Oh, I’ve driven past that thing all the time,” but maybe didn’t take the initiative to go in there. So maybe if they read your article about one of those places, they might think, “Oh, I’m going to stop and go into that place now.”
That was definitely something I did with my first article about Delaware Saengerbund. I hear that’s a place where tons of people may pass it every day – [the club] in Newark – but they’ve never been inside, and they don’t get a real good glimpse of what this private club is like on the inside.
To share that with a wider audience is really special and, I think, something that people can expect to get out of our arts and culture coverage.
The story behind the story is another thing people will find is going to characterize arts and culture reporting.
Certainly Oktoberfest is something that people know a lot about. It’s not like we were surprising people by [saying], “Hey, did you know Oktoberfest is happening?” But you really told the story behind that festival and the organization.
I’ve never been to Oktoberfest, but now I was like, “Oh, now I’m more interested in that.” I’m not a beer drinker, but the details of the German heritage and the culture and the stories was noteworthy.
How did you decide to make that your approach and not just, “Here’s what you’d expect at Oktoberfest”?
No one wants to read, “Here’s what you can expect.” A flyer on Instagram could tell you that. I’m not here to repeat a flyer on Instagram. I’m here to tell you about the club that you’ve passed in Newark probably a million times and thought, “I wonder what they do in there.”
And most people don’t have access to it because it’s a private club. But as a journalist, I can get my foot in the door and talk with the people who are organizing this thing and ask about their very historic club and share that with you all.
I think the goal is to teach you things about Delaware that you didn’t know and didn’t know that you needed to know.
Let’s get a little into brass tacks here of what people can expect from Spotlight Delaware’s arts and culture reporting. When Jake, our editor-in-chief, hired you, what was your charge? How did he define the reach of arts and culture reporting?
It basically breaks down to three articles a week: two about anything under the arts umbrella, whether it’s visual arts, music, theater, film. I could go on. And then, one food article.
What we’re trying to do with our food and drink coverage is basically tell you what you can expect out of the dining experience at a new restaurant and also get to stories behind the food and make it more personal.
Those articles are going to appear in our regular newsletter, but then there also will be a dedicated arts and culture newsletter on Thursdays.
Yes.
We’ll also have our weekly calendar called the Weekend Spotlight, and that’s five events to check out in the upcoming weekend that [are] curated by me.
And that’s a little different than your typical calendar because it’s not comprehensive. It’s not a block of text that you have to sift through. It’s me, a human being, handing you a few picks of things I think are interesting. And I would really welcome feedback on that. I hope you let me know what I’m missing.
One thing that I think is fun is I try and make it interesting to read, too. Like, little mini-articles, 80 words each, about each event, about what you can expect.
There was a seafood festival recently, and I led with their crab pretzel-eating contest, which the organizer said was “disgusting.”
For my former arts and culture colleagues out there, just a reminder that Cannon is one person. We’ve already had people ask, “How do I get in your listings?”
Well, these aren’t meant to be universal listings. It’s really a recommendation of a few things you might want to think about this weekend.
What about reviews? Should people expect to see reviews, either of restaurants or of arts experiences?
No, we will not be doing reviews. I think that’s a way to make enemies in local news. But at the same time, if I’m writing about something, that means I think it’s noteworthy, and I think it’s worth checking out.
I think the way you’ve written about restaurants so far is a good example of that. They’re not reviews, but they certainly give you a sense of what this place is like. But it’s not like you’re saying, “Oh, the meatloaf at this place tastes like this and this. And this piece was overcooked slightly.”
I think about your article aboutBlack Restaurant Weekand Walt’s Chicken. You tell a story about that. You’re not defining what the recipe of the chicken is. It’s not a review, but it’s a really interesting piece.
How do you think about how you’re writing about restaurants?
I’d say the way to make food and drink coverage interesting is to get to the stories behind the people who are making the food. It’s certainly important to get a sense of what the food tastes like, but that can’t be the whole thing. I mean, if you want that, you could just go to Instagram and follow a ton of great accounts that are telling you, “Come eat at this place or this place.”
But you go to Spotlight for stories. That applies to food as well.
What can people expect as far as the style of the writing?
I think a good way to demonstrate that is [by] talking about an article coming out soon about a local band called Community Chapstick — which is an awesome name.
They are a rock group, and they experiment a lot with genre. I discovered them on Bandcamp while I was preparing to move to Delaware. I attended one of their concerts my first week I was here, and the way they activated the crowd was just crazy.
They asked people to act like Beyblades, and if you don’t know what a Beyblade is…
I do not know what a Beyblade is.
It’s basically a toy top from the ’90s that just spins. So, basically, they just had everyone spinning into each other and bouncing off each other.
Getting to know them, they also had such an interesting story. They explore a lot of interesting themes in their lyrics. In writing about them, I was able to tell a lot of their interesting stories. For example, their bassist hands out flyers with their pet bearded dragon on the streets of Wilmington, which is the coolest thing ever.
So, I think the goal is to show people that things like that are happening that they might not expect.
A couple things in there I hear. One is you seem to be drawn to the characters. You talked about the bassist who walks around handing out flyers with their [bearded] dragon. So, you’re drawn to who that character is.
Would you define that band as a well-known band or more of an underground, independent band?
I would say, if you’re in the local scene, you’re probably aware of them. But they’re definitely independent. I think an important part of our coverage is paying attention not to just the storied historic arts institutions, but also the people who are just making things in their basements, and bringing those to a broader audience.
We did about three months of community listening before we launched this arts and culture coverage to find out what the community wants, and that was one of the things that came out loud and clear. We know the Italian Festival happens. We know what’s showing at The Grand. We want help figuring out new stuff, these more independent things.
And then, the other thing — you know, Spotlight Delaware, for the most part, writes pretty lengthy, in-depth articles. We said, “Do you want that from arts and culture, or do you really just want something quick that you can read and digest?”
People, to their credit, were like, “No, we love how Spotlight Delaware approaches things. We want the Spotlight Delaware version of arts and culture coverage.” Which, again, sounds like this article about Community Chapstick. It’s not just where you can hear them play; here’s the albums they have. It’s a story that goes in depth about what this band is like.
That’s kind of how I approach all my writing, even when I was writing news. You try and make it interesting from the get-go. You try and latch onto something that will draw someone in who otherwise would just move onto the next thing within a few seconds.
You do that by characterizing people and dropping them in a scene with setting and stakes and telling it more like a story [rather] than just something that is happening or that happened.
As we’ve already established, you are a team of one. There’s not a team of five arts and culture reporters. You are the team and leading that team. And you’re leading it from scratch. What excites you about being able to shape this coverage from the very beginning, as a solo operator almost?
It’s great to work for a paper that’s been around for forever, and they know exactly what they’re doing, and they have their process. And then, you’re sort of like a cog in a machine, which can be awesome. It can be very stable. But at the same time, it is exciting to start from the beginning and be able to shape something yourself.
That’s something that I actually got to do at my first job as an arts reporter because it was technically a relaunch of this alt weekly. So, they were trying to invent a new version of their arts and culture coverage. That’s such a privilege to be able to do. Also, a little scary, a lot of responsibility. But I hope you’ll trust me.
Well, let’s imagine that trust has been gained. Let’s move ourselves a year into the future. You’ve been writing for 52 weeks for Spotlight Delaware, which is three articles a week, 150-plus articles.
Wow.
No pressure. There’ll be some freelancers in there hoping to help out as well. But let’s say it’s a year ahead now. How do you hope people are talking about, how do you hope people are viewing Spotlight Delaware’s arts and culture coverage?
I think it’s not so much how they’re viewing our coverage, but how they’re viewing Delaware.
I’m hoping that people read something by us, and they go and check something out. Suddenly, they’re at a pottery class or at a concert or participating in theater. I really want people to realize that there are things in their backyard.
I think it’s really, really easy to just isolate yourself and doomscroll all the time. I’ve fallen into that trap myself. But it’s so important to know that there is a community waiting for you with open arms, right in your backyard.
I’m really looking forward to seeing how Spotlight’s arts and culture coverage develops. Thanks for your time today and letting us know how you’re thinking about it.
Why Should Delaware Care? Healthcare in Delaware is among some of the most expensive in the country. As cuts to federally funded programs like Medicaid are set to go into effect later this year, and commercial insurance rates rise, Delaware is looking to reinvent its healthcare ecosystem.
Three Delaware medical centers are poised to receive nearly $23 million this year as the state looks to invest hundreds of millions of federal dollars meant to bolster rural healthcare.
The money also comes as state officials look to invest deeply into primary care options for Delawareans and shift how the state pays for its medical services.
State officials met outside of La Red Health Center in Georgetown on Thursday to make the announcement, where they hope these funds will help to modernize the three federally qualified health centers and bolster their preventative care capabilities.
Federally qualified health centers, also known as FQHCs, are community-based clinics that typically offer primary care services in medically underserved areas.
The $22.7 million injection into the state’s three primary FQHCs represents Delaware’s effort to reframe its healthcare ecosystem: keep people healthier on the front end so they are able to avoid costly emergency room visits.
Delaware received $157 million in December in its first of five awards over the next several years. While the exact amount of funding the state will receive remains uncertain, it will be at least $500 million.
At Thursday’s press conference, leaders from Delaware’s primary FQHCs gathered to discuss how the awards would help to modernize their operations. Additionally, the health centers are slated to receive more funding in the coming years as part of the five-year federal grant program.
The CEO of Westside Family Health Care, Chris Fraser, said the FQHCs offer services to patients, regardless of their ability to pay.
Westside has locations in Kent and New Castle County, from Wilmington to Dover.
With the new funds, of which Westside is slated to receive $11.3 million, Fraser said the health center would be able to improve its medical records systems.
Fraser said his network would join Epic Systems, a leading electronic health records program behind the online patient portal “MyChart,” which he said would allow the center to better coordinate care for patients who may need additional follow-ups. After ChristianaCare transfers its records to Epic next month, all of Delaware’s hospital systems will be using the same system for the first time.
In an interview following the press conference, Fraser also said the funds would support modernization efforts that have often been out of reach for the smaller health centers.
“Some of us are doing well, and some of us are really challenged operationally to make ends meet,” Fraser said. “So the coming Medicaid cuts are going to, unfortunately, make that worse.”
Shay Scott is CEO of the Henrietta Johnson Medical Center, a community clinic in Wilmington’s Southbridge neighborhood. | SPOTLIGHT DELAWARE PHOTO BY NICK STONESIFER
Shay Scott, CEO of the Henrietta Johnson Medical Center in Wilmington, said the new funds would allow her team to expand different services to help manage chronic conditions, as well as improve follow-up care.
Henrietta Johnson is slated to receive $1.2 million this year, she said. With the funds, she hopes to prevent “avoidable readmissions” to her facility by offering more preventative care.
Following the press conference, Scott said the funds also would help to transition the health centers more deeply into value-based care, instead of the traditional fee-for-service model, which charges patients based on the amount of care they receive.
With value-based care, Scott said the systems would be incentivized to provide more care that keeps patients healthier and away from emergency room visits instead of being more “volume driven.”
Separately, La Red in Georgetown, which specializes in working with the area’s large Spanish-speaking population, is set to receive $10.1 million.
Federal changes
Delaware leaders touted the investment as a benefit to the FQHCs and their patients. And while he was glad to have the funds to improve healthcare in the state, Gov. Matt Meyer challenged the circumstances under which they were awarded.
The federal program from which Delaware received funding was created to court Republican senators hesitant to support more than $900 billion in cuts to Medicaid in the summer of 2025, which could disproportionately impact rural communities and their healthcare facilities. Those cuts could also lead to privately insured patients ultimately paying more for care.
Meyer said more Delawareans are poised to be without insurance in the coming years, as reductions to Medicaid and price increases on the Affordable Care Act marketplace force some people out.
“We desperately need our FQHCs to make sure that not a single Delawarean falls through the cracks,” Meyer said.
Shortly after the Thursday press conference, the federal government shared a press release celebrating the investments in the FQHCs.
In its release, the U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) said the Trump administration is “delivering on its commitment to strengthen rural America,” by allowing states to create their own programs that improve health outcomes.
The release also outlined some of Delaware’s future proposals like its new medical school and other programs aimed at managing chronic disease in rural communities.
“Today’s investment was made possible through the Working Families Tax Cuts Act — passed by Republicans in Congress and unanimously opposed by Democrats — delivering a historic $50 billion investment to help states transform the way healthcare is delivered in America,” the release said, using an alternative names for the One Big Beautiful Bill Act signed by President Trump in July 2025.
Earlier this week at a separate press conference, Meyer had lambasted the Trump administration for cuts and enrollment changes being applied to the federal health subsidies like Medicaid and Medicare.
Still, Meyer said he would do what he could in the coming years to ensure people have access to healthcare in the state.
“I hope people don’t lose their lives because of really stupid policies,” he said.
China rising, America in decline? The Trump-Xi summitAudiosseth.drupal@c…
In this week’s episode of Independent Thinking, our experts discuss the Trump-Xi summit in Washington and the increasing competition between the two superpowers.
President Donald Trump welcomes Xi Jinping to Washington with the US-China dynamic in a moment of historic flux. China is rising economically and militarily, while the US is mired in the Iran war, alienating allies and pursuing Trump’s unpredictable trade and tariff disputes.
What do the two leaders want from this meeting, and will they get it? Can they reconcile their differing economic powers, the competition for critical minerals, and their radically contrasting visions for artificial intelligence.
And in the longer term: who will dominate the 21st century? Does Xi really want to retake Taiwan for China before his time in power ends? Or is the US-Chinese dynamic more complex and perhaps less alarming?
To unpick these threads Bronwen Maddox is joined by three experts from Chatham House’s Asia-Pacific Programme: programme director Ben Bland, senior research fellow Dr Yu Jie and associate fellow Dr Bill Hayton.
About Independent Thinking
Independent Thinking is a weekly international affairs podcast hosted by our director Bronwen Maddox, in conversation with leading policymakers, journalists and Chatham House experts providing insight on the latest international issues.
COLUMBUS, Ohio — Financial disclosures show U.S. Sen. Jon Husted received gifts from JobsOhio during three consecutive years while serving as Ohio’s lieutenant governor, but neither Husted nor the powerful economic-development organization will disclose what the gifts were or how much they were worth.
Husted’s filings identify JobsOhio as a gift source in 2021, 2022 and 2023. His 2024 disclosure lists a gift from JobsOhio CEO J.P. Nauseef. Ohio law generally requires officials to identify the source of gifts worth more than $75, but not their exact nature or value.
That lack of detail matters because JobsOhio controls profits from Ohio’s state liquor franchise and has directed more than $2 billion toward private businesses. Husted’s office and JobsOhio declined to provide additional information about the gifts.
Ohio ethics rules prohibit public officials from accepting substantial things of value when the source has business before their agency or could improperly influence their official duties. The Ohio Ethics Commission has not concluded that Husted violated those rules, and its executive director said such a determination would require examining all the facts.
The disclosures are receiving additional attention because JobsOhio supported major projects during Husted’s tenure, including Intel’s heavily subsidized Ohio semiconductor development. Husted is currently running for a full Senate term against Democrat Sherrod Brown.
Mountain View Academy in Dandridge, Tennessee Stacy Kranitz for ProPublica
Across the country, states have been shuttering their youth prisons as juvenile crime has plummeted and research shows the facilities are not effective at keeping youth out of trouble after release. From 2000 to 2022, the number of the highest-security facilities for kids has dropped by more than 40%, the most recent federal data shows.
In contrast, Tennessee’s Department of Children’s Services has budgeted $360 million to build two new facilities with a total of up to 256 new beds for youth. Construction is set to begin this fall, and they are expected to open in 2028 and 2029.
According to Tennessee officials, the state doesn’t have enough space for kids who courts have found committed crimes. In the last few years, it has held dozens of teens overnight in temporary places, including, at one point, office buildings. In an emailed response to WPLN and ProPublica, the agency attributed the lack of bed space to a number of factors, including teens’ needs for specific mental health services and temporary staffing issues in its facilities. And it said that national trends “do not determine” whether Tennessee has enough youth beds available.
But juvenile crime is down in Tennessee, too, and advocates and experts say the state’s push for more prisons does not line up with the needs of the kids in its care.
“The argument that’s made is that [juvenile crime is] worse than ever, right? Or the kids are out of control,” said Josh Rovner with the nonprofit research and advocacy group The Sentencing Project, which seeks to reduce incarceration across the country. “The data doesn’t back that up.”
Tennessee said youth are committing more violent crimes. But fewer are entering the juvenile justice system.
To explain its need for more youth prisons, Tennessee’s DCS points to a recent state-commissioned study. It shows that police reports of violent juvenile crimes in Tennessee — including murder, aggravated assault, motor vehicle theft and crimes with firearms — have increased since 2013.
But not every report results in an arrest, for a number of reasons; multiple people might call police for the same crime, for example. Data from the same report shows that the number of kids arrested and entering the system, even for violent crime, has decreased over that time period. Murder was the only violent crime included in the report for which arrests increased, from 15 cases in 2013 to 26 in 2024. That number is still lower than it was at its peak in 2018.
“The argument that’s made is that [juvenile crime is] worse than ever, right? Or the kids are out of control. … The data doesn’t back that up.”
Josh Rovner, senior research analyst at The Sentencing Project
The state oversees different types of facilities for kids in the justice system, ranging in security level from group homes to prisons surrounded by barbed wire. DCS leaders said in a state hearing that the agency has reached maximum capacity and run out of beds in high-security facilities. DCS said in a recent statement that the number of youth needing space in a particular type of facility can remain high day to day even as overall arrests decline.
In a 2024 lawsuit over Tennessee’s juvenile justice system, advocates said the state is not appropriately utilizing the bed space it currently has, putting kids into the highest-security facilities without considering their need for mental health treatment and other services. Because of juvenile privacy laws, no publicly available data shows what charges land youth in which setting.
In response, DCS acknowledged that it sometimes places youth in facilities based on capacity, but denied that it improperly held youth in the highest-security facilities. The case is ongoing.
Tennessee promised its new prisons would be rehabilitative. Experts say they are too big to succeed at that mission.
Unlike the adult system, the juvenile justice system is set up to rehabilitate, not punish, based on decades of research showing that youth are more capable of change.
DCS told WPLN and ProPublica that it is designing the new facilities to provide care that addresses the trauma youth have experienced, including behavioral health treatment tailored to their individual needs. The design includes dedicated spaces for education, job training and recreation. It also includes rooms for mental health staff to do their work, including “calming rooms” for youth.
The agency also describes its existing prisons as rehabilitative. All three of the state’s highest-security prisons are run by Tennessee businessman Jason Crews and his company, Wayne Halfway House. The company is required by its contract and state policy to provide mental health treatment, education and other services to imprisoned youth.
The 2024 juvenile justice lawsuit, which an advocacy group and multiple unnamed youth in the system filed against DCS, argued that the department places youth in facilities that are more punitive than rehabilitative. Some teens placed in prison, the lawsuit said, should not be there at all.
The lawsuit also claimed that Tennessee’s juvenile justice facilities keep youth from accessing education and mental health treatment. Two facilities run by Wayne Halfway House, according to the lawsuit, have had policies barring youth from attending school if they misbehave. One teen, diagnosed with post-traumatic stress disorder, anxiety and other mental health conditions, did not get needed individual therapy for months while in a Crews facility, the lawsuit stated, and only got a couple of hours of education each day. Several other contractors’ jails and treatment centers across the state are referenced by name in the lawsuit.
DCS said in a legal filing that it didn’t have enough information to respond to all of the specific allegations about youth mentioned in the suit, but it pushed back against many claims, including that youth were provided inadequate education or mental health treatment. It also denied that the teen in the Crews prison was kept from therapy or education, but did acknowledge that some youth in the juvenile justice system may temporarily “receive minimal educational services.”
Wayne Halfway House said in a statement that it disputes the allegations in the lawsuit and referred the newsrooms to “numerous state audits and/or reports” during that time that refute those claims. It declined to share the specific documents it was referencing. “Wayne Halfway House programs are compliant with state policies and law,” the company wrote in its statement.
Daniel Macallair is the executive director of the Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, a nonpartisan, nonprofit organization that works to reduce society’s reliance on incarceration. “These institutions are not humane places,” he said, referring to large-scale youth facilities. “They’re not rehabilitative. They never have been.”
According to Macallair, who has been working on juvenile justice reform for more than 40 years, any facility with more than 10 kids becomes unwieldy, distracting from rehabilitation and becoming more correctional. Research shows that larger facilities often involve harsher treatment of youth, including higher rates of sexual abuse and practices such as solitary confinement. One of the prisons that DCS is planning would have up to 160 beds, making it the largest in the state.
“These institutions are not humane places. They’re not rehabilitative. They never have been.”
Daniel Macallair, executive director of the Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice
By contrast, the programs that have proven to help youth avoid future crimes are small and based in the communities they are from, Macallair said.
Missouri, a nationally lauded example, has established small facilities throughout the state, keeping youth — even those who commit violent crimes — close to home for therapeutic programs. Research has shown that not only are these community-based programs more effective and affordable, but they lead to low rates of reoffending and high rates of high school graduation.
DCS told WPLN and ProPublica that it provides community-based services for youth who can safely remain at home. But Tennessee data shows that the vast majority of youth in the system were not allowed to stay in their communities last year.
One way to assess the rehabilitative success of youth prisons is whether youth are rearrested after release. But Tennessee officials acknowledge that they cannot measure that in a comprehensive or accurate way because the state lacks a centralized way of tracking when a youth commits a new crime.
Tennessee has pushed against outside oversight of its youth prisons. Experts say this is a crucial reform.
The state says there will be a bid process to determine who will operate the new facilities. Right now, two providers run all of the state’s private youth prisons — Wayne Halfway House and Youth Opportunity Investments, a company that runs lower security facilities.
In response to questions about the new facilities, Wayne Halfway House said it would not comment about its business plans. It also noted that the facilities in which it holds youth in state custody for committing a crime are classified by the state as “residential treatment centers,” not youth prisons. Across the country, states use different terminology to refer to these facilities. By federal law they are supposed to provide treatment, but they also are secure facilities, often with barbed-wire fences and cells that lock, that hold youth long-term after a court finds them responsible for a crime — similar to adult prisons.
Experts say robust independent oversight is crucial to keep youth in juvenile justice facilities safe, but Tennessee does not have this. Instead, it has one agency that helps families navigate the system but lacks enforcement power and a new Juvenile Justice Review Commission tasked with releasing its first set of recommendations in 2028.
“The main goal is to bring more transparency to what’s going on inside these facilities, to make that information public, to make recommendations about ways it can improve,” said Michele Deitch, a criminal and juvenile justice expert at the University of Texas at Austin. “You really need the external body that is independent.”
In 2024, a bipartisan group of Tennessee lawmakers introduced a bill that would give oversight and enforcement power to an independent organization instead of just DCS. Under the bill, DCS would be required to suspend a facility’s license or stop placing youth there until it fixed violations.
Lawmakers felt that DCS had a conflict of interest — it is responsible for both finding beds for children in these institutions and sanctioning providers if they are not following the rules or regulations.
Wayne Halfway House, which pays a legislative lobbyist and also makes political donations in the state, opposed the bill. One of the bill’s sponsors said that a lobbyist for the company pushed to exempt privately run facilities from the bill, and the proposal made it into an amendment filed in the House.
A lobbyist for Wayne Halfway House said at the time that the company had concerns about how the bill would “affect accountability in the governance of youth corrections in Tennessee.” In a recent statement, the company said it supports the state’s policies and laws that “rigorously oversee organizations like ours and hold us to high standards for operational performance.”
WASHINGTON, D.C. — The Trump administration is dismantling several long-standing federal tools used to address racial disparities in American schools, including moving to end more than 50 court-supervised desegregation cases.
The Justice Department said Thursday it is reviewing decades-old school desegregation orders and seeking dismissal when officials determine districts have eliminated the remnants of legally enforced segregation. Assistant Attorney General Harmeet Dhillon said prolonged federal oversight no longer reflects conditions in many classrooms.
At the same time, the Education Department has eliminated federal “disparate impact” regulations under Title VI. Those rules allowed investigators to examine policies that appeared race-neutral but produced sharply unequal outcomes, such as suspension rates or access to advanced classes. The administration argues that approach improperly encouraged racial balancing.
Civil rights advocates warn the combined changes could make discrimination harder to identify unless there is evidence of explicit intent. Former Justice Department attorney Johnathan Smith said the administration is also creating legal “roadblocks” that could make future reversals difficult.
The administration has already halted or narrowed investigations involving racial disparities in school discipline and successfully supported the termination of some longstanding desegregation orders. Critics, including Rep. Bobby Scott, argue that ending oversight too quickly risks allowing old inequities to reemerge.
Qualcomm, yesterday, promising Linux support for the new Snapdragon X2 processors:
Linux on Snapdragon X2 Series is moving from early bring-up toward a more complete upstream developer experience. Core support is landing, Hexagon NPU and Adreno GPU work is progressing, and real laptops with Snapdragon X2 Series processors are already beginning to boot Linux.
Interesting, but I feel like I’ve heard these exact words before. Qualcomm, two years ago, promising Linux support for the then-new Snapdragon X processors:
It’s been our priority not only to support Linux on our premium-tier SoCs, but to support it pronto. In fact, within one or two days of publicly announcing each generation of Snapdragon 8, we’ve posted the initial patchset for Linux kernel support. Snapdragon X Elite was no exception: we announced on October 23 of last year and posted the patchset the next day. That was the result of a lot of pre-announcement work to get everything up and running on Linux and Debian.
These promises were not at all kept. Two years later, Linux support for Snapdragon X laptops is still spotty, broken, and limited, confined to just a few bespoke Ubuntu builds, which don’t even offer full support either. It’s a complete mess, effectively unusable, and highlights once again that big technology companies are compulsive liars. I have little faith in these new promises, but who knows – maybe this time it’ll be different.
WASHINGTON, D.C. — Three-quarters of Americans say the rapid growth of artificial intelligence makes them feel fearful or concerned, while only one-quarter describe themselves as hopeful or excited, according to a new CNN poll conducted by SSRS.
The survey found that 43% of respondents felt strong fear or concern about AI’s development, with another 32% somewhat concerned. Only 7% said they were strongly hopeful or excited. The concern crossed party lines: CNN reported that 85% of Democrats and about 62% of Republicans expressed fear or concern about AI.
The poll also found broad dissatisfaction with the federal response. Seventy-one percent said the government is not doing enough to regulate AI, compared with 18% who said current efforts are sufficient and 10% who said Washington is doing too much.
Those findings line up with a separate Reuters/Ipsos survey released this week in which 73% said AI companies are not doing enough to prevent potentially catastrophic consequences, while 55% supported slowing development.
The CNN survey was conducted Sept. 16-17 among 1,206 U.S. adults and carries a margin of sampling error of plus or minus 3.5 percentage points. President Trump, meanwhile, has resisted broad federal AI regulation and argued that slowing development could allow China to gain ground.
TRENTON, New Jersey — Gov. Mikie Sherrill is demanding Lt. Gov. Dale Caldwell resign after an independent investigation concluded he sexually harassed a woman and repeatedly violated state ethics rules.
The 61-page report, prepared by Lowenstein Sandler LLP, found “credible evidence” that Caldwell made a romantic advance toward a female staffer’s friend. After being rejected, investigators found he told the staffer, referring to the two women, “You young women are looking for young sperm.” The report concluded the sexually charged remark constituted workplace harassment and caused the employee to avoid interactions and travel with Caldwell.
Investigators also found Caldwell improperly sought a promotion for a state employee he was dating and repeatedly brought personal guests to ticketed events without paying admission, despite ethics training and warnings.
Sherrill said the findings showed “serious, repeated violations of state policy” and gave Caldwell until Friday to resign. She said the behavior represented a pattern that failed to meet her administration’s standards.
Caldwell’s attorney, Thomas Calcagni, disputed the conclusions, arguing the investigation denied Caldwell meaningful due process and that the evidence did not justify the findings. Caldwell is an elected lieutenant governor, meaning Sherrill cannot simply remove him from that office.
WASHINGTON, D.C. — Sen. Tommy Tuberville is doubling down on claims that airline pilots, flight attendants and air traffic controllers who participate in the furry community pose a potential safety risk, despite offering no evidence that furry interests have caused aviation incidents or impaired professional performance.
Tuberville told TMZ DC that some aviation workers belong to a furry “club” and called that “some part of mental illness that could be a catastrophe.” His evidence appears to be an “Aviation Furs Meet-Up” held at the Furry Migration convention in Minneapolis. The convention’s own schedule shows the meetup was open to pilots, mechanics, air traffic controllers, line operators and anyone simply interested in aviation.
That establishes that some furry convention attendees share an interest in aviation. It does not establish how many are licensed aviation professionals, whether they pose any safety risk, or that furry fandom itself is a mental disorder.
A 2026 review in Transcultural Psychiatry describes furry culture as a stigmatized fan community centered on anthropomorphic characters. Researchers specifically cautioned that available evidence does not consistently show higher rates of mental-health problems among furry fans compared with the general population.
Tuberville nevertheless said he would not want a qualified pilot flying him if that pilot privately identified with the fandom. TMZ’s reporter pressed him on whether professional competence should matter more; Tuberville maintained that the personal interest itself made him uncomfortable.
Amid mounting concerns about its sprawling surveillance camera network, Flock Security told the press this summer that it operates more than 120,000 cameras nationwide.
But a new map published Wednesday by a cybersecurity researcher reveals Flock’s nationwide reach is even bigger. Based on location coordinates from Flock’s own database, the map shows more than 170,000 cameras, plus more than 130,000 accompanying gadgets that play a part in the company’s expansive American surveillance network.
Joshua Michael’s Flock Surveillance Map highlights the locations of what he says are 300,000 Flock surveillance devices spread across the country. His findings — which were cited in Wednesday’s Senate Subcommittee on Crime and Counterterrorism hearing on Flock — differ from existing maps of Flock’s automated license plate readers in scope and methodology.
“These cameras form a nationwide surveillance network that tracks where everyone drives.”
Unlike crowd-sourced projects such as DeFlock, which are built on locations submitted by users, the Flock Surveillance Map relies on location data culled from a snapshot, archived by Michael in December 2025, of Flock’s own records. In addition to cameras, it maps supplemental devices — including 27,000 acoustic detection devices, as well as networking equipment that integrates third-party cameras — to illustrate the scale of Flock’s surveillance web.
“These cameras form a nationwide surveillance network that tracks where everyone drives,” Michael told The Intercept, “so foreign nations don’t need to send spies to harm our country. They can simply watch where our soldiers, federal agents, and politicians go.”
The Intercept visited six random Arizona locations on Michael’s map; each location had a Flock camera present at the indicated coordinates.
The Flock Surveillance Map also color-codes each Flock device according to its model — showing, for instance, whether the device is a Flock camera, known as a Falcon, or an accompanying processing unit known as a Picard. (Flock did not immediately respond to a request for comment.)
The accompanying searchable dataset table also lists each camera’s individual name, as outlined in Flock’s database, which typically includes a street address and sometimes other identifying characteristics. A camera with the name “FBI Pilot Camera,” for example, is shown to be located at the J. Edgar Hoover Building — the FBI headquarters in Washington.
The map illustrates Flock’s national spread, but also its clustering in certain areas. For example, 860 Flock devices appear to be concentrated just outside Chicago O’Hare International Airport, at the Rosemont Public Safety Department, which provides police, fire, and emergency medical services in the Chicago suburb.
Numerous Flock cameras appear to be installed inside detention centers. A camera titled “C-F-23 FOXTROT MALE HOLDING 2/SHOWERS” appears at the coordinates of the Silverdale Detention Center in Chattanooga, Tennessee.
In November 2025, Michael discovered a novel way to identify the location of Flock’s devices. Trawling the company’s website, he realized that Flock’s servers were publicly leaking data in the form of an access token that could be acquired without needing to log in. With that token, Michael said he could query ArcGIS, a third-party geographic information system platform used by Flock, to retrieve the locations of Flock devices.
Michael told The Intercept he promptly contacted Flock and described his findings. As Michael wrote in his initial email to Flock on November 13, 2025: “all testing was strictly non-intrusive, limited to open unauthenticated endpoints, and did not involve bypassing authentication, modifying data, or invoking any billable ArcGIS or Google operations.” Michael said he didn’t receive a reply, so he followed up with Flock the next day, and a third time several days later.
After his third attempt to inform Flock of the discovered vulnerability, Michael received a reply from a Flock that said, “Thank you for the findings. We are internally triaging them and will reach back out with next steps soon.”
Michael said he never heard back about it from Flock.
In December 2025, Michael downloaded the Flock device location data, and in January wrote an in-depth technical blog post about what he had found. After Michael’s post, it appears that Flock fixed the vulnerability.
Despite being alerted of Michael’s findings in November 2025, Flock published its own blog post the following January saying it hadn’t had any data breaches. “Flock has never been hacked, and there has not been a leak of Flock information,” the company claimed. “Flock Safety’s cloud platform has never experienced a data breach.”
The Atlanta-based startup has faced mounting criticism for its practices and lack of transparency in recent months. An American Civil Liberties Union report found “a pattern of Flock regularly misleading or even lying about its business practices, safety record, commitment to privacy, and efforts to protect vulnerable populations.”
Michael told The Intercept that Flock’s recent claims about its data security record don’t reflect reality. Flock has publicly claimed multiple times that the company has never experienced a data breach, “and this was after I pulled their database of devices.”
“That leaves two possibilities,” he said. “Either they knew and chose not to disclose it for fear of bad press, or they didn’t know I exfiltrated the data at all. The first is a transparency failure. The second is a detection failure with national security implications.”
On Thursday, Michael was notified that Doppel, which describes itself as an “AI-native social engineering defense platfom,” filed a trademark infringement complaint regarding his site, claiming to be working on Flock’s behalf. Doppel says that the site is using the trademark “FLOCK SAFETY” without authorization, which “may cause customer confusion / harm.” Doppel requested the site be taken down.
When he posted the Flock Surveillance Map, Michael included a pop-up disclaimer saying that the site is “not affiliated with or endorsed by Flock.”
WASHINGTON, D.C. — Tucker Carlson says President Donald Trump should have been removed from office under the 25th Amendment after what Carlson interpreted as a threat to use nuclear weapons against Iran, marking another sharp escalation in his break with the president over foreign policy.
“He should have been removed from office immediately when he threatened nuclear war,” Carlson told NPR’s Steve Inskeep. When Inskeep asked whether he meant removal through the 25th Amendment, Carlson answered, “That’s correct,” adding that Trump should have been “bundled up and taken out.”
There is an important distinction in Carlson’s accusation: Trump has not explicitly threatened a nuclear strike on Iran. Axios noted that Trump has instead threatened to “annihilate” Iran and previously warned that “a whole civilization will die tonight” if Tehran rejected U.S. demands. Reuters confirmed Trump again used the word “annihilate” during his U.N. address this week.
Carlson, once one of Trump’s most influential media supporters, has increasingly opposed the administration’s Iran war and broader foreign policy. He left the Republican Party earlier this year amid those disagreements.
The 25th Amendment allows the vice president and a majority of Cabinet officials to declare a president unable to perform the duties of office. No president has ever been removed through that process.
In a gubernatorial campaign ad posted on his public social media accounts, Democrat Rob Sand said Iowa’s public schools have slipped in national rankings.
“I want us to get back to having the best public schools in the country, not in the bottom half,” he said.
Sand, the state auditor, has criticized Iowa’s Education Savings Account program, which allows families to use a student’s state funding to pay for private school education. Sand has called for annual audits of the program, income eligibility limits, and limiting tuition increases for private schools.
Sand’s campaign sent PolitiFact a statement from Sand about schools’ quality when he was growing up, but did not point to specific data placing Iowa at number one.
“When I was growing up in Decorah, Iowa had some of the best schools in the nation,” Sand said in an email statement to PolitiFact. “It’s our state’s crown jewel, so much so that we put ‘Foundation in Education’ on our state quarter… I want every Iowa kid to have access to the best education, just like I did.” He said public schools have been underfunded to favor private school vouchers.
Iowa schools spend $17,804 per pupil from federal, state and local sources, placing them 34th in the nation in K-12 education funding and 35th in spending, according to the Education Data Initiative, an organization that researches education statistics.
There’s no clear data that ranked Iowa’s schools as the best overall, but Iowa students did achieve top ranks in some subjects in the 1990s, when Sand attended. Public education rankings are issued annually by myriad organizations, using different criteria to determine where each state lies. In 2017, the first year U.S. News and World Report ranked K-12 public education, Iowa placed sixth in the nation, but that rank has fallen in the years since. Iowa ranked 26th nationally for K-12 in 2026.
However, Carol Burris, executive director of the Network for Public Education, a public education advocacy organization, said her organization gave Iowa a “D” in its 2026 report card, receiving 47 out of 100 possible points. The metrics are based on privatization — or voucher programs — home-schooling oversight, school funding, and conditions for teaching and learning. She said this places Iowa 19th from the bottom for public school rankings.
“What we’re ranking is how much support does the governor’s office, does the state house give to public education?” she said. “So we’re looking at laws, policies, and practices.”
According to the Annie E. Casey Foundation’s 2026 report, which covers 2024, Iowa’s education has worsened, with fewer preschoolers enrolled in school, lower reading proficiency in fourth and eighth grades and a lower high school graduation rate. The organization, a private philanthropy providing education resources to underserved children, ranked Iowa 27th overall in education.
In 2024, 70% of fourth graders were not proficient in reading, compared to 66% in 2019. Additionally, eighth grade math proficiency has worsened, with 67% of students not proficient in 2019 to 73% not proficient in 2024.
It’s not just Iowa that’s gotten lower marks, 47 states also fared worse in 2024 compared with 2019, the foundation’s report said. At the national level, three of the four education indicators worsened in the five-year period — math proficiency, reading proficiency and preschool attendance.
Margaret Buckton, a long-time Iowa lobbyist for the Rural School Advocates of Iowa and Urban Education Network of Iowa — nonprofit K-12 advocacy organizations — backed Sand’s statement. She said Iowa’s public school ranking has significantly dropped in the last couple of decades.
“Iowa was late to the game in having state standards,” she said. “We changed our state assessment and went through a couple of years of adapting to changes. We haven’t had the support other states have made, and the change in our population would indicate we’ve got to provide additional resources, programming, and staff for those students that are starting further behind to begin with.”
Buckton said Iowa was revered for its education in the 1990s, particularly in standardized testing. In fourth grade reading and eighth grade math in 2024, Iowa students scored close to the national average.
Our ruling
Sand said Iowa once had “the best public schools in the country,” but is now “in the bottom half.”
Several institutions rank public education by state, and by some metrics, Iowa placed highly in the past, but not number one. The state’s rankings have dropped over the last 30 years; one group ranks Iowa’s K-12 schools 26th nationwide.
2024 total spending: $84.3 million by its super PAC
The League of Conservation Voters is a 501(c)(4) nonprofit that works to “defeat federal candidates who will undermine environmental progress and elect environmental champions who will prioritize just and equitable climate solutions,” according to its website.
The group was founded in 1969 by activist David Brower, executive director of the Sierra Club in the 1950s and ’60s and founder of Friends of the Earth. Its current president is Pete Maysmith, who served as LCV’s senior vice president of campaigns starting in 2017. Maysmith took over as president in 2025 after his predecessor, Gene Karpinski, held the position for more than 18 years.
The League of Conservation Voters tracks the voting records of members of Congress on environmental issues in its National Environmental Scorecard. The league’s super PAC, the LCV Victory Fund, names a “Dirty Dozen,” a list of politicians whom the group aims to defeat because of their voting records on conservation issues and their political vulnerability. It has previously named a state-level “Dirty Dozen” in the past, but has not yet released one for 2026.
The super PAC primarily spends money on independent expenditures advocating for or against the election of candidates, while the traditional PAC contributes directly to candidate or party committees. Most of the super PAC’s independent expenditures support Democratic candidates and oppose Republicans.
As of Aug. 31, the super PAC had raised around $23.1 million for the 2026 election cycle, according to the Federal Election Commission. It also has spent nearly $5 million on independent expenditures.
The majority of that spending went to opposing Republican candidates, including Rep. Bill Huizenga of Michigan, Rep. Rob Wittman of Virginia, Rep. Chuck Edwards of North Carolina, and former Rep. Mike Rogers of Michigan. Rogers is the Republican candidate for U.S. Senate in Michigan, facing off against Democrat Abdul El-Sayed in a toss-up race. Huizenga and Wittman also face closely contested general elections in November.
Edwards announced in August that he would end his reelection campaign, after the House Ethics Committee found evidence of inappropriate conduct toward staffers. Edwards was subsequently censured on Sept. 1.
The super PAC has also spent over $600,000 supporting Stefany Shaheen, the Democratic candidate for the House of Representatives in New Hampshire’s 1st Congressional District.
As a super PAC, the LCV Victory Fund is required to disclose its donors to the FEC. Its largest donor through Aug. 31 was the League of Conservation Voters, the nonprofit, which has donated more than $18 million.
As a 501(c)(4) nonprofit, the League of Conservation Voters does not need to disclose its donors and can make unlimited contributions to super PACs. Spending to influence elections in which the source of the money is undisclosed is known as ”dark money” spending, as the research group OpenSecrets explains.
FactCheck.org Undergraduate Fellow James Constan contributed to this article.
Editor’s note: FactCheck.org does not accept advertising. We rely on grants and individual donations from people like you. Please consider a donation. Credit card donations may be made through our “Donate” page. If you prefer to give by check, send to: FactCheck.org, Annenberg Public Policy Center, P.O. Box 58100, Philadelphia, PA 19102.
One Nation is an issue advocacy organization that says it is “dedicated to promoting commonsense conservative policies and ensuring America adheres to the vision of the Founders.” That means “a nation forged from different cultures, countries, creeds and classes – yet unified by a common commitment to freedom, responsible governance, and guaranteed individual liberties,” according to its website.
The group is the nonprofit arm of the super PAC known as the Senate Leadership Fund, or SLF PAC, which was founded in 2015 by allies of Republican Sen. Mitch McConnell of Kentucky. Both groups — led in part by Executive Director Alex Latcham, who worked on President Donald Trump’s 2024 campaign — are now aligned with Senate Majority Leader John Thune of South Dakota and primarily focus on helping Republicans maintain their Senate majority.
Unlike the super PAC, One Nation, as a registered 501(c)(4) organization, is not required to disclose its donors, which makes it a so-called “dark money” group. Because it is a tax-exempt organization, and not a political action committee, One Nation files annual tax returns with the IRS rather than monthly or quarterly financial reports with the Federal Election Commission. So, we don’t yet have access to the latest information revealing how much the nonprofit has raised during the 2026 election cycle.
According to its 990 tax forms for the 2023 and 2024 tax years, One Nation received more than $170 million in “contributions and grants” during the 2024 election cycle. It also had about $176.6 million in expenses.
Notably, it has donated much of the money it raises to the affiliated Senate Leadership Fund. For the 2026 midterms, One Nation has given at least $70.7 million to SLF PAC, as of June 30, according to the super PAC’s filings with the FEC. During the 2024 elections, SLF PAC got about $63.5 million from One Nation, FEC records show.
In addition, One Nation spends a lot on communications, such as advertising, to influence policymaking. As of Sept. 23, it had spent more than $148 million on ads, including on broadcast, cable, and digital or streaming platforms, during the 2026 midterm cycle, according to the ad-tracking service AdImpact. That’s more than the nearly $109 million it spent on ads for the 2024 elections, according to AdImpact data.
So far for 2026, it has spent the most, $39 million, on ads for the Ohio Senate race, followed by more than $32 million for the Maine Senate race and about $26 million for the Georgia Senate race. On Sept. 18, we published a story about a One Nation ad that cherry-picked parts of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act of 2025 to overstate the impact of the law or distort the record of Democratic Sen. Jon Ossoff of Georgia.
The ad spending doesn’t include the amount spent on other communications such as mailers. For example, the New York Times reported in late August that One Nation had sent out at least 10 mailers to potential Maine voters, to the benefit of incumbent Republican Sen. Susan Collins.
Editor’s note: FactCheck.org does not accept advertising. We rely on grants and individual donations from people like you. Please consider a donation. Credit card donations may be made through our “Donate” page. If you prefer to give by check, send to: FactCheck.org, Annenberg Public Policy Center, P.O. Box 58100, Philadelphia, PA 19102.
Delaware voters made their way to the polls to vote in the state’s 2026 primary election. From long-serving incumbents to newcomers on the ballot, candidates across the board made the final pushes in their campaigns in an election that yielded significant Democratic wins.
In the Democratic Party, four candidates ran to be on the ballot for Senate come Nov. 3: incumbent Senator Chris Coons (D-Del.), Jeff Appelhans, Eric No-Trump Hansen and Mary Louve. The Democratic Party already has one senator in office who will not be up for reelection until the 2030 election cycle, Senator Lisa Blunt Rochester (D-Del.).
Appelhans was born and raised in Colorado, eventually moving to Delaware in 2010 and serving as a professor at the university for five years until 2019. Since then, he has served as a fellow of the American Philosophical Society and is a builder of artificial intelligence (AI) systems.
Appelhans’ five priorities include a 10-year constitutional renewal project, public oversight of AI, no blank checks, Medicare for all and equal citizenship.
Coons has served in the Senate on behalf of Delaware since 2010 and he is seeking his fourth term in Congress.
Coons’ policy platform is primarily focused on the economy. He claims to have secured $456 million for affordable housing, mental health, rural development, education and technology projects across the state. He serves on the Appropriations Committee, Ethics Committee, Foreign Relations Committee, Judiciary Committee and the Small Business and Entrepreneurship Committee in the Senate.
Hansen is a candidate who represented the Republican Party in 2024. He has positioned himself as a political outsider who is not concerned with political lines as much as getting the job done.
Hansen prioritizes three main political goals which he has campaigned on. He wants to lower the cost of living, protect jobs from the increase of AI in the workforce and end executive overreach. In opposition to the current administration, Hansen legally changed his name to include “No-Trump” as his middle name.
Louve is the final candidate for the Democratic nomination and a career naval architect with no prior political experience.
Louve wants policy changes and increased spending across most sectors. She is primarily focused on changing the family court, education and health systems. Most notably, she is pushing for the expansion of childcare along with an increase in paid maternity leave.
Coons secured the primary election with 78% of the vote, beating out Appelhan’s and Louve’s 10.6% and 7.5%, respectively.
The Republican Party had two candidates up for nomination: Michael Katz and John Shulli.
Katz is a physician and business owner who has lived in Delaware since 1996. He was initially a Democrat serving in the state Senate from 2009 to 2013. He left the Democratic Party and ran as an independent in the 2024 Senate election cycle before switching to the Republican Party prior to the 2026 election cycle. He claims that he does not care as much about party labels as he does his political goals.
Katz’s primary goals involve fighting inflation, protecting Delaware’s business infrastructure and changing the healthcare system.
Shulli is also running for the Republican nomination and has set himself as the further-right opponent of Katz
Shulli, a veteran, has stated his support for issues ranging from the Make America Healthy Again movement to the anti-transgender movement. His primary goals, outside of his social agenda, prioritize a strong and financially capable central government that can fund various programs, projects and public initiatives.
Katz defeated Shulli last night with 77.3% of the vote. He will face Coons in November.
In this primary election cycle, there are also three Republicans running for the House of Representatives: Joseph Arminio, Earl Cooper and John Whalen. The winner will face Democratic incumbent, Representative Sarah McBride (D-Del.).
Arminio is a doctor of political science who hopes to develop long-term plans to solve pressing issues. His main plan for solving the economic crisis in America is to relieve private and public debt through the use of “greenbacks,” an emergency form of currency issued by the federal government during the Civil War. He also wants to avoid involvement in overseas conflicts, favoring negotiations with other countries rather than spending money on wars.
Cooper is a reverend who blends his religious views with his political views to shape policy. He is also the owner of Everyone Can Achieve, a construction company that hires from underrepresented communities and provides paths to homeownership for employees.
Cooper places a strong emphasis on the young people and the senior citizens of Delaware. He has created and helped with various programs across the state that help young people access the education and training they need to succeed. He has also committed to opening up a senior helpline on the first day in office.
Whalen is a retired member of the Delaware Department of Public Safety and a long-time citizen of Delaware. Whalen is campaigning for the government to be stricter with its implementation of policy.
Whalen supports an increased crackdown on illegal immigration and a sterner approach toward foreign relations. In terms of economic policy, he believes in cutting government services that do not operate efficiently while also pulling aid from immigrants and higher education. A majority of Whalen’s views are based on the belief that the government is not doing its job well and that its role should be more limited.
In the Republican House primary, Arminio won 47.9% of the vote, beating out Whalen and Cooper’s 32.2% and 20%, respectively. Arminio will face McBride in November.
This primary season is being used as a testing ground as establishment candidates across the country are being unseated. Now, both Democrats and Republicans are trying to set their parties up for success come the Nov. 3 midterm elections.
Republicans are accusing Democratic U.S. Senate candidate Roy Cooper of mismanaging the North Carolina Division of Motor Vehicles while he was governor.
Cooper is running for the seat being vacated by U.S. Sen. Thom Tillis, R-NC, who isn’t seeking reelection. Cooper faces Republican Michael Whatley in a race that could help determine party control of the U.S. Senate. Green Party candidate Michael Dublin and Libertarian Shannon Bray are also running.
The Republican National Committee, which Whatley chaired prior to his Senate run, targeted Cooper in a Sept. 2 social media post.
“54% of North Carolina commercial driver’s licenses were issued illegally to foreign nationals,” the RNC Research’s account posted, adding: “More Americans are put in harm’s way every day because of Democrat Governor Roy Cooper.”
Is it true that more than half of North Carolina’s commercial driver’s licenses were issued illegally to foreign nationals?
No. That’s a misleading figure based on an incomplete data sample. Only a fraction of 1% of the state’s CDLs were incorrectly issued to noncitizens, according to records from the North Carolina DMV, and none of the drivers who received them were in the country illegally.
Where the RNC got its number
Last year, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration — a division of the U.S. Department of Transportation — reviewed commercial drivers licenses, or CDLs, issued in 25 states and discovered errors in North Carolina’s database.
The administration looked at a sample of CDLs issued to 50 noncitizens. Of those 50 CDLs, the administration found that 27 of the records — or 54% of the sample — failed to comply with federal law for issuing CDLs.
For instance, in 19 of the cases, the DMV issued CDLs that were valid longer than the license-holder was allowed to reside in the U.S. In eight of the cases, the federal agency found the state DMV issued licenses without verifying that the driver was legally allowed in the U.S.
The U.S. Department of Transportation outlined its findings in a Jan. 8 letter to North Carolina’s DMV, calling on state leaders to take corrective action or risk losing federal funding. U.S. Transportation Secretary Sean Duffy announced that he would withhold $50 million from North Carolina if the state didn’t fix the problems identified in the letter.
“North Carolina’s failure to follow the rules isn’t just shameful — it’s dangerous,” Duffy said in a statement calling on the state’s DMV administrators to “clean up their system.”
What full records show
The North Carolina DMV responded by reviewing all of its licenses issued to noncitizens, said Marty Homan, a spokesperson for the North Carolina DMV. Among its 325,114 active CDLs, the state found that 8,540 — or about 2.6% — had been issued to noncitizens, Homan said.
Among the noncitizens’ licenses, 1,149 — or about 0.35% of all CDLs — had administrative errors, but none were issued to immigrants in the country illegally. The primary issue with more than 900 of the 1,149 licenses with issues: a discrepancy between the license’s expiration date and the driver’s U.S. work authorization expiration date, Homan said.
If the DMV’s review found that a CDL wasn’t issued correctly, the agency downgraded the driver’s license. The DMV also mailed the driver a letter to say that his license would be canceled entirely if he didn’t visit a DMV office to rectify the issue within 20 days, Homan said.
The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration on July 21 approved the DMV’s plan for correcting the issues. As a result, federal funds for North Carolina’s transportation projects are no longer in jeopardy, Homan said.
In a July 21 letter to the DMV, the federal agency said it “acknowledges the actions the State has taken to address previously issued non-compliant licenses” and “appreciates North Carolina’s continued efforts to address the deficiencies identified.”
After PolitiFact shared the state DMV’s statements with the RNC, the organization credited the Trump administration for the changes, saying in an email that “Roy Cooper’s Democrat buddies caved to Republicans’ pressure and cleaned up their act.”
Our ruling
The RNC said that “54% of North Carolina commercial driver’s licenses were issued illegally to foreign nationals.”
That’s wrong. A thorough review of North Carolina’s 325,000-plus CDLs found that 1,149 — or 0.35% — were issued incorrectly to noncitizens, state officials said, and none of the drivers were in the country illegally. The RNC drew its figure from a sampling of commercial driver’s licenses issued in North Carolina, but it misconstrued the number’s meaning.
CORRECTION, Sept. 25, 2026: We updated the fact-check to include additional information about SB 14 and James Talarico’s 2023 comments about it. The rating remains unchanged.
Republicans focusing on transgender issues in competitive midterm races leveled accusations against Texas Democratic U.S. Senate nominee James Talarico.
“Talarico supported using taxpayer dollars for sex change surgeries on young children,” said the ad from Texas PAC, connected to the Senate Leadership Fund. Talarico is running against Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton, a Republican.
The ad ended with an echo to the last federal election cycle.
“Radical Liberal James Talarico, for they/them, not you,” the ad said, referencing President Donald Trump’s 2024 ad that used the phrase “Kamala Harris is for they-them, not you.”
Similar messaging has been used in midterm election ads across the country, an effort to tap into a strategy that was successful for Trump in 2024 — although experts told PolitiFact it’s unclear whether the attacks will benefit Republicans this year.
The Senate Leadership Fund did not respond to a request for comment.
Gender transition surgery for minors isexceedingly rare, and no medical guidelines support providing it for young children. Any medical care for transgender minors — which may include puberty blockers and hormone therapy — requires parental consent.
The attack centers on a 2023 vote by Talarico, who is a state representative, against SB 14, which banned gender-affirming medical interventions for children. The ad also cited Talarico saying in 2019 that it was “abusive” to deny a child’s gender identity and in March that protecting transgender Texans is something “we have to do every day.”
The claim rests on his vote against a bill that would have prohibited surgeries and other gender-affirming medical interventions for children and the use of public money for such procedures. Talarico said this month the legislation was overly broad and potentially harmful to medical care for people who aren’t transgender. In 2023, the year the bill passed, he called it one of the “three most dangerous LGBTQ attack bills” that year in Texas and said gender-affirming care is “important healthcare” for transgender children.
When contacted for comment, Talarico’s campaign called the ad a “lie.”
“As James has said, he opposes gender reassignment surgery for minors,” said campaign spokesperson JT Ennis.
Talarico made multiple comments in 2023 about leaving decisions regarding gender-affirming care to doctors and families, including during the Aug. 7, 2023, Pflugerville Pride Legislative Panel, when he said about SB 14, “The reason I oppose that bill is because I trust parents and doctors to make decisions for kids, and not politicians in Austin.”
Talarico’s 2023 vote
SB 14, which became law, “prohibits medical professionals from providing puberty-inhibiting drugs, cross-sex hormones, and surgical interventions to children under 18 for the purpose of altering a child’s biological characteristics to align with their perceived gender identity.” It also bars the use of “public money or public assistance to provide those procedures and treatments.”
Talarico said this month that his aim in 2023 was to narrow the legislation’s scope.
“If you go back and check, I voted for a major amendment to limit the bill to banning surgeries for minors,” Talarico told Fox News earlier this month.
We checked: Talarico voted for all 18 unsuccessful Democratic amendments. Talarico also requested to add a provision that would have killed the legislation if the Health and Human Services Commission determined there were “high-quality, long-term studies demonstrating the efficacy and safety of” therapies, puberty blockers or surgery that helped children overcome gender dysphoria.
Talarico was one of the 56 lawmakers who voted against the bill May 15, 2023. It passed the Texas House with 87 yeas, was approved by the state Senate 31-0 two days later and became law Sept. 1, 2023.
Talarico’s campaign told PolitiFact that part of his rationale was that the bill would negatively affect Texans who aren’t transgender but need hormonal therapies as part of their medical care. That turned out to be true, according to a March 2026 story by The Texas Tribune chronicling one family’s struggle for endocrinology healthcare after the bill passed.
“It’s why I try to use amendments, to narrow the focus of the bill so that it does exactly what we intend it to do,” Talarico told Fox News on Sept. 9. “It’s what I tried to do with that piece of legislation, and unfortunately, the amendment I supported was unsuccessful.”
“As a lawmaker, my job is to try to sift through everything the bill does,” Talarico told Fox News. “And sometimes there’s stuff in it that’s really harmful, and I have no choice but to oppose the bill as a whole.”
The year SB 14 became law, Talarico talked about its potential harms to transgender children. He said during the Pflugerville Pride 2023 Legislative Panel that the legislation would deny “life-saving health care from our trans youth in Texas.”
In June, Talarico began moderating his stance about two weeks after he won the primary runoff. When asked on the podcast “Codgell Law Uncensored” if he was “pro sex surgery for minors,” Talarico said: “I oppose gender-reassignment surgeries for minors.” He recently said he’s in favor of a national ban on gender-reassignment surgery for minors.
Our ruling
An ad from Texas PAC says Talarico “supported using taxpayer dollars for sex change surgeries on young children.”
In 2023, Talarico voted against Texas’ SB 14, which prohibited gender-affirming medical interventions for children and the use of public money for such procedures. The ad singles out gender transition surgery, which is rare for minors and not recommended for young children.
Talarico said this month he voted against the bill because it was too broad and would take healthcare away from people who are not transgender. The year the bill passed, he expressed concern about the harm it could cause to transgender children.
Talarico did not vote in support of public funding for surgeries for young children.
With Congress unable to rein in President Donald Trump’s war against Iran through legislative action, a group advocating for diplomacy filed a lawsuit against the Trump administration arguing the military action violates the Constitution.
National Iranian American Council Action on Thursday filed its suit in a Washington federal court asking a judge to declare the war on Iran illegal on the basis that it violates the Declare War Clause of the Constitution.
“Can one person decide, on his own, to keep an entire nation at war?”
“No President should have the power to take this country into an indefinite war by himself,” NIAC President Jamal Abdi said in a statement. “Congress never authorized this war. Yet Iranian families are being bombed, American service members have been killed, and communities on both sides are being forced to bear the consequences. This lawsuit asks a fundamental question: Can one person decide, on his own, to keep an entire nation at war?”
The lawsuit was filed as the Senate prepared to vote on a resolution seeking to stop the war. A floor vote on the resolution, which already passed the House of Representatives, failed in the upper chamber Thursday afternoon after senators shot it down in a 49–50 split.
“We’ve unfortunately seen this Congress fail its job of standing up for their constitutional role as the sole body empowered to declare war,” Abdi told The Intercept. “That’s why we are pursuing every option at our disposal, including taking the challenge against this unconstitutional war to the courts.”
Both the Senate vote and NIAC Action’s lawsuit took on new urgency after Trump used his United Nations General Assembly speech on Tuesday to threaten to “annihilate” Iran, a country of 90 million people.
“When Trump is threatening annihilation of another country in a war of aggression,” Abdi said, “it is all hands on deck to stop this full-blown constitutional crisis before it gets worse.”
The White House did not immediately respond to a request for comment.
Seven Months of War
Trump, in partnership with the Israeli military, launched the war against Iran on February 28 with a sudden barrage of airstrikes and missile attacks that left numerous top Iranian leaders dead and killed hundreds of civilians. The early days of the attack saw a missile strike on a school in the town of Minab that killed more than 100 children, which the United Nations declared to be a possible war crime.
It was days later, on March 2, that Trump notified Congress of the initiation of hostilities. In the ensuing months, the war has turned into a regional conflagration. Israel invaded Lebanon, leaving thousands of people killed and tens of thousands more displaced.
Meanwhile, retaliatory missile and drone strikes by Iran against the U.S., Israel, and their allies in the Persian Gulf have severely impacted the region and led to a shutdown of the Strait of Hormuz that has hobbled global fuel markets. And missile fire from the Houthis, the militant group that controls much of Yemen, shut down shipping through the Red Sea’s Bab al-Mandab Strait, further straining the global economy and spurring a Saudi military response.
The initial attacks, thousands of deaths, and cascading economic fallout of the war all took place without the consent of the American people, a fact that NIAC Action’s attorneys cast in the lawsuit as a clear violation of Article 1, Section 8 of the Constitution, which grants Congress the exclusive power to declare war.
“The Constitution does not permit a President to wage war indefinitely and ask Congress for permission later,” said attorney Alan Morrison. “Congress never authorized this war, yet months later the bombing and blockade continued. We are asking the Court to enforce the constitutional line between the President’s authority as Commander in Chief and Congress’s exclusive authority to take the country to war.”
“Calling a war a ‘military operation’ or an ‘excursion’ does not erase the Declare War Clause.”
Though Trump has sought to bypass Congress in pursuing the war through the use of semantics, he has repeatedlyundermined that effort with public statements declaring that his military action is a war, NIAC Action’s complaint noted.
“Calling a war a ‘military operation’ or an ‘excursion’ does not erase the Declare War Clause,” said attorney Bruce Fein in a statement. “The question before the Court is whether the President can continue these hostilities without the authorization the Constitution requires.”
The lawsuit was filed on behalf of several NIAC Action members who have been personally impacted by the war. Several of their family members have been killed, wounded, or otherwise terrorized by the monthslong campaign of airstrikes carried out by the U.S. and its allies. One member joining the suit, Nilma Dilmaghani, described the horror of learning that a cousin had been badly wounded in an airstrike that destroyed a family apartment.
“When I learned that my cousin had been trapped under the rubble, that they had lost their home and suffered such serious injuries, I felt completely helpless,” said Dilmaghani. “It is unbearable to watch your family live through this from thousands of miles away and know there is nothing you can do to keep them safe.”
CARSON CITY, Nevada — Nevada election officials say they found zero confirmed noncitizens among 185 voters recently flagged by the Trump administration, further undercutting an earlier federal claim that nearly 16,000 noncitizens could be registered in the state.
“Our records indicate that they were citizens,” Deputy Attorney General Greg Ott wrote to Department of Homeland Security officials Wednesday, adding that DHS had provided “nothing of substance to suggest otherwise.” Nevada officials cautioned that DHS supplied only voter case numbers rather than names, birth dates and addresses, making exact matches uncertain because duplicate case numbers can exist in the state system.
The administration initially claimed as many as 15,903 noncitizens were registered in Nevada. Federal officials later acknowledged they had actually identified only 185 potential cases, describing the larger figure as a ceiling rather than a verified count.
Nevada Secretary of State Cisco Aguilar said his office takes noncitizen voting seriously but has yet to receive evidence supporting DHS’s claims. Previous Nevada investigations have also found very few potential cases.
FactCheck.org has similarly found that federal data-matching systems can incorrectly flag U.S. citizens, including recently naturalized voters. It also reports no evidence that noncitizen voting occurs on a widespread scale.
The administration nevertheless continues a nationwide voter-fraud initiative, deploying federal investigators and attorneys ahead of the November election.
Only ghosts and ruins remain in this dusty old town. Tucked under scenic hills of volcanic rock are the remnants of a bank, a railroad depot, and what looks to be a school, along with a handful of other deteriorating structures that are hard to make out. This is Rhyolite, Nevada, whose heyday was fierce but short-lived, something of a one-hit wonder. In 1904, after gold was discovered in the nearby Bullfrog Hills, prospectors descended upon this dry corner of the Mojave Desert with hopes of striking it rich.
Of the several mining camps that quickly sprang up in this part of the Great Basin, Rhyolite was one of the liveliest. By 1908, the town’s population had surpassed 5,000, and at its peak, there were 50 saloons, 35 gambling dens, brothels, a bathhouse, a newspaper, and over a dozen restaurants.
Rhyolite’s flame would burn out fast: The Wall Street panic of 1907 scared off would-be investors, and by 1910, just a few years after the mine opened, most of the gold had been extracted. With no mining jobs left, the town was soon abandoned. All three banks eventually shuttered, and by 1914, the last train departed the Rhyolite station, never to return. Entire buildings, including the old Union Hall, were relocated to a neighboring town, where they still reside. The leftover Rhyolite town site, now a tourist stop, is managed by the Department of the Interior’s Bureau of Land Management and has been a not-so-popular location for a string of low-budget Hollywood films you’ve never heard of, like “Six-String Samurai” and “The Island.”
“Deserts, believe it or not, actually have a high level of carbon sequestration.”
The Southern Paiute (Nuwuvi) and the Western Shoshone (Newe) inhabited this arid region between the northern Great Basin and the southern Mojave. This ancient land holds many tales. In the 1980s, archaeologists discovered what appear to be aboriginal campsites dating back at least 10,000 years, to the end of the last ice age. West of Rhyolite is Beatty, a town with a certain rural desert charm. It could be the wild burros roaming the streets or the raggedy Sourdough Saloon with hundreds of dollar bills tagged to the walls. Whatever it is, I understand the appeal for those uninterested in city life. The residents I spoke with told me it was the quiet landscape that drew them there.
I find myself in Rhyolite — just seven miles east of the broiling Death Valley National Park — to meet up with two activists who’ve dedicated their lives to protecting the surrounding Mojave Desert. Kevin Emmerich and Laura Cunningham, founders of the Beatty-based Basin and Range Watch, are concerned that two major solar projects on nearby BLM-managed lands will destroy the desert ecology and provide little benefit to the local community.
“This type of desert out there actually sequesters carbon in the roots of the creosote,” explained Cunningham, a wildlife biologist and desert tortoise researcher who has lived in the area for over 20 years. “There’s biological soil crust [with a] deep network under the soil that sequesters carbon, literally sucks it out of the atmosphere and turns it into oxygen. And deserts, believe it or not, actually have a high level of carbon sequestration. But when you scrape it up and drive on it, you crush the lichens, shrubs, and flowers, and release carbon. Building on these habitats is actually [contributing to] climate change.”
Deserts like the Mojave, Cunningham said, play an outsized role in absorbing climate-warming carbon. Of the world’s carbon sinks — the places that soak up carbon from our fossil fuel emissions — deserts account for up to 28 percent of land-based uptake. It’s one reason why a patchwork of solar farms out here is a troubling prospect.
“If we do use renewable energy, we want to put it in the built environment where it doesn’t have much of an impact.”
Cunningham’s partner, Kevin Emmerich, is what you’d call a desert rat. He’s tall, grizzled, and soft-spoken. He strikes me as a man who has spent a lot of time in remote places, and I say that with admiration. A former park ranger in Death Valley, he nods in agreement with Cunningham while pointing to a valley across the highway where two solar projects, if completed, would blanket over 8,000 acres of open space. He’s frustrated that the people who usually oppose wrecking biodiversity aren’t warier of the large-scale energy projects proposed for public lands.
“Other environmental groups are really conflicted about ‘green’ energy,” Emmerich said. “We just had a little spat with one group. They want some of this public land development. … If we do use renewable energy, we want to put it in the built environment where it doesn’t have much of an impact.”
A Battle for What Remains
While some environmentalists may be on the fence, others, like the small outfit Basin and Range Watch, are working tirelessly to halt the development of these solar farms. In 2010, in coalition with community groups and the Quechan and Cocopah tribes, it blocked the Imperial Valley Solar Project in California, which would have destroyed nine square miles of habitat and decimated more than 400 Quechan cultural sites. Basin and Range also supported the “Save Our Mesa” campaign, which succeeded in stopping the controversial Battle Born solar project near Moapa Valley, Nevada. Battle Born was proposed as an installation of solar panels covering 14 square miles of public lands. The grassroots pressure was so strong that the developer, California-based Arevia Power, told BLM they wouldn’t move forward.
When it comes to impacts, at least on paper, solar energy may have the fewest downsides (although they certainly exist). The technology requires less mining and is inexpensive and easy to deploy. But as Basin and Range Watch argues, it’s not enough to simply let these vast, open spaces be blanketed with fields of solar panels. There are better locations for solar that will yield better results for people and the environment. Many of our popular ideas about places like the Mojave — such as the idea that they’re lonesome, empty wastelands, devoid of life — sustain the myth that desert solar farms have fewer drawbacks and are essential in the fight against climate change. Not many assumptions could be more untrue.
Many of our popular ideas about places like the Mojave — such as the idea that they’re lonesome, empty wastelands, devoid of life — sustain the myth that desert solar farms have fewer drawbacks and are essential in the fight against climate change.
BLM has considerable sway in the West and has, for decades, had the power to radically shape the region, from its fragile ecology to its resource-dependent economies. It manages 245 million acres of land and 700 million acres of subsurface mineral rights in the United States. In all, BLM oversees one-tenth of the country. It divvies up rights to mine, drill, and graze. What the bureau say goes, and even under the antagonistic Trump administration, which is no fan of renewables, it is still overseeing massive green energy developments.
While Trump and his allies in Congress have drastically reduced subsidies for renewable energy projects, those incentives aren’t set to expire until December 2027. As a result, companies are hurrying to build out solar farms, wind turbines, and commercial battery storage. While Trump’s actions have hampered long-term growth projections for the renewables industry, it’s booming, for now.
“The energy transition is still underway, but the whiplash has very serious implications for our economy and for the investment culture of America,” explains Sanya Carley, the Mark Alan Hughes Faculty Director of the Kleinman Center for Energy Policy at the University of Pennsylvania. “Solar has still been on a phenomenal growth trajectory, especially across the entire world. … [It’s still] the leading source of growth in the energy industry in the United States.” Trump’s rancor has turned out to be more of a speed bump than a roadblock.
Whose Land Is It?
In Nevada, BLM has parceled around 12 million acres for large utility-scale solar project construction. In 2024, the agency announced its Western Solar Plan, which would reserve 22 million acres of public land for future solar development. As of early 2024, seven major projects were proposed or in the works, covering 140 square miles of land. The Western Solar Plan would locate high-solar-producing areas on public lands across the dry flatlands of Arizona, California, Colorado, Nevada, and New Mexico, and on millions of acres of federal land in Idaho, Montana, Oregon, Washington, and Wyoming.
Patrick Donnelly, the Great Basin director for the Center for Biological Diversity, believes this massive, swift expansion of industrial-scale solar could destroy many of the region’s “crown jewels.” He’s worried solar arrays could surround Nevada’s Great Basin National Park and the Malheur National Wildlife Refuge in Oregon — ditto for the Great Salt Lake in Utah.
“It’s insane,” Donnelly, who isn’t shy about his frustrations, said. “BLM is going to make lanes available for solar at the foot of the Sierra Nevada,” which he calls “possibly the most beautiful place in the country.”
It’s hard to argue with Donnelly about the stakes. I spend weeks each year wandering the Mojave, decompressing from urban life. The desert is a refuge. As a teenager growing up in Montana, I used to believe wilderness only included trout streams, mountains, grizzly bears, and wolves. I was youthfully naive, and I now realize that wilderness includes saguaro, rattlesnakes, desert tortoise, and bighorn sheep. We shouldn’t exploit these places for our energy needs, whether for fossil fuels or solar power. These desert lands are crucial not only for the animals that inhabit them but also for their roles they play, such as carbon sequestration, in helping mitigate the climate crisis.
These lands are significant to Native Americans, who have inhabited this land long before Europeans showed up. For years, members of the Western Shoshone and Goshute tribes in Nevada have worked to designate a 25,000-acre monument called Bahsahwahbee near Great Basin National Park. The Western Solar Plan will carve out 7,000 of those pristine acres for development.
“Our ancestors were massacred at Bahsahwahbee. It is unconscionable that the site would be considered by the federal government as a development zone instead of a place to be preserved and commemorated,” Ely Shoshone Tribal Elders Delaine and Rick Spilsbury wrote for the Great Basin Water Network. “The federal government doesn’t propose developments in other cemeteries or seek to bulldoze other peoples’ churches. In fact, graves and churches are generally protected under federal and state laws. But for the resting place of our ancestors, we have to wonder why it’s OK?”
These large solar projects are sure to raze more Native lands to power hundreds of thousands of homes across the West, often in cities far from where the energy was first produced. Once the solar installations are built, few jobs are likely to remain in those regions, which contradicts the central arguments local governments make in support of the projects.
When it comes to the Western Solar Plan, most of the major environmental groups have either stayed silent or, like the Wilderness Society, uncritically supported it as a positive step to help California shift its grid to 100 percent clean energy by 2035.
“I feel like we are working out here on the marginalized fringe, and we’re sort of pushed more to work with grassroots groups, local communities, scientists, and people who aren’t beholden to their big climate donors [like other environmental groups],” Cunningham of Basin and Range Watch said. “[Energy developers] call this a wasteland, like there’s no biodiversity, and we push back against that. We support photovoltaic solar panels, first on rooftops, parking lot canopies, or on really disturbed ground. But this desert has life. The very, very bottom of the list [for solar development] should be public lands. Ecosystems built on utility-scale solar projects are the last thing we should support in the fight against climate change.”
Cunningham’s argument is convincing, and it’s hard not to think that much of this has to do with people’s perception of the desert as a wasteland, as she puts it. Even the late David Brower, the first executive director of the Sierra Club who was forced out for his radicalism, once remarked that he’d be willing to sacrifice the Mojave under the guise of diplomacy and compromise if it meant protecting scenic wilderness elsewhere. He later retracted the sentiment, but this reasoning still permeates much of the mainstream environmental movement, which is focused on slowing climate change at almost all costs — even if it means harming wild places in the process.
“I feel like we are working out here on the marginalized fringe. … This desert has life.”
Perhaps it will take an expert like Laura Cunningham and a desert-lover like Kevin Emmerich, who have a deep admiration for and understanding of desert ecology, to alter people’s perceptions. At least I hope so. It’s easy to imagine the public outcry that would ensue, for instance, if giant redwoods were on the chopping block to make room for a gargantuan solar field in the Sierra Nevadas. But, strangely enough, Joshua trees and desert tortoises don’t seem to hold the same intrinsic value.
America PAC is a super PAC that was created in 2024 by the world’s richest person, Elon Musk, who co-founded Tesla and SpaceX, and owns the X social media platform.
In a July 2024 interview, Musk said the idea behind America PAC is “to promote the principles that make America great in the first place.” In a post on X that month, Musk wrote that “key values of the PAC are supporting a meritocracy & individual freedom,” which he said Republicans “mostly, but not entirely” support.
More than half of the $261.2 million the super PAC reported spending during the 2024 election cycle went to helping elect Donald Trump, whom Musk endorsed for president. The group also spent millions of dollars backing the House and Senate campaigns of other Republicans.
According to its most recent quarterly filing with the Federal Election Commission, America PAC, as of June 30, had raised more than $50.3 million for the 2026 election cycle — almost all donated by Musk or his United States of America Inc. — but spent only about $87,000 on independent expenditures supporting federal candidates (two Republicans who won specialelections in April 2025 to represent Florida congressional districts). Independent expenditures are advertisements and other communications that expressly advocate for or against candidates for office.
Musk had said at an economic forum in May 2025 that he planned to “do a lot less in the future” in terms of political spending. “I think I’ve done enough,” he said.
However, this past July, the New York Times reported that Musk finally planned to get involved in the 2026 midterms and had “authorized his super PAC to spend $100 million to $120 million on a new field program in at least eight states to help elect Republicans in November, according to two people briefed on the plans, who spoke on the condition of anonymity to discuss the private deliberations.”
The Times said America PAC planned to initially focus on Senate races in Alaska, Iowa, Maine, Michigan and Ohio, and was considering spending in North Carolina, Georgia and Texas. The group is also expected to spend on House races in California, Wisconsin and Washington.
Axios reported that the effort would be led by Chris Young, a Republican political operative and adviser to Musk, and “will focus on door-knocking, digital advertising and direct mail aimed at turning out the conservative base,” particularly Republican voters who often skip the midterms.
The Times said that America PAC is “closely coordinating” its field campaign work with two other conservative groups, Americans for Prosperity and the Sentinel Action Fund.
Of the ads the super PAC has run so far, a number have attacked Democratic Senate candidates on transgender issues. America PAC had spent more than $3.7 million on mostly digital or streaming ads, as of Sept. 23, according to the ad-tracking service AdImpact.
Editor’s note: FactCheck.org does not accept advertising. We rely on grants and individual donations from people like you. Please consider a donation. Credit card donations may be made through our “Donate” page. If you prefer to give by check, send to: FactCheck.org, Annenberg Public Policy Center, P.O. Box 58100, Philadelphia, PA 19102.
TALLAHASSEE, Florida — The Florida Supreme Court has ordered Circuit Judge J. Layne Smith to appear for a public reprimand after he told attorneys during a contentious hearing that he would like a deputy to “pull his gun and shoot all three of you.”
The court unanimously accepted the Florida Judicial Qualifications Commission’s recommended discipline Thursday, saying Smith’s conduct “fell far below the standard of professionalism” expected of judges. Smith serves Florida’s Second Judicial Circuit and was appointed to the bench by Gov. Ron DeSantis in 2020.
The incident occurred during a September 2025 hearing in a long-running family dispute. Frustrated that attorneys could not confirm whether a party had been properly served, Smith made the shooting remark before immediately adding that he did not actually want the deputy to do so. He also mocked the lawyers as the “Keystone Cops” and “Apple Dumpling Gang.”
The Judicial Qualifications Commission found that Smith violated six judicial ethics provisions. Rather than contest the allegations, Smith acknowledged the misconduct, self-reported his behavior and agreed to the proposed punishment.
Smith recused himself from the underlying case about a week after the hearing and later issued a public apology. The Supreme Court did not suspend or fine him, but ordered him to appear personally for the reprimand at a date to be scheduled.
WinSenate is a super PAC that works to elect Democrats to the U.S. Senate. It was created during the 2024 election cycle and is affiliated with the Senate Majority PAC, or SMP, another liberal super PAC with the goal of helping Democrats win Senate races.
Super PACs are allowed to raise and spend unlimited amounts of money on elections, as long as their contributions are not made to candidate committees and independent expenditures are not coordinated with candidate campaigns. Each super PAC must regularly report its expenditures and donations to the Federal Election Commission.
During the 2024 elections, WinSenate received and spent about $313.1 million, with almost every dollar being contributed by the Senate Majority PAC. WinSenate spent nearly $311.3 million on independent expenditures, which are ads and other communications advocating for or against the election of a candidate. More than $287 million of that amount was spent against Republican Senate candidates, and about $24.2 million was spent supporting Democratic candidates, according to OpenSecrets, which tracks political spending.
For the 2026 midterms, WinSenate reported receiving about $21.1 million – all from SMP – as of Aug. 31, according to its latest monthly filing with the FEC. It also reported spending almost $12.5 million on independent expenditures up to that point.
But its receipts and spending in September appear to have surged, as this month WinSenate announced multiple multimillion dollar ad campaigns against Republican Senate candidates in Maine, Ohio, Iowa, North Carolina and New Hampshire. In fact, as of Sept. 24, according to data from the ad-tracking service AdImpact, WinSenate has spent or reserved more than $217 million on midterm ads, a huge increase from its prior spending this election cycle.
Its next monthly financial report covering the month of September is due to the FEC on Oct. 20.
Editor’s note: FactCheck.org does not accept advertising. We rely on grants and individual donations from people like you. Please consider a donation. Credit card donations may be made through our “Donate” page. If you prefer to give by check, send to: FactCheck.org, Annenberg Public Policy Center, P.O. Box 58100, Philadelphia, PA 19102.
Ramsey’s may be the best example in the ranking of a genuine Delaware farm experience. The Wilmington-area farm combines hayrides with a large pumpkin field, corn maze, barnyard animals, a children’s Spookley trail, pumpkin painting and other activities. Image courtesy of Ramsey Farm.com.
From cider doughnuts and pumpkin fields to bonfires and serious scares, we ranked eight Delaware-area fall outings — then matched them to the kind of autumn adventure you’re looking for.
MIDDLETOWN, Del. — Not all hayrides are created equal.Some are old-fashioned tractor rides through pumpkin fields. Others come with corn mazes, cider doughnuts, bonfires and enough activities to keep a family busy for most of the day. And a few wait until dark before turning the wagon ride into a rolling Halloween nightmare.
So which one offers the best overall fall experience?
Delaware LIVE compared eight popular fall destinations in Delaware and nearby Pennsylvania, scoring the total experience based on the hayride itself, pumpkins, additional attractions, food and atmosphere, and — where appropriate — scare factor.
The result: Linvilla Orchards in Media, Pennsylvania, takes the No. 1 spot for the best total fall experience, while Delaware’s Ramsey’s Farm, Fifer Orchards, Filasky’s Produce and Frightland each offer reasons to stay closer to home.
The rankings are intended as a guide rather than a scientific rating. A low scare score, for example, can be a big advantage when the passengers are 5 years old. A spectacular haunted hayride can be perfect for a Saturday night with teenagers while being completely wrong for a Sunday afternoon with toddlers.
The real question may not be “What’s the best hayride?” but “What’s the best hayride for me?”
THE DELAWARE LIVE HAYRIDE RANKINGS
1. LINVILLA ORCHARDS — MEDIA, PENNSYLVANIA
Delaware LIVE score: 9.2
Linvilla wins by making the hayride only one part of a much bigger fall outing.
Its roughly 15-minute Harvest Hayride travels through the farm, but families can also explore Pumpkinland, tackle mazes, visit barnyard animals, pick apples, eat at the farm and shop the market and bakery.
There is no general admission charge to enter Pumpkinland; visitors pay for individual activities. Linvilla also offers evening Autumn Moon Hayrides and its family-oriented Hayride to the Witch’s House.
That combination makes Linvilla the strongest choice in the ranking for families looking to turn a hayride into a half-day or full-day fall excursion.
The downside may also be a consequence of its popularity: Expect crowds during prime October weekends, and buying timed hayride tickets in advance is a good idea.
2. RAMSEY’S FARM — WILMINGTON
Delaware LIVE score: 8.9
Ramsey’s may be the best example in the ranking of a genuine Delaware farm experience.
The Wilmington-area farm combines hayrides with a large pumpkin field, corn maze, barnyard animals, a children’s Spookley trail, pumpkin painting and other activities.
It also changes personality after dark.
Friday and Saturday bonfire nights beginning in October include an extended nighttime hayride, flashlight corn maze and bonfire.
Ramsey’s does not try to become a giant amusement park. That may be part of its appeal for families who want pumpkins, a wagon ride and some farm dirt on their shoes.
Bates Motel turns the hayride into a Halloween production built around actors, elaborate sets and special effects.
Located at Arasapha Farms in Glen Mills, Bates combines its Haunted Hayride with other nighttime haunted attractions. By day, however, the same farm becomes a much different destination with family-oriented harvest activities.
For people in northern New Castle County and the Chadds Ford area who want their hayride to be scary, Bates earns one of the highest scores in the comparison.
It is not the choice for small children.4. FRIGHTLAND — MIDDLETOWN
Delaware LIVE score: 8.7 — scare-night ranking
4. Frightland is Delaware’s answer to Bates, but on a larger scream-park scale.
The Horror Hayride is part of a series of haunted attractions visitors encounter during the night, making Frightland less of a simple hayride destination and more of a complete Halloween entertainment complex.
Its advantage is variety. If the goal is to spend an evening being scared rather than picking pumpkins, Frightland delivers multiple attractions at one location.
For New Castle County residents south of Wilmington and for Kent County visitors, it also avoids the drive into Pennsylvania.
This may be the hayride that looks most like the one people imagine when they hear the word.
The daytime Harvest Hayride takes visitors through the farm to the pumpkin area, combining the ride with the ritual of choosing a pumpkin. Other activities include a corn maze and a collection of outdoor attractions for children.
For Chadds Ford and Brandywine Valley families, it is also one of the most convenient full-scale pumpkin hayrides.
And there is an unusual twist: The same Arasapha Farms property that provides this traditional daytime outing becomes the home of Bates Motel after dark.
6. FIFER ORCHARDS FALL FEST — CAMDEN-WYOMING
Delaware LIVE score: 7.6
Fifer’s strength is the total orchard experience: pumpkin and apple picking, a large corn maze, outdoor play, cider doughnuts, food and additional seasonal activities.
That makes Fifer’s less about the wagon itself and more about spending a fall day on a Kent County orchard.
For families in central and southern Delaware, it can provide much of the big fall-festival experience without making the trip north into New Castle County or Pennsylvania.
7. FILASKY’S PRODUCE — MIDDLETOWN AREA
Delaware LIVE score: 7.0
Filasky’s is smaller and simpler, which may be exactly what some families want.
The fall season includes pick-your-own pumpkins, a soybean maze designed for children and hayrides through the fields. The farm also offers nighttime hayride and bonfire options, along with pumpkin doughnuts and Woodside Farm Creamery ice cream.
This is less of a destination theme park and more of a local farm outing.
8. DELAWARE STATE PARKS WAGON RIDES
Delaware LIVE score: 6.2
Do not let the lower score fool you. State park rides lose points in this ranking because there generally isn’t a pumpkin patch, bakery, giant maze or collection of attractions waiting when the wagon stops.
But that is also the point. Delaware State Parks offers seasonal wagon rides at several parks, providing a different kind of fall outing built around scenery, the outdoors and, at some locations, time around a campfire.
For someone who wants fall colors and a relaxing ride rather than a festival, the state parks could move straight to the top of the personal list.
SO WHICH HAYRIDE IS RIGHT FOR YOU?
Best total fall experience: Linvilla Orchards
Go here if the hayride is just the beginning. Pumpkinland, apples, mazes, animals, food and the bakery make it the easiest place on the list to spend several hours without running out of things to do.
Best traditional hayride: Arasapha Farms
A tractor, wagon, farm fields and pumpkins. For families looking for the classic harvest experience rather than an amusement park, Arasapha gets closest to the picture on the apple cider jug.
Best New Castle County family outing: Ramsey’s Farm
For Wilmington-area families who do not want to cross the state line, Ramsey’s combines the ingredients that matter most: hayride, pumpkins, corn maze, animals and plenty for younger children.
Best Kent County fall day: Fifer Orchards
Come for the pumpkins and maze, stay for the cider doughnuts and orchard atmosphere. Fifer’s is one of the strongest total fall farm experiences in central Delaware.
Best haunted hayride: Bates Motel
If the wagon itself is what you want to be scary, Bates gets the edge. The ride is the attraction rather than simply transportation to something else.
Best full night of Halloween scares: Frightland
If one haunted hayride isn’t enough, Frightland’s collection of attractions makes it a better fit for people looking to devote an evening to Halloween.
Best for little kids: Arasapha or Ramsey’s
Both deliver the farm-and-pumpkin experience without requiring children to navigate a giant Halloween production. Linvilla’s Witch’s House is another option for children ready for something a little spooky without the intensity of a full haunted attraction.
Best quiet ride: Delaware State Parks
No scream park. No giant midway. No need to drag a 25-pound pumpkin back to the car. Just climb aboard and enjoy Delaware in the fall.
Best small-farm experience: Filasky’s
For Middletown-area families who would rather visit a smaller farm than a major regional attraction, Filasky’s offers pumpkins, a children’s maze, hayrides and seasonal treats.
Best food-and-orchard day: Fifer or Linvilla
Fifer gets the Delaware nod for cider doughnuts and a traditional orchard atmosphere. Linvilla offers an even larger combination of bakery, market, food and attractions.
ONE CHADDS FORD TRADITION — BUT NO HAYRIDE
The Great Pumpkin Carve remains one of the Brandywine Valley’s signature October traditions, returning Oct. 15-17 in Chadds Ford.
But visitors should not arrive expecting a hayride.
Organizers have discontinued hayrides because of wet conditions in the meadow. The centerpiece remains the giant pumpkins carved by artists and illuminated after dark.
TO GO BOX
What: Delaware LIVE’s guide to eight fall hayride, farm and Halloween experiences in Delaware and nearby Pennsylvania.
Who: Families, couples, teenagers and anyone looking for a fall farm, pumpkin or Halloween outing.
When: Most attractions operate from September through late October or early November. Days and hours vary considerably.
Where: Wilmington, Middletown and Camden-Wyoming in Delaware; Glen Mills and Media in nearby Pennsylvania; and participating Delaware State Parks.
Best overall: Linvilla Orchards for the total fall experience.
Best Delaware family choice: Ramsey’s Farm in the Wilmington area.
Best for scares: Bates Motel in Glen Mills for the haunted hayride itself; Frightland in Middletown for a full night of haunted attractions.
Before you go: Fall farm schedules are particularly dependent on weather and field conditions. Peak October weekends can sell out, and some attractions use timed tickets. Check the farm or attraction’s current schedule, ticket availability and weather policy before leaving home.
Datacentre hailed by government was supposed to start operating next year but may be held back into mid-2030s
A huge datacentre project hailed by the UK government will miss its launch date next year and could be delayed into the mid-2030s.
The site in Loughton, Essex, was described as the country’s largest AI supercomputer when it was announced in 2025, but power supply problems mean it now faces a lengthy wait before coming online.
Delaware LIVE is introducing a French Bread Total to help readers decide whether a storm calls for a run on bread, milk, eggs and the other essentials for surviving a weekend indoors. On our seven-point French Toast Scale, this storm earns a 1 out of 7 for most Delaware households.
The storm’s effects will vary across the state, with the greatest threat coming from tidal flooding and dangerous surf
DOVER, Del. — A nor’easter drawing attention from Philadelphia and national news outlets can sound like a single storm with a single forecast. For Delaware residents, the more useful question is where they live — and how close they are to tidal water.
The National Weather Service expects the greatest impacts along Delaware’s ocean beaches, bays and tidal waterways. Coastal flooding is already a concern Thursday, Sept. 24, and could recur with successive high tides. Stronger winds are possible at the beaches Friday night into Saturday. Farther inland, residents are more likely to encounter gusty winds than flooding.
Editor’s note: Delaware LIVE is introducing a French Bread Total to help readers decide whether a storm calls for a run on bread, milk, eggs and the other essentials for surviving a weekend indoors. On our seven-point French Toast Scale, this storm earns a 1 out of 7 for most Delaware households. The rating does not discount the serious flooding risk for people in low-lying coastal and tidal communities.
What is a nor’easter?
A nor’easter is an East Coast storm named for the northeast winds it typically brings to coastal areas. It can occur at any time of year and does not have to bring snow.
This storm is developing offshore. Its persistent winds are pushing water into Delaware’s bays and tidal waterways, where elevated water levels can cause flooding at more than one high tide. The storm’s exact track remains uncertain, particularly for how strong coastal winds become Friday night and Saturday.
What should Delaware expect?
Sussex County: The beaches and Inland Bays face the greatest combination of hazards. A coastal flood warning covers the Delaware beaches and inland Sussex until 2 a.m. Saturday. Forecasters expect 1 to 2 feet of water above ground level in low-lying areas near shorelines and tidal waterways. Some roads in coastal and bayside communities could become impassable. The Weather Service says more serious flooding remains possible around Rehoboth Bay and Indian River, depending on the storm’s track.
At the ocean beaches, breaking waves could reach 12 feet in the surf zone. Dangerous rip currents, beach erosion and possible dune breaches are also concerns. A high surf advisory and high rip current risk continue through Saturday evening.
Kent County: A coastal flood warning also remains in effect until 2 a.m. Saturday. Low-lying roads and communities near Delaware Bay and tidal waterways face the greatest risk. The warning does not mean all of Dover or Milford will flood.
New Castle County: A coastal flood advisory covers vulnerable areas along tidal shorelines and waterways until 1 a.m. Saturday. Away from the water, the main effect is expected to be gusty weather. The Weather Service says excessive rainfall and freshwater flooding appear unlikely at this time.
When will it end?
The current coastal flood warnings expire early Saturday, but that is not necessarily the end of the effects. Dangerous surf continues through Saturday evening, and the Weather Service says tidal flooding could persist into the weekend. Winds and conditions on the water are expected to improve Sunday. Residents near the coast should check updated alerts as the storm’s path becomes clearer.
To Go Box | Delaware’s nor’easter
When: Coastal impacts are underway Thursday. Stronger beach winds are possible Friday night into Saturday.
Where: The greatest risk is along the beaches, bays and low-lying tidal waterways of Sussex and Kent counties.
What: Repeated high-tide flooding, possible road closures, dangerous surf and beach erosion. Inland areas can expect gusty winds.
French Toast Scale:1 out of 7 for most households. Coastal residents should take local flood warnings seriously.
What to do: Check alerts before traveling near tidal roads, never drive through floodwater and stay out of the surf while the high rip current risk is in effect.
Docker and the CNCF will partner on an open spec to make agent permissions portable
Docker Sandbox Kits let you package an AI agent together with exactly what it is allowed to do, so anyone can pull the same agent with the same limits, review changes to those limits, and enforce them. Now, Docker has published the Docker Sandbox Kit Spec, the open specification behind Kits, under Apache 2.0 and is committing to contributing the spec to the Cloud Native Computing Foundation for neutral governance.
A Kit is an ordinary OCI container image that carries three things: the agent, the tools it uses, and a typed list of everything it asks to reach, such as network hosts, credentials, and volumes. That list lives inside the image, so pinning the image pins the agent and its requests together. A Kit builds, pushes, pulls, signs, and scans like any container image, because it is one.
“Standards are what let an ecosystem move fast without fragmenting, and few companies understand that better than Docker. By delivering Sandbox Kits as standard OCI images, Docker is giving the industry an open, repeatable way to package an AI agent, its tools, and its guardrails as one artifact. OCI is the foundation the cloud native ecosystem is built on, so a standard for agents that builds on OCI reaches the whole ecosystem at once. The CNCF welcomes this, and we’re excited to work with Docker and the community on making it broadly adopted.”
Chris Aniszczyk, CTO of the CNCF
Why the OCI image is not enough on its own
An OCI image tells a runtime how to build and start a piece of software. It has no place to state which hosts that software may call, which credentials it may use, or which files it may keep between runs. Those decisions are made outside the image, at launch: in docker run flags, a Compose file, a CI job, an onboarding doc. For a web service, that was fine. The program was fixed, it needed a network and a port, and the flags rarely changed.
Agents are different. Claude Code and Codex decide at runtime what to do: install packages, call APIs, use credentials, change the environment they run in. So the access they need is granted piece by piece, by hand, usually to get a task unblocked. A few months in, nobody can answer a simple question: what is this agent allowed to do? The answer is spread across shell history, dashboards, and someone’s memory, and it cannot be handed to a teammate or compared with last week.
Every team answers that question on its own today, and every runtime vendor could ship its own format for the answer. That is the fragmentation OCI was created to prevent, and it is why Docker is now proposing one artifact, built on OCI, governed in the open by the CNCF community.
How a Sandbox Kit Spec fills the gap
The Sandbox Kit Spec does not fork or replace any OCI specification. It uses the annotation extension point OCI already defines to carry the agent’s requests in the image manifest. Nothing in a registry, scanner, or signing tool needs to change.
Kits began as a feature of Docker Sandboxes, Docker’s product for running agents inside isolated microVMs, where a Kit defined one sandbox: the agent, its tools, and what it could reach. The Sandbox Kit Spec turns that definition into a standard OCI image and opens the format so any runtime can implement it. Docker Sandboxes is the first runtime that enforces it. It should not be the only one, and under Linux Foundation governance it will not be.
Two things follow for anyone running agents. The answer travels with the agent: a teammate can pull it, a reviewer can diff it, and a conforming runtime can enforce it. And when a new version asks for more, the change shows up as added lines someone can refuse.
Kits from across the ecosystem
Kits for tools from AWS, Box, Datadog, Dynatrace, JFrog, NanoClaw, OpenClaw, Palo Alto Networks, and Snyk are available now, covering cloud, observability, security, artifact management platforms and more.
That is what a shared format makes possible. A database vendor can publish a Kit that connects any agent to its service with the scope it recommends. An agent maker can publish its own Kit, so the request list comes from the people who built the agent. A platform team can publish one for the company, and every engineer starts from the same place.
Containers made software portable. Kits make authority portable: the set of things you deliberately hand an agent travels with the agent, in the same image, and means the same thing wherever a conforming runtime opens it. Docker looks forward to formally submitting Kits to the CNCF and working with the community to ensure Kits further the goal of secure, reliable agentic AI and AI governance.
Build a Kit
If you make a tool that agents use, publish a Kit for it. If you run agents, start from one and share it with your team. The Docker Sandbox Kit Spec, its capability pages, and a worked tour of a real Kit are available at docker/sandbox-kit-spec. If there is a Kit you cannot express, or a rule a runtime cannot implement, open an issue.
An inaugural Oct. 2 Summit in Dewey Beach will bring caregivers, clinicians, advocates and other professionals together to recognize exploitation and improve support for survivors.
DEWEY BEACH, Del. — A person being trafficked may still go to work, attend school or see a doctor. What those around them may not see is the person controlling their pay, housing, access to drugs or ability to leave.
That is the challenge at the center of Delaware’s inaugural Human Trafficking Awareness, Prevention and Action Summit on Friday, Oct. 2, at Hyatt Place Dewey Beach. The Delaware Coalition for Human Trafficking Survivors is bringing survivors, national experts and Delaware professionals together to improve how the state recognizes exploitation and responds to people affected by it.
Two ways exploitation can stay hidden
Imagine Elena, an adult who cleans homes. She depends on the person who hired her for a place to sleep and a ride to work. Her promised pay never arrives, but she fears losing her housing if she leaves. Someone meeting Elena might see a hard-working employee, without knowing how little control she has over her work or money. Elena is fictional, but her situation illustrates a recognized pattern of forced labor.
Now imagine Jay, a 16-year-old who accepts a place to stay from someone he trusts. That person then expects commercial sex in exchange. Jay may be frightened to tell a teacher or caregiver, or may not describe what happened as trafficking. Jay is also fictional. Jennifer Cooper, a registered nurse and forensic coordinator at Nemours Children’s Health, told Delaware LIVE that young people may not recognize food, housing or other things of value as part of commercial sexual exploitation. Under federal law, a minor induced into commercial sex is a trafficking victim even without proof of force, fraud or coercion.
Victims do not fit one age, gender or background. Trafficking also does not require kidnapping or crossing a border. The common issue is exploitation: force, fraud or coercion used to compel an adult to provide labor or commercial sex, or the commercial sexual exploitation of a minor.
What Delaware’s numbers show
The National Human Trafficking Hotline identified 29 Delaware cases involving 32 victims in 2025. In 2024, it identified 32 cases involving 61 victims. The hotline cautions that reports made to it do not measure how often trafficking actually occurs; people who never contact the hotline are outside its count.
Another measure comes from Delaware’s Office of the Child Advocate. Its contribution to the Delaware Anti-Trafficking Action Council’s 2025 report says the office screened 65 juvenile trafficking referrals, including 40 classified as suspected trafficking and 25 involving young people assessed as at risk. Those are referrals, not 65 confirmed crimes, and they cannot simply be added to the hotline total.
Together, the figures show why professionals who encounter vulnerable people need to know what questions to ask, how to respond safely and where to turn for help.
Bringing the people who respond into one room
Cooper said she helped pursue a Delaware summit after traveling out of state for advanced training. The Oct. 2 program includes tracks for mental health professionals, medical providers, direct-service workers, law enforcement and survivors. Sessions are expected to address family-related trafficking, trauma, survivor care and coordinated responses.
“I want to bring together the people who are doing the work,” Cooper told Delaware LIVE. She said organizations serving vulnerable people can benefit from knowing what others nearby are doing and where services are missing.
The summit is an opportunity for psychologists and other mental health clinicians, advocates, health care workers, educators, caregivers and community leaders to learn from survivors and from one another. It is also open to residents who want a better understanding of trafficking in Delaware. A private, invitation-only executive roundtable will take place Oct. 1; the public summit follows Oct. 2.
To Go Box
What: Human Trafficking Awareness, Prevention and Action Summit
When: Friday, Oct. 2, 2026
Where: Hyatt Place Dewey Beach, 1301 Coastal Highway
Who: Professionals, advocates, caregivers, organizational leaders and interested residents
Admission: $75 regular admission, listed as available through Sept. 30
Fighting escalates after Tigrayan rebels form new coalition aimed at overthrowing Abiy Ahmed government
There are growing fears of a return to civil war in Ethiopia after an offensive by fighters from Tigray into the neighbouring states of Afar and Amhara and the formation of a new rebel alliance aimed at overthrowing the government of the prime minister, Abiy Ahmed.
About 600,000 people died between 2020 and 2022 during a devastating war between the Ethiopian army and the political party and paramilitary group the Tigray People’s Liberation Front (TPLF). Both sides are now accusing the other of triggering a return to open conflict.
Since June 30, full-time faculty at the university have worked without a renewed employment contract. What were supposed to be routine contractual negotiations between faculty and the university administration have evolved into a long-lasting dispute over key concerns.
Like many higher learning institutions, the university’s chapter of the American Association of University Professors (AAUP-UD), or professor’s union, acts as the bargaining authority for all full-time faculty. They renegotiate collective bargaining agreements (CBAs) with the university roughly every three years.
While moderate disagreements over contract stipulations are common during negotiations like these, this bargaining cycle has been uniquely contentious.
Since 1972, when AAUP-UD was granted bargaining authority for professors, there have been seven cycles in which faculty have not been able to reach a contract agreement with the university before the previous one expired. This is now the eighth such cycle, and second in a row, that has expired before an agreement was reached.
One of the most contentious issues this cycle is uncoincidentally listed as one of AAUP’s core missions: academic freedom.
The AAUP website defines academic freedom as “the freedom of a teacher or researcher in higher education to investigate and discuss the issues in their academic field, and to teach and publish findings without interference from administrators, boards of trustees, political figures, donors, or other entities.”
The website also notes that academic freedom protects faculty’s rights to speak freely as both a member of institutional government and as a citizen.
According to the most recent bargaining update from the union, released on Aug. 20, the university administration has proposed its own interpretation of academic freedom. It stipulates that faculty members would only have the right to speak freely “when participating in institutional governance,” a stark contrast to the current CBA, which affords that right “whether or not as a member of any agency of institutional governance.”
Persephone Braham, a professor and president of AAUP-UD, suggested that this may be a risk prevention strategy by the university in the wake of federal initiatives to penalize universities that platform viewpoints inconsistent with the federal government.
According to Braham, however, that is not a valid enough reason to restrict academic freedom.
“You can’t run a university based on risk,” Braham said. “Risk is inherent in inquiry.”
Braham also believes that a key reason for the delay in reaching an agreement is an unprecedented disconnect between the university’s bargaining team and AAUP-UD.
During the last bargaining cycle in 2023, the university’s advisory team was led by former provost Matthew Kinservik, an English professor at the university. Now, that team is headed by Robert Nagle, an external labor lawyer based in Philadelphia.
“I don’t impute any ill intent,” Braham said. “But I do think that familiarity with academic norms and expectations is missing from a lot of that side.”
Another notable hitch in reaching an agreement has been a dispute over what the continuing track position should look like for professors.
Historically, the continuing track position has offered significant job security and benefits for faculty who are not interested or are unable to follow a tenure-track trajectory. Continuing track professors are typically hired temporarily, but receive progressively longer contracts for a period of 13 years until they are offered five-year contracts on a rolling basis. These contracts are renewed annually, so professors are always in the first year of their five-year contract.
Up until the most recent bargaining update in Aug., the university and AAUP-UD had clashed over their interpretations of that five-year contract. While the university asserted that continuing track professors could be terminated with one year’s notice at any point in their five-year contract, the union argued that professors would be eligible to carry out the full remainder of their contract.
The bargaining update revealed that an agreement on the contract’s definition had been reached between the two parties. The university agreed to adopt language similar to AAUP-UD’s interpretation of the five-year contract via a faculty senate resolution to be introduced at a later date.
Despite a consensus being reached, many union members are still concerned by the implications of what they consider to be attempts by the university to weaken the continuing track position.
According to AAUP-UD’s June 10 bargaining update, the university had proposed that the administration be given “complete discretion” when choosing to hire adjunct faculty, instead of being restricted to pre-established parameters. This, in combination with the university’s continuing track proposals, has created some uneasy feelings for full-time faculty.
“If you go after continuing track faculty, and we get fewer continuing track faculty because those positions are being filled by adjuncts, there’s a lot of ongoing work that comes to the tenured faculty,” Braham said. “Everything that affects the people who have less rights than us affects the people with more rights eventually. It’s basically, they’re a test case.”
Salary issues and proposed raises also troubled staff during negotiations. AAUP-UD initially proposed salary increases of 18% over three years, which the university countered with a proposal of an 11% increase over five years. This was seen as unreasonably low by the union, even for an opening offer.
“It doesn’t start things off on a good foot when you insult the other party,” Braham said. “And people are insulted.”
The proposed 11% increase over five years would average out to a 2.2% yearly increase in salary, which is significantly below the United States’ 12-month inflation rate of 3.4%. The university’s most recent offer was a 10.75% increase over four years, which averages out to an annual increase of 2.7% — still not enough to keep up with rising prices, assuming inflation remains steady.
This has been a source of frustration for AAUP-UD, which feels that the university’s priorities are misaligned when it comes to financial management.
The next bargaining session has yet to take place. Both parties have pledged to provide bargaining updates as negotiations move forward.
On Sept. 21, Rick Deadwyler, vice president for public affairs at the university, acknowledged the state of negotiations in the following statement made to The Review.
“Negotiations between the University and the faculty union continue,” Deadywyler stated. “Progress has been made in several areas, though some issues remain unresolved. We appreciate the thoughtful engagement and effort being devoted to these discussions as we work together so that an agreement can be reached.”
While there has been some recent headway, the results of negotiations remain unclear as faculty enter their fourth month out of contract.
“This university is very wealthy, but has, for the last bunch of years, been prioritizing building wealth rather than building learning,” Braham said. “And so we, the faculty, are cut to the bone.”
What can DRC’s national dialogue achieve?Expert commentjon.wallace
President Tshisekedi and the opposition both want national dialogue. But it remains to be seen whether they can agree on the nature of the DRC’s problems, let alone their solutions.
When President of the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) Félix Tshisekedi finally announced a ‘national dialogue’ on 27 August, he evoked the country’s long history of previous negotiations. Too often, he said, they had been about elite power sharing, had not meaningfully included the Congolese people, and had legitimized armed insurrection. This time will be different, he promised.
Tshisekedi appealed directly to the Congolese people by proposing a series of public consultations in all 26 provinces, culminating in a convention in Kinshasa. Unlike previous dialogues, this process has a more ambitious aim. It not only seeks to address the causes of insecurity and inequality in DRC and identify reforms. It also seeks to reconstruct or re-found the state.
The opposition immediately denounced the project. The C64, a coalition made up of opposition heavyweights including Moïse Katumbi, Martin Fayulu, Delly Sesanga and Jean-Marc Kabund, rejected Tshisekedi’s proposal. So too did the ‘Sauvons le Congo’ platform created by exiled former president Joseph Kabila.
Tshisekedi’s plan, they claim, is intended above all to legitimize his attempt to change the constitution, possibly allowing the president to extend his rule beyond his two-term limit, which ends in 2028. They point to a controversial bill that would pave the way for a referendum allowing the modification of article 220 of the constitution, which forbids changing the number or duration of presidential terms.
Points of (dis)agreement
There is much that the DRC’s government and opposition disagree on. But there are two points of convergence. One, publicly acknowledged, is the need for a national dialogue to address the country’s serious challenges. However, apart from the need to bring peace to the eastern provinces, there is no consensus on what these challenges are.
The other point of convergence, acknowledged only behind closed doors, is that elections probably cannot be held by the end of Tshisekedi’s second term in 2028. There are three main reasons: First, little progress has been made in organizing them. Technically there is still time to do so, but the quality of elections held in 2028 would be in question.
For Tshisekedi, the national dialogue is an opportunity to create a ‘united front’ – under his control – aligned against Rwanda.
Second, important territories in eastern DRC remain captured by the M23 armed group. Any attempt to exclude these provinces from elections could be interpreted as an implicit endorsement of their secession, raising fears of the break-up of the country. Third, some members of the opposition may see a dialogue as a way to gain power without going to the polls.
There is therefore broad, albeit tacit, agreement on the need to delay elections in favour of ‘dialogue’. But consensus falls apart when talk of detail begins. Indeed, it raises the question: what dialogue is needed to resolve which crisis?
For Tshisekedi, the national dialogue is an opportunity to create a ‘united front’ – under his control – aligned against Rwanda. In the president’s telling, the DRC’s problems stem mainly from Rwanda’s support for the M23 in North and South Kivu provinces. Since late 2021, M23 fighters have seized large swathes of territory, including the provincial capitals of Goma and Bukavu. Tshisekedi has dismissed opposition calls to integrate M23 in the national dialogue, saying the Doha Process – Qatar-led talks hosted in Switzerland – is the only appropriate venue for negotiating with them.
But for many in the opposition, as well as the Catholic and Protestant churches, the conflict is more a symptom of the political crisis than its cause. In their view, the M23’s success has been fuelled by dissatisfaction with bad governance and corruption under Tshisekedi’s government.
Many want a neutral convenor for a dialogue, such as the churches, and a venue outside of the DRC that would allow exiled politicians to participate. But Tshisekedi has ruled out an external location. And he has made clear that religious denominations will play a secondary or even symbolic role.
What a post-2028 transition might look like, if elections are not held, is still open for debate. The concept recalls the two-year ‘glissement’ (literally, ‘sliding’) that former president Joseph Kabila negotiated to remain in power beyond the end of this second term, in 2016-17.
For those close to President Tshisekedi, there is hope of getting broad agreement on a transition that could last three to five years. That would be a de facto extension of the president’s tenure beyond constitutional limits, if he remained in office for the duration. Some in the opposition would like to see a shorter transition, even without Tshisekedi. This would see a power-sharing agreement that would pave the way for a new electoral commission and fresh elections.
However, for now the country’s opposition seems fragmented and unable to shape the terms of the dialogue. Crucially, they lack the leverage of significant popular mobilization: a long-postponed opposition rally on 15 September saw relatively little participation on the streets of the capital. And the US, which recently signed a critical minerals deal with the DRC, is seen to be backing Tshisekedi. The president therefore seems likely to move forward with his plan. A recent presidential ordinance laid the groundwork for the dialogue proceeding under Tshisekedi’s control.
The position of the Catholic and Protestant churches may yet prove influential. For the moment, they have not commented publicly, preferring to try to negotiate for a stronger role. However, should their position change and church leaders choose to actively boycott the dialogue, it could diminish the legitimacy of the process. The Catholic church is an important political actor in the DRC: it was instrumental in organizing against a Kabila third term. For now, however, Tshisekedi appears to have the stronger hand.
It may be that Tshisekedi’s stated goal of going beyond past national dialogues to ‘re-found’ the state is just political rhetoric. The risk is that he intends to use talks as a way of co-opting part of the opposition, just as Kabila did in 2016-17.
Meanwhile the opposition wants to wrest power from Tshisekedi but also does not necessarily favour elections to resolve the political crisis. It may therefore view dialogue as the best means of unseating the president and taking power. Either way, the two sides’ framings are fundamentally at odds. It remains to be seen whether all parties can agree on the nature of the nation’s problems, let alone their solutions.
The debate over the dialogue is a reminder that the security situation in the east cannot be neatly separated from national politics. Talk of changing the constitution by Tshisekedi’s camp waned in early 2025, after the M23 seized Goma and Bukavu. It resurged once the threat was contained.
Fundamentally linked
The current assemblage of processes – Washington for DRC–Rwanda negotiations, the Doha process for DRC–M23 talks and now, the national dialogue – draw lines between phenomena and actors that are fundamentally linked.
The relatively limited objectives of the Washington and Doha processes are at least clearer than the national dialogue’s ambiguous aim of ‘re-founding’ the Congolese state or ‘creating peace’. But each process’s success is linked to the other. No agreement with the M23 can exist without an accord with Rwanda. And peace in the east will require progress on transitional justice and community reconciliation – issues which should be part of any national dialogue.
Can a national dialogue deliver the reforms DRC desperately needs? Currently, the greatest risk is that it is limited in exactly the way Tshisekedi said it must not be: to an exercise in which political elites agree how and when power will change hands.
Taylor Swift announced her new single "Patient Zero" earlier this week, saying she has been "impatiently waiting" to announce that it will be out on Friday.
Role for Anant Ambani, son of India’s richest person, who also runs a controversial mega-zoo, met with incredulity
Newcastle University is facing a backlash from conservationists over the appointment of the heir to an Indian oil and gas fortune who runs a controversial mega-zoo as a professor of sustainability.
The university announced that Anant Ambani had been given a professorship of practice for “his work in conservation, biodiversity protection, animal welfare and environmental stewardship” and “significant contributions to advancing a more sustainable future”.
The original Star-Spangled Banner, seen in 1969 at what was then the National Museum of History and Technology, now called the Smithsonian’s National Museum of American History Smithsonian Institution Archives
In November 2021, the Smithsonian’s National Museum of American History opened an exhibit called “The Electric Dr. Franklin,” describing “Benjamin Franklin’s pioneering contributions to electrical science.” The exhibit explained that, prior to becoming an abolitionist, he had enslaved people in his household. “Benjamin Franklin’s remarkable scientific accomplishments were, in part, enabled by slavery,” it declared.
The exhibit speculated that Franklin may have used enslaved people in his electrical research. “Franklin wrote about experiments in which he took shocks and used family and friends in these ways, although he seldom identified who in particular assisted him,” stated the exhibit, which closed in 2025 but can still be found online. “Indentured servants and enslaved people in his household could also have been used, although we may never know for certain.”
It was an eye-catching conjecture: one of the most revered of the Founding Fathers subjecting people held against their will to possibly painful shocks. And it was one of many details singled out for criticism in a blistering 162-page White House report released in July that argued that the museum had fallen victim to an “ideological capture” that “moved the Museum’s mission away from straightforward historical education and scholarship toward an extreme political activism that seeks to transform our country.”
For decades, the Smithsonian Institution, which draws some 15 million visitors every year to its assemblage of 21 museums — bounty that has no real global peer — has managed to stay mostly above the political fray. There have been occasional exceptions, such as the uproar over the National Air and Space Museum’s planned 1995 exhibit of the Enola Gay, the B-29 that dropped the first atomic bomb on Hiroshima. By and large, though, the institution maintained bipartisan support as the guardian of America’s history, ingenuity and natural heritage, even as political polarization spread and culture wars raged.
But that institutional exceptionalism is now imperiled as never before. In March 2025, President Donald Trump signed an executive order declaring that the Smithsonian had succumbed to “divisive, race-centered ideology.” This July 4, timed to coincide with the 250th anniversary of the Declaration of Independence, came the White House report. Later in July, two House committees held back-to-back hearings on the report, where Republican members took turns lambasting the museum’s director, Anthea Hartig, and forcing her to answer questions about exhibit items such as a “chrome and rubber crotch harness” designed for sadomasochistic sex. That week, Trump signed an executive order instructing the Department of the Interior to erect signs outside the museum “warning visitors about the ideological capture” on display there. The signs have yet to go up, but in late August, Interior Secretary Doug Burgum sent a letter to the Smithsonian’s Board of Regents declaring that other federal agencies “cannot in good conscience continue to support the Smithsonian under current leadership.”
The Smithsonian is independent of the executive branch, governed by a 17-member board led by the chief justice of the Supreme Court and with six members of Congress, three from each party, serving with nine private citizens and the vice president. But it depends on the federal government for 62% of its funding, receiving more than $1 billion per year, and warnings of deep budget cuts have grown ever louder. Finally, on Sept. 8, Smithsonian secretary Lonnie Bunch, the first African American person to lead the institution, announced he was stepping down at age 73, saying “it has been stressful.”
Seen from one vantage, the battle over the Smithsonian is but another example of Trump attempting with characteristic bombast to put his stamp on Washington institutions, alongside shuttering the Kennedy Center, replacing the East Wing of the White House with a huge ballroom and planning a 250-foot arch near Arlington National Cemetery.
The Smithsonian’s National Museum of American History in Washington, D.C.Elizabeth Frantz for ProPublica
But unlike some conflicts initiated by Trump, this one has been festering for years, independent of him, with complaints lodged by board members before he returned to office. The American history museum, the main focus of the administration’s ire, has wrestled for years with how, or even whether, it should present a unifying national narrative, an ambivalence that left it susceptible to the administration’s broadside. Meanwhile, the Smithsonian underwent a political awakening during the 2020 upheaval over the COVID-19 pandemic and murder of George Floyd that echoed responses in academia and other progressive realms.
This left it exposed to a new administration that viewed itself as a corrective against perceived woke excesses. “I said over and over again that there’s going to be a day of reckoning,” recalled Garret Graves, a Republican former congressman from Louisiana who served on the Smithsonian board in 2023 and 2024, in an interview. “You can either participate in it, help guide the Smithsonian back to something that makes more sense, or you can have an abrupt shift. I didn’t realize my words would ring as true as quickly as they did.”
Now, in the year that was supposed to be a crowning celebration of the nation’s 250th anniversary, the Smithsonian is instead in Trump’s crosshairs. And the question of how the country’s premier history museum should tell the nation’s story is suddenly up for grabs.
The National Museum of History and Technology opened on the National Mall in 1964. Its mission, said former assistant secretary of the Smithsonian Remington Kellogg that year, was to “awaken” a “clear understanding of the inspiring story of the United States — its origins, struggles, development, traditions, strength.” As the name reflected, the museum contained duelling missions from the start, showcasing American technological advances and telling a more general historical story.
A 1974 exhibit depicted the evolution of American fashion.Alfred Harrell/Smithsonian Institution Archives
In 1980, it was renamed the National Museum of American History, but the tension lingered. “It started out as a technology museum, and even now it has a lot of equipment, and to move from that to American history, that’s a huge change,” said Ivan Selin, a former chair of the museum’s board. “Unless you’re going to throw everything out and start over again, you’re going to have a very incoherent thing. Unless you have a clear strategy, you’re going to have some apples and oranges.”
Two decades after the name change, the lack of a unified approach had become an issue. In 1999, David Brooks wrote a scathing critique in the Weekly Standard, lamenting that the museum had so little on display about the nation’s defining moments (the Constitutional Convention, the Lewis and Clark Expedition, the Great Depression, etc.) and prominent figures who shaped them (Thomas Jefferson, Abraham Lincoln, Martin Luther King Jr., etc.). “It ignores or virtually ignores most of the major events in American history,” he wrote. “This is a museum of multicultural grievance, which simply passes over any subject, individual, or idea, no matter how vital to American history, that does not have to do with the oppression of some ethnic outgroup or disfavored gender.”
In 2001, in response to such critiques, the Smithsonian convened a blue-ribbon commission of historians and others led by Richard Darman, a former top aide in Republican White Houses. In 2002, the commission released its report, declaring that the museum “requires what its own leadership has described as a ‘transformation.’ It lacks aesthetic appeal, organizational coherence, and the perception of substantive balance.” The report recommended, among other things, a chronological introductory exhibit that contains “central theme lines for the examination and interpretation of American history” and that “should celebrate America’s remarkable strengths and achievements while also treating fairly and responsibly the ways in which America may have failed to meet the high standards it has proclaimed for itself.”
This would prove easier said than done. For one thing, the museum’s physical structure itself has never been coherent — “an awkward attempt to marry the classical and the modern, the building is legitimately neither,” wrote New York Times architecture critic Ada Louise Huxtable at its opening. “It’s a challenging space,” Brent Glass, who became director shortly after the blue-ribbon report in 2002, told ProPublica.
Above all, though, the commission’s recommendations faced resistance among the museum’s curators to the sort of great-man-of-history approach that Brooks and others were hankering for. There had been a trend in museum scienceaway from this, and away from straight chronology. “There was this whole museum movement to get away from a march through time, to a more episodic or specific sort of story,” John Gray, who succeeded Glass in 2012, told ProPublica. “It wasn’t done to get away from the story; it was finding a way to get people interested.”
In addition, the museum’s curators tended to be specialized in material culture — collecting and studying the museum’s several million objects and artifacts — rather than in conceptual storytelling. To make up for this, Gray’s team tried to enlist several leading academic historians to instill more of an overarching narrative structure. But they declined, saying they were concerned that such an approach could seem triumphalist and provide fodder for an America-first agenda. “We tried to organize [the museum] around ideas and ideals, ideals that were aspirational,” Gray said. “And we failed many times.”
The museum’s eventual solution was to divide the national story into subject areas, each represented by a standing exhibit: “American Enterprise” on business and innovation, “American Democracy” on politics,” “Many Voices, One Nation” on immigration, “The American Presidency,” “The Price of Freedom” on the nation’s wars, “Entertainment Nation” on culture, “America on the Move” on transportation.
Developing these required extensive debate, said the former directors. Some donors supporting the enterprise exhibit were upset that it devoted so much space to the role of slavery in American business. In crafting “The Price of Freedom,” the museum consulted with veterans’ groups to try to avoid a backlash like the one that arose on the Enola Gay. This effort succeeded, Glass said, despite the exhibit’s candor about the darker elements of the nation’s military history. “People can handle complexity,” he said. “They don’t feel bad about the country when told the whole story, and they’re grateful that they have access to the information.”
The museum’s “American Enterprise” exhibit includes an advertisement for slave traders.Elizabeth Frantz for ProPublica
Scattered throughout the museum are countless highlights: the desk on which Jefferson drafted the Declaration of Independence; the top hat Lincoln wore to Ford’s Theatre on the last night of his life; the actual lunch counter from the 1960 Greensboro, North Carolina, Civil Rights sit-in; and, in a recent addition, a gunboat sunk during the Revolutionary War that is being restored on-site. But the overall effect can be disjointed and disorienting. And, with the museum’s dim lighting, dated technology and underutilized areas, it can feel at times as if one is wandering in a past-its-prime shopping mall or in the forgotten corner of an airport terminal.
It’s a stark contrast to the National Museum of African American History & Culture, which opened in 2016 under the direction of Bunch and, notably, has a clear chronological design. Of course, said Selin, the former American history museum board chair, the African American museum and the National Museum of the American Indian, which opened in 2004, have the advantage of a more focused subject, leaving it even less clear what remains for the American history museum, where attendance has declined in recent years. “You can find nowhere in any Smithsonian document a theory of what should be in the American history museum or the more particular museums or how many of these particular museums there should be,” Selin said. “There’s no charter whatsoever that says how they fit together.”
In March 2020, the Smithsonian shuttered its museums for the pandemic. A few months after that, Washington and other cities erupted in protests over Floyd’s murder in Minneapolis. Bunch, who became secretary of the Smithsonian in 2019, and other top officials embarked on a push to rethink the institution’s priorities, as reflected in the minutes of the Board of Regents meetings, which were now being held online. Bunch “briefed the Regents on his efforts to navigate the dual pandemics caused by the Coronavirus and issues surrounding race, racism, and racial identity,” the minutes of the June 2020 meeting stated. He announced the launch of “Smithsonian Cares,” a digital resource that would “provide tools and guidance to empower and inspire conversations about diversity, equity, access and inclusion.”
That October, the board discussed “the potential creation of a Chief Diversity Officer position, a review of organizational processes and policies that may have inadvertently created barriers to inclusivity, integrating and standardizing DEAI training across the organization, strengthening supervisory DEAI skillsets, increasing senior leadership’s focus on inclusivity, and identifying funding and resourcing strategies to implement DEAI efforts across the Institution’s functions and operations.” In February 2021, Bunch told the board that the Smithsonian’s five strategic priorities would include positioning it as a “trusted source for critical conversations and helping the nation grapple with important issues like race and identity.”
As the meeting minutes show, the institution’s elevation of identity was being encouraged by the newly installed Biden administration. In October 2021, the Smithsonian’s Office of Government Relations reported that the Smithsonian had “brought objects from the National Museum of American History to the White House for a temporary display recognizing Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, and Queer Pride Month.” Three months later, the office stated that it “continues to work closely” with the White House on “diversity, accessibility, access and inclusion efforts.” The Smithsonian noted plans for exhibits at the White House to mark “Black History Month in February, Women’s History Month in March, Asian-American and Pacific Islander Heritage Month in May, LGBTQ in June and Hispanic History Heritage Month in September.”
The post-2020 shift extended to the various museums, which started to reopen to visitors in spring 2021. To cite just one example, the National Portrait Gallery revised the signage for a portrait of Henry Laurens, South Carolina’s delegate to the Continental Congress, to reflect that he had made his wealth through chattel slavery. “When Floyd was killed, everyone acknowledged that now is the time to ask: What are the stories that we’re telling and were we being honest and fair in recounting those stories? We all looked at it through this lens,” Kim Sajet, who became the director of the Portrait Gallery in 2013, told ProPublica. “Everyone felt energized by that. We can’t change the past, but we need to acknowledge what happened in order not to repeat it in the future.”
But the new direction caused misgivings for some conservative supporters of the institution, such as Graves, who joined the regents as one of the three Republican congressional appointees in 2023. Graves told ProPublica that he had high regard for Bunch — “his accomplishment with the African American museum was remarkable” — but that he became worried that the Smithsonian was operating within a bubble. Its staff were living in a metro area that had voted overwhelmingly against Trump (and museum employees are generally among the most left-leaning of any profession), yet they were charged with presenting exhibits to visitors from all over the country and the world, a disconnect that the institution seemed insufficiently aware of.
Many board meetings would kick off with tours of a certain museum, and Graves and a fellow Republican appointee, Adrian Smith of Nebraska, would often be taken aback by what they saw. “Seventy-five percent of the time Adrian and I would be walking around and say, ‘Are you kidding me?’” Graves said. “It wasn’t interpreting science or history. It seemed to have an agenda, and that’s not what a museum should be.” What was missing, he said, was a sense of the nation’s achievements. “This country is a remarkable experiment,” he said. “We’ve had some grave sins, but my gosh, America is a net victory for the world. It’s unbelievable what happened here in 250 years and it’s worth celebrating.”
Graves retired from Congress at the end of 2024. In his farewell address to the regents that October, he warned against allowing the Smithsonian to become seen as affiliated with one party or ideological bent. “I felt like they were causing sustainability problems for the institution,” he said. “Politicizing the Smithsonian is an awful, awful idea, because then you only receive funds when there’s a Democratic majority. This is America’s museum and there should not be anything partisan about it.”
One week later, Trump won the election to return to the White House.
In his first term, Trump largely ignored the Smithsonian. In 2017, Bunch gave him a tour of the new African American museum, which Bunch recounted later in his memoir: “The president paused in front of the exhibit that discussed the role of the Dutch in the slave trade. As he pondered the label I felt that maybe he was paying attention to the work of the museum. He quickly proved me wrong. As he turned from the display he said to me, ‘You know, they love me in the Netherlands.’ All I could say was let’s continue walking.”
It took little time for Trump to make clear that, as on other fronts in his second term, things would be different this time around. First came the March 2025 executive order, which directed Vice President J.D. Vance to rid the Smithsonian of “improper ideology.” Two months later, Trump said that he was firing Sajet at the Portrait Gallery, calling her “a highly partisan person, and a strong supporter of DEI, which is totally inappropriate for her position.” The Smithsonian noted that Trump did not have the authority to remove Sajet, but she left anyway, hoping to spare the institution.
In August 2025, the White House issued a 120-day ultimatum to replace “divisive or ideologically driven language with unifying, historically accurate and constructive descriptions,” but with little follow-up, and for nearly a year, it looked as if the storm may in fact have passed. Then came the White House report on the American history museum, with such an exhaustive litany against Hartig, its director since 2018, and Bunch that it made plain the authors had been scouring their public statements and the museum. (Through a spokesperson, Bunch declined to be interviewed. Museum representatives did not respond to requests to speak to Hartig.)
In addition to citing the Franklin exhibit, the report noted that an exhibit called “Girlhood (It’s Complicated)” had included “the pages of a 6-year-old girl’s diary where she expresses fear about ‘getting boobs’ and wishes for her nonexistent ‘penis to grow.’” Another exhibit, on gay history, had “included a two-piece chrome and rubber crotch harness designed for sadomasochism.”
An image from “Girlhood (It’s Complicated),” a Smithsonian exhibit that drew complaints from Republican lawmakers for its explicit comments about gender identityKrystal Quiles
It criticized the museum for having trained staff using the “Museums as a Site for Social Action Toolkit,” a 200-plus-page roadmap on how to “truly transform the museum space,” which is linked “with white supremacy, hetero-patriarchy, abuse of labor, colonization, imperialist theft of art and artifacts, destruction or absencing of alternative ways of interpreting or representing art and artifacts, structural racism and other oppressions.”
Above all, though, the report criticized the museum on grounds that echoed Brooks and the 2002 blue-ribbon commission, saying that it failed to offer visitors a unified narrative of the nation’s history. “That story should be a basic consensus view that is not ideological or politicized, but presents the facts of history — what actually happened — as accurately as possible with minimal present-day bias,” the report stated. “It should tell the whole story of a nation, including the good and the bad, so Museum visitors can understand the development that led our nation to where it is today.”
For years, the Smithsonian had avoided major conflagrations partly by engaging in what one former official called the “care and feeding” of members of Congress on the two committees with purview over it, Appropriations and House Administration. If there was a potentially controversial exhibit, the museum would bring members over for a preview tour, so they had some context for complaints they might receive. But these efforts were on hold for a while because of the pandemic closures, and the Smithsonian’s government relations office experienced heavy turnover, as one of its directors had cancer and another died suddenly.
This context, combined with the fuel provided by the White House report, helped explain the level of vitriol that Hartig faced when she appeared at the two hearings in late July. Even by the standards of today’s decorum-less Congress, the hearings were wild affairs. At the first, held by the House Oversight Subcommittee on Delivering on Government Efficiency, Chair Tim Burchett, a Tennessee Republican, kicked things off by playing a lengthy string of video clips of Hartig offering tribal land acknowledgements at the start of her speeches. “I’m wondering, have you ever planned on deeding any of your personal property or property of the Smithsonian to any of these tribes?” he asked Hartig.
She adopted a conciliatory tone, saying the Smithsonian “takes the concerns raised in the White House Domestic Policy Council’s report seriously” but that “it does not fairly or accurately characterize the full body of work at the museum.” She assured the committee, “I love the United States of America. I consider it the privilege of my career to help preserve its treasures and serve the American people.”
This did not assuage committee Republicans. Burchett displayed museum images including the crotch harness and the diary mention of the 6-year-old girl wishing for a penis. “Ma’am, I mean, you have pictures of bondage. You have some overtly sexual things up there,” he said. “I’m not a fan.” Rep. Nancy Mace, a South Carolina Republican, pressed the point: “Are images of sexual fetishes appropriate for children? Yes or no?” Rep. Brandon Gill, a Texas Republican, noted that the toolkit that the museum used for staff training had referred to “politeness” as a feature of “white supremacy culture.”
U.S. Rep. Tim Burchett, a Tennessee Republican, poses questions to Anthea Hartig, director of the history museum, in July.Tom Williams/CQ-Roll Call, Inc via Getty Images
Those defending Hartig were hardly less outspoken. David Blight, a Yale historian also testifying, compared the White House’s attacks on the Smithsonian to the German Third Reich, saying “their model may indeed be Joseph Goebbels’ committee on enlightenment, which is what the Nazis called their committee that tried to control museums.” Rep. Jasmine Crockett, a Texas Democrat, opened her remarks by saying, “Welcome to the White Pride Committee.” Rep. Kweisi Mfume, a Maryland Democrat, vowed to sacrifice his life for the Smithsonian. “We will not let you destroy that museum,” he said. “No matter how long it takes, how many battles are required, how much effort is needed, we will not allow that to happen unless you find a way to kill all of us and walk over our bodies to change history.”
The next day’s hearing, before the House Administration Committee, was more of the same. The bipartisan consensus around the Smithsonian appeared to lie in tatters.
On a recent Sunday, a group of visitors made their way into the centerpiece exhibit at the National Mall entry to the history museum, the giant Star-Spangled Banner that was flying over Fort McHenry in 1814 and inspired Francis Scott Key to write what became the national anthem. For safe-keeping, the flag is displayed in very low light, giving the chamber a sacred feel, like a cathedral crypt. “Oh my god, it’s huge,” said one woman. “I am shivering,” said another. “It’s insane,” said a third.
Every day, the museum, for all its imperfections, still makes a strong impression on many visitors. But its longstanding search for identity helped make it a target for an administration looking for weak spots, and now its future and that of the entire Smithsonian hangs in the balance. Three of the nine citizen slots on the Board of Regents are vacant, and three more will be next month. Whoever the remaining members of the board — which include Vance — select to fill those slots will help determine who is chosen to replace Bunch as secretary, and the institution’s future course. Much will depend on how much Chief Justice John Roberts, at the head of the board, decides to engage.
Any large institution can benefit from reassessment, and the Smithsonian and the American history museum in particular may well be overdue, especially as yet another focus area is about to be cleaved off, for the National Museum of the American Latino, scheduled to open early next decade. What gives so many supporters pause is for that reevaluation to happen under Trump, who hasn’t shown a lot of interest in how the various museums interact, much less in the nuances and subtleties of history.
“There will be a moment,” Sajet said, “when the American people will have to stand up and decide, is this what they want?”
They offer advice, referee card games and manage players’ tantrums – we caught up with some of the volunteer profs who keep the competitive game going at this year’s world championships
Professors may be the most revered characters in the fictional world of Pokémon (apart from perhaps the Gym Leaders). In Pokémon Red and Blue, Professor Oak greets the player in a pixelated lab coat, and later provides trainers with their first battle partner; since then, each successive generation of games has introduced another professor to aid and guide trainers through their journeys. If you’ve ever played a Pokémon game, they are often the first people that you meet, apart from your in-game mom.
But you may not know that there are also real-world Pokémon professors – volunteers who help organise the game’s competitive communities around the world. Instead of lab coats, they can be seen at events wearing red Pikachu-mascot shirts labelled “staff”, paired with black trousers and shoes.
Denmark’s Greenland deal with Trump is a victory for diplomacy over bullyingExpert commentjon.wallace
Denmark used its soft power to rally support and took the dispute out of the limelight – addressing underlying US interests instead of President Trump’s unacceptable public position.
This week, Denmark has extricated itself from a period of coercive US diplomacy over Greenland. The agreement announced on 22 September elegantly resolves the dispute over the territory, without forcing Denmark or the government of Greenland to give up very much.
Even before the dispute, Denmark had indicated it would be content to increase the number of US bases in Greenland and enhance US access to them. These measures were already possible under an existing 1951 agreement.
The new agreement adds an undertaking by Denmark and Greenland to refuse major investments from non-members of the EU or NATO that would grant them a foothold in strategic Arctic areas. Again, on this point, Washington was pushing on an open door.
The only meaningful change concerns the mechanism to ensure that this arrangement will be permanent. The 1951 agreement, amended in 2004, also does not expire. But the new text adds that Greenland will remain part of NATO and continue to comply with the agreement, should it opt for independence.
An independent Greenland might have been willing to retain the US bases and related agreements anyway. After all, it would need to rely on US defence support and a NATO security guarantee. But expressly making these points in an agreement co-signed by Greenland overcame the deal-breaker of President Donald Trump’s demand for sovereignty over all of Greenland or at least the US base areas.
The agreement represents a masterclass by Denmark in using the classical art of diplomacy to overcome bullying, in an age of changing geopolitics and unstable global governance.
Indeed, the steps Denmark took to resolve the dispute provide valuable insight into how countries can defend their interests in the face of apparently overwhelming pressure.
Step 1: Isolate the bully and call the game
In January this year, President Trump declared that the US would need to ‘own’ Greenland to prevent Russia or China from taking it, and to ensure US national security. He even raised the option of a military takeover of the territory.
The president may have believed opposition would be minimal. Just days before, EU and NATO countries had been unwilling to confront him publicly over the armed US intervention against Venezuela, despite it being a clear breach of international law. In the emergency meeting of the UN Security Council that followed, they had stayed meekly silent.
Greenland was different. Denmark could clearly assert that Trump was placing the future of NATO in peril. Hence, Denmark could show that the US action posed a threat to both the territorial integrity of Denmark and to the security of all states in Western Europe. Accordingly, NATO countries and EU members overcame their hesitancy to upset the White House, and strongly and unanimously rejected his demand. Indeed, they went further, dispatching a European defence mission to Greenland, supposedly as a matter of routine.
Calling out the US’s game for what it was – a demand to surrender national territory under the threat of force at a time when the West was resisting Putin’s assault on Ukraine – was crucial in rallying support.
Step 2: Enter the fray with clean hands
In this dispute, Denmark continually had the advantage in the battle for international sympathy. It entered the fray with clean hands, taking advantage of its soft power, which has been nurtured over decades of sensitive advocacy for justice in relation to the Global South and the international rule of law. The US under Trump, on the other hand, has caused continued upset throughout, as a result of its military actions and other activity such as the president’s sweeping ‘Liberation Day’ tariffs.
The US could also not accuse Denmark of hypocrisy over any supposed colonial legacy relating to Greenland. By 1954, the UN General Assembly had determined that Greenland had freely decided to integrate with Denmark on the basis of equal constitutional and administrative standing with other parts of Denmark.
By 1979 Copenhagen offered home rule. Two decades later, in 2009, it granted wide-ranging self-government to Greenland. Crucially, this 2009 arrangement included an express right of self-determination for the people of Greenland, with a provision to opt for independence. Any sale of Greenland (as Trump had previously proposed) or its transfer to the US against the wishes of the population, would have violated this existing right to self-determination.
This meant that throughout the dispute, Denmark could claim a role as both the upholder of the international right to self-determination, and the defender of its own territorial integrity.
Step 3: Clarify the legal status
President Trump sought to enhance his claim by suggesting that Denmark did not have a clear title to Greenland. In view of the 2009 agreement’s self-determination provisions, this assertion became less relevant. In any event, it was easy to prove that Denmark held good title. And the US clearly had none at all.
In 1916 US Secretary of State Robert Lansing issued a declaration accepting Denmark’s claim to the island. When the US took over the defence of Greenland during Germany’s occupation of Denmark during the Second World War, it did so in ‘recognition and respect for the sovereignty of the Kingdom of Denmark over Greenland.’
Denmark managed to divert dialogue to technical meetings, held…outside of the public eye.
This expressly included Danish sovereignty over base areas constructed by the US. The post-war agreements on defence cooperation and US bases of 1951 and 2004 also consistently confirmed Danish sovereignty. Indeed, in an amazing reversal of the US position, so does the new 2026 agreement. The text reaffirms the sovereignty and territorial integrity of Denmark and acknowledges Greenland’s right to self-determination.
Step 4: Dial the temperature down and let experts do the work
When encountering the US, Denmark was careful to avoid a public confrontation with Trump in front of cameras, learning from President Volodymyr Zelenskyy’s experience at the Oval Office in 2025.
Instead, when the row intensified, Copenhagen dispatched Foreign Minister Lars Lokke Rasmussen to Washington. As foreign minister, protocol demanded that he should meet with the slightly more moderate US Secretary of State Marco Rubio, instead of the president.
Vice President JD Vance almost derailed this cunning plan when he insisted on leading the meeting and moving it to the White House. But Rasmussen, a former Danish prime minister, calmly focused on shared security interests in the Arctic. And he remained steadfast where sovereignty and the rights of Greenlanders were concerned.
After a supposed breakthrough on the issue at the Davos conference later in January 2026, Denmark managed to divert dialogue to technical meetings, held confidentially, outside of the public eye. This was the critical change that allowed Copenhagen to defang the entire episode.
Step 5: Focus on interests, not positions
Negotiations experts know that success depends on persuading the sides to step away from their incompatible, publicly stated position and instead address their underlying interests. In this instance, President Trump had claimed that only full sovereignty over Greenland would answer US security needs.
At Davos, NATO Secretary-General Mark Rutte offered the US sovereignty at least over its base areas in Greenland. Trump seized that initiative and accepted, withdrawing his threat of invasion.
However, neither Denmark nor Greenland representatives had been party to that proposal. Handing over even a part of sovereign territory would hardly be acceptable to their parliaments.
But in the technical discussions, it became possible to move from a flat-out demand for sovereignty, to achieving the underlying US desire: a permanent arrangement safeguarding its interests in Greenland.
Step 6: Be generous in victory
On signing the agreement, Danish Prime Minister Mette Frederiksen was careful to avoid any sense of climb-down by President Trump. It is a deal that can ‘last forever,’ she said, reflecting Trump’s claim that he had achieved an outcome just as permanent as a transfer of sovereignty.
As President Trump’s original stated position was that ‘the ownership and control of Greenland is an absolute necessity’, this new agreement seems a clear victory for calm and quiet Danish diplomacy. And it plainly illustrates the power of unity among NATO states and EU members. The lessons for future dealings with great powers are clear.
Leevin Camacho was brushing his teeth one day last fall when his mother called. The water is contaminated, she said. Moments later, she texted him a photo of a flyer issued by the local water authority. “Cancer risk,” it warned. “Increased likelihood of adverse impacts on the liver.” And in bold capital letters, “DO NOT DRINK.”
Camacho stared at the message. Water flowed from the faucets as his children, who were 10 and 12, gulped and spit, their faces reflected in the mirrors above the two bathroom sinks.
Thumbing at his phone, Camacho looked up dieldrin. The search results included words like “organochlorine” and “insecticide” and “persistent environmental pollutant”; the United States had banned it in 1987. Worse, high levels had been detected in his community’s water since at least 2008. “Our kids have been drinking the water,” he realized. “They’ve been cooking with the water for almost their entire lives at this point.”
Camacho lives in Yigo, a northern village on the island of Guam. In time, he would learn that the U.S. Air Force base next to the well serving his house had reported “very high levels” of the pesticide, which it had listed as a “chemical of concern” since at least 1993. The Pentagon’s investigation, led by officials at Joint Region Marianas, is in its early stages. Local officials caution that although they suspect the base is a source of the pollution, there may be others because dieldrin was once widely used.
For Camacho, the news felt like the unfolding of a familiar story — one both predictable and infuriating.
Camacho had grown up as an Army brat, raised to think of the United States as Guam’s liberator from Japan during World War II. But over the past two decades, his understanding of that legacy has changed.
“There are certain actions that the military takes that are contrary to the interests of the people who are from Guam and who live in Guam,” said Camacho, whose measured tone rarely changes, even when discussing something as emotional as what his children have been drinking.
To Camacho, dieldrin is the latest reminder that the people of Guam continue to bear the costs of militarization. Unexploded ordnance litters jungles and lagoons. PCBs contaminate the fish. Pollutants taint the groundwater. The island and its people, who are U.S. citizens, have been inalterably changed by more than a century of American military presence.
Rear Adm. Brett Mietus, the head of Joint Region Marianas, the U.S. Navy’s regional command for Guam and neighboring islands, said he can’t speak to past pollution but the command is committed to protecting the environment and the people of Guam.
“We spend a lot of time and we spend a lot of money making sure that we meet every U.S. regulation when it comes to anything that we’re going to do here,” he said. “We’re meeting every letter of every law for environmental regulations and rules, and we’re doing that while we’re spending a ton of money to defend this island from the most advanced missiles in the world.”
Today, Guam sits at the center of an ongoing military buildup, one that is reshaping the island even as it spreads across the Pacific. On nearby Yap, more than 1,000 graves could be disturbed to make way for an American seaport and airfield. Indigenous leaders on Palau are suing to protect their lands.
Less visible but just as impactful are the climate impacts of this expansion. The Pentagon is already the world’s largest institutional emitter of greenhouse gases, and its buildup will do more than contribute to the destruction of the region’s reefs, forests, and Indigenous sacred sites. It will accelerate the climate crisis that threatens the survival of Pacific islands.
The Pentagon often cites growing geopolitical tensions to justify the buildup. “The security environment in the Indo-Pacific is becoming more dangerous and defined by an increasing risk of confrontation and crisis,” Navy Adm. Sam Paparo, commander of U.S. Pacific Command, told Congress in April while seeking $122 billion for new weaponry to counter China, including offensive missiles on Guam. Three months later, a ballistic missile launched from a Chinese submarine flew near Guam, underscoring why many on the island see America’s military presence as both a source of vulnerability and protection.
Sometimes it can be too much to think about. “I need to compartmentalize these things,” Camacho said. “That’s sometimes the only way that you can do this, because otherwise you will just be overwhelmed by the sheer amount of things that are out there, the amount of injustice that is out there.”
Those injustices collide in Yigo. Neighbors lost their homes earlier this year to typhoons fueled by warming seas. The Army Corps of Engineers will soon begin clearing bombs from a nearby dump site created in 1945. A new machine-gun range just opened alongside a federal wildlife refuge to support the arrival of 5,000 U.S. Marines from Okinawa, Japan.
Then there’s the dieldrin contamination. “At some point,” Camacho said, “someone has to force them to do what’s right.”
II.
Years before he became one of Guam’s leading critics of the military buildup sweeping over the island, Leevin Camacho was a young lawyer who liked to run before work. As his sneakers hit the pavement, the sun rose over Yigo. Roosters crowed and streaks of pink lightened the sky. The road, little used and lined with jungle brush, was one of the few places he could run without encountering stray dogs or morning traffic. He always ran at first light, before oppressive heat would reflect off the asphalt and the concrete buildings. It was the perfect start to what was often a day spent listening to depositions and wading through case law.
It was 2009. Camacho had returned to Guam after law school and was making more money than he ever had as a school teacher. “You dream of going to law school to provide services and to fight for people who don’t have the ability to fight, right? I’ll be honest with you, I lost my way,” Camacho said. “I had a bunch of student debt, and I was satisfied just kind of going by day to day and just focusing on myself and my family.”
Leevin Camacho stands before the well serving his home in Yigo, Guam, which was found to have been contaminated with high levels of dieldrin.Photo: Anita Hofschneider/Grist
The U.S. military was the backdrop to Camacho’s life but not something he worried about. He didn’t think much about the invasive tangan-tangan trees lining his running route, or the fact that they had spread across Guam after the U.S. scattered their seeds to reforest the island following the war. On his morning runs, he was more likely to hear a military jet overhead than a native birdsong.
It hadn’t always been that way. Guam was among the first Pacific islands settled by seafarers, from what is now the Philippines, who navigated by the stars and waves an estimated 3,500 years ago. The CHamoru people built a thriving island society known for its towering latte stones and swift outrigger sailing canoes.
That changed when Magellan landed on Guam in 1521. Spain claimed the island and the rest of the archipelago, beginning more than 500 years of ongoing colonization. The Spanish forced the Indigenous people to embrace Catholicism and banned their canoes. The United States took over the island from Spain in 1898 and imposed military rule. Naval governors burned CHamoru language books and blocked Indigenous efforts to gain U.S. citizenship.
Then came Japan. Its invasion in 1941, on the same day it attacked Pearl Harbor, wasn’t unexpected. The U.S. Navy evacuated sailors’ dependents but left 20,000 CHamorus to endure nearly three years of forced marches and labor, malnutrition, and sexual servitude. More than 1,000 would die. When American forces retook Guam in 1944, they were welcomed as liberators. The island still celebrates Liberation Day every July. “I can’t remember a single discouraging remark that my maternal grandmother would have made about the U.S.,” Camacho said. But he does remember her saying of the Americans, “‘They saved us.’”
In this August 1944 photo, people of Guam pour out of the hills into the Agana refugee camp. Nearly 18,000 CHamoru were relocated to Manenggon and other concentration camps before the Battle of Guam.Photo: Joe Rosenthal/AP Photo
That was the narrative that Camacho grew up with. Even the military taking his family’s land — part of a massive military land grab after World War II — was accepted by his grandparents as the price of freedom from Japanese oppression. It wasn’t until Camacho learned that the Pentagon’s expansion plans would close his running route that he began to question what it meant for Guam to be an American military outpost. He pored over the buildup’s planning documents and was struck by the disconnect between how the military described its plans and the reality as he knew it. “They paid consultants a bunch of money. The comment was, ‘We drove by and we didn’t see any cars, so there’s no impact,’” he said of the running route. “And that was it.”
As Camacho read thousands of pages of documents, he saw the same pattern again and again. Proposals for bombing and machine-gun ranges, expanded undersea explosives, and projects that threatened forests and ancient latte stones were accompanied by detailed assessments that minimized what they would mean for the islands.
“They paid consultants a bunch of money. The comment was, ‘We drove by and we didn’t see any cars, so there’s no impact.’”
On a flight home from Honolulu, Camacho was reviewing the environmental analysis of the buildup on his laptop when one passage stopped him. The proposed influx of 80,000 people would leave too little water for fire suppression, particularly in Yigo. The solution, according to the document, was to send surplus water from Andersen Air Force Base to civilian communities. “That was the first time I just kind of lost it, just how stark it was,” he said. “The aquifer is our aquifer, right? Like, you’re taking our water for your people and then we don’t have enough and they’re going to divert whatever you’re taking from us that is extra.”
Camacho and other concerned residents started We Are Guåhan, a community group focused on raising awareness about what was happening. (Guåhan is the CHamoru word for Guam.) He sued to stop a machine-gun range from being built at Pågat, an ancestral village that’s home to millennia-old latte stones. Their campaign protected the site and helped persuade the Navy not to expand its landholdings on Guam. The Department of Defense also reduced the planned transfer of Marines from Okinawa from 9,000 to 5,000.
But it didn’t stop the buildup. The Pentagon activated Marine Corps Base Camp Blaz six years ago and opened a new machine-gun range alongside a federal wildlife refuge just north of Yigo. “It’s so heartbreaking,” said Victoria-Lola Leon Guerrero, another member of We Are Guåhan. “All of that effort, and it still happened.”
Construction on Marine Corps Base Camp Blaz, located in the village of Dededo in northwest Guam and activated in 2020, proceeds in May 2026. Photo: Anita Hofschneider/Grist
III.
The yellow excavator scraped away at the pale rock that lies beneath Camp Blaz under the hot May sun. A limestone forest had already been bulldozed to make way for a new machine-gun training range. A sign next to the fence read “Guam National Wildlife Refuge” with an arrow pointing to the left and a picture of a turtle.
“Wow,” said Monaeka Flores, executive director of Prutehi Guåhan, one of Camacho’s clients in the lawsuit he filed against the Navy to protect the island’s endangered species. She stopped at the side of the road to watch the digger work. It had been months since she’d been here, and they’d cleared so much more forest than she realized.
Busy construction vehicles are the most obvious sign of the Pentagon’s buildup. Beyond the new Marine Corps base, the Department of Defense is upgrading the island’s port and strengthening its infrastructure to support docked nuclear submarines. The agency is also pouring $8 billion into 16 new missile defense sites. After World War II, the Navy took two-thirds of the island. “Whatever made most sense for the military, the island was theirs for the taking,” said Michael Clement, a historian at the University of Guam. “Everyone was in refugee camps. They had the bulldozers. They built where they wanted to build. And then a year or two later, they started saying, ‘OK, where are we going to put the natives?’”
“That’s why Guam is kind of weird to drive around. … It was redesigned for military purposes.”
The military later relinquished some land but still owns at least a quarter of the island. “If you look at where the villages were set out in 1946 and ’47, it’s the land the military didn’t need. So that’s why Guam is kind of weird to drive around, right?” Clement said. “To go across from Tumon to Mangilao, you’ve got to go around Tiyan and the airport. It wasn’t redesigned for civilians. It was redesigned for military purposes.”
Even the island’s main highway, the six-lane Marine Corps Drive, was designed for the military, not the people. It connects Andersen in the north and Naval Base Guam in the south.
Gov. Lou Leon Guerrero (no relation to Victoria-Lola Leon Guerreo) is among the many who welcome the financial boost that comes with the military’s investments. “They’re spending billions on their readiness plan,” she said.
One in 9 Guam residents joins the armed forces. Last year, a local economist told the Legislature that every dollar the Pentagon spends adds 75 cents to the island’s GDP and called the buildup an “unprecedented economic opportunity.” The funding infusions have helped Guam become far more commercialized than other Pacific islands, with multiple shopping malls, numerous high-rise hotels, and a growing real estate sector.
Leon Guerrero thinks activists should pursue political self-determination instead of resisting the buildup. “These guys can yell and scream all they can,” the governor said. “They’re going to do the military buildup regardless, right? So why don’t we work with them and see how we can benefit?” She wants the Defense Department to help harden local power lines and fund a hospital. “Our hospital cannot absorb mass casualties,” she said.
There are about 20,600 military personnel, civilians, and dependents on Guam, a figure that’s expected to reach 29,400 by 2037. While the military is investing in additional housing both on and off base, the population influx will almost certainly continue pushing up construction and housing costs. The median home price on Guam was $216,100 in 2010, when Camacho sued the military to protect Pågat. Today it is approaching half a million dollars.
Fear of another war also fuels support for the buildup. “We’ve always been a target regardless, because of where we are geographically located,” Leon Guerrero said. Guam is the largest island in the Micronesian region of the Pacific. It’s just north of the equator, a three-hour flight from Tokyo, and has a deep-water harbor that supports naval submarines. “We were a target for Spain. We were a target for the U.S. We were a target for Japan.” She worries about China, which has a ballistic missile nicknamed the “Guam Killer.” “If I’m going to have a choice, I’d rather be under the U.S. than China.”
To Flores, more military presence on Guam heightens the risk of war. In March, President Donald Trump’s decision to bomb Iran prompted military bases on the island to raise their threat level. She feels that, as in World War II, the Indigenous people of Guam are expendable in a broader contest between empires. “What are they really here to protect if there’s so much harm taking place? Are we just collateral damage?” she said. “Because just looking at our history of being occupied by war, being used for weapons testing, it feels like the message is that we don’t matter. Our future doesn’t matter. Our survival doesn’t matter.”
Rear Adm. Brett Mietus, at Joint Region Marianas, said he understands such skepticism. “If I was born and raised on Guam, I would have similar concerns,” he said. But he believes the military’s investment proves the opposite of what Flores fears. “Choice A is not to defend Guam against ballistic and hypersonic missiles,” he said. “Or the other choice, which is the one that we’ve made, is to spend billions of dollars to defend Guam from hypersonic and ballistic missiles. And so from my perspective, that shows a commitment not just to the military things that are on Guam, but also to the people of Guam.”
Yet Flores is far from the only Guam resident who feels expendable. When Pedro Blas, the vice-mayor of Yigo, first learned about the dieldrin in his village’s water, his first thought was of his autistic sister. “All of us growing up, all our lives, our water bottles, we fill it up with the tap water, put it in the fridge: That’s our cold water,” he said. “Because we were instilled in our heads our whole lives: Tap water is OK.”
Pedro Blas, the vice-mayor of Yigo, Guam, has been hearing from many constituents who are concerned that long-term exposure to dieldrin could have caused cancer in their families. Photo: Anita Hofschneider/Grist
So far, Camacho’s firm has helped file more than 700 claims, worth $360 million, against local authorities on behalf of village residents. He hopes that pressures the island to seek compensation from the Defense Department. “I’m so glad [Camacho] got involved,” Blas said. “We’re not letting it get swept up under the rug.” Mietus noted that Joint Region Marianas has not found high levels of dieldrin in military wells, and the Pentagon is working with local officials to determine the source of Yigo’s pollution.
“They look at Guam as real estate.”
Still, Blas wonders why the investigations at Andersen Air Force Base are occurring quietly behind the fence, while he hasn’t seen anyone in uniform hand out water to his constituents. “It’s beautiful to be a U.S. citizen, don’t get me wrong,” he said. “But if you really take a step back and look at exactly the impacts that [the military] brought to us over the years, we should have a say in whether or not these practices are going to happen to our island. Even just being called the ‘tip of the spear’ — we’re susceptible to any war that they’re going fight, and we just have to be OK with it.”
“This contamination they bring to our island, it kind of just shows how much they really care about our people,” Blas continued. “And frankly, I think they look at Guam as real estate rather than ‘Those are our U.S. citizens. Those are our people. Those are Americans.’”
IV.
The men and women gathered in the p’ebay, the traditional open-air Yapese meeting house with a triangular tin roof, and settled quietly on the tiled floor along each wall to listen to Camacho speak. A projector, perched above a cardboard box stacked on top of a red cooler, cast his PowerPoint presentation onto a screen. Slide after slide described the American military’s plans. A cool breeze fluttered the fronds on the palm trees surrounding the p’ebay.
It was April in the village of Tamil on Yap, one of four states in the Federated States of Micronesia. Camacho’s dieldrin work was far from over, but he’d put that aside when the island state’s government asked him to help dissect a Navy proposal to expand the seaport and airport. Tamil was one of several villages he visited to explain the plan.
Over the past decade, Camacho has become one of Guam’s leading environmental lawyers. “The one thing about Leevin is he shows up. Again and again,” said Julian Aguon, a human rights lawyer on the island. “And he brings with him not only deep competence but a deep sense of responsibility to the people and places he serves.”
“Regulatory agencies will bend over backwards to not pick a fight with the military because of the mission and the protection and all of that,” Camacho said. “And ultimately, it’s people who aren’t lawyers who end up paying the price.”
He was elected attorney general in 2018 for one term and led a historic lawsuit to force the Navy to clean up a hazardous landfill it had abandoned in the 1940s. A lower court dismissed the suit, but the U.S. Supreme Court unanimously ruled in 2021 that it could proceed — a decision that eventually prompted the federal government to pay Guam $48.9 million.
He has sued the Navy to protect endangered species harmed by the construction of Camp Blaz. “For too long, our island has been treated as a sacrifice zone,” he said.
The risk of Guam falling into enemy hands, as it did in World War II, is so tangible that America’s Pacific military strategy involves spending billions of dollars to spread airfields, seaports, and training ranges across the region to remain competitive in case Guam is once again occupied by enemy forces. The U.S. is invoking decades-old agreements with the peoples of the Republic of Palau, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Federated States of Micronesia to expand its presence on those islands and upgrade World War II-era seaports and airfields. Under President Joe Biden, the U.S. even signed a new agreement with Papua New Guinea to use its seaports.
On Yap, the U.S. military wants to dredge the lagoon, including two-thirds of an acre in a marine protected area, to create a seaport. The plan would remove enough sediment to fill 334 40-foot shipping containers and impact sea life, Indigenous fishers, and divers. “Plume spreads up to 800 m from disposal sites,” Camacho’s presentation noted. “Long-term reef decline and impact on reef species (fish, clams, sharks, turtles) not assessed.”
The Navy also plans to expand the airfield to facilitate two military exercises, each two weeks long and involving up to 200 personnel, per year. The project could disturb more than 1,000 graves, including the 19th-century tombs of Chief Orothin and Chief Yaloth. Camacho noted that the military’s draft plan acknowledges a “significant adverse impact” to these cultural sites and doesn’t commit to rebury the dead or preserve ancestral sites.
Yap has a population of just about 11,500, compared to Guam’s 170,000. Although Yap is less than a 90-minute flight from Guam, it has none of the military bases, six-lane highways, or big-box stores that define the American territory. “In some ways, this will be more transformative for Yap State than the buildup was for Guam because there’s no military presence there today,” Camacho said. On Guam, he said, “It’s normal to hear a fighter jet flying over. It’s normal to see a bomber or C130. They don’t have any of that there. So this would be such a radical change.”
One month after Camacho visited Yap, dignitaries from across the Pacific gathered in an air-conditioned conference room at the Hyatt Regency Hotel in Guam. The hotel sits on a long stretch of white sand beach and looks out over Tumon Bay, where high levels of dieldrin have also been found in fish samples.
Political leaders from across the Pacific listen to presentations on the growing military presence in their region at a conference in Tumon, Guam. Photo: Anita Hofschneider/Grist
Once everyone had taken a seat, the lights dimmed and the glow of a projector filled the room. A screen showed a map of military activity across the western Pacific: not just bases, but training exercises and the routes of research vessels searching the sea floor for the critical minerals essential to many military technologies.
“We’re faced with the reality that we’re part of a larger strategic vision,” conference organizer and former Guam congressman Robert Underwood said. “All of you are in someone’s strategic plans whether you know it or not, whether you like it or not. All of us are in someone’s strategic plan.”
In Palau, Indigenous people are fighting the Pentagon’s expansion in local courts and international forums. Leaders of Angaur, one of 16 states there, filed a lawsuit accusing the U.S. of violating environmental rules and its treaty with the island nation when it cleared land for a radar facility. Indigenous chiefs from Peleliu are suing to prevent a land transfer that would support American goals. Indigenous Palauan youth filed a complaint at the United Nations alleging the U.S. military violated their right to free, prior, and informed consent to what happens on their land.
In the Northern Mariana Islands and the Marshall Islands, the U.S. military presence that started with World War II is ramping up. On Tinian, the Marine Corps is building an airfield and two live-fire training ranges, one of them for explosives. The Navy is extending its undersea sonar and explosives training across half a million square nautical miles, along with bombing practice on the neighboring island of Farallon de Medinilla.
Some hope the military’s regional expansion will enable other island nations and territories to experience the economic growth seen on Guam. But others worry about the pollution and cultural loss, and other risks that come with being a U.S. military stronghold.
In public comments written in response to the Navy’s proposal, Jennifer Dugwen Chieng noted that Camacho’s fight to have the Navy address hazardous waste at Ordot Dump went all the way to the Supreme Court. “Additionally, there are sacred private lands and culturally significant ecosystems that no amount of money can ever replace,” she wrote. “The desecration of graves violates the general principles of respect for burial sites and human remains upheld in Yap’s traditional custom.”
She’s also worried about becoming a target in the next war. Like Palau, Yap was held by the Japanese during World War II and experienced heavy bombardment by the United States. Since then, the Pentagon hasn’t paid much attention to the island state — until now.
“With rising tensions in the region between the U.S. and China, what does the DoD envision combat to look like?” Chieng wrote. “Will it be based on a WWII tactic of island hopping? What is the likelihood of the island becoming a battlefield if tensions were to escalate into war? Yap will be caught in the crossfire. Does the DoD intend to protect and defend the people of Yap, and if so, how does the DoD intend to do that?”
Mietus, the Joint Region Marianas commander, said there’s always a level of risk in being allied with the U.S. during a conflict.
“Sometimes people believe it’s a plan to evacuate U.S. service members or family members if a war starts — there is not,” he said. “I’m in this, living in the same risk as every other person here.” He’s pushed back against Guam lawmakers’ calls for the Defense Department to fund bomb shelters for civilians, contending that the existing military projects like strengthening Guam’s harbor are a better investment. “Oftentimes people see this Department of War as kind of having an infinite amount of money, and we don’t.”
V.
Unlike Guam, Palau and the Federated States of Micronesia are independent countries that have achieved the political self-determination that Indigenous CHamoru on Guam have been denied for centuries.
Camacho wants a plebiscite to determine Guam’s political status. He believes the island’s status as a U.S. territory — without a vote for president or voting representation in Congress — isn’t working. But while some of his colleagues in We Are Guåhan have focused on independence, Camacho sees his own role as making the government answer for its actions.
Leevin Camacho gestures at photos of his family in his home in Yigo, Guam. His grandparents lived through the brutal Japanese occupation of Guam and rarely talked about it. Photo: Anita Hofschneider/Grist
“Unless someone’s forcing the issue,” he said, “the Department of War isn’t going to voluntarily agree to be held accountable and agree to do all the things that it’s supposed to do.”
That’s why he feels compelled to seek reparations for the dieldrin contamination. So often, toxic pollution lingers on Guam and no one takes responsibility. “As a lawyer, I don’t want to fall into this situation where we’re like [the village of] Malesso, and they show up every year and say you still can’t eat the fish. That’s just not satisfactory,” he said.
One question that drives him is what Guam will be like when his kids are grown. Will they be able to afford living there? Will they want to, given how much the island is changing? It’s a constant effort to find the right balance between working toward their future and being there for them day to day.
“I’m going to try to do the best that I can to protect my island and to have a safe place for my kids to want to live on Guam,” Camacho said. “But also be there for them and help them get better dribbling with their left hand and be good human beings.” Even though Camacho moved a lot growing up, his family never considers leaving. “That is not a choice,” he said. “Guam is home — there is nowhere else we are going to be.”
Correction: September 25, 2026 This story originally misspelled Monaeka Flores’s name. It also has been updated to clarify her organization’s relationship to Leevin Camacho and to reflect that the number of military personnel on Guam includes civilian employees, dependents, and others.
Sales of Chinese hybrid cars have rocketed in the EU in the past four and a half years, data shows, underlining growing concerns in Brussels over the future of the European car industry.
In 2022, just 659 Chinese-made fully hybrid cars (vehicles in which the petrol or diesel engine charge the motor and battery) were sold in the EU. However, after Brussels imposed anti-subsidy tariffs on fully electric cars from China in 2024, sales of hybrids have shot up to 160,662 in the first seven months of this year.
EVANSTON, Illinois — A U.S. citizen was hospitalized after federal immigration agents mistakenly detained him Sunday in Evanston while searching for another man, according to local police and witnesses.
Evanston police said officers responding near Howard Street and Dodge Avenue found the man on the ground with injuries to his head, neck and teeth. Witness Miguel Olivares said he heard the man repeatedly saying, “I’m a U.S. citizen,” and recorded federal agents pinning him down. Olivares told ABC7 Chicago that the agents appeared to use significant force and that one seemed to strike the man in the face.
A federal agent later told Evanston police that officers had approached the man because he resembled a fugitive they were seeking. According to police, agents detained him for fingerprinting after he refused to provide identification, then released him after determining he was not their target and was a U.S. citizen.
The Department of Homeland Security said the man was uncooperative and that officers acted according to their training. DHS also maintained that its operations are “highly targeted.” However, in this case, agents detained and injured someone who was not the person they were seeking.
Evanston police are investigating and collecting body-camera, dash-camera and witness video. Police Chief Schenita Stewart later met with the injured man at the hospital and offered department support.
The mockumentary “Lords of War” shows how Pentagon money gets funneled into $20-million-plus paydays for weapons company CEOs — and their lavish lifestyles.
DES MOINES, Iowa — An Iowa judge has dismissed President Donald Trump’s lawsuit against pollster J. Ann Selzer and The Des Moines Register, ruling that an inaccurate pre-election poll did not amount to consumer fraud and was protected political speech.
The disputed November 2024 poll showed Kamala Harris leading Trump by 3 percentage points in Iowa. Trump ultimately won the state by more than 13 points. He argued that the poll was deceptive and violated Iowa’s consumer-fraud and misrepresentation laws.
Iowa District Court Judge Scott Beattie rejected that argument Wednesday, writing that Trump’s complaint attempted to stretch state law far beyond its existing limits and impose liability on speech receiving the highest level of First Amendment protection. The case was dismissed with prejudice, preventing Trump from simply refiling the same claims in state court.
Trump originally filed the case in December 2024, later dropped a federal version and refiled a substantially similar complaint in Iowa state court.
Selzer welcomed the ruling, saying polling is “a social science, not clairvoyance” and that pollsters cannot guarantee election results. She has consistently denied manipulating the survey or acting with political intent.
The ruling distinguishes between a poll that proved substantially wrong and evidence of deliberate fraud. Trump’s attorneys had not immediately announced whether they would pursue an appeal.
WASHINGTON, D.C. — ProPublica says records from an FBI anti-corruption investigation contradict several public statements Sen. Susan Collins has made while defending her relationship with former Navatek CEO Martin Kao, a major political donor convicted of campaign-finance and loan fraud.
Collins has said the Biden Justice Department and FBI “totally cleared” her, her office and her campaign years ago. But ProPublica reports that the investigation at issue involved allegations Kao provided between 2022 and 2024, with agents still examining his relationship with Collins, her aides and a pro-Collins super PAC in early 2025.
An FBI spokesperson said an earlier investigation “ultimately found nothing implicating Senator Collins or Senator Collins’ campaign.” No one associated with Collins was charged. However, ProPublica says that earlier inquiry is separate from the later corruption review that ended after personnel assigned to the case were removed during the Trump administration.
Collins’ deputy chief of staff also argued that investigators did not believe Kao. ProPublica reports FBI documents said emails and other records corroborated portions of his account, though Kao’s criminal history presented obvious credibility concerns.
Collins has called the allegations false and politically motivated. AP reported that the dispute is now a major issue in Maine’s Senate campaign.
WASHINGTON, D.C. — Health Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. disclosed more than $4 million in book advances and roughly $270,000 in gifts from longtime allies, financial relationships that are drawing scrutiny because several benefactors are also involved in the Make America Healthy Again movement.
The largest payments were two $2 million advances from Skyhorse Publishing for Unsettled Science and A Defense for Israel. Skyhorse owner Tony Lyons is a longtime Kennedy associate who also leads organizations promoting MAHA-related causes and accepting political contributions and corporate sponsorships.
Kennedy also disclosed about $126,000 in Washington lodging and nearly $150,000 in airfare provided by security consultant Gavin de Becker, including trips to Greece and Fiji. De Becker has been a major Kennedy political donor and described the gifts as part of their longstanding friendship.
The book payments raise a specific ethics question because federal rules generally prohibit government employees from receiving compensation for writing related to their official duties when that writing occurs during government service. Whether Kennedy’s advances violate those rules would depend on when the writing was performed and whether the books relate to his HHS responsibilities.
Kennedy’s representatives say he has complied with federal ethics requirements and worked with HHS ethics officials on his disclosures. No violation has been formally established.
WASHINGTON, D.C. — President Donald Trump personally welcomed Chinese President Xi Jinping at Joint Base Andrews on Wednesday, offering the Chinese leader a rare planeside greeting as Xi began a three-day state visit focused on trade, technology and security.
Trump and first lady Melania Trump met Xi and his wife, Peng Liyuan, on the tarmac after Air China One arrived outside Washington. The greeting broke with usual presidential protocol, under which visiting leaders typically receive their formal welcome at the White House.
Xi’s visit is the first U.S. state visit by a Chinese leader in more than a decade. The main events are scheduled for Thursday, including a formal White House arrival ceremony, military review, Oval Office talks and state dinner. A military flyover featuring a B-2 Spirit bomber and four F-22 Raptors is also planned.
The visit comes as Washington and Beijing seek to stabilize relations after prolonged disputes over tariffs, rare-earth minerals and technology. Reuters reported that the two countries agreed to extend an existing trade truce, while major breakthroughs during the summit are not expected.
Trump and Xi are expected to discuss artificial intelligence, trade, Taiwan and other geopolitical disputes. Trump previously visited Beijing in May and invited Xi to Washington during that trip.
Raymond Chen, longtime Microsoft employee and author of the very popular The Old New Thing blog, published an interesting post about the Win32 scrollbar. It turns out there’s actually quite a few interesting shortcuts and useful hidden features, like clicking inside a scrollbar while holding down shift will make the content jump to that point. Halfway through the article, though, Chen laments how nobody really uses proper Win32 scrollbars anymore.
Sadly, almost nobody uses Win32 scroll bars any more. Everybody uses frameworks that provide their own custom scroll bars.
And as you might expect, none of these scrollbars work like the Win32 one, making even something as basic as the scrollbar a fragmented mess. He doesn’t just blame things like Electron, either, as Microsoft’s own WinUI framework, which is used for most “new” Windows UI developed by Microsoft for Windows 11, also uses custom scrollbars that do not work like the Win32 one does.
Great, so by the time I learn about a shortcut for scroll bars (Shift+click), the ecosystem has fragmented so much that I can’t even rely on it working.
Sen. Susan Collins, R-Maine, at the U.S. Capitol in August Tom Williams/CQ-Roll Call, Inc via Getty Images
As the scandal over Susan Collins’ relationship with Hawaii defense contractor Navatek became the central issue in her hotly contested senate campaign, she and her top aides mustered a defense with a series of incorrect and misleading claims.
On Tuesday, ProPublica published an investigation into the senior senator from Maine’s relationship with Martin Kao, the former Navatek CEO and a major donor who told law enforcement he exchanged campaign cash for government contracts. His confession came after his guilty plea for campaign finance and loan fraud.
The ProPublica story revealed that the FBI had been circling the senator, her top aides and a pro-Collins super PAC in recent years, asking questions about their relationship with Navatek. Since returning to office, President Donald Trump fired or pushed out most of the federal agents and lawyers investigating high-profile federal corruption matters, including those working on the Kao case. The dismissals ended the corruption review, which was in its early stages.
After the story published, Collins and her campaign denied any wrongdoing in numerous media appearances. Some of the statements made by Collins and her representatives are not accurate.
Collins: “In 2021, the Biden Justice Department found there was no wrongdoing by anyone on my campaign staff, my office or me.”
Collins: “The Biden-led Justice Department and FBI totally cleared my office, my campaign and me five years ago of these seven-year-old allegations.”
An FBI spokesperson told ProPublica the agency had investigated claims against Collins years ago “and ultimately found nothing implicating Senator Collins or Senator Collins’ campaign.”
But the investigation at the center of ProPublica’s story was based on claims Kao made between 2022 through 2024 — not seven years ago, as Collins states. That investigation did not conclude under President Joe Biden but under Trump, in 2025, after his administration purged the agents and Department of Justice attorneys assigned to the case.
Collins is referring to the FBI’s initial investigation of Kao, which started in 2021. No one in Collins’ orbit was charged as a result of that earlier investigation.
FBI records reviewed by ProPublica show the agency remained interested in the conduct of Collins and her staff right up until the most recent phase of their investigation was shut down under Trump.
The documents show that Kao was still answering agents’ questions as late as September 2024, when he sat for a two-day interview with FBI agents at the U.S. attorney’s office in Honolulu. During that interview, Kao provided them with a 50-page document offering many new allegations about his interactions with elected officials, including Collins.
And in early 2025, FBI agents were still examining Kao’s relationship with Collins, her staffers and employees of the super PAC, ProPublica found.
The judge in Kao’s sentencing ultimately offered him no benefit for his cooperation with federal authorities, sentencing him to 87 months in federal prison. While Kao had credibility issues — as a convicted felon — FBI documents seen by ProPublica show that agents were able to corroborate some of his claims.
“Pursuant to a Grand Jury Subpoena issued to Navatek, related to the previous investigation, hundreds of thousands of documents were provided to the FBI,” agents wrote in a December 2024 document.
“Several emails and other documents corroborate Kao’s statements made to the FBI.”
In addition, people familiar with the investigation told ProPublica that FBI agents found Kao to be credible.
Clark: “ProPublica took the word of someone who pled guilty to five counts of money laundering, three counts of wire fraud, one count of bank fraud, and making false submissions to the FEC.”
ProPublica did not simply take Kao at his word but reviewed a trove of evidence gathered by the FBI. It also examined thousands of pages of legal records and interviewed dozens of people familiar with Navatek, its Washington operations and the FBI inquiry to independently corroborate much of Kao’s account.
For instance, Kao said that Scott Reed, the head of the Collins super PAC, promised to make the senator aware that Kao was the person behind a large, anonymous donation to the super PAC made through a shell company.
We published emails between Reed and Kao showing that Kao told Reed the name of the shell company he was using to anonymize his $150,000 donation. And we included an email from someone working for Reed to a Navatek representative asking for Kao’s number so Collins could thank him for the donation. These are consistent with Kao’s version of events.
Steve Abbott, Collins’ campaign manager, said at a Wednesday press conference, “We have no record of her calling him.” But he added that such a phone call would not be unusual: “We routinely thank people for contributions. … We try to thank everybody.”
Reed did not answer detailed questions about the $150,000 donation but said he didn’t speak to Collins about Kao. He added, “I understand Martin Kao is now sitting in federal prison.”
Do You Have Information About Political Dealmaking in Washington?
We’re still reporting on pay-for-play arrangements between powerful companies and elected officials.
William Turton
I want to hear from you. Please feel free to send tips or story ideas. The best way to reach me is on Signal at 804-295-7201.
The Solaris branch for paying customers has been updated to SRU95.
Oracle Solaris 11.4 SRU95 updates a broad set of platform, runtime, developer, networking, desktop, and open source components. Notable updates include Ansible Core to 2.21.1, Apache HTTP Server to 2.4.67, Apache Tomcat to 9.0.120, BIND to 9.20.23, Django to 5.2.15, Elixir to 1.20.1, Erlang to 28.5.0.2, Firefox to 140.10.0esr, Go to 1.25.11, ImageMagick to 7.1.2-27, MySQL 8.4 to 8.4.10, NSS to 3.125, OpenSSH to 10.4p1, Rust to 1.96.0, SQLite to 3.53.2, Thunderbird to 140.10.0esr, and Vim to 9.2.0513.
Additional updates include CMake, CUPS, Cython, GnuTLS, libarchive, libexpat, pip, rsync, and a range of Python modules, X11 libraries, graphics libraries, printing components, and desktop utilities.
One of the major changes is the deprecation and removal of NTLM authentication of local users; only NTLMv2 is supported now for security reasons. This release also brings GCC 16, with GCC 13 being removed in the next version. The detailed release notes go into some of the more low-level, esoteric changes in Solaris 11.4 SRU 95.
Entertainment workers protest outside the Melrose Gate at Paramount Pictures Studios in Hollywood, Calif., on Sept. 22, 2026, one day after state attorneys general announced a settlement agreement with Paramount Skydance for its merger with Warner Bros.Photo: Genaro Molina/Los Angeles Times via Getty Images
Mark Zuckerberg’s Metaremains embroiled in litigation over whether its products are designed to hook kids. But Zuckerberg’s got nothing on another centibillionaire pushing to expand his influence over the next generation: Larry Ellison, the octogenarian oligarch of Oracle. Ellison not only brags about having even more data about us than Meta but runs a global surveillance machine and is a major military contractor.
A toothless consent decree intended to resolve an antitrust case brought by a group of state attorneys general may clear the way for his and son David’s President Trump-facilitated takeover of Warner Bros. Discovery, the parent company of CNN, HBO, and a major film studio, Warner Bros. Pictures. U.S. District Judge Araceli Martinez-Olguin still needs to approve the decree, and she noted in an order on Tuesday that she has some questions about its “factual and legal underpinnings.”
If it goes through, the merger will give the Ellisons unprecedented control over what the next generation watches and reads on social media, news, TV, and in movies. Trump steered co-ownership of TikTok to Oracle earlier this year, a move enabled by the Biden administration’s misguided TikTok ban. And last year, David’s Skydance Media became Paramount Skydance, gaining control of CBS, Paramount Pictures, Paramount+, and more in a massive consolidation bankrolled by Ellison senior.
We’ve seen the Ellisons’ willingness to censor content in exchange for Trump rolling out the regulatory red carpet for their media acquisitions. Larry Ellison reportedly promised Trump to overhaul CNN if the deal went through, and David Ellison echoed promises of “sweeping changes.” A Paramount spokesperson said “no [such] commitments” were made regarding CNN, but there’s no dispute that David made editorial concessions to the Federal Communications Commission in exchange for approval of the Paramount–Skydance merger, and the Bari Weiss-helmed network is already following through.
Just how far they will go to push narratives that bolster their far more lucrative interests in war and surveillance tech (and suppress ones that don’t) isn’t yet clear, but it’s not looking good. For a preview, take a look at this Flock Safety commercial masquerading as a short-form news segment, recently published by The Free Press, the blog Paramount bought from opinion columnist Weiss to pave the way to put Weiss in charge of CBS News.
Proponents of the lawsuits against Meta worry about algorithms warping kids’ minds, while critics are concerned with surveillance and user privacy, as well as the First Amendment implications of liability for sorting content. Now both sides can find common cause: The future $111 billion “Warner-Mount” deal threatens to brainwash kids and bolster surveillance all at once.
The perfect feedback loop: Stoke America’s fears about crime, terrorism, and anything else they choose to inspire further public investment in Oracle’s products.
Like Meta, Warner-Mount will have a profit incentive to design algorithms that keep kids glued to their screens, even if it leads them to dark corners of the internet. But the Ellisons’ agenda reaches far beyond likes and follows. Their “really profoundly scary technology” empire (that’s a quote from Oracle Vice Chair and former CEO Safra Catz about the tech it provided Israel after October 7) relies on government spending which requires a public primed to accept its tax dollars being diverted to those scary technologies under the guise of keeping us safe.
There’s no better way for the Ellisons to accomplish that end than buying up as many media holdings as possible while their buddy is president. It’s the perfect feedback loop: Stoke America’s fears about crime, terrorism, and anything else they choose to inspire further public investment in Oracle’s products.
Before handing the Ellisons control of even more of our media, we should remember their track record, which dates back long before they took control of CBS News.
A decade ago, Larry boasted about Oracle’s invasive surveillance products tracking how long a person lingers in a particular aisle of a specific store, which led to a privacy lawsuit that settled for $115 million. He bragged that 5 billion people were in Oracle’s “ID Graph” back then. “How many people are on Earth, 7 billion? Two billion to go,” he added at the time. In fact, Ellison and his companies have settled all manner of consumer and investor fraud lawsuits. But those dings are just the cost of doing invasive business for a behemoth now valued at somewhere around $440 billion.
“Citizens will be on their best behavior because we are constantly recording and reporting everything that’s going on.”
For a glimpse into how Ellison sees Oracle’s role in shaping the future, he told investors in 2024: “Citizens will be on their best behavior because we are constantly recording and reporting everything that’s going on.”
At the World Governments Summit in Dubai in February 2025, he said countries worldwide should “unify” all of their national data into a single database an AI model could study, as he argued this is the only way to unlock AI’s full value for governments.
Oracle already has a nearly $7 billion contract to run its software across the Pentagon, the intelligence community, and the Coast Guard. It’s a founding partner of Stargate, the $500 billion data center buildout Trump announced during his first week back in office, with Ellison by his side.
So the same person who wants to surveil us to keep us on our best behavior, sell “profoundly scary weapons” to foreign armies, and unify the world’s data into one AI brain will now control a huge slice of the news and entertainment industries? It goes far beyond foxes guarding henhouses.
Of course, there’s never been a firewall between elite interests and the media. Hollywood framed U.S. regime-change wars and foreign interventions as heroic underdog stories. TV shows and news outlets have done their share of propaganda-laundering as well.
But as with Meta and its algorithms, the entertainment industry’s motives have, until now, been more straightforward, like gaining access to government sources and selling movie tickets. War profiteers that do news and movies as a side hustle have far more to gain, and they’re likely to push their narratives far more aggressively because the stakes are so much higher.
Ellison-owned outlets are already deploying their playbook to counteract the public backlash to surveillance. The Free Press segment is not the only time Oracle and Flock’s interests have converged. The Intercept recently reported that a shady astroturfing firm called Neighbors for Strong Communities, which ran deceptive AI-generated campaigns in support of the Paramount–Warner merger, has also “partnered” on PR campaigns with Flock. (There’s no known corporate partnership between Oracle and Flock, but both companies are undoubtedly invested in shifting the conversation around surveillance in a less skeptical direction.)
But that’s nothing compared to what the Ellisons and their ever-expanding pool of our personal data could accomplish in the AI era, especially when paired with a media juggernaut created by cozying up to the same authoritarians that Oracle hopes will buy more of its tech.
Despite their billions, the Ellisons would likely never have gained their media stronghold without their social, political, and economic ties to Trump. So while there’s plenty of room to disagree on what role the courts should play in checking predatory practices by tech companies like Meta, this much shouldn’t be controversial: Oligarchs should not be colluding with the government to shape what the next generation thinks.
In banning CNN, Politico and MS NOW from the White House, the Trump administration has argued that the move is similar to actions taken by Presidents Barack Obama and Joe Biden. But the ban goes beyond what those presidents did.
The James S. Brady Press Briefing Room at the White House on Sept. 21. Photo by Alex Wroblewski / AFP via Getty Images.
In a Sept. 21 press release, three days after President Donald Trump said the news organizations would be barred “effective immediately,” the White House said that “[a]ccess changes are nothing new,” and that “Democrat Administrations have restricted, punished, and locked out the press” for “years.” The release listed several examples of incidents involving the press during the Obama and Biden administrations.
“There’s no basis to suggest that Biden and Obama ‘did it too,'” Ken Paulson, director of the Free Speech Center at Middle Tennessee State University, told us. “Trump’s action is singular and unprecedented,” he said, noting that Trump has instituted a “full ban of multiple news media” and “is targeting news organizations because they are publishing content he finds unflattering.
“That violates the First Amendment prohibition against government using its power to punish ideas,” Paulson said.
Trump announced the ban on Sept. 18 in a post on Truth Social, saying it was due to reporting what he called “FAKE NEWS.” When questioned by reporters later that day, Trump repeated that he was doing this “because they’re fake news.” He said the news organizations “purposely write negative news” in order to “try and diminish the Republicans and a Republican administration.”
We’ll explain what happened in some of the instances under Obama and Biden cited in the White House press release and by other Republicans. First Amendment experts told us that Trump’s ban is different.
Amy Kristin Sanders, a professor of First Amendment studies at Penn State University, told us that Trump’s action was “unprecedented,” “particularly when taken in light of President Trump’s public stance about why he banned the news organizations.”
“What the Trump Administration has done is revoke access for news organizations that have already been granted press access while publicly saying it is because President Trump doesn’t like the way he is being covered by those news organizations,” Sanders told us in an email. “These outlets are being targeted specifically because they engaged in critical coverage.”
Aaron Terr, director of public advocacy at the Foundation for Individual Rights and Expression, which defends free speech rights on college campuses and elsewhere, said, “Past presidents have limited outlets’ White House access based on hostility toward their reporting. For example, the Nixon administration, displeased with the Washington Post’s coverage of Watergate, barred one of the paper’s reporters from covering White House social events.” And the Obama administration initially excluded Fox News from a TV reporting pool for one interview (we’ll explain that incident below).
“But I don’t know of any past example of a president indefinitely banning a media outlet from the White House,” Terr told us.
The White House press release defended the president’s ban. “The First Amendment protects their right to publish; it does not entitle them to a hard pass, briefing room seat, or place in the press pool,” the release said.
Terr disagreed. “Just last year, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit reaffirmed that when the White House opens its facilities to the press generally, it cannot exclude reporters based on disapproval of their views,” he said, calling the action a violation of the First Amendment.
CNN, Politico and MS NOW sued the administration, asking a federal judge to block enforcement of Trump’s ban and to restore their access to the White House. Administration officials responded in a court filing saying that the news organizations “have failed to maintain basic minimum ‘standards of professionalism and decorum'” by “‘publishing sensitive or classified information.'” A hearing was held Sept. 23.
In response to Trump’s action, the other major TV networks said they wouldn’t participate in pool coverage of the president’s events.
Obama and Fox News
In its press release, the White House highlighted a feud between the Obama White House and Fox News in 2009, early in Obama’s presidency. The Obama White House questioned whether Fox News was a legitimate news organization and excluded “Fox News Sunday” when the president made the rounds on all of the other Sunday news talk shows. And the Treasury Department reportedly tried to limit access for Fox News to an interview with an administration official.
“In 2009, the Obama White House attempted to exclude a Fox News reporter from an interview with an unpaid executive pay consultant for the U.S. Treasury Department. Other news organizations objected to the effort and supported Fox and it never occurred again,” Paulson told us. “Continuance of this practice would have raised significant First Amendment questions.”
In a Sept. 19 talk at Colgate University, Obama commented on Trump’s ban on certain news outlets. “I’m trying to think what would’ve happened if I had said, ‘You know what, Fox News, you’re out of here.’ It’s unimaginable.” Obama didn’t kick out the network from the White House. But his administration took other actions against Fox News, and the Justice Department also surveilled one of the network’s reporters as part of aggressive measures to curtail leaks to the media.
We wrote about these actions in 2018, when Obama said he had “complained plenty about Fox News, but you never heard me threaten to shut them down or call them enemies of the people,” a reference to Trump repeatedly calling the media that. As we said then, Obama did more than complain. He didn’t use the phrase “enemies of the people,” though he did say that Fox News’ “point of view” was “ultimately destructive” to the U.S.
On Sept. 20, 2009, Obama appeared on the Sunday talk shows on NBC, CBS, CNN, ABC and Univision, but ignored “Fox News Sunday.” Asked about the snub, White House spokesman Josh Earnest criticized Fox for not airing Obama’s Sept. 9, 2009, joint address to Congress on healthcare. The speech did air on the Fox News Channel, however — but not the broadcast network. Obama didn’t make it to “Fox News Sunday” until his last year in office.
In October 2009, the White House ramped up its rhetoric. Anita Dunn, the White House director of communications, told the New York Times, “We’re going to treat them the way we would treat an opponent” and said that “we don’t need to pretend that this is the way that legitimate news organizations behave.” When asked about Dunn’s comments, White House senior adviser David Axelrod said that “it’s not just their commentators, but a lot of their news programming, it’s really not news. It’s pushing a point of view.” He added, “We’re going to appear on their shows. We’re going to participate, but understanding that they represent a point of view.”
That same month, the Treasury Department reportedly tried to exclude Fox News from a pool TV interview of an administration official, Kenneth Feinberg, the so-called “pay czar.” The White House disputed that account, saying the issue was merely a miscommunication. But Fox News and other news outlets reported that the Treasury Department had tried to leave Fox News out of the pool, until the other TV networks protested. “All the networks said, that’s it, you’ve crossed the line,” CBS News White House correspondent Chip Reid told his own network.
Fox News did interview Feinberg.
“The Obama administration’s exclusion of Fox News from a pool was rightly condemned as an attack on press freedom,” Terr told us. “The White House also lists a couple of other examples of the Obama administration reportedly restricting or threatening to restrict reporters’ access. Of course, none of that justifies what the Trump administration is doing now. Two wrongs don’t make a right. And the Trump administration’s wrong — a directive from the top to ban three outlets from the White House indefinitely over their critical or negative reporting — appears to be unprecedented in its scope and severity.”
Obama Administration Pursuit of Leaks
The Justice Department under Obama also aggressively investigated leaks of information to the media, surveilling or subpoenaing journalists in the process, including Fox News reporter James Rosen. In 2010, the DOJ tracked Rosen’s movements at the State Department and collected his telephone and email records, according to the Washington Post, which broke the story in 2013.
In the affidavit for a search warrant to obtain emails, the FBI agent described Rosen as “an aider, abettor and/or co-conspirator.”
“Search warrants like these have a severe chilling effect on the free flow of important information to the public,” First Amendment lawyer Charles Tobin told the Washington Post.
In 2012, the DOJ also seized two months of telephone records of reporters and editors at the Associated Press.
In 2017, the Committee to Protect Journalists wrote: “Under the Obama administration, charges were brought against at least eight government employees or contractors accused of leaking information to the media, and several journalists were snared in the process through subpoenas to testify or surveillance of their records. After public outcry, the Department of Justice released revised standards for subpoenaing reporters.”
The aggressive posture against leaks, and reporters, continued under Trump’s first term and has escalated in his second. In an August report, CPJ said the DOJ in Trump’s second term had issued subpoenas involving at least 10 journalists, “marking one of the most aggressive uses of legal powers against the press in the United States in decades.” It cited the U.S. Press Freedom Tracker, which found that over Biden’s term three such subpoenas were issued and just one was issued in Trump’s first term.
Biden’s Stricter Criteria for White House Press Badges
Asked about Trump banning the media outlets from the White House press room, House Majority Leader Steve Scalise falsely equated Trump’s move to a situation during the Biden administration when it placed greater restrictions on those seeking a hard pass allowing access to the White House press facilities.
“Joe Biden removed the press credentials from over 400 different agencies,” Scalise said on ABC’s “This Week” on Sept. 20.
The White House parroted Scalise’s claim in its press release the following day, claiming, “The Biden Administration restricted more than 440 reporters from White House access through a new, retroactive press credentialing process — with independent and conservative journalists taking a heavy share of the hit. The White House Correspondents’ Association barely objected.”
But those claims are misleading at best.
As ABC News’ Jonathan Karl pointed out during the interview with Scalise, “The 400 individual reporters who [lost] credentials did not reapply. There was only one that was actually denied a credential. And all of those who didn’t reapply were allowed to come in.”
“They were removed,” Scalise said.
“They were not banned from the White House,” Karl said. “That did not happen.”
Here’s what did happen. In May 2023, the Biden administration established new, stricter rules for who could obtain a “hard pass” allowing routine access to the White House press areas without an escort. As the Washington Post explained at the time, in order to be eligible for a hard pass, a journalist had to be “employed full time by an organization principally concerned with news dissemination; must reside in the greater Washington, D.C., area; must have gone to the White House for work at least once during the prior six months; and must hold press credentials for either the Supreme Court, Senate or House.”
The White House at the time estimated that 40% of the journalists who had hard passes hadn’t even been to the White House in the previous 90 days.
In August of that year, Politico reported that over the first three months under the new Biden-era rules, the number of hard pass holders dropped from 1,417 to 975. Most of the drop was attributed to journalists who simply didn’t reapply. According to Politico, only one person who applied was denied a pass under the new criteria.
Importantly, though, even journalists without a hard pass could still get access to the White House press briefings by obtaining a daily pass, which required a journalist to provide personal information to clear security.
Jen Psaki, who served as White House press secretary under Biden from January 2021 to May 2022, posted a video to TikTok on Sept. 21 calling Scalise’s taking point “total BS.”
“So what the White House did was they put in place a couple of requirements that are pretty standard,” Psaki said, noting that “there were a lot of people with hard passes out there that had not used it in several years.”
“But [conservative] outlets like Breitbart and Fox and OAN and Newsmax all got hard passes because the criteria had nothing to do with how you were covering the administration,” Psaki said. “It was whether you were meeting those basic standard requirements, which is very much aligned with what the Senate and the House requires as well.”
Reporters who did not regularly cover the White House could still get access to White House press briefings “simply by getting day passes, and that is something that the Biden White House granted to a huge number of people from a range of news outlets,” Psaki said. “None were prevented from getting access to the White House because of their coverage. That is a big difference between then and what’s happening now.”
After his “This Week” interview, Scalise pushed back on X on Karl’s live fact-check.
“This morning, ABC tried to claim the Biden White House didn’t cut off press access for over 400 journalists,” Scalise wrote. “The facts say otherwise.”
He cited a Fox News story in August 2023 that claimed, “More than 440 reporters lose press passes after White House changes requirements.”
The White House correspondent for Today News Africa filed a lawsuit claiming the Biden administration discriminated against him by changing the criteria. However, a D.C. District Court judge ruled in favor of the White House, saying the criteria established by the Biden White House for hard pass credentials was “facially reasonable” and “viewpoint neutral.” As a result, the judge noted, passes were not denied based on the content of stories produced by applicants.
In Trump’s case, Sanders, the Penn State professor, told us, “These outlets are being targeted specifically because they engaged in critical coverage.”
“The Biden administration did change the credentialing requirements for ‘hard pass’ access, causing some journalists not to renew their hard passes and possibly making some journalists ineligible for a hard pass,” Sanders said. “This is different than excluding members of the WHCA from pool coverage based on the viewpoints they express in their journalism.”
The Free Speech Center’s Paulson likened the Biden rules “to a public library requiring patrons to prove residency before renewing a library card. There were no First Amendment issues.”
Terr, at the Foundation for Individual Rights and Expression, said that “there were legitimate concerns about the new rules, including that they disadvantaged smaller outlets and freelancers. The rules also gave the administration discretion to discipline journalists who didn’t act in a ‘professional manner,’ a vague and subjective standard that could be abused to punish aggressive questioning.”
However, Terr said, the Biden administration “used viewpoint-neutral criteria to determine access” and “didn’t go so far as to ban any outlet from the White House over unfavorable coverage.”
Other Instances of Press Access
The White House press release highlighted several other instances of reporters not getting access to certain events.
Boston Herald
The White House said that Obama press officials had raised the issue of fairness when denying the Boston Herald full access to a May 2011 fundraising event.
“Obama White House officials restricted the Boston Herald from coverage — writing that pool slots depended on covering Obama ‘fairly’ — after the paper ran a front page Mitt Romney op-ed,” the White House press release said.
The Herald reported that Matt Lehrich, an Obama White House spokesperson, told the newspaper that the Herald’s request was denied because the White House Correspondents’ Association had already granted local pool coverage to the Herald’s competitor, the Boston Globe. However, Lehrich did suggest that covering Obama “regularly” and “fairly” were factors in which outlets are selected for press pool assignments.
“I tend to consider the degree to which papers have demonstrated to covering the White House regularly and fairly in determining local pool reporters,” the Herald said Lehrich wrote when replying to the Herald’s request for full access to the fundraiser.
In emails with the Herald, Lehrich had brought up the newspaper publishing a front-page editorial critical of Obama that was written by former Massachusetts Gov. Mitt Romney, Obama’s eventual Republican presidential opponent, in March 2011. “My point about the op-ed was not that you ran it but that it was the full front page, which excluded any coverage of the visit of a sitting US President to Boston. I think that raises a fair question about whether the paper is unbiased in its coverage of the President’s visits,” the Herald said Lehrich wrote.
But “Lehrich insisted the Herald may yet be allowed into Obama events,” the Herald said.
San Francisco Chronicle
The White House press release also accurately recounted a conflict between the Obama White House and the San Francisco Chronicle in April 2011. However, the former Chronicle reporter involved said that what happened then is “very different” from what Trump is doing now.
“After a San Francisco Chronicle reporter recorded protesters interrupting an Obama fundraiser, White House officials threatened to strip the outlet from access and warned of retaliation if the paper reported on it,” the White House press release said.
“That’s true,” Carla Marinucci, the Chronicle’s former senior political writer, told the Chronicle for a Sept. 21 story about the incident. She said Obama’s press aides “went insane” on the Chronicle after she posted a video she recorded of the protest, which the press team argued violated pool protocol because the event coverage was limited to print reporters. As a result of the dustup, Marinucci said the Obama White House “blocked us from the local press pool for a year.”
But Marinucci said what Obama’s press aides did is not on the same level as what Trump has done.
“They never accused us of posting fake news. They just didn’t want us to post a video,” Marinucci told the Chronicle. “That’s very different from saying these organizations are fake news and I don’t like what they are doing.”
She called Trump’s actions against the three news organizations a “complete violation of the First Amendment.”
Obama’s 2008 Campaign
The White House press release also said, “In the Obama campaign’s final days, senior campaign officials pulled reporters from three prominent outlets off the traveling press plane — restricting them from coverage after the papers endorsed Obama’s opponent.” The news outlets affected disagreed on whether the endorsements, which came from the editorial pages, played a role.
With three days to go before the 2008 presidential election, the Obama campaign removed journalists with the Washington Times, New York Post and Dallas Morning News from the pool of reporters traveling on Obama’s campaign plane. The campaign said that a lack of seats and high demand necessitated making some changes. Some of the newspapers affected said the move appeared to be retaliation for their individual editorial boards endorsing Obama’s Republican opponent, John McCain.
“This feels like the journalistic equivalent of redistributing the wealth,” John Solomon, then the executive editor of the Washington Times, said at the time.
However, Ryan Rusak, the politics editor at the Dallas Morning News, wrote that the paper didn’t have evidence the endorsement was the reason. “We think the Obama campaign’s decision is to some degree more a function of limited seats,” he wrote on the paper’s website, noting that he and the political reporter “had absolutely no input or knowledge of the endorsement.”
Rusak said an Obama campaign spokeswoman, Linda Douglass, told the paper the campaign needed space for Obama’s wife, Michelle, and her staff and Secret Service, and the endorsement didn’t play a role. “There are news organizations, as you look around you on the plane, whose editorial boards are never friendly to Senator Obama,” Douglass said. Fox News and the Wall Street Journal were still on the plane, Rusak said.
New York Post
Biden’s White House, the Trump administration’s press release said, “blockedNew York Post reporter Steven Nelson from covering the President’s only daytime public event — despite empty seats in the room — after the reporter pressed Biden on his family’s shady business dealings.”
That’s a reference to a decision Biden officials made in May 2023 to exclude Nelson from the press covering an event featuring Biden and Transportation Secretary Pete Buttigieg. The Biden White House said Nelson was one of about two dozen reporters it could not accommodate due to a lack of space. But the New York Post said it suspected Nelson had been denied a press spot at the event because he had previously questioned Biden about the Biden family’s alleged dealings with foreign countries and the press staff didn’t want the president to face tough questions..
Editor’s note: FactCheck.org does not accept advertising. We rely on grants and individual donations from people like you. Please consider a donation. Credit card donations may be made through our “Donate” page. If you prefer to give by check, send to: FactCheck.org, Annenberg Public Policy Center, P.O. Box 58100, Philadelphia, PA 19102.
This week, Republicans unveiled their ‘2026 Contract with Delaware Voters’
DOVER, Del. — State Sen. Bryant Richardson, R-Seaford, and Delaware Republicans are pitching voters on a 10-bill platform ahead of November’s general election. It promises no state tax on overtime or tips, help for first-time homebuyers, deferred property taxes for seniors, and new rules on school sports and civics education.
Richardson unveiled the “2026 Contract with Delaware Voters” Tuesday at an event at the Delaware State Police Museum in Dover. It is modeled on the 1994 “Republican Contract with America,” the national platform U.S. House Republicans released weeks before the 1994 midterm elections, when they won control of the U.S. House for the first time in 40 years.
Delaware Republican Party Chairman Gene Truono said the Contract is important for the people of the state. “Like the Contract with America in the 1990s, the Contract with Delaware will help drive bipartisan conservative policy for generations to come,” Truono told Delaware LIVE.
What’s in the ‘2026 Contract with Delaware Voters’
1.) Affordability Acts: Creates a tax-advantaged savings account for a first-time home down payment; lets homeowners 65 and older defer property taxes until the home is sold; eliminates state income taxes on overtime pay and tips.
2.) Good Governance: Ensures police presence to prioritize neighborhood safety and keep repeat offenders off the streets; adds “informed choice” requirements for abortion; returns local control over issues such as right-to-work ordinances and offshore wind siting.
3.) Our Youth: Requires student athletes to compete in sports matching their biological sex; requires students to learn what it’s like to live under communism, totalitarianism, and other political ideologies, alongside the principles of freedom, democracy, and individual liberty; creates Education Empowerment Accounts for tutoring, special education services, and instruction at public or private schools.
Why Republicans say their bills get stuck
Richardson’s central argument is that many of these ideas never get a vote. In Delaware, a bill needs signatures from a majority of a committee’s members before the full Senate or House can vote on it. Democrats hold 15 of 21 Senate seats and 27 of 41 House seats, and they control every committee.
His Fairness in Girls’ Sports Act is one example. Richardson has introduced a version in each of the last three General Assemblies, most recently as Senate Bill 215 in January, and none has been released from committee. The bill would have schools label each team boys’, girls’ or coed based on students’ sex as recorded at or near birth, while letting girls play on a boys’ team when no girls’ team exists.
Richardson says it protects fairness and privacy for female athletes; opponents have argued such bills discriminate against transgender students. Richardson said keeping it in committee lets lawmakers avoid taking a public stand.
Richardson says the “deeper problem” is that “when one side holds the votes to pass anything it wants, it no longer has to listen to the voices of those who disagree.” That’s a line from his self-published booklet, “Citizen’s Guide to Delaware Public Policy,” which he had available on a table at the event and told attendees to take.
“Eleven Republican senators could make a huge difference,” Richardson told supporters. “We would be the heads of the committee. We would get things out of committee for a full vote on the Senate floor.”
What it would take for Republicans to win a majority
Richardson acknowledged the climb is steep. With supermajorities in both chambers, Democrats can pass certain measures, like tax increases, without a single Republican vote.
To take the majority, Republicans need five more Senate seats and seven more House seats. Only 11 Senate seats are on the Nov. 3 ballot. Republicans hold three of them and have candidates in six of the eight held by Democrats, according to the Delaware Department of Elections’ candidate list, so a Senate majority would mean winning most of those races outright.
Two of those Republican candidates were at the event: Brent Burdge, running in the 5th Senate District, and Chris Rowe, running in the 7th. Rowe said voter education should extend to candidates themselves: “We just started electing people to office that don’t know the Constitution.”
State Rep. Lyndon Yearick, R-Magnolia, thanked Richardson: “You’re the tip of the spear, but it’s gonna take everybody.”
Sen. Dave Lawson, R-Marydel, who is not seeking reelection, closed with a direct appeal to the room: “Delaware needs this. Every one of you has a Facebook, and has friends. If you’re not handing this out, you’re not helping your grandchildren.”
Near the intersection of Benny Street and Lovett Avenue, two single-family homes, a vacant church and a parking lot were demolished in June. In their place, Delaware Ave, LLC is constructing 12 three-story, seven-bedroom townhouse-style apartments, adding another set of townhouses to the growing number of high-density housing along the off-campus neighborhoods bordering the university.
While the permit was approved by Newark City Council, the Planning Commission did not recommend the permit, citing concerns over the design — particularly the landscaping and fencing aspects. Additionally, the proposal did not conform to the existing land use designation indicated in the Comprehensive Development Plan V 2.0, requiring an amendment to change its designation from “residential, low-density” to “residential, high-density.”
According to the City of Newark’s director of planning and development, Renee Bensley, this is the case for the majority of project applications she receives. These require what is called discretionary approval — including amendments to the Comprehensive Development Plan, rezoning and exceptions to building area and height requirements. This is particularly common in single-family to high-density transition zones along and around South Chapel Street, North Chapel Street, New London Road and Haines Street.
Despite requiring more hoops to jump through, many of these projects eventually receive approval from the council. As a result, these transition zones are actively transitioning themselves from majority single-family dwellings with front porches and yards to majority townhouse complexes and large apartment buildings.
Effectively, Newark’s appearance is shifting.
There is not one singular reason for this, but the beginning of this change dates back to the late 1990s and early 2000s. As the university’s student population grew, it became apparent that there was not enough off-campus housing, leading more and more students to live in the previously non-student, residential neighborhoods of Newark.
Bensley estimates that 95% of student tenants were good neighbors, but the remaining 5% caused problems for their neighbors due to partying and noise. When Newark officials began to establish constraints on where students could live, they had to find alternatives for those students.
Jennifer Reitz, the Planning Services Coordinator for the Institute for Public Administration at the university, explained that Newark had limited undeveloped land to expand upon.
“So the choice is to go up,” Reitz said.
According to Reitz, this has been a national trend. Building higher not only addresses the housing stock problem, but also addresses a worsening housing affordability problem, which she said feels like a crisis. Bensley agrees.
“Traditionally, Newark has seen an extremely low vacancy rate which means when there are no vacancies and there is a lot of demand, the landlords can set their prices basically wherever they want,” Bensley said.
Newark is already a desirable town for an increasing number of families and retirees, so student demand simply exacerbates the problem.
Developers that build higher can offset this because it is cheaper. According to Sandy Isenstadt, a professor at the university who studies historic urban design trends, constructing on already developed land is expensive due to the challenges of navigating around existing infrastructure. Building more units saves money in the long run for the developer — and, consequently, for the tenant.
According to Zillow, the estimated average monthly rent for four-bedroom housing in Newark is $2,382 for an apartment and $2,400 for a townhouse. It is $2,950 for a house. Aggregated over a year, that can be an almost $2,000 difference for an individual student choosing between an apartment and a house.
The affordability of higher-density housing is not just a result of height, Isenstadt explained. The more standardized and prefabricated it is, the quicker and cheaper it is built. As a result, the character of the older houses is deprioritized.
“A lot of it is just driven by economics,” Isenstadt said. “People recognize that character and can’t pay for it.”
Reitz said that there has been some push for more design guidelines beyond the existing minimum standards, but there is pushback because that makes the housing more expensive. Green spaces have also received concern for the same reason that students clashed with Newark residents in residential neighborhoods: parties.
The Continental, a six-story, 190-unit student housing complex spanning a block on Haines Street and South Chapel Street, constructed a courtyard in the center to provide light and ventilation for its internal units. The courtyard was originally designed to also be a recreational space, but the Newark police expressed concern over unsupervised parties, leading the developers to not allow access for residents.
To earn council approval, the Continental also needed a rezoning from 16-units-per-acre garden apartments to 36-units-per-acre high-rise apartments. Its height appears much larger than six stories, leading some council members to recently reevaluate height limits. Bensley hopes that will also mean a different way to measure.
“Stories is my least favorite way to measure building height,” Bensley said. “If you have an 80-foot building, but it is six stories or five stories, it is still the same impact.”
Business districts (BBs), which are increasingly becoming mixed-use housing, and high-rise districts (RAs) are the targets of these potential changes. As of now, BBs are zoned to allow up to three stories, with discretionary approval capped at seven. RAs are zoned to allow seven stories, with discretionary approval capped at ten. There is currently a push in the council to make the hard cap for BBs five, and make it seven for the RAs.
Bensley, however, hopes that they will be open to a conversation beyond simply not wanting big buildings. She argues that there are ways to mitigate height impacts like setting buildings back behind business districts and blocking them with trees.
“Land is so expensive in Newark,” Bensley said. “If we’re talking about housing affordability, density has to be a part of that conversation. And if we unilaterally say we’re never going to build a seven-story building again, that is going to be something that hurts affordability.”
As Democrats release a flurry of midterm ads portraying GOP cuts to Medicaid as a threat to rural healthcare, Republicans have countered with ads claiming Democratic candidates in Texas and Pennsylvania would put dozens of rural hospitals out of business by creating a public health insurance option. But the ads cite an industry-backed study whose assumptions don’t apply to all public option proposals.
In Texas, according to ad-tracking service AdImpact, President Donald Trump’s political operation has spent more than $6.9 million on an ad claiming James Talarico, the Democratic candidate for Senate, “supports a radical healthcare plan” that “could close 30 hospitals.”
And in central Pennsylvania’s 10th Congressional District, which includes the state capital of Harrisburg, an ad from a group backed by House Republican leadership claims Democrat Janelle Stelson supports “a plan to close up to 25 Pennsylvania rural hospitals” and accuses her of “closing the hospitals your family depends on.”
Talarico, a state legislator, is running against state Attorney General Ken Paxton in the closely watched Texas matchup. Stelson, a former local news anchor, is challenging incumbent Republican Rep. Scott Perry. Both races are rated toss-ups by the Cook Political Report.
The GOP ads in Texas and Pennsylvania don’t tell viewers exactly what Democrats’ “radical healthcare plan” is. But both of them cite a 2019 report from the consulting firm Navigant about the potential impact of creating a public option — a form of government-backed health insurance that people could buy into at a lower cost than private insurance.
That analysis was commissioned by the Partnership for America’s Health Care Future, a coalition of groups opposed to policies like a public option and Medicare for All. The coalition’s members include groups representing hospitals, insurers and other healthcare and business interests.
The Navigant report estimates that anywhere from 28% to 55% of rural hospitals nationwide would be at “high risk” of closing if a public option were implemented, depending on how many people switch from private insurance. That includes 11 to 30 rural hospitals in Texas and 15 to 25 in Pennsylvania. By comparison, an earlier analysis from the same firm estimated that 21% of rural hospitals were already at high risk of closing without a public option, including 12 in Texas and 9 in Pennsylvania.
But those estimates are based on a major assumption — that a public option would pay hospitals the same rates as Medicare. And that’s not true of every proposal.
Most recent Democratic public-option proposals we reviewed would pay either rural hospitals or hospitals in general somewhat more than Medicare does. Talarico has said he wants to raise payment rates as part of his healthcare plan, in which case the Navigant study’s assumptions wouldn’t apply. Stelson’s campaign told us she hasn’t committed to a specific public option proposal, but generally supports more funding for rural hospitals.
“I think it would be reasonable to look at this [analysis] with some skepticism,” Christine Monahan, an associate research professor at Georgetown University’s Center on Health Insurance Reforms, told us, noting that its estimates of at-risk hospitals are based on a “theoretical proposal” that doesn’t line up with what most advocates are actually proposing.
Lydia Hall, a spokeswoman for the Congressional Leadership Fund, the group behind the Pennsylvania ad, told us Stelson “knows supporting a public option is unpopular and is now desperately trying to reframe her stance on a position she’s championed for a long time,” but did not answer specific questions about the ad. MAGA Inc., Trump’s super PAC, did not respond to our questions about the Texas ad.
Proposals for a public option have circulated for years, including during debates over the 2010 Affordable Care Act and during the 2020 Democratic presidential primary. Eventual winner Joe Biden was among the candidates championing a public option as a more moderate alternative to proposals like Medicare for All, which would largely or entirely replace private insurance with a government-run single-payer system.
The idea hasn’t gotten as much attention recently, with Democrats’ messaging ahead of the midterms focused largely on reversing Trump’s changes to Medicaid and restoring more generous Affordable Care Act subsidies that Republicans let expire at the end of last year. But some Democrats have said a public option could be on the table if the party retakes power in 2028, and candidates like Talarico and Josh Turek, the Democrat running for Senate in Iowa, have made it a part of their campaign platforms. Others, including Senate candidates Troy Jackson in Maine and Abdul El-Sayed in Michigan, have endorsed more sweeping Medicare for All proposals.
The basic premise of a public option is that the government would create a health insurance plan that people could opt into, with lower premiums than private plans. (Some versions would allow people to buy into Medicare at any age, rather than creating a whole new program.) Proponents hope that would expand coverage to more people and lower overall premiums by forcing private insurers to compete.
The savings that make it possible for a public option to offer lower premiums would come from the government using its leverage to set or negotiate payment rates that are lower than what hospitals typically get from private insurance. So there would likely be some impact on hospitals’ bottom lines.
But what that impact looks like “really depends on how the policy is designed,” including where payment rates are set, said John Holahan, an institute fellow at the Urban Institute who has studied such policies.
The Navigant study cited in the ads assumes that a public option would reimburse healthcare providers at the same rates as Medicare. Because private insurers tend to pay hospitals about 2.5 times what Medicare does for the same services, that “would be a big cut for a lot of hospitals,” Holahan said.
But, he said, most public option proposals don’t go that far. For instance, some aim for rates that are 60% to 100% above what Medicare pays, which he said would be enough to produce some savings without huge impacts on most hospitals’ finances.
Monahan also noted that the effects would play out differently for different hospitals. Part of the rationale for a public option, she said, is to curb costs at hospitals that can charge excessive prices because they effectively have a monopoly in their area. But some independent hospitals or practices that don’t have the same negotiating leverage with major insurers might benefit from certain public-option pricing systems. Hospitals are also required to provide emergency care regardless of insurance status or ability to pay, so some could see their uncompensated care costs go down if more people have insurance.
Democrats in Congress have proposed several different versions of a public option since 2019, according to comparisons compiled by health policy organizations KFF and The Commonwealth Fund. Some use Medicare rates as a baseline but allow for certain adjustments, such as paying rural hospitals up to 25% or 50% more. Others direct the government to negotiate rates with providers using Medicare rates as a floor, which would presumably result in rates that are somewhat higher.
The Navigant report itself says that depending on how many people switch to a public option, rates that are 40% to 60% above Medicare’s would be enough to “hold rural hospitals harmless.”
We asked the Talarico and Stelson campaigns about how they would set payment rates under a public option, but neither gave us specifics.
Talarico has talked about a proposal he’s calling “Medicare for Y’all,” which would allow Americans of all ages to buy into Medicare as an alternative to private insurance. (Note that this is different from “Medicare for All” proposals, which generally aim to replace private insurance entirely.) His campaign website also says he would “improve Medicaid and Medicare reimbursement rates,” though a campaign spokesperson, JT Ennis, did not answer our questions about whether Talarico has specific targets in mind.
Stelson’s campaign told us she broadly supports the concept of a public option, but has not committed to a specific proposal. A spokesperson also pointed us to a policy document the campaign has released that says Stelson would “fight for increased funding and staff for our rural hospitals.”
Without more details, it’s hard to assess the impacts those policies would have. But neither candidate appears to have proposed the specific policy contemplated by the Navigant report — a public option paying current Medicare reimbursement rates — and Talarico has explicitly said he wants reimbursement rates to be higher. So it’s inaccurate to claim, as the ads do, that the candidates support a plan that’s been estimated to risk putting as many as 55 hospitals across Texas and Pennsylvania out of business.
Editor’s note: FactCheck.org does not accept advertising. We rely on grants and individual donations from people like you. Please consider a donation. Credit card donations may be made through our “Donate” page. If you prefer to give by check, send to: FactCheck.org, Annenberg Public Policy Center, P.O. Box 58100, Philadelphia, PA 19102.
A feature called AI Overviews has been a profound change, and the browsing habits of billions of people are shifting
Google has put artificial intelligence at the front and center of its search bar. The most-visited site on the internet still shows the same list of links to users, but they have to scroll past a summarized response from an AI chatbot, a feature Google calls AI Overviews. The change to what was once the gateway to the rest of the internet has been profound, and the browsing habits of billions of people are shifting.
“AI is driving the most significant upgrade of the Google Search experience ever,” wrote Liz Reid, Google’s vice-president of search, last August. In May, the company said more AI is coming.
John E. Sununu hasn’t held public office since the aughts. But New Hampshire politics has a long memory.
“John Sununu led efforts to privatize Social Security,” Democratic Rep. Chris Pappas said of his Republican U.S. Senate competitor in a Sept. 15 press release. He made similar claims in his Sept. 8 primary victory speech, saying Sununu “wrote the plan to privatize Social Security,” and in an August X post, calling Sununu “a lead architect” of Social Security privatization plans.
Sununu and Pappas are running for the open seat of the retiring Democratic Sen. Jeanne Shaheen. Analysts consider the contest competitive.
A look back at Sununu’s record shows that Pappas’ assertion is largely accurate. Although Sununu hasn’t made Social Security privatization a centerpiece of his agenda this year, as a member of Congress two decades ago, he was a leading voice in the effort to change how people can access their Social Security benefits.
A recap of the Bush-era privatization debate
In the 1990s and early 2000s, lawmakers debated whether to shift some or all of Social Security’s finances into private accounts invested in stocks or other securities. That would have been a departure from the program’s traditional structure of paying beneficiaries from payroll tax revenues held in the federal treasury.
The battle played out over several years during the presidency of George W. Bush, who backed the concept. However, Congress never fully bought into the idea, and no form of Social Security privatization was enacted.
As early as 2000, when Bill Clinton was president, Sununu, then a House member, cosponsored the Personal Lockbox Act of 2000, which would have allowed Americans to direct a portion of their Social Security benefits, plus other assets held for retirement, into personal accounts.
In 2001, Sununu joined dozens of other lawmakers, mostly Republicans, in signing an open letter to the President’s Commission to Strengthen Social Security that said in part, “Personal retirement accounts will transform Social Security from a government IOU into personal property and real assets that workers can own and pass along to their children.”
In 2004, as a senator, Sununu introduced the Social Security Personal Savings Guarantee and Prosperity Act. Then-Rep. Paul Ryan, R-Wis., introduced a companion bill in the House. The measure was modeled on a 2003 proposal by well-known conservative figures, including former House Speaker Newt Gingrich, R-Ga., and activists Grover Norquist and Steven Moore.
The proposal would have allowed workers under 55 years old to voluntarily allocate a portion of their payroll taxes to individual accounts invested in stocks and other securities. Neither measure advanced to a vote.
In 2005, Sununu cosponsored the Stop the Raid on Social Security Act, which would have created automatic personal accounts unless the beneficiary opted out. This bill never received a vote, either.
Also in 2005, Sununu, along with most Senate Republicans, voted against a nonbinding resolution that said Congress should reject any Social Security plan that would require deep benefit cuts or a massive debt increase.
The debate over Social Security privatization became a centerpiece of Bush’s agenda in early 2005, but the effort petered out by that summer, as critics called the plan risky for beneficiaries.
In 2005, the New Hampshire Sunday News, the Sunday edition of the New Hampshire Union Leader, described Sununu as “a key national player in the effort to solve Social Security’s financial problems and enable participants to invest a portion of their Social Security in personal savings accounts.”
A nuance not captured by Pappas’ phrasing is that Sununu’s proposals would not have been mandatory for all Social Security beneficiaries. The plans would have been limited by age, voluntary, or a combination of the two.
Sununu explains his record on Social Security
In an Aug. 31 interview with WMUR-TV, PolitiFact’s New Hampshire partner, Sununu acknowledged his actions from two decades earlier and said the challenges have changed since then, requiring different solutions.
Sununu said his earlier legislation “gave younger workers a choice if they wanted to invest in a retirement plan, like the one members of Congress have. It maintained a guaranteed benefit for all retirees. And it made the system solvent.”
Pressed by WMUR political director Adam Sexton whether he still supported privatizing Social Security, Sununu said, “That was 20 years ago. If we had passed that bill, the system would be solvent today and most retirees would have a greater benefit.”
A retrospective analysis in 2025 by the conservative American Enterprise Institute found that if the plan had been enacted, beneficiaries would have become better off financially.
Our ruling
Pappas said Sununu “led efforts to privatize Social Security.”
As a member of Congress two decades ago, Sununu co-sponsored several bills to enact Social Security privatization, including two introduced before the issue became a Bush administration priority in 2005. However, they would not have privatized Social Security for everyone.
The statement is accurate but needs additional information, so we rate it Mostly True.
Last year, well before DoorDash’s $131.5 million settlement with New York City for underpaying 264,000 delivery workers was announced Tuesday, the company spent around $1.4 million on the campaign to stop Zohran Mamdani, who oversaw the historic settlement, from becoming mayor.
At the time, DoorDash’s campaign contributions in the run-up to the 2025 mayoral election were considered unusually large — it made a single $1 million gift to a super PAC that, at the time, was the largest donation in the race — and faced criticism from other candidates in the race. The food delivery giant’s settlement agreement, the largest worker settlement in the city’s history, brings further scrutiny to those donations.
Through that election cycle, DoorDash spent around $1.4 million against Mamdani and in favor of former New York Gov. Andrew Cuomo. The company was one of the top donors to the biggest outside spender in the election, a virulently anti-Mamdani super PAC called Fix the City.
While on the campaign trail, Mamdani had promised to regulate delivery apps and further protections for delivery workers, proposals that earned him the support of delivery worker groups.
At the time, DoorDash’s large spending raised eyebrows. Now, the company has to pay its workers around 100 times the amount it spent attempting to influence the election, owing to a mayoral administration that refused to overlook concerns with the company’s conduct.
“It’s not a contribution, it’s an investment, with the donor or investor expecting something in return,” said Greg Coleridge, a former co-director of Move to Amend, an advocacy group that seeks stringent regulations against corporate money in elections. “Here is an instance where organized money from a company that was trying to avoid being responsible and accountable, was unsuccessful.”
Announcing the new settlement, Mamdani said, “The size of this settlement shows the damage done to workers by wage theft. But it also shows that enforcement matters.”
In a public statement about the settlement, DoorDash said, “Simply put, we screwed up. Our mistakes meant some Dashers were underpaid or paid late. While these mistakes weren’t intentional, that doesn’t make them okay.” (DoorDash did not respond to a request for comment on its campaign contributions.)
The Smear Campaign Against Mamdani
DoorDash contributed $1 million to Fix the City, a super PAC that spent $31 million in the mayoral election, accounting for close to half of the total outside spending in the race, largely funded by big corporations and billionaires. DoorDash made the payment in May 2025, at a time Mamdani’s campaign was gaining significant momentum ahead of the mayoral primaries in June.
Fix the City ran a barrage of ads, phone calls, text messages, and other forms of political communication seeking to prevent a Mamdani victory and portraying him as a politician with “radically dangerous ideas” and “a risk New York can’t afford.”
The group artificially altered Mamdani’s beard in a campaign mailer and made it appear longer and darker, an act that the Muslim mayoral candidate had called out as “blatant Islamophobia.”
At the end of video ads by Fix The City, a campaign finance disclosure in small text at the bottom of the screen read, “The top three donors to the organization responsible for this advertisement are Michael Bloomberg, DoorDash, John Hess.”
DoorDash also gave $1.8 million to Local Economies Forward NY, a super PAC that contributed more than $360,000 to Cuomo’s campaign.
Aided by corporations like DoorDash and billionaires like Bloomberg, the overall independent spending by super PACs seeking to defeat Mamdani was more than eight times what was spent in his favor, according to The Intercept’s analysis of data published by the NYC Campaign Finance Board.
A Historic Settlement
DoorDash’s settlement followed an investigation by the NYC Department of Consumer and Worker Protection. The Mamdani administration said that the investigation “found that DoorDash deliberately paid workers below the Minimum Pay Rate or not at all.”
Under the settlement with the city, the food delivery giant will pay over $115 million in worker restitution and over $16 million in civil penalties and administrative fines.
Two weeks after assuming office, the Mamdani administration warned delivery apps to comply with worker protections, sending notices to DoorDash and others, and announcing a lawsuit against the delivery app Motoclick.
The Department of Consumer and Worker Protection’s citywide investigation into DoorDash began after dozens of workers reported that the company had failed to pay them or had paid them late for work they had performed.
As part of the settlement, DoorDash must submit detailed compliance data reports to the Department of Consumer and Worker Protection every month for three years, and the company’ activities will also be monitored through workers sharing data with the city.
The settlement announced by Mamdani is not the first run-in that DoorDash has had in recent years with restitution payments in New York.
In May 2024, the company agreed to pay $75,000 in a settlement after New York Attorney General Letitia James found that the company routinely rejected applicants with criminal histories in violation of the New York City Fair Chance Act. In February 2025, the attorney general settled with DoorDash for $16.75 million after the company used tips to subsidize workers’ guaranteed pay.
“They knew that by having a mayor who’s willing to put resources [for workers], it’s gonna be detrimental to their corporate model,” said Ligia Guallpa, executive director of the Worker’s Justice Project, a group that organizes for low-wage immigrant workers and had helped several DoorDash workers file complaints with the Department of Consumer and Worker Protection. “DoorDash decided to invest money in trying to buy our city’s democracy.”
As Ohio prepares to open a massive artificial intelligence data center, debate has intensified around billions of dollars in tax incentives the state has provided to attract the industry.
In his bid to unseat Republican Sen. Jon Husted, Democrat Sherrod Brown launched an ad saying Husted “led the push to bring data centers to Ohio and gave billions of tax dollars to make it happen.”
The ad features an unnamed man criticizing Google’s Lancaster data center in central Ohio.
“No one asked for that data center to be built here. And no one here is getting a damn thing from it, except higher electric bills,” he said. “Jon Husted is the reason this is here.”
Husted served in various offices of Ohio state government from 2001 to early 2025 before Republican Gov. Mike DeWine appointed him to the U.S. Senate seat vacated by Vice President JD Vance. As DeWine’s lieutenant governor, Husted promoted data center expansion in Ohio and the industry received billions of dollars in tax breaks.
Under state law, the Ohio Tax Credit Authority approves exemptions for eligible data centers. The authority considers recommendations from the Ohio Department of Development and the Ohio Tax Commissioner before deciding whether to enter into an exemption agreement.
But the tax authority “functions as an arm of the administration,” David Niven, a University of Cincinnati political science professor, told PolitiFact, and it’s “common practice” for the governor and lieutenant governor to claim credit for corporate tax incentives the board approves.
Husted’s role promoting data centers and Ohio’s industry tax breaks
Data centers in Ohio received about $2.5 billion in state and local tax incentives from 2017 to 2024, according to a 2025 report published by the Ohio Chamber of Commerce. The Ohio Tax Credit Authority approved these exemptions during former Gov. John Kasich’s and DeWine’s administrations.
Husted’s most prominent role in data center expansion happened when he was lieutenant governor from 2019 to 2025.
“Many, if not most Ohio lawmakers actively supported” data center industry growth in Ohio “and Jon Husted was certainly among them,” said Robert Alexander, a Bowling Green State University political professor. “His position as lieutenant governor put him in key position to advocate on behalf of data centers and he did so enthusiastically.”
In 2019, Husted publicly defended the tax incentives associated with Google’s $600 million New Albany data center. Google received a 15-year state sales-tax exemption estimated at $43.5 million, along with a local property-tax abatement. Husted argued the economic benefits would outweigh the incentives and said requiring Google to pay the sales tax could have pushed the company to invest elsewhere.
In June 2023, Husted also joined DeWine and JobsOhio, an economic development corporation, in announcing Amazon Web Services’ $7.8 billion investment for a data center in central Ohio. Husted said it was a step toward making Ohio “the tech center of the Midwest.”
A few months later, in September 2023, DeWine and Husted announced the Aligned Data Centers project in Erie County, which received a 75%, 15-year tax exemption. They said the company expected to create 18 full-time jobs.
In 2025, Husted and DeWine announced Amazon’s pledge for $10 billion to expand its operations in Ohio. Husted said artificial intelligence and data centers were “crucial to America’s economic superiority because they drive innovation, support high-tech industries” and helped analyze vast data “essential for global competitiveness.”
Husted involvement in early data center tax incentive programs
As House Speaker from 2005 to 2009, Husted had the authority to appoint members to the Ohio Tax Authority. We asked Husted’s reelection campaign and the Ohio Department of Development, which oversees the authority, whether Husted appointed members but received no information.
“Husted, as speaker, was an advocate for Ohio’s tax credit process, but the membership of the Ohio Tax Credit Authority would have changed between his time as speaker and the boom in data center projects,” Niven said. “And during the DeWine-Husted administration, he was involved in the appointments process for other regulatory positions, so he would have been in a position to have influence over appointments to the Tax Credit Authority.”
The Ohio Legislature approved a 2011 law that created the sales- and use-tax exemption for eligible data center equipment, marking the beginning of Ohio’s data center tax exemption program.
Under Kasich, Ohio created a 100% sales-tax exemption for qualifying data centers. From 2014 to 2018, Kasich’s administration approved statewide exemption agreements with Amazon, Meta and Google. State estimates released in June value those three agreements at about $600 million each, roughly $1.8 billion combined.
Husted’s position on tax breaks has changed
More recently, amid public concerns about the growth and costs of data centers, Husted has said new data centers should not get tax breaks, but that it ultimately should be a local decision.
In July, Husted introduced the Ratepayer Protection Act to encourage states to require large electricity users, including data centers, to pay the costs associated with the power generation, transmission and other infrastructure needed to serve them. On Sept. 17, Husted failed to get unanimous consent in the Senate to pass the bill; the House passed a companion measure.
Transparency around data center deals has also become an issue in Ohio. In Brown County, officials in the village of Mount Orab negotiated a proposed data center project under nondisclosure agreements, prompting questions about what information was available to the public. The controversy has helped spur legislation, including House Bill 695, which would prohibit certain local officials from entering into NDAs. The bill has not passed the Legislature.
Our ruling
A Brown ad said Husted “led the push to bring data centers to Ohio and gave billions of tax dollars to make it happen.”
As Ohio’s lieutenant governor, Husted promoted data center expansion in the state and applauded and defended tax incentives to lure the industry. The Ohio Tax Credit Authority formally approved the tax exemptions, but an expert said the authority is an arm of the administration.
Brown’s statement is accurate but needs clarification or additional information. We rate it Mostly True.
Judge rejects USDA’s timetable and clarifies immigrant eligibility, but federal rules aimed at improving state payment accuracy remain in place
DOVER, Del. — Delaware has won a court ruling that prevents the Trump administration from counting certain food assistance errors against states under a deadline a federal judge found unlawful. The victory protects the state from potential future costs tied to that deadline, but it does not resolve a separate problem: Delaware’s SNAP payment error rate was 16% in fiscal 2025, well above the national average.
The Sept. 17 ruling also confirmed that certain lawful permanent residents, including people who were previously refugees or granted asylum, remain eligible for the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program without waiting five years. It did not overturn the 2025 federal law requiring states with high payment error rates to pay a share of SNAP benefit costs.
The case for state accountability
Congress changed SNAP last year to give states a stronger financial reason to determine eligibility and benefit amounts accurately. Under the law, states with error rates of at least 6% can be required to cover 5%, 10% or 15% of benefit costs, depending on their rate. The requirement generally begins Oct. 1, 2027.
The U.S. Department of Agriculture reported a national payment error rate of 10.62% for fiscal 2025, representing $10.1 billion in improper payments. The measure includes benefits paid above and below the correct amount. It is not a fraud rate.
“These payment error rates are further proof that state accountability is severely lacking in SNAP,” Agriculture Secretary Brooke Rollins said when USDA released the figures. She said the department wanted states to curb waste while serving needy families and protecting taxpayers.
Delaware’s error rate
Delaware’s fiscal 2025 rate was 16%, compared with the 10.62% national rate and the law’s 6% cost-sharing threshold. That makes payment accuracy a substantial issue for the state, independent of its dispute with USDA over the new law’s implementation. The figure does not mean 16% of Delaware recipients committed fraud; it includes overpayments and underpayments.
Delaware’s rate is high enough to qualify it for a delay in the new benefit cost-sharing requirement. That gives the state more time to improve accuracy before it must begin paying a share of benefits under that provision. The delay comes from the law itself, separate from the court ruling.
Why the judge rejected USDA’s deadline
The lawsuit focused on how USDA put the 2025 law into effect. SNAP rules provide a 120-day adjustment period during which certain errors arising from a policy change are excluded from a state’s payment error rate. USDA said the period began July 4, 2025, when the law was enacted, and ended Nov. 1.
But USDA did not issue its guidance on noncitizen eligibility until Oct. 31, leaving states one day under that timetable. Other instructions arrived weeks or months after USDA said the clock had started. U.S. District Judge Mustafa Kasubhai ruled that the department had not given states adequate notice. He set aside its deadline and required a full adjustment period following proper implementation instructions.
The judge also found that USDA’s October guidance wrongly indicated that some lawful permanent residents were ineligible for SNAP or subject to a five-year waiting period. USDA issued a clarification in December. The ruling confirms that lawful permanent residents who were previously in specified humanitarian categories retain their exemption from the waiting period, provided they meet other SNAP requirements.
What Jennings’ criticism means
“This entire ordeal was a blatant attempt by the Trump Administration to take food away from families in need, to destroy a plank of the social safety net, and to degrade our state’s financial standing,” Attorney General Kathy Jennings said in announcing the decision.
Jennings’ accusation goes beyond what the judge decided about the administration’s intent. USDA says it is seeking to reduce improper payments, save federal money and hold states accountable for administering SNAP accurately. The court nevertheless found that USDA’s initial guidance misstated eligibility for some lawful permanent residents and that its deadline unfairly exposed states to future costs.
The distinction does not erase the effects of the broader 2025 law. The Congressional Budget Office expects its tighter eligibility and work rules to reduce the number of people receiving SNAP. Its projected $187 billion in federal savings over 10 years includes those changes; it is not an estimate of fraud eliminated. The court ruling establishes that USDA went beyond a lawful implementation of the changes at issue, but it does not establish that denying food to needy families was the administration’s purpose.
For Delaware, the ruling means USDA cannot use the deadline the judge rejected to count implementation errors against the state. Delaware must still follow the new law and address its high payment error rate. Both facts matter to understanding what the state won — and the work that remains.
TO GO BOX | The SNAP ruling
Who: Delaware Attorney General Kathy Jennings joined other states in suing the Trump administration over USDA’s SNAP guidance and deadline.
What: A federal judge set aside USDA’s deadline for counting certain implementation errors and clarified eligibility for some lawful permanent residents.
When: The ruling was issued Sept. 17, 2026.
Where: The decision came from the U.S. District Court for the District of Oregon and addresses USDA guidance to states.
Why it matters: Delaware avoids errors being counted under the rejected deadline, but its 16% fiscal 2025 payment error rate remains high. The federal law requiring states with high error rates to share SNAP benefit costs remains in effect.
WASHINGTON, D.C. — Republican Sen. Rand Paul says the Department of Homeland Security still has not provided Congress with investigative findings on the fatal January shootings of U.S. citizens Alex Pretti and Renee Good by federal immigration agents in Minneapolis.
Paul, chairman of the Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee, told Politico that his panel continues seeking the information. “We’ve asked for information. We’re still asking,” he said, according to the Washington Examiner. The shootings occurred during the Trump administration’s Operation Metro Surge and triggered national scrutiny of ICE tactics and DHS’s public accounts of enforcement encounters.
Paul previously withheld action on an ICE director nominee while demanding updates on civilian deaths involving immigration officers. AP reported last week that Paul said he remained “still waiting” for DHS to provide the requested internal-investigation information.
The demand comes amid broader concerns about transparency in Minneapolis enforcement cases. In a separate January shooting, ICE officer Christian Castro has been charged federally with lying to the FBI after prosecutors said video contradicted his claim that he was attacked before firing through a residence door. Castro has pleaded not guilty.
DHS Secretary Markwayne Mullin, who replaced Kristi Noem, told senators during his confirmation process that he wanted to restore confidence in the department and acknowledged that he had previously made an inappropriate characterization of Pretti.
As the university’s new surveillance cameras join the flock of students on campus, petitions and opposing student organizations have formed. Under the guidance of Executive Vice President for Finance and Administration Ellen Herbst, University of Delaware (UDPD) Associate Vice President and Chief of Police Patrick Ogden is enhancing security cameras on the university campus.
How security systems will be updated, and with what technology, is no longer clear. As of Aug. 25, the project was designated with the title “Flock License Plate Reader Enhancements” on the university’s website, but has now been altered to “Advanced License Plate Reader Technology (ALPR)” with no clarification on the change.
There has been limited information available regarding the project, but the project’s stated goal is to “enhance safety on campus by providing adequate license plate reader coverage.” Alterations have been made to various parts of the campus safety project’s description. The word “Flock” has been erased entirely from the public project plan.
While there has been no official statement as to why these changes were implemented, students continue to push the university to explain what sorts of technology will be utilized by both the university and UDPD.
One group of students has gained traction with their social media presence, deflock. Run by president Declan Rooney, a sophomore public policy major, and treasurer Arya Keim, a sophomore wildlife ecology major, the Instagram account has gained nearly 900 followers in the past month or so.
After a change.org petition was put up on Aug. 13 against the installation of these cameras, Rooney wanted to get the word out there.
“The fact that everybody has come together just adds to the momentum we have,” Rooney said. “But even if nobody else agreed with me, I would probably still be voicing my opinion against this.”
The growing organization stemmed from the nationwide mapping project, DeFlock, which is working to educate United States (U.S.) citizens about this technology and create an accurate map of all the cameras across the country.
“Automated License Plate Readers (ALPRs or LPRs) are AI-powered cameras that capture and analyze images of all passing vehicles, storing details like your car’s location, date, and time,” according to DeFlock’s website. “They also capture your car’s make, model, color, and identifying features such as dents, roof racks, and bumper stickers, often turning these into searchable data points.”
The company Flock Safety, a manufacturer of these cameras, specifically creates technology that is designed to aid law enforcement, businesses and schools in gathering information to increase public safety. One aspect of this company is Flock LPR (License Plate Readers), which captures vehicle sightings, records license plate numbers and helps users find vehicle evidence.
“Flock cameras are ALPR, which is an automatic license plate reader, which is not new technology,” Rooney said. “Those have been around since the ’80s, but what’s new is the AI database that they use to analyze the information.”
The removal of the word “Flock” from the website does not necessarily signify a lack of ALPR devices or the university halting the use of artificial intelligence databases. While it has attracted the most attention, and it is what was referenced by the university, Flock is not the only company producing this kind of technology.
“So while we are deflock, this is more just, like, de-mass surveillance at UD,” Keim said.
They were not the first or only students to recognize this project. Jacob Hindin, a sophomore insect ecology and conservation major at the university, was the one who originally published the petition.
“I want the voices of the students to be heard,” Hindin said. “And on top of that, I want students who kind of aren’t in the know about this kind of thing, to know.”
At the time that he published the petition, Flock was still listed on the website; it then transitioned to just Advanced License Plate Readers (ALPR) at the time of his interview with The Review on Sept. 10.
While they are not working together directly, both deflock and Hindin are pushing to have communication with university administrators, whether that be President Laura Carlson or Ogden, who is managing the project.
“I don’t know what to expect, really,” Rooney said. “But I think I’m leaning towards expecting them to drag their heels, but I’d be happy to be proven wrong. I’d love for them to work with us and hear our side at least.”
ALPR cameras made by Flock Safety have already been installed on campus. One of the more notable locations for students is on South College Avenue, where two cameras are attached to the bottom of the skybridge connecting Gore and Smith Halls.
Nik Anna/THE REVIEW
The ultimate goal for students protesting the cameras is to get these surveillance systems off campus entirely, but in the early stages, education for both students and local residents has been a top priority.
After requesting the university to comment on the matter, Vice President of Public Affairs Rick Deadwyler provided the following statement to The Review.
“The University takes seriously both the safety of our campus community and the privacy questions that can arise from technologies used to support public safety. Automated license plate reader technology is one of the tools UDPD uses to investigate incidents, resolve crimes and support appropriate law enforcement activity. UDPD has strong policies governing how its personnel may access, use, retain and share ALPR data. Those policies reflect the University’s expectation that ALPR data be used only for legitimate law enforcement purposes and establish limits on access, sharing and retention.”
When deflock was asked if they had anything further to say, they kept it simple.
From highlighted ledges to characters telling you what to do, blockbuster games are increasingly taking the challenge out of playing – and players are pushing back
Marvel’s Wolverine, the latest action game from Sony’s stable of expensive blockbuster-factory studios, has had an unfortunate launch. Reviews were decent, if not stellar, but a series of viral video clips from reviewers and streamers have made it the scapegoat for a patronising flavour of game design that gamers have hated for decades. This clip, from Skill Up’s review, shows the player entering a beautiful wintry landscape before being overwhelmed by visual cues telling them what they’re supposed to be doing there. Sonar pulses point you in the direction of objectives. Targets – which, it bears emphasising, are shaped like targets – get an extra reflective visual effect so you know you’re supposed to pay attention to them. A trail shows you not just where to go, but where the level’s sole hidden collectible is.
It is hand-holding to the point of parody. Indeed, it reminded me of the sniggersome Mario in Unreal Engine satirical videos that makes the social media rounds every few months (“A mushroom? I should take a look at this”). Skill Up’s clip has been followed by hundreds of others, gleefully ripping into Wolverine with ironic savagery. In one much-copied clip, a streamer simply lays down his controller during a motorbike chase sequence and watches as Wolverine speeds on regardless, bouncing off the scenery as the game plays itself.
A payments business that operates across Africa and is ultimately controlled by an Indian billionaire has announced its intention to float on the struggling London Stock Exchange.
Airtel Money, the mobile money arm of Airtel Africa, is planning one of the biggest UK listings in years, in a boost for the shrinking London market that has faced a string of recent departures.
WASHINGTON, D.C. — The Trump administration is dramatically expanding its search for noncitizen voter fraud ahead of the November midterms, assigning hundreds of federal investigators and attorneys to a problem that repeated studies and state reviews have found occurs only rarely.
Homeland Security Investigations says it now has about 1,600 open voter-fraud cases and has made 160 arrests. The Justice Department says 24 immigrants have been charged this year, with officials promising prosecutions will increase before Election Day. Axios reported that agents normally assigned to smuggling, trafficking, financial fraud and sexual exploitation have been redirected to the effort.
The scale of the operation stands in sharp contrast to the available evidence. Reuters reviewed state and independent investigations and found noncitizen voting to be exceedingly uncommon. One Brennan Center review identified just 30 suspected cases among 23.5 million ballots, while the conservative Heritage Foundation documented 24 cases over two decades.
AP has likewise reported that noncitizen voting is illegal under federal law and rarely occurs, with state audits repeatedly finding only isolated cases.
Even some recent registration problems cited by officials involved software or administrative errors rather than deliberate illegal voting. Despite that record, the administration is treating the issue as a “tier one priority,” continuing Trump’s years-long claims that noncitizen voting represents a major threat to U.S. elections.
WASHINGTON, D.C. — Families of people killed by federal immigration agents told Democratic lawmakers Tuesday that government officials repeatedly released misleading or false accounts after fatal encounters, then provided little information about what actually happened.
At the congressional forum, relatives and attorneys described what one lawyer called “dual assassinations” — first the killing of a person, then attacks on that person’s character. The hearing included cases from Texas, Minnesota and Maine and focused heavily on discrepancies between early Department of Homeland Security statements and evidence that emerged later.
One of the clearest examples involved Lorenzo Salgado Araujo, who was fatally shot by immigration agents in Houston in July. DHS initially said he tried to strike an agent with his vehicle. Three passengers disputed that account, saying Salgado Araujo had stopped and no agent was positioned in front of the van when shots were fired.
Federal officials also raised suspicions that bags found in the van contained methamphetamine. Testing later established that the substance was not meth, U.S. Attorney Aaron Reitz confirmed.
Similar concerns were raised about other cases, including the fatal shooting of Johan Sebastián Durán Guerrero in Maine, where the government’s explanation changed from claims that he had “weaponized” his vehicle to a later assertion that an agent fired because he was attempting to flee. Families told lawmakers that shifting narratives, delayed disclosures and limited transparency have made independent scrutiny more difficult.
The Trump administration announced it would stop publishing complaint narratives submitted to the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. Anna Moneymaker/Getty Images
Every year, millions of complaints flow to the federal Consumer Financial Protection Bureau from people across the country. The complaints, which range in focus from debt collection to credit reporting to payday loans and more, long served as a window into Americans’ gripes and struggles with various companies.
For over a decade, consumers could opt in to have what they wrote published as public information in a CFPB database. But last month, the Trump administration announced that it would stop publishing those complaint narratives, a decision that aligns the agency with corporations that have critiqued the system for years.
“Publishing such narratives in the Database provides a less-than-representative sample of one-sided experiences,” the CFPB said in a press release.
In the big picture, the move is part of a trend of the administration taking a friendlier approach with businesses — even at the federal agency tasked with guarding consumers from unfair and deceptive practices.
The complaint system helps consumers get responses from companies about their problems, and sometimes even fixes. It has also given the public — as well as federal investigators and regulators— access to information that serves as a warning or to help spot problems.
As a ProPublica data reporter, I’ve used the complaints time and time again as a tool for accountability-driven reporting. I appreciated reading about people’s raw frustration, written in their own words, which can often point to larger trends. It was a rare federal dataset that captured human emotions. Some were grievances like being unable to get help after spending far too much time calling or emailing customer service. Sometimes complaints had more urgency: desperation to fix crushing high-interest debt, a frozen bank account or a credit score tanked from a reporting error.
With the recent loss of a crucial piece of the public database, I wanted to share with you some of ProPublica’s reporting using those complaints. And, while these stories about financial harm have often led to some accountability, revisiting the complaints also offers a taste of what we’ll be missing.
I’ve used the complaints to report on high-interest tribal loans that skirt state interest rate caps to charge 600% interest or more. CFPB complaints helped point me and my colleague Megan O’Matz to an opaque but massive lending operation based in Wisconsin, which we estimated to be involved in thousands of bankruptcies nationwide each year.
“THIS IS THE TEXTBOOK DEFINITION ON LOANSHARKING.”
Consumer complaint about a tribal loan company, June 2023
The borrower also argued that “no one should be expected to pay over $11,000 for a $1,200 loan,” calling the 790% rate “beyond predatory.”
In emails to ProPublica, the tribe’s president, John Johnson Sr., defended the tribe’s lending business as legal and said the loans help people “without access to traditional financial services.” He added that many borrowers have had positive experiences.
A few months after ProPublica reported on the operation, the tribe settled a civil suit filed by Minnesota’s attorney general. The tribe denied the allegations but agreed to stop lending to Minnesotans and forgive outstanding loans to the state’s residents.
In March, I reported that two of the big three credit bureaus, Experian and TransUnion, provided relief to a substantially smaller portion of consumers last year. The credit bureaus are by far the most common subject of consumers’ woes in the database, with over 4 million complaints filed about them in 2025.
A Texan filed a complaint to each of the three credit bureaus, Experian, Equifax and TransUnion, writing that a fraudulent account remained on their credit report despite their disputes:
“I have an important deal that I need to complete that is important for the safety and survival of my family, and this issue has damaged my credit score.”
Consumer complaint, August 2025
In response to the story, four Democratic senators wrote letters to the credit bureaus demanding answers on how they handle disputes and complaints. The CFPB’s acting director at the time, Russell Vought, also tacitly acknowledged the reporting during his congressional testimony in July, saying that “with credit reporting agencies we saw things in the news that were concerning to us. We reached out to them.”
The credit bureaus did not comment on specific complaints, but told ProPublica that many complaints are illegitimate, including a large volume filed by credit repair organizations that charge customers to challenge negative information on their reports. (CFPB records show that Equifax provided relief in response to the Texan’s complaint, while TransUnion and Experian did not.)
Last month, my colleague Andy Kroll reported on the Trump CFPB’s light-touch approach to oversight, focusing on its ask-nicely strategy of holding the fintech startup Bilt accountable after it threw users’ accounts into chaos twice in quick succession. The story included complaints about how Bilt’s artificial intelligence support system gave information that was:
Consumer complaints about Bilt, March and April 2026
(In a statement at the time, Bilt said its new card had “attracted unexpectedly high demand, and some of our members experienced gaps in service that are simply unacceptable to us.” The company told ProPublica it resolved all problems related to the new cards “months ago.” The CFPB did not respond to any questions or requests for comment.)
Kroll’s recent story also examined how the agency has changed under the Trump administration. Under Vought’s leadership, the CFPB attempted to fire roughly 90% of its staff in April 2025 before a federal court ruling stymied the move. When the efforts to dismantle the agency failed, Vought and his allies instead refashioned it into an industry-friendly regulator.
The loss of the public complaint narratives is another example of that. And it is a win for groups such as the Consumer Data Industry Association, which represents the credit bureaus and has argued that publishing complaint narratives would “harm the brands of legitimate, law-abiding companies” by presenting unverified, self-selected negative anecdotes. More recently, the group argued in a January public comment letter that the complaint portal has become “a sort of ‘Yelp for Financial Services,’” and that the CFPB doesn’t have the authority to publish complaint data in the first place.
Although the CFPB has been subject to partisan fights, the complaint system has been used by Americans across the country. GOP lawmakers even referred thousands of constituents to the CFPB’s complaint system to get help. Still, those same lawmakers voted last year to slash the agency’s budget by nearly half.
While the complaint system is required by law, the agency isn’t mandated to make it public. In theory, a future administration could go back to publishing the complaint narratives, but the agency has removed the option for consumers to consent to making public what they wrote. That means that any complaints filed in the near term cannot be retroactively published. The complaint narratives will still be subject to Freedom of Information Act requests, but getting them could be time-consuming and challenging.
As the CFPB turns away from its watchdog role, it’s making it harder for all of us to watch as well.
NEW YORK CITY, New York — President Donald Trump said the federal government will begin referring to artificial intelligence as “super intelligence,” or “SI,” arguing during his United Nations General Assembly address Tuesday that the term “artificial” incorrectly suggests the technology is fake.
“From this point forward, all of United States documents” will use the new terminology, Trump said, while expressing hope other countries follow. Reuters confirmed the announcement and reported that Trump also reiterated his opposition to international efforts to regulate AI.
The terminology could create confusion because “superintelligence” already has a distinct meaning in the technology industry. It generally describes a hypothetical AI system whose capabilities surpass human intelligence across most or all fields, rather than artificial intelligence broadly. AP noted that Trump’s proposal came as world leaders offered sharply different assessments of AI’s potential benefits and risks.
Trump said the United States would reject what he called a global scheme for controlling the technology. His administration has generally favored limiting regulatory barriers while promoting American AI development and competition with China.
The announcement does not itself establish how or when federal agencies will alter existing regulations, websites or documents. Trump presented the change during a broader UN address covering Iran, Ukraine, international institutions and U.S. foreign policy.
SAN FRANCISCO, California — San Francisco is suing Trump Media & Technology Group, alleging its $100,000-per-month Truth Social data service creates an unfair trading advantage by allowing paying investors to receive President Donald Trump’s potentially market-moving posts before the general public.
City Attorney David Chiu filed the lawsuit in California Superior Court against Trump Media, which operates Truth Social. The complaint alleges the company’s “Truth API” violates California’s Unfair Competition Law and facilitates conduct that could violate federal insider-trading rules by monetizing advance access to government information.
Truth API, launched in August, offers financial firms rapid access to posts from Trump and other prominent accounts for up to $100,000 monthly, or about $60,000 per month under a multiyear agreement. In modern algorithmic trading, even a brief informational advantage can potentially be valuable.
The lawsuit cites Trump’s April 9, 2025, post saying, “THIS IS A GREAT TIME TO BUY!!!,” which appeared before he announced a 90-day tariff pause that was followed by a market rally. The complaint argues that paying firms could potentially trade on similar government announcements before ordinary investors see them.
Trump Media disputes the allegations and has characterized Truth API as a conventional financial-data product. A separate federal lawsuit filed by The Intercept and Freedom of the Press Foundation also challenges the service, while 53 former federal prosecutors and agents recently argued in a court filing that the arrangement may violate federal law.
TALLAHASSEE, Florida — Republican gubernatorial nominee Byron Donalds has removed several prominent references to President Donald Trump from his campaign website while shifting the page’s emphasis toward affordability, insurance costs and government transparency.
An archived version of Donalds’ website featured a banner reading “Chip in to Support Trump-Endorsed Byron Donalds” and repeatedly highlighted him as “TRUMP-ENDORSED.” The redesigned site still includes Trump’s endorsement, but places it alongside endorsements from Elon Musk, Sen. Ted Cruz and House Speaker Mike Johnson rather than making it the central branding message.
The campaign also changed the order of its policy priorities. “Affordability” now appears first, replacing “Enact the Trump Agenda” as the top issue. A Donalds campaign spokesperson told The Hill that the website reflects his focus on “the issues that matter most to Floridians,” including affordability, insurance costs and government transparency.
The spokesperson emphasized that Donalds remains “proud to have President Trump’s endorsement” and said the endorsement remains prominently featured.
The changes come during the general election campaign against Democrat David Jolly, a former Republican congressman. Donalds secured Trump’s endorsement early in the governor’s race and has remained a close political ally of the president.
Trump’s approval has declined in several recent national surveys, while economic concerns, including higher fuel and household costs, have become increasingly prominent in Republican campaigns. The website revisions themselves do not establish why the campaign reduced Trump’s prominence.
Islamic State-inspired bombings of churches and hotels in 2019 was one of the country’s worst ever attacks
A court in Sri Lanka has convicted 15 men on terrorist charges for their involvement in the deadly 2019 Easter bombings and sentenced them each to at least 220 years in prison.
The terror attacks, which targeted luxury hotels and churches as they held Easter services, left 267 people dead and wounded almost 600. The bombings, which were inspired by Islamic State (IS), were among the deadliest terror attacks in Sri Lanka’s history and sent shockwaves through the country.
President Donald Trump used his Sept. 22 speech to the United Nations General Assembly to dismiss concerns about artificial intelligence, equating them to other issues he considers “hoaxes.”
“The very same people who said we’ll all be dead in 12 years because of global warming, a name since reborn to climate change because the planet was cooling, not warming, and nobody was dead,” he said. “These are the same people that are now saying that AI is going to kill us all, that robots are going to attack us, and that everything is going to be a total disaster. Same group of people. This is the group that came up with the Russia, Russia, Russia hoax, the Ukraine, Ukraine, Ukraine hoax, climate change, open borders.”
Trump also equated AI fears to a “hoax” in recent TruthSocialposts.
Warnings that AI could wipe out humanity or do significant harm gained renewed attention after Jacob Coxon, a researcher from leading AI company Anthropic, resigned in September, publicly citing such an existential threat.
A White House spokesperson told PolitiFact in an email that Trump was referring to “the numerous Democrats who are currently echoing AI hysteria and were or still actively are pushing hysteria related to climate change and the Russia collusion hoax.”
Although some AI regulation advocates may overlap with those concerned about climate change, worries about AI are not confined to one group of people or one political party. The warnings even come from the top of the industry itself.
On Sept. 12, Anthropic CEO Dario Amodei published an essay calling to slow down AI development. OpenAI CEOSam Altman, Google DeepMind Cofounder and ChairDemis Hassabis and xAI founderElon Musk echoed his concerns — and agreement among those leaders is rare.
Robin Jacobson, a University of Puget Sound politics professor, said AI safety is an issue not currently owned by either political party, and the movement is comprised of “strange bedfellows.”
“The public, across parties, has real growing concerns with AI,” Jacobson said. “So I think, in fact, you’re going to see, as opposed to climate change — where this was about convincing the public there was this looming threat — I think the public is actually demanding action on concerns.”
Scientists widely agree that climate change is real, is driven by human activities and is causing the Earth’s temperature to warm. The United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change in 2018 pinpointed 2030 as a benchmark for dealing with climate change, but it didn’t say humans would all die in 12 years.
What Trump referred to as the “Russia hoax” is the investigation led by Special Counsel Robert Mueller into possible connections between Trump’s 2016 campaign and Russia. Democrats publicized and attacked Trump over the investigation, but it continued under Trump and his deputy attorney general Rod Rosenstein appointed Mueller special counsel, so the scrutiny didn’t come only from Democrats.
Trump described his first impeachment in 2019, for attempts to pressure Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy to announce an investigation of former Vice President Joe Biden ahead of the 2020 election, as a “hoax.”
Other than elected Democrats who supported the investigations and are now calling for AI safety, there isn’t a coordinated group that was behind both the investigations and AI safety warnings.
Recent events caused growing alarm from both sides of the political aisle
Recent warnings from researchers about losing control of AI come as companies have had their AI systems take action without human authorization. Researchers say incidents such as OpenAI’s agents attacking the company Hugging Face show that autonomous AI agents can take harmful actions that aren’t the intended task, a problem called “misalignment.”
Researchers have warned that AI systems are advancing faster than their creators’ ability to reliably understand their behavior and contain them.
Lawmakers from both parties have announced or introduced legislation to regulate AI, including some that address advanced AI that could cause widespread harm. Sen. Bernie Sanders, I-Vt., and Rep. Greg Casar, D-Texas, announced legislation to ban artificial superintelligence. “Superintelligence” is generally understood by industry experts as an AI system that is far ahead of human intelligence at nearly all cognitive tasks, including scientific research and communications.
Rep. Ted Lieu, D-Calif., and Rep. Nathaniel Moran, R-Texas, introduced the “AI Kill Switch Act,” which would require AI companies to have mechanisms to shut down AI systems that can “cause catastrophic harm.”
Some conservative lawmakers have been outspoken in warning against AI.
Sen. Josh Hawley, R-Mo., launched an investigation in September into AI’s existential risk. In a letter to Altman, he cited concerns of AI killing all humans in the near future.
Rep. Anna Paulina Luna, R-Fla., said on Fox News that there should be a kill switch to “protect humanity.”
Former Trump adviser Steve Bannon has called for regulating AI, even joining Sanders in a “pro-human” gathering on AI.
On the political left, the AI fears are not universal. The New York City Democratic Socialists of America chapter dismissed warnings of AI catastrophe as “AI alarmism and AI hype,” Wired reported.
Among Americans, those who believe there’s at least a “moderate risk” of AI destroying humanity covered majorities of both political parties, according to a September Politico poll. Among those polled who voted for Democratic candidate former Vice President Kamala Harris in the 2024 presidential election, 70% believe there is a risk of AI destroying humanity, compared with 61% of those who voted for Trump.
Daniel Schiff, who co-directs Purdue University’s Governance and Responsible AI lab, said AI policy in general doesn’t fall cleanly along partisan lines. Issues such as data centers, privacy concerns, global competition and job displacement activate different groups of voters across parties.
“It’s fair to say the parties have not really crystallized, even if there are some prominent figures who are taking stronger stances recently,” Schiff said.
There is some overlap between climate change and AI safety advocates, including among a loose movement called effective altruism, which is focused on finding the best ways to help the most people.
People in that movement have long considered both climate change and artificial intelligence risks to be serious problems. But it’s not the only group concerned about loss of control of AI.
Our ruling
Trump said the people who warned of climate change, the “Russia hoax” and the “Ukraine hoax” are the same people “now saying that AI is going to kill us all.”
While advocates for AI regulation and safety have some overlap with climate activists and Democrats who participated in those investigations, they are not confined to a singular group. Politicians from both parties have spoken out or announced legislation based on concerns about the capabilities of advanced AI.
The U.S. toll of the Iran war continues to climb as the military stumbles toward a breakdown and the Trump administration struggles to find an exit ramp.
Another U.S. soldier died this month, according to newly released Pentagon statistics that classify the death as “non-hostile.” A female soldier was on a military flight headed to Saudi Arabia when she suffered an undisclosed “medical incident,” a defense official told The Intercept. Another 66 U.S. personnel have also been wounded in action just this month, according to that official. This has pushed the official count of war casualties above 850. Almost half the total — 419 wounded or dead — have occurred since Iran stepped up attacks in early July.
Since the beginning of the Trump administration’s war with Iran, the War Department has posted the official count of military casualties on the website of the Defense Casualty Analysis System, or DCAS, which tracks “deceased, wounded, ill or injured” service members for Congress and the White House. Casualties were initially tallied under Operation Epic Fury. Since July 7, they are now counted separately on a webpage with a generic title: “Overseas Operations.”
Prior reporting by The Intercept found DCAS is missing hundreds of wounded or dead personnel from the Iran war. The Pentagon’s list of the names of the dead is, for example, missing Maj. Sorffly Davius, a signals and communication officer with the New York Army National Guard who was assigned to the headquarters of the 42nd Infantry Division and reportedly died while on duty in Camp Buehring, Kuwait, on March 6. Davius’s death was widely acknowledged even as it was excluded from the official count. Gen. Dan Caine, the chair of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, for example, recognized Davius while “honoring our fallen.”
Three U.S. contractors based in the region have also died during the conflict, according to an official who spoke with the Washington Post.
For months, The Intercept has found anomalies with the counts offered on the DCAS website. On April 21, for example, the number of wounded-in-action troops declined by 15 without public acknowledgment by the War Department. Despite repeated questions for months, the Pentagon has not commented on the disparities in its casualty count.
A U.S. government official previously told The Intercept that scores of casualties added to DCAS last month was “an accounting trick” designed to dampen depressing statistics. That official accused the Pentagon of “slow-walking” the total for weeks. “They wanted the heat on them to slow down after the really devastating attacks,” that source told The Intercept, referencing attacks on U.S. bases in July that exposed the vulnerability of U.S. troops to Iranian attacks. Official statistics now show that the Pentagon admits that 352 personnel were wounded or killed in July and none died or were injured in August.
DCAS counts 11 hostile deaths in 2026, all resulting from the Iran war. This is the highest total of military personnel killed in action since 2021. Including non-hostile deaths, DCAS counts 19 dead due to the Iran war, but fails to count Davius. Also missing is Sgt. Devin Seibel who died in Irbil, Iraq, on May 31 in a training accident, according to a military press release.
More than 580 military personnel have died this year, across the world, according to Pentagon statistics. The War Department lists 114 as accidental and 14 as homicides. As of September 21, there are also eight personnel whose deaths are listed as “undetermined.”
The female soldier who died this month has yet to be identified but was over 35 years old, according to DCAS information.
Deputy Pentagon Press Secretary Joel Valdez did not reply to repeated requests for comment or clarification for this article.
Six-year-old Lian Yunzhi broke the women’s 3x3 average world record twice at two World Cube Association-certified competitions in Wuhan and Guangzhou, according to state broadcaster CCTV on Monday. She posted averages of 4.52 and 4.27 seconds, after solving the Rubik’s Cube five times. She is the first female speedcuber to average less than 4.5 seconds.
A former maximum-security prison in Leavenworth, Kansas, is now a critical hub in the Trump administration’s immigration detention machine, transforming in just a few months from a facility shuttered for its inhospitable conditions to a privately run jail holding hundreds of immigrants.
This is the story of how — and why — it happened.
The deal had been in motion for more than a year before the Leavenworth City Commission conceded to the controversial project, one that would allow the private-prison operator CoreCivic to reopen its notorious prison and fill it with immigrants. They did so after a protracted battle with the company, one that made them cogs in a vast deportation machine.
“I don’t want them to be in jail,” Leavenworth Mayor Nancy Bauder said of the more than 500 immigrants held at the facility as of August, the last publicly available count. “I think it’s horrendous. My moral objection to this is very strong.”
“They just bought their permit.”
But as the Trump administration and CoreCivic carried out an aggressive campaign to expand the federal detention network, city officials said they concluded they couldn’t afford to fight it. They tried to sue to stop the project, but instead spent more than a quarter-million dollars fighting it in court, draining city funds, before CoreCivic offered a $1.5 million impact payment to reimburse the city’s legal costs and pledged $400,000 a year to the local government.
The Leavenworth facility, for years marred by an ugly history of overcrowding and understaffing, is now the Midwest hub for the mass detention and deportation of undocumented immigrants. Under this hub-and-spoke model, which has gone little noticed by the public even now, ICE moves detainees and staff between smaller facilities — the “spokes,” which include facilities such as regional jails — and a larger facility as a center of operations — the so-called “hub.” Using this model, ICE is able to obscure the scale of its operations and quickly move immigrants through the system, from arrest to detention to fast-tracked deportation flights out of the country.
“Leavenworth’s capacity is going to be that hub in the Midwest, to draw down from Minnesota, Chicago, Indiana, to house all that detention,” Sharma-Crawford said. Two other immigration attorneys who represent clients in the region corroborated the operational pattern through their own clients’ transfers and named additional “spoke” facilities feeding the pipeline.
Using a hub-and-spoke model, ICE is able to obscure the scale of its operations and quickly move immigrants through the system, from arrest to detention to fast-tracked deportation flights.
The Midwest Regional Reception Center, as it’s now known, in Leavenworth is a critical site for the Trump administration, whose promises of 100,000 beds for immigrant detention stalled out at around 66,000 in July and had run into multiple obstacles across the Midwest. In Illinois, a 2021 state law ended immigration detention statewide. Minnesota remained a possible location for a hub, but the process moved slowly; CoreCivic’s shuttered Prairie Correctional Facility in Appleton had long sat idle before its recent sale, and ICE needed to get a Midwest hub up and running immediately. Proposed sites were contested one after another: A potential warehouse for up to 10,000 detainees in south Kansas City was killed by community opposition, and facilities were either blocked or contested in Shakopee, Minnesota; Romulus, Michigan; Hudson, Colorado; and McCook, Nebraska. The Midwest’s largest operational ICE detention center, GEO Group’s North Lake Processing Center in Baldwin, Michigan, is geographically isolated, hours from any major airport, and has been mired in controversy over a hunger strike, a death in custody, and hundreds of unlawful detention rulings.
Leavenworth, a town with a corrections history stretching back over a century, seemed to offer the path of least resistance.
“Aggressive and Unlawful”
The City of Leavenworth fought the facility in court for months. CoreCivic countersued, and the Department of Justice intervened on CoreCivic’s side, accusing Leavenworth of “aggressive and unlawful” interference.
In the meantime, the fight threatened to bankrupt the city. Records obtained through the Kansas Open Records Act show the city paid roughly $820,000 in legal fees to Spencer Fane LLP over 12 months, about 6 percent of its general fund. The bill was a drain, but not a death blow. The city’s foremost concern was the takings clause, which allows the government to seize private property for public use, City Manager Scott Peterson said. A state judge had directed CoreCivic to follow the permit process, and if Leavenworth denied the permit, CoreCivic could argue bad faith, claim the city had effectively seized its property, and sue for damages, Peterson said, leaving Leavenworth to choose between greenlighting a facility it opposed or gambling on a lawsuit it might not survive. The alternative, Bauder, the mayor, said, was the federal government acquiring the building, which would eliminate local oversight entirely.
Both the city and county rejected the facility early on, local officials said. Residents protested its reopening and offered impassioned testimony against it at public hearings.
CoreCivic structured the $1.5 million impact payment in part to reimburse the city’s legal costs from the company’s lawsuit. When asked about the arrangement, CoreCivic instead reiterated its promised $1 million one-time impact fee, $250,000 a year to the city, and $150,000 a year to the police department.
Mayor Pro Tem Rebecca Hollister, who cast the sole dissenting vote on the 4-to-1 decision, explained her objection was procedural and understood it had no bearing on the outcome: “It was an inevitability.”
The Hub
On January 14, two months before the vote, CoreCivic detention officer Brittany Williams reached out to city leadership to voice her support of the facility, an unusual move for a rank-and-file corrections officer with no role in the municipal permitting fight. In the email to Assistant City Manager Penny Holler, Williams said the company transferred her to Oklahoma to help open Diamondback, a sister CoreCivic facility. She wrote that she was currently assigned to TransCor America, a private transportation company that contracts with ICE to move detainees around the country, in her case from ICE’s Kansas City, Missouri, field office “to where they are needed to go.” The email, which was entered into the public record before the February 2 hearing on the special use permit, or SUP, to allow the facility to house immigrants, inadvertently revealed ICE’s hub-and-spoke detention model was already in motion in the region, shuffling detainees and staff between facilities and states.
The Leavenworth facility was in a strategically advantageous position to become a new hub for ICE, and Sharma-Crawford, the immigration attorney, said ICE had been eyeing the location since it closed as a federal prison. It sits just 10 miles from Kansas City International Airport, where ICE’s Enforcement and Removal Operations field office is a six-minute drive away. It also allows ICE to hold detainees at Leavenworth then move them through KCI to staging areas for deportation flights in Louisiana or Texas.
“They want it short, quick,” Sharma-Crawford said. It allows ICE to claim “‘I gave them due process,’” he said, “and they’re out the door.”
“They’re doing this in smaller areas because no one’s paying attention.”
On March 25, the 8th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals issued a bond decision holding that anyone who entered the United States without authorization is ineligible for bond, a ruling that covers Missouri, Nebraska, the Dakotas, Iowa, Arkansas, and Minnesota, the states Sharma-Crawford said he expects to feed into Leavenworth. Mandatory detention across those seven states meant the government needed greater capacity from the region’s jails. Genevra Alberti, former chair of the local AILA chapter, whose attorneys represent clients throughout the area, named additional “spokes” in the system: Chase County in Kansas, and Greene, Ste. Genevieve, Phelps, and Ozark counties in Missouri. Enough local jails plus a CoreCivic facility, she said, can hold and process as many people as a mega-detention center.
“It makes sense that they’re doing this in smaller areas, because no one’s paying attention,” Alberti said. “There’s definitely a method to this. They know if they do this in the massive cities, there’s going to be more light shed on what they’re doing.”
A March 3, 2025, photo shows CoreCivic’s Midwest Regional Reception Center, a former federal prison, in Leavenworth, Kansas.Photo: Emily Curiel/The Kansas City Star/Tribune News Service via Getty Images
In Leavenworth County, the CoreCivic-run ICE detention center is one of five major correctional facilities, which provide a total of roughly 6,000 beds. Up the road, FCI Leavenworth, a federal Bureau of Prisons facility, held ICE detainees in what Alberti called a “black hole” for a full year before the SUP was approved. Last May, the ACLU wrote to the warden documenting limited time outside and no exercise for detainees. Peterson, the city manager, confirmed the federal prison doesn’t answer to the city, and there have been no community relations meetings for more than a year.
The SUP the city approved authorizes “jail or prison” use at the Leavenworth site without restricting it to ICE detention. The concentration of prisons meant the workforce, the infrastructure, and the institutional muscle were already there. Reopening one more facility for ICE required little more than a single municipal approval.
The Immigration Courts
Once their clients are fed into one of the deportation regime’s hubs, immigration attorneys say it’s become an increasingly byzantine process to find them, plan their defenses, and get them out of detention.
Working with clients imprisoned at Leavenworth is chaotic and difficult from the moment they arrive, the attorneys said. To schedule a televideo call the lawyers must email their state bar cards and licenses, and they are subject to automatic, one-hour cutoffs. CoreCivic has repeatedly demanded attorneys file formal representation paperwork before they’ve even met the detainee or agreed to take on the case, Alberti said.
Valerie Sprout, a Kansas City immigration attorney with 15 years of experience, said she wasn’t even able to locate the facility in ICE’s call-scheduling portal.
“We didn’t know how to contact that client,” Sprout said. “We were on our listserv, frantically sharing information, because you have people there that you have no access to.”
Ryan Gustin, a spokesperson for CoreCivic, rejected these characterizations, saying video visitation calls run in 30- and 60-minute sessions, calls are not automatically cut off, and staff accommodate requests for more time. He said the forms identifying a detainee’s lawyer are standard and a pre-representational visit can occur without one, adding that legal representatives may visit their clients seven days a week, from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m.
Some of the details of the internal dysfunction detainees face only come to light after they’re released. According to Alberti, a former client took over running the laundry for roughly a week because no one was washing detainees’ clothes. She was promised token pay, either a dollar an hour or a dollar a day, but was never paid.
The obstacles extend into the courtroom. Detainees are increasingly given remote, on-camera hearings, never physically appearing before a judge. The Kansas City Immigration Court, part of the Justice Department’s Executive Office for Immigration Review, holds jurisdiction over Leavenworth’s detainee docket. Just six judges, working across three courtrooms and a small pro bono room, carry more than 1,000 cases.
“So far, I haven’t seen any of them in person,” Alberti said of the judges, which she said makes it more difficult to tell how they’re weighing cases.
Sprout, who is also a board member of Asylum Clinic Kansas City, has witnessed the shift to teleconferenced hearings firsthand.
“All detained cases are over video. No detained cases are in-person, which I feel is just an incredible violation of due process, especially in asylum cases, because the threshold issue in every asylum case is to determine whether the respondent is credible,” she said.
Aracely Mendoza protests against deportations outside federal Immigration Court in Kansas City, Mo., on May 27, 2025.Photo: Eric Adler/The Kansas City Star/Tribune News Service via Getty Images
Former prosecutors and military lawyers preside over the hearings. Allan F. John-Baptiste, a former Bureau of Prisons lawyer, was appointed during the first Trump administration. Jared Grimmer, a former Air Force judge advocate general, accepted a temporary appointment in October 2025. Katherine Estes ran military personnel law at the Pentagon. Scott Ison is a local-level Missouri prosecutor. After the Trump administration fired or pushed out more than 100 judges last year, none of the newly appointed Kansas City judges have a background in immigration law, according to the official bios provided in a DOJ press release announcing their appointments.
Created in the wake of 9/11 and historically invoked only sparingly, the EOIR-43 automatic stay allows the government to override an immigration judge’s bond order without review or appeal. Records obtained by Documented through a records request show the Department of Homeland Security used it 877 times over a three-month period in mid-2025. Faced with these stays, Alberti has filed two federal habeas corpus petitions for clients at CoreCivic Leavenworth. The first was for a young woman with a pending petition for legal status as a victim of crime and no criminal history who entered the country as a baby; she was released after roughly two weeks. As of this spring, the second remained in detention.
Another recent petition put the conditions themselves before a federal judge. Katsiaryna Bartko, a Belarusian asylum-seeker detained at Leavenworth, filed a pro se petition in August over her medical care. In an order appointing her counsel, U.S. District Judge Daniel Crabtree found she brought “a viable deprivation-of-medical-care” claim and noted it was undisputed that her recent test results showed worsening thyroid levels. Bartko, who depends on hormone medication after surgery for thyroid cancer, had not seen a specialist since her transfer, according to court filings. CoreCivic and ICE dispute she was denied appropriate medical care. After a fourth hospitalization and 106 days in ICE in custody, she was released on recognizance on September 16.
One of Alberti’s clients, who was detained at Leavenworth but has now been released, told her that guards and ICE officers sometimes asked her to act as an interpreter for other detainees without pay. No one on staff spoke Spanish, the client told Alberti, and when officers needed to communicate, they relied on a translation app rather than a live interpreter.
Gustin, the CoreCivic spokesperson, said in a statement to The Intercept that “any claim that a detainee is required to translate for staff communication is false” and that the facility uses a contracted translation service with a live translator reached through devices, computers, and phones.
About six weeks after the facility began accepting detainees in May, Sharma-Crawford reported at the first community oversight committee meeting that detainees did not have access to their own charging documents. Without them, he said, the lawyers weren’t able to formulate a defense for their clients.
When asked about that allegation by The Intercept, Gustin said that concern involved a single detainee whose documents were provided upon request. He also said detainees keep their charging documents with them from the time they arrive and any suggestion to the contrary was “false.”
But for those who’ve been made party to the system, the situation has begun to feel intractable.
“We cannot stop the federal government from incarcerating these people,” Bauder, the mayor, had said. “We can’t stop them, but we can try to make it better for them here.”
The community’s only check on CoreCivic was the CoreCivic Community Relations Advisory Board, required as a condition of the special use permit. But while the board streamed their meetings publicly, it existed in a purely advisory capacity, Peterson, the city manager, said. Enforcement power lay with the city, not the board, and to act on any issues it flagged, the city of Leavenworth would have to sue.
On the city’s working relationship with CoreCivic in the first weeks, Peterson said, “For now, things are great,” before adding, “How long is this sustainable? How long does it go?”
Foreclosing on the Future
With the hub-and-spoke model, the Trump administration planned for mega-detention centers with 7,500 to 10,000 beds as the hubs, but the 1,033-bed Leavenworth facility became a hub at a fraction of the size, inviting far less scrutiny than a mega-center would. Its reopening spurred community mobilization, but not the same national level of fanfare or resistance — as was the case with “Alligator Alcatraz,” the now-shuttered detention center in the Florida Everglades — which has worked in the Trump administration’s favor.
“DHS has taken a two-pronged approach to this,” Peterson said. “They are both contracting with private organizations like CoreCivic and GEO Group to manage their detention population, but then they are also just directly acquiring properties to manage themselves.”
The administration’s mass deportation agenda has remained paramount despite its growing unpopularity with the American public. The Leavenworth location had been a federal priority from the start, identified in ACLU Freedom of Information Act disclosures alongside other proposed reopenings. It was named in ICE’s emergency justification as one of three publicly identified among nine no-bid detention contracts. It was selected for its central location within ICE’s Chicago area of operations. With warehouse acquisitions stalled, Leavenworth, the Midwest regional hub, may represent the Trump administration’s new default model when ambitious, public-facing expansions become too politically or financially costly to defend.
In July, CoreCivic’s sold two of its largest California facilities, Otay Mesa and California City, to DHS for $1.5 billion. The company will continue operating both and plans to sell off more jails. Under this hybrid arrangement, federal ownership can put facilities beyond the reach of many state and local regulations, limiting outside scrutiny even as courts test its limits.
In August, CoreCivic sold Leavenworth’s Midwest Regional Reception Center to the U.S. government for $238 million.
Last month, the pattern played out again. On August 4, CoreCivic announced the sale of the shuttered Prairie Correctional Facility in Appleton, Minnesota. The following day, in a second press release, it announced the $238 million sale of Leavenworth’s Midwest Regional Reception Center, recasting both as a single $734 million deal. Under the arrangement, the company expects to keep operating both facilities through their existing ICE contracts.
At Leavenworth, the contract expires in September 2027. City officials learned of the sale the morning the news broke and were notified by CoreCivic rather than the federal government, raising questions as to whether its permit and oversight conditions would survive federal ownership. Even as these sales closed, CoreCivic said it had opened preliminary discussions with ICE about selling still other facilities.
Rep. Gwen Moore, a Wisconsin Democrat who toured the facility on September 9 to meet with two detained constituents, said it was under active construction to add capacity, telling reporters “everywhere we went, they were building.” A DHS spokesperson confirmed the agency acquired Leavenworth and the Appleton facility to create additional detention space.
Alberti sees these actions as the administration waging a “war of attrition” on immigrants, their families, and their advocates.
Leavenworth fought this outcome through every channel available to a local government — in the courts, at the commission, through public protests, and in open hearings packed with residents. Nevertheless, CoreCivic and DHS jammed the approval through. Once the facility was operational, the federal government purchased the building outright, severing the meager leverage the city extracted as the price of its consent. In May, DHS quietly disbanded its own internal detention oversight office after a funding lapse, leaving no federal watchdog to fill the void. Rebranded as an expansion of ICE’s immigration capacity, this series of federal acquisitions represents the quiet desecration of the public trust. More troubling still is the notion that across America, other Leavenworths may still be unaccounted for and effectively shielded from the public’s knowledge or scrutiny. Without the tools to meaningfully oppose the expansion of Trump’s anti-immigrant regime, communities are left without recourse, making them nodes of a vast, and violent, machine.
This story is part 2 in a two-part series. Read the first part here.
Flickering got me frustrated and I’m hoping you can help. It doesn’t look like the booster is sold anymore. Can you post a picture of it so I can see the components? TiA!
Disclosure: this is BEGODE’s manufacturer account. This is a writing suggestion, not a board recommendation.
For a single-wheel-board review, three short sections can make an impression easier to interpret:
Context: what kind of riding you actually did, and your previous experience.
Observation: what you noticed during that ride, without guessing at the internal cause.
Preference: what you liked or disliked, clearly marked as your experience.
For example, “I felt less comfortable on this section” reports an experience. “This design is unsafe” is a much broader conclusion that the sentence has not established. Neither a positive nor a negative impression needs to be presented as a laboratory result.
This format leaves room for honest opinions while showing readers what the review does—and does not—support.
ICE watchers across the country who watched federal agents shoot people in the streets and fought to drive ICE from their cities are turning their new skills against the next authoritarian threat from the Trump administration: election interference.
Volunteers who showed up a few months ago asking, “Where do I buy a whistle?” are now trained and committed members of an “ICE Watch” movement, said Zach Mueller, whose anti-authoritarian group States at the Core started hosting trainings earlier this year. “They’re not in the normal cast of characters that have been showing up to rallies over the last several decades,” said Mueller. Now, they’re planning to fan out to their local polling places and defend their neighbors’ rights to vote.
The ICE-watchers-turned-poll-watchers are preparing for the worst despite a temporary win the voting rights movement secured last week, when the Supreme Court upheld a decision to block a Trump administration rule that would have let the U.S. Postal Service refuse to deliver ballots from states that don’t share their voter rolls with the federal government, among other new constraints, which advocates warned would lead to chaos and uncounted votes. While that plan was foiled for the midterms, other electoral threats abound.
“There are 100 different scenarios that you can run through,” said Ezra Levin, co-founder of Indivisible. “Could be ICE at the polls, could be Trump getting every Republican to swear to sabotage the results … Could be something after the fact, seizing ballot boxes or refusing to acknowledge the results. Who knows?”
What is clear, Levin said, is, “If you think that some Democratic politician is going to have some neat trick in the back pocket that they going to pull when it happens, you’ve got another thing coming.”
Federal interference at the polls is illegal. Despite lawsuits seeking to block federal immigration officers from poll sites, administration officials have continued to threaten their presence anyway. Earlier this month, Department of Homeland Security Secretary Markwayne Mullin said that immigration agents could be deployed at polling places if there is a “threat” or if they’re serving a warrant. And President Donald Trump has previously said that federal agents and the National Guard could be sent to polling locations.
Levin’s organization, which co-sponsors the No Kings protests, has launched “election protection” training programs to help people prepare to mobilize for different election sabotage scenarios, including federal immigration agents at the polls, and Mueller’s group has expanded its trainings to include election protection trainings known as “Beyond ICE Watch.”
“Ultimately this is going to come down to: Do you have a sufficient number of people organized and prepared to push back when shit hits the fan, or don’t you?” said Levin.
“The only thing that has changed anything over the last 22 months has been normal, everyday people deciding they weren’t going to put up with this shit.”
In the past two years, Levin said, an elite class composed of “media and business and law firms and universities” and parts of the Democratic establishment, including Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer, D-N.Y., have capitulated to the authoritarian whims of the Trump administration.
“The only thing that has changed anything over the last 22 months has been normal, everyday people deciding they weren’t going to put up with this shit,” said Levin. “They organized, they reached out, they formed communities, and they pushed back.”
Last year, the Save America Movement, a nonprofit political and pro-democracy organization that rose up in opposition to Trump, launched “liberty vans” in Los Angeles.
The vehicles are staffed with organizers trained in documenting and deescalating violence from federal law enforcement agents. “Our perspective was that if everybody in America knew what it felt like to be in Los Angeles during that summer, nobody would be OK with this,” said Mary Corcoran, who serves as the group’s executive director.
The project later expanded to other cities including Chicago, Charlotte, and Minneapolis.
“ICE is a new X factor in this election.”
Now, Corcoran plans to deploy a similar strategy in battleground states. The group is working with major civil and labor rights figures like Rev. Al Sharpton and American Federation of Teachers President Randi Weingarten to send volunteers — including trusted community leaders like clergy members — trained in deescalation, documentation, and local voting laws to precincts with large Black, Latino, and Asian populations in North Carolina, Georgia, Ohio, and Michigan.
Corcoran said the precincts they chose are all electoral power centers with large minority and immigrant populations. “If they were successful in intimidating even 10 percent of those voters from coming back this midterm cycle, it could easily swing the outcome statewide,” she said.
Corcoran is hopeful that people knowing they will not be alone at the polls will help them feel safer, but she acknowledges that this election cycle will be a new test. “Voter intimidation has always been around,” she said. “But ICE is a new X factor in this election.”
For the NAACP, voter intimidation is a familiar threat, even if the players have changed, explained Dominik Whitehead, the group’s head of membership. “Much of this we’ve seen before,” said Whitehead. In Georgia and other battleground states in 2024, there were at least 227 bomb threats targeting polling locations and election-related offices, many of them in Black precincts.
The NAACP is “going to defend democracy and ensure voters have access to the ballot box, as we have done for the last 117 years,” said Whitehead. But like Corcoran, he acknowledges that these are “different times.”
ICE has “no jurisdiction” to prevent anyone from voting, something the NAACP has been including in their messaging to voters, he said. However, Whitehead said that they’re still anticipating the agency’s presence. He said the NAACP is “working closely with immigrant organizations” and focusing their election monitoring efforts in places like Michigan, Florida, and Texas, where they expect threats against Muslim, Latino, and Black Caribbean immigrant communities.
Voting by mail has already begun in several key states, including Alabama, North Carolina, and Wisconsin. For Mueller and States at the Core, the real test will come after Election Day.
“There is a real question mark in my mind about what is the reaction from the authoritarian movement to this election,” said Mueller. “And it’s worth thinking more about how folks are planning, not just for the lead-up version to this, but what happens on November 4th and afterwards.”
The Trump administration’s attacks on mail-in voting, for example, will likely become an issue again. Concurring with the Supreme Court’s decision to stop the new rule, Justice Brett Kavanaugh suggested that his issue with the new rule was its timing.
As animal behaviorists increasingly use AI in their research, they grapple with how to wield the technology responsibly
I’m sitting in a small boat in Shark Bay, Australia, eavesdropping on a conversation between some of Earth’s most intelligent beings. The motor is off, the turquoise sea is glassy, and Stephanie King and I are motionless, transfixed by the whistles, clicks and squeezy, whirring noises made by the dolphins swimming below us.
If anyone could tell me what these big-brained social mammals are saying, it would be her. Based at the University of Bristol, she co-leads Shark Bay Dolphin Research, one of the longest-running wild dolphin research projects in the world. She has spent thousands of hours watching and listening to this population.
Trump–Xi summit: Why the US and China should not underestimate each otherExpert commentLToremark
The US and China both face serious domestic strains. As Trump and Xi meet this week to discuss trade, AI and Taiwan, neither side should mistake the other’s weaknesses for strategic decline.
A superpower summit is a big deal. As US President Donald Trump and China’s President Xi Jinping meet in Washington this week, they have a lot to cover. They will try to extend a trade truce that expires in November, including China’s pause on rare earth export controls and America’s delay on chip restrictions. The leaders will also tackle Taiwan, where Beijing wants Washington to halt a $14 billion arms package, as well as China’s purchases of Iranian oil and a proposed dialogue on the national security risks of artificial intelligence (AI).
In their negotiations, each side may be tempted to focus on the other’s weaknesses. But underestimating the other’s power would be unwise.
China has many weaknesses – but should not be underestimated
Many observers argue that China’s economic vulnerabilities will limit its international ambitions. Its growth model is faltering; its households still are not spending, so Beijing continues to push surplus production overseas. This has provoked a backlash of trade barriers from the US, EU and beyond. The property sector – once a quarter of the economy – is in its fifth year of slump, while a mountain of hidden local government debt threatens to drag down China’s growth for years to come.
Meanwhile Xi’s government has become steadily more restrictive: tightening political control (such as the new travel restrictions) and placing national security at the centre of economic life.
But Washington should not misjudge Chinese power. China possesses formidable industrial might, with dominance in areas such as electric vehicles, batteries, solar power, drones and telecommunications equipment. China also rivals the US in AI: its models now match leading American systems at a fraction of the cost and are used by developers worldwide (including many in the US). Although gaps in Chinese technology remain – notably in advanced semiconductors – there, too, Chinese firms are likely to grow increasingly competitive.
Many observers will again be tempted to predict that Xi’s tightening grip will choke Chinese innovation. But it is time to bin the argument that authoritarian China can only copy and cheaply produce what other countries invent. Indeed, many of China’s recent innovations have come amid tightening control. The AI sector took off only after Xi came to power and flourished despite his regulatory crackdown on technology firms and entrepreneurs.
China’s innovation model is simply different. The state picks strategic sectors and drenches them in cheap capital, subsidies and guaranteed demand. Fierce competition among firms, a vast domestic market and the world’s deepest manufacturing base bring research into mass production faster than anywhere else.
This approach has its problems; not least that it is wasteful and prone to overcapacity. As an autocracy, Chinese innovation may never outpace that of the United States. But even in second place, China is a daunting technological competitor. The US should thus adopt policies to support domestic innovation and help US firms keep their lead for as long as possible.
China’s economic weaknesses also do not imply strategic weakness. When Trump escalated the trade war last year, Beijing targeted US dependence on Chinese rare earths. The threat of Chinese export controls forced Washington into a truce, agreed when Trump and Xi met in Busan last October. Extending that truce will be high on this summit’s agenda.
China has also spent decades developing considerable military capabilities that have shifted the balance of power in Asia. Beijing has made clear its long-term intentions to control Taiwan – and economic costs are unlikely to deter it from pursuing this goal. Indeed, before China cracked down on Hong Kong, many observers argued this move was unlikely because it would be economically unwise for China.
Military costs, however, are a different matter and likely have already deterred Beijing from the overt use of force. The strength of Taiwan’s defences – such as through US arms sales – will continue to influence Beijing’s calculations. Continuing US arms sales are vital, not a bargaining chip that might be traded away for something else (as Trump has suggested).
American dysfunction does not equal decline
Just as Washington should not mistake China’s problems for strategic weakness, Beijing should not mistake US dysfunction for decline.
Xi will see a weakened superpower: with historically unprecedented deficit spending and a burgeoning debt of $40 trillion. Washington now spends more on interest on its debt than on its military. Its dire finances are raising its borrowing costs and jeopardizing the future of the US dollar as the global reserve currency. By 2032, social security will be underfunded and Medicare will soon follow. Neither Republicans nor Democrats are willing to cut benefits or raise taxes but the money will have to come from somewhere. As the largest item in the US discretionary budget, defence may be the obvious place.
The US ability to address this and other problems is hindered by domestic political polarization. Xi – like any visitor to Washington – will see a profoundly divided city. Nationally, Trump’s approval rating is at its lowest point in his second term. But Democrats are ill-poised to lead: the party is divided by the fault line of Israel. With its fiscal pressures and disunity, the US hardly seems poised to embark on a costly containment – or war fighting – adventure against a rising superpower.
Indeed, the US has shown itself unable to focus on China’s rise. For decades it has vowed to ‘pivot’ to Asia, but not even an administration that campaigned on ending wars in the Middle East could avoid starting one.
Xi may therefore be tempted to conclude that America is a mess – and that Asia is China’s for the taking. But underestimating the US would be foolhardy for China too.
The US economy is performing well, and the country remains the global innovation leader dominating emerging technologies. Its alliances and partnerships are built on shared interests and seem to be enduring despite recent upheaval.
The US also remains the world’s military superpower. It has longstanding ties to Taiwan, and its foreign policy establishment favours US intervention if China invades Taiwan. US alliances in Asia enjoy robust popular support, and American foreign policy leaders would not want to see a China-led Asia, given a perceived threat to US prosperity and security. Xi should remember that the US has historically paid high costs to prevent a country from dominating either Asia or Europe.
Trump and Xi would thus be wise to sit down at the table with a great deal of respect for the power and influence of the country represented by the man on the other side. Only then can they address what is perhaps the most important issue of all – making progress towards a US–China modus vivendi.
US–China relations – and the world as a whole – would benefit from an arrangement that acknowledges each country’s core security needs, prevents war and encourages cooperation on shared interests: rebuilding the global trading system, managing the risks of AI and tackling climate change. They will never get there by underestimating each other.
Trump Bans CNN, MSNOW, and Politico from the White House: An old-fashioned attack on the First Amendment to try to cover Trump’s failures.
CNN Reports U.S. Almost Started War With China: An AI chatbot nearly turns bad intelligence into a military confrontation.
Singing the Palestine Blues: Ed Sheeran’s response to a painful controversy offers the rarest commodity in public life.
Turning Point: 9/11 and the War on Terror: Soldiers, survivors, and Afghan civilians tell the connected story of September 11 and the long war that followed.
Miles Davis, “Israel” (1949): In hardly two minutes, Davis and John Carisi’s piece still sounds startlingly alive, though its connection to Israel remains obscure.
Kareem’s Quote of the Day
“News is something somebody doesn’t want printed; all else is advertising.” ―attributed toWilliam Randolph Hearst (1863–1951), media tycoon
(Bettmann/Getty Images)
The term “fake news” first came into popular usage during the 2016 election campaign. It was used to call out viral stories circulating on Facebook and Twitter that were blatantly false, many created by shady content farms and intended to exploit users’ preexisting biases to win clicks. Before Donald Trump latched onto it, Hillary Clinton even used the phrase to attack stories directed at her, like the outrageous Pizzagate hoax that claimed she and other liberal elites were trafficking young women through a Washington pizza place.
But it was Trump who made the term ubiquitous, seemingly working it into every speech to dismiss stories that were not yet proven, like the reporting on his campaign’s Russia ties. That story held up: campaign chairman Paul Manafort had secretly been paid millions by a Russian oligarch years earlier for work he said would “greatly benefit the Putin government,” and during the campaign he shared internal polling data with a business associate the U.S. government believed had ties to Russian intelligence. National Security Adviser Michael Flynn, meanwhile, had taken a paid trip to Moscow funded by Russia’s state television network shortly before joining the campaign, and later lied to the FBI and Vice President Pence about his contacts with Russia’s ambassador. None of this was the “fake news” Trump claimed it was — it was exactly the kind of undisclosed foreign entanglement voters had the right to know about. Both men were later convicted of crimes related to their Russian dealings, though both were ultimately pardoned by Trump.
By the time he took office, Trump had pivoted to using the term to describe any news story he didn’t like, of which there were many. Always thin-skinned, Trump seemed unable to tolerate any negative coverage. True stories about him paying off a porn star and a Playboy centerfold to keep their affairs private, his orders to fire FBI director James Comey and special counsel Robert Mueller, pressuring Ukrainian leaders to investigate the Bidens, and the fact that he was given early warnings about a potential Covid pandemic were all declared “fake news” by the president and later shown to be true. He used the term so often that it was named “word of the year” by Collins Dictionary in 2017.
He eventually started calling networks and newspapers themselves “fake news,” taking particular glee in attaching the term to many of our media’s most reliable sources like CNN and The New York Times, a practice he has only increased in his second term. I don’t know if he really expects to convince anyone, or if he’s just trying to sow chaos and doubt, but it’s the most cynical use of the presidential bully pulpit I’ve seen in my lifetime.
William Randolph Hearst (who was the basis for the character Charles Foster Kane in Orson Welles’s movie Citizen Kane) knew more than a little about “fake news.” The most powerful media magnate in the country during the first half of the century, he used his nationwide string of newspapers, magazines, and radio stations to spread false stories both to gin up circulation and to shape U.S. and world politics. He was a master of “yellow journalism,” the practice of publishing sensational, exaggerated, and scandalous stories without concern for their accuracy.
The idea that “news is something somebody doesn’t want printed; all else is advertising,” which is generally attributed to Hearst, is a bit exaggerated, but it points to a truth about Donald Trump and his attitude toward the press. For Trump, “fake news” is something he doesn’t want printed, and all else is a mixture of White House press releases, right-wing spin, and flattery from sources that have signed over their souls to Trump. In our current life here in Trump’s Bizarro World, you can tell the news is real if Trump calls it fake, and you can tell it’s fake if he reposts it on Truth [sic] Social.
Starting with package version 42-1, the mkinitcpio systemd hook now includes systemd-pcrosseparator.service (as intended by systemd v261).
This affects the measurements of PCR values 0-7, 9 and 12-14.
If you configured the systemd hook and unlock LUKS partitions, that depend on these values, you need to re-enroll the TPM2 in use.
Beatrice Caciotti for ProPublica. Source images: U.S. Sen. Susan Collins’ official Facebook page.
In the final weeks of 2019, a top fundraiser for Sen. Susan Collins walked into a perilous meeting at a Corner Bakery in Washington, D.C.
For the first time in her two-decade Senate career, the Republican lawmaker from Maine was in danger of losing her seat. President Donald Trump’s dismal approval ratings were dragging her down in the polls, and she was falling behind her likely 2020 Democratic challenger in fundraising.
Scott Reed, head of the Collins super PAC, was on a mission to close that gap. Reed was meeting that day with three executives from a Hawaiian defense contractor, Navatek. A year earlier, Collins had helped their company land a multimillion-dollar Navy research contract in Maine. Now, seated at a coffee shop not far from the U.S. Capitol, Reed asked them for a $500,000 donation.
Government contractors are banned from making political contributions. More consequentially, for the company to offer donations to Collins in exchange for an official action, or for Collins to accept, would constitute criminal bribery.
But the company did have such a proposal: Navatek was hungry for more government contracts in Maine. If they cut a big check, the CEO told Reed, Navatek wanted Collins to guarantee tens of millions of dollars in additional federal funding.
To skirt campaign finance laws and conceal the source of the funds, Navatek planned to funnel the donation through a shell company. The CEO wanted assurance that Collins would know where the money came from. Reed confirmed that she would, the executive said — and that Navatek would get its government contracts.
After the Corner Bakery meeting, Navatek’s CEO, Martin Kao, sent an initial $150,000 to the Collins super PAC using the shell company. Two months later, he told Navatek executives thatCollins committed to getting the company $32 million in naval contracts, according to an internal company email reviewed by ProPublica.
Three years later, Kao holed up in a conference room to recount the Corner Bakery meeting to a group of four FBI agents and federal prosecutors. The FBI had seen through his shell company ruse, and in 2022 a grand jury indicted him for making illegal campaign contributions. No one working for Collins was charged.
Facing years in prison, Kao hoped to do less time by revealing the entire scheme.
What he told them has never before become public. The Corner Bakery meeting, he asserted, was just one episode in a sprawling pay-to-play operation that embroiled some of the most powerful figures in Congress.
Over three days at the U.S. attorney’s office in Honolulu, Kao laid out in devastating detail how his operation worked. He gave agents a 50-page document naming dozens of lobbyists, congressional staffers and members of Congress who he said helped him trade cash for contracts. Kao and his close associates had donated nearly $900,000 to dozens of politicians, allowing Navatek to establish operations in half a dozen states with over $40 million a year in government funding.
Do You Have Information About Political Dealmaking in Washington?
We’re still reporting on pay-for-play arrangements between powerful companies and elected officials.
William Turton
I want to hear from you. Please feel free to send tips or story ideas. The best way to reach me is on Signal at 804-295-7201.
Most damningly, Kao told FBI agents and prosecutors, the company’s work for the government was of no real value. Navatek’s research under his stewardship never resulted in products the military wanted to buy, ProPublica found.
Kao’s tell-all interviews with the FBI lasted into late 2024. His confessions opened up an entirely new phase of the investigation. Agents sifted through hundreds of thousands of records seized during Kao’s arrest and found that many were consistent with his account of widespread influence peddling.
Kao had credibility issues. He was now a felon trying to avoid a lengthy prison sentence. And there were other challenges. Building a corruption case against elected officials requires extraordinary proof of a quid pro quo arrangement, in part because the Supreme Court has narrowed what counts as bribery.
Even so, by the end of 2024, the agents had enough evidence to pursue a sweeping bribery probe that could ensnare top lawmakers of both political parties. They asked their supervisors to approve a new investigation and contemplated using undercover operatives to gather more evidence. Although their effort was in its early stages, and it was unclear where it would lead, FBI agents asked Kao extensive questions about his dealings with Collins and her office.
Then Trump returned to the White House. Consumed by a campaign of vengeance, he stacked the Department of Justice with his personal lawyers and demanded a purge of anyone who had ever investigated him.
The specialized FBI and DOJ teams handling public corruption investigations, some of which were involved in Trump-related cases, were eviscerated. One of the agents who had taken Kao’s confession was pushed out as retribution for her role in investigating Trump’s attempt to overturn the 2020 election. Dozens of agents and prosecutors quit amid the department’s destruction, including the career attorney assigned to Kao’s case.
Trump’s Justice Department no longer takes on public corruption in any meaningful fashion, former officials said. The investigation sparked by Kao’s revelations is dead. And the government is no longer talking to an informant who had offered a road map to corruption in Congress.
The White House referred ProPublica to the FBI.
FBI spokesperson Ben Williamson said the agency had investigated claims against Collins years ago “and ultimately found nothing implicating Senator Collins or Senator Collins’ campaign. Any suggestion otherwise is totally false.” Williamson said the Trump administration has removed agents only “if they have been found to have acted unethically, undermined the mission, or engaged in weaponization of law enforcement.”
Williamson did not respond to questions about the new investigation launched in 2024 based on Kao’s previously unreported cooperation with the FBI.
ProPublica is revealing the existence of the case for the first time. We reviewed a trove of evidence gathered by the FBI and thousands of pages of legal records, and interviewed dozens of people familiar with Navatek, its Washington operations, and the FBI inquiry to conduct our own investigation. We independently corroborated much of Kao’s account. Whether or not Kao’s dealings with politicians amount to criminal bribery, the Trump Justice Department has little interest in finding out, and his sheer success reveals how easily influence is purchased in Washington today. This is the first in a series of stories drawn from our reporting.
Of all the politicians Navatek courted under Kao’s leadership, Collins was its most important patron. The senator’s office steered government contracts worth millions toward the company while her campaign was pumping Kao and his network for donations, according to emails seen by ProPublica. Sometimes they cut checks within 24 hours of the annual defense spending bill, which funds military contracts, clearing a key Senate hurdle.
Republican Sen. Susan Collins walks in the annual Moxie Day Parade in July in Lisbon, Maine.Scott Eisen/Getty Images
Collins’ office did not specifically address questions about the Corner Bakery meeting, the senator’s relationship with Kao and the millions she helped appropriate for Navatek.
Annie Clark, Collins’ deputy chief of staff, told ProPublica in an email that Collins’ office “vigorously” denies allegations of bribery and pay-for-play made by Kao, calling his claims “outlandish.” Collins’ campaign was not part of the discussions between Kao and the super PAC, and her office “fully cooperated” with the FBI investigation, Clark said.
“The fact that the FBI and Biden-led Department of Justice thoroughly examined the Navatek matter demonstrates this,” Clark wrote. “These issues were resolved in 2021 and concluded when the Collins campaign disgorged the illegal contributions that Martin Kao had made without our knowledge.”
Collins is once again fighting to keep her seat, in a race that could determine control of the Senate. On the campaign trail, she spotlights the funding she directs to Maine while leading the appropriations committee, which she calls “the most powerful committee in the Senate.”
She demonstrated that power with Navatek. After the budgets became law, Collins’ office pushed the Navy to award specific contracts to Navatek, emails seen by ProPublica show, even though awards are supposed to be competitive.
“I spoke with Sen. Collins office regarding the $8M,” a naval official wrote in an email on Feb. 6, 2019. “The interested company is Navatek.”
In a meeting with Collins and two campaign officials, Kao said, the officials told him the senator expected his ongoing support. Collins told him: “You’ve seen me deliver,” Kao said.
Reed knew Kao was behind the $150,000 anonymous donation, emails showed, because Kao told Reed he planned to donate through a shell company. “Very smart,” Reed replied in an email viewed by ProPublica.
Reed did not respond to detailed questions about the Corner Bakery meeting, the $150,000 donation and Kao’s allegations. “I understand Martin Kao is now sitting in federal prison,” Reed wrote in a brief email. “I never had any communications with Senator Collins [or] her staff about Martin Kao and/or Navatek.”
But an email seen by ProPublica suggests that someone must have relayed the news of Kao’s donation to Collins, just like Reed promised to do in Kao’s recounting of the Corner Bakery meeting.
Seven days after the super PAC cashed the check from Kao’s shell company, one of Reed’s subordinates emailed a Navatek lobbyist asking for Kao’s phone number: “Senator Collins would like to call Martin to thank him.”
Martin Kao, second from left, with Collins, center, at a publicity event at Navatek’s Maine headquarters in August 2019.U.S. Sen. Susan Collins via Facebook
The Navatek Method
Before Kao’s doomed reign as CEO, Navatek was a sleepy Hawaiian engineering company with a few dozen employees. It was founded in 1978 by Steven Loui, a talented engineer and scion of a powerful Hawaiian shipping family. Navatek was not a profit center but a vehicle for Loui’s passion projects, like an experimental catamaran for navigating Hawaii’s choppy waters.
The company benefited from the largesse of the legendary Hawaii Sen. Daniel Inouye, multiple former Navatek executives and employees said, whose family had been close to the Loui family for generations. Inouye was a master of earmarks, a practice that allowed lawmakers to insert funding for specific companies by name in the federal budget. The self-styled “King of Pork” steered hundreds of millions in federal dollars to Hawaii. Former Navatek employees say he was affectionately referred to as “Uncle Dan.” “Before Inouye took an interest, Congress didn’t even know our companies existed,” a longtime Loui lieutenant wrote in a 1998 op-ed.
In response to ProPublica questions, Loui said that money appropriated by Inouye made up “a minority” of Navatek’s revenue.
Inouye’s death in 2012 made the company’s future uncertain. Not only was Navatek’s direct line to Capitol Hill gone, but Congress was doing away with the abuse-riddled earmark process. Now companies would nominally have to compete on the merits for government contracts.
Kao joined Navatek in 2008 as its chief financial officer. Loui charged him with replacing Navatek’s rainmaker and eventually named Kao CEO. He sold Kao the company in return for a share of the profits.
Kao was an unusual figure among the company’s low-key naval engineers and boat aficionados. He seemed to be aping a Wall Street tycoon, telling employees they could either be “a beast or a bitch,” a former executive said. He drove to work in a Ferrari and abruptly fired subordinates who displeased him — one time, in the middle of the night. “He had very little interest in the technology,” one former employee recalled. “Martin was only interested in dollar signs.”
Kao also exaggerated and lied. He told different people he had stepbrothers whose parents died in a fishing accident or an avalanche, a former employee recalled. He lied to Loui about having law degrees from both the University of California, Los Angeles and New York University. He once told a lobbyist who raised quarter horses that he owned a herd of polo ponies, just to one-up him.
Despite his erratic behavior, former employees agree Kao hit upon an effective way to replace the lost earmarks. If the company could not rely on a benefactor like Inouye, it would develop a stable of them.
Navatek targeted the powerful members who sat on the House and Senate appropriations committees. These members could no longer earmark money for specific military contractors. But they retained the power to budget millions of dollars for equipment orbespoke research and development. Because Pentagon budgets run thousands of pages and are largely prepared in secret, it is easy for appropriators to add a line item intended for a contractor like Navatek without leaving any fingerprints.
Soon, Kao had refined a playbook. Navatek would concoct a research project in partnership with a university in a member’s district or home state, and Kao would make a large initial campaign donation. Working with a team of pricey, well-connected lobbyists, Navatek would get meetings on Capitol Hill to pitch the research to congressional staff. Navatek kept spreadsheets, reviewed by ProPublica, that listed members of Congress as the “specialty” of certain lobbyists.
Separately, Kao later told the FBI, there would be a meeting of just the key players. One engineer, who traveled with Kao to D.C. to explain the technical side of a project, recalled being sent out of the room once the subject of money came up. Sometimes in these smaller meetings, members of Congress directly asked Kao for donations, he told the FBI. In other cases, he said, Navatek’s lobbyists would relay a request from an intermediary for a specific dollar amount.
Kao told the FBI that the lawmakers, lobbyists and Navatek brass understood these donations were bribes and that the payments were essential to the entire scheme. Kao believed he was buying Navatek’s way into the annual defense budget, not winning over members with innovative engineering proposals.
“I’m not red or blue, I’m green,” he would tell congressional staffers, a former Navatek employee recalled.
While a deal was being struck, Navatek and congressional staffers worked closely on the legislative process. Every year, Congress prefaces the defense budget with massive reports describing the purpose of inscrutable line items. Staffers would include a project description so specific that Navatek would be the only logical pick.
Often, Navatek composed language that ended up, word for word, in Senate funding requests, former employees said. In 2019, for example, Navatek’s priorities were tucked into page 185 of the 307-page report released by the Senate Appropriations Committee. The committee set aside $21.5 million for “hybrid composite structures research for enhanced mobility,” “electric propulsion for military craft and advanced planing hulls” and a “test bed for autonomous ship systems.” Although Navatek’s name does not appear on the page, these were all projects the company requested, according to internal documents and interviews with former employees.
Once the budget passed, lawmakers’ staff leaned on Navy officials to award Navatek the money. Former contracting officers told ProPublica they felt pressure to go along because money from those contracts funded their office — and because members of Congress had confronted dissenting naval officials in the past. “There’s only so many battles you can fight,” one said. So Congress sometimes got its way even when Navatek’s projects made little sense.
Inside Navatek, employees referred to this strategy as “the method.” And it enabled the company to string together tens of millions of dollars in contracts. The result was the same as getting earmarks: a reliable, growing revenue stream bankrolled by U.S. taxpayers.
“It was a simple enough play. Let’s find the small states that have complementary universities … [and] let’s get access to their senators,” Eric Schiff, a former Navatek executive, told ProPublica. “I’ve met Susan Collins. You can get access to Susan Collins. Once we got the first things working with Maine, then we said, ‘Well, let’s keep reaching.’ And so we did.”
In a statement to ProPublica, Navatek founder Loui said Kao’s “unethical and illegal method of winning contracts” was a departure from how he operated the company prior to Kao’s ownership.
Kao boosted Navatek’s annual revenue from $10 million around the time Loui sold him the company to almost $40 million when he was arrested in 2020. In the second half of 2019 alone, Navatek paid a roster of five lobbying shops more than $500,000.
Even Navatek’s executives were surprised at how far their money went in D.C. “It was eye-opening for me, frankly. ‘Oh my God, all of it is for sale. It’s all for sale,’” Schiff said.
The key players in Kao’s pay-to-play deals went to great lengths to meet in person and leave no trace of an actual quid pro quo, he told agents. “That is why I literally had to fly to D.C. almost every week,” Kao later told the FBI. “Sometimes for a 15-minute meeting.”
But the FBI compiled emails, which ProPublica reviewed, that were suggestive of illegal bargains. Navatek executives and lobbyists spoke openly as if they were buying lawmakers’ assistance. In one back-and-forth, a lobbyist and a company executive described another senator as “fundamentally transactional” and having “a reputation as a pay-to-play office.”
In another message, Andy Winer, who former executives said was Navatek’s chief strategist, reminded Kao to budget money for political contributions based on how much the company wanted in congressional funding the following year.
“Oh my God, all of it is for sale. It’s all for sale.”
Eric Schiff, former Navatek executive
Winer was his guide to the political underbelly, Kao said. A consummate insider, Winer had parlayed six years as chief of staff to Democratic Sen. Brian Schatz of Hawaii into a lucrative lobbying career with a firm called Strategies 360. One of Winer’s former colleagues compared him to the slick lobbyist on the Netflix show “House of Cards” who toggles between the political and corporate worlds.
In another email exchange scrutinized by the FBI, Kao asked Winer about making a $5,600 donation to nudge along a senator who seemed keen to work with Navatek: “Would that ‘help?’”
Winer, who had already donated himself, replied, “With my contribution, I think it sends the right message.” He suggested Kao split up his donation to be “less conspicuous.”
The method didn’t always work. Once, Kao complained that a senator had reneged on a deal and he ought to get his donations back.
“You should not feel aggrieved nor should you ever put that in writing,” Todd Webster, another lobbyist Navatek hired, replied. Webster did not respond to detailed questions.
Winer said he stopped working with Navatek following Kao’s arrest. “The political contributions I discussed with Kao were understood by me to be lawful political contributions. I never participated in, witnessed, or had knowledge of any illegal political contribution, bribe, or agreement to exchange a political contribution for an appropriation, contract, or other official action,” Winer said in an email to ProPublica. “I never advised Kao to make a contribution in exchange for official action.”
Strategies 360 has new ownership that did not oversee Winer while he represented Navatek, its CEO, John Oceguera, said.
Navatek employees began to notice members of Congress visiting their East Coast offices. “You would be like, ‘Oh, there’s this senator walking around,’ and we would get a picture with them,” one engineer recalled.
While some projects involved potentially meaningful research, Navatek’s bread and butter was R&D that went nowhere. As a slideshow prepared by an executive explained, “We thrive in the valley of death,” the term for the bureaucratic gap where research languishes without being developed into a product. The slideshow noted that none of the technology had ever actually been deployed.
The Office of Naval Research did not respond to a request for comment.
In Maine, Navatek was studying ways to modify small boats to reduce the “slamming” impact felt by passengers at high speeds. With the help of the University of Maine’s giant 3D printer, Navatek made a prototype and unveiled it at a press conference where a Guinness World Records representative declared it the world’s largest 3D-printed boat. But Navatek executives knew the Navy had no plans to use the new design, former employees said.
“[The work] got rolled into a few PowerPoint slides and a white paper, and that was the deliverable,” recalled one who worked on the project. “The boats weren’t delivered to the Navy — the Navy didn’t even want them.”
Kao to Collins: “Here to Help”
The first time Kao came face-to-face with Collins, in 2018, he told the FBI, he had to pay for the privilege.
Collins would not meet unless he agreed to donate to her campaign, he said. While it is not illegal for politicians to exchange face time for contributions — in this case, just a few thousand dollars — it was not the last time Collins would seek Kao’s support.
Navatek had been eager to expand beyond Hawaii, and Maine was a perfect beachhead — a small, coastal state hungry for high-tech jobs that happened to be represented by a senior member of the Senate Appropriations Committee. Collins, more than most appropriators, likes to trumpet the dollars she brings home.
To work with Collins, Navatek hired a lobbyist, Glen Mandigo, who also lobbied for the University of Maine and was tight with her office. Mandigo asked how much Navatek wanted in funding and how much Kao was willing to support Collins, Kao told the FBI. The University of Maine did not reply to a request for comment.
In that first meeting with Collins and her staff, Kao pitched an $8 million boat hull research project for Navatek and the university. Collins seemed supportive. Not long after, Mandigo called Kao and said Collins wanted him to bundle tens of thousands of dollars for her reelection, suggesting Navatek throw a fundraiser, Kao said.
In an email to ProPublica, Mandigo denied taking part in a pay-to-play arrangement.
“I did not advise Navatek officials, nor would I advise any client, that support from Sen. Collins was contingent on campaign donations,” Mandigo wrote. He said that in his 25 years of working with Collins and the Maine delegation, “I never saw or heard of such behavior from the Senator or her staff.” Clark, Collins’ deputy chief of staff, told ProPublica it was “wholly inaccurate” to say Mandigo was close to their office.
FBI agents had collected voluminous corporate records and email correspondence between Navatek and Collins’ inner circle. Much of that evidence aligned with the story they were now getting directly from Kao.
The FBI had spotted his out-of-the-blue donations in the summer of 2018, just before Collins included $8 million for Navatek’s proposal in the defense budget. Emails showed her staff made it clear to the Navy that it shouldsend the money to Navatek. FBI agents also had evidence of Kao and Mandigo planning a fundraiser starting in April 2019. Their emails — with her scheduler and her campaign’s finance director — freely mixed talk of Navatek’s Collins-backed contract with plans to raise money for her.
The principals settled on hosting Collins for a publicity event at Navatek’s Maine headquarters in August 2019, where she posed for pictures with Kao and a model of the company’s experimental boat. Behind the scenes, the FBI saw in emails and company records, Kao orchestrated over $40,000 in donations from extended family in advance of the event. To avoid the legal cap on individual campaign contributions, the emails show, he told Collins’ team to reallocate his excess contributions to his father — which an agent highlighted and noted is against election law in a presentation to prosecutors — and sent them his father’s full name and address.
“This is perfect,” Amy Abbott, the reelection campaign finance director, emailed Kao after discussing his father’s contribution. “We are so grateful for ALL the Kao support!”
Before the event, Kao said, Collins, Abbott and another staffer met with him in private. One of the staffers told Kao the campaign expected more donations. It was in this meeting that Collins said, “You’ve seen me deliver,” he told the FBI.
Less than one month after the event, the Senate released a draft of the defense budget containing $21.5 million for Navatek’s pet projects in Maine. Kao emailed a Collins campaign fundraiser — who would in theory have nothing to do with a government contract — four days later, saying, “Thanks again for all the support from Sen Collins.”
“I’ve been involved in many tight races in the past and understand last minute ‘needs’ come up,” he continued. “We are here to help anyway we can … financially or whatever.”
Kao’s desire to donate even more money led to the fateful Corner Bakery meeting with the head of the Collins super PAC, called the 1820 PAC, Kao told the FBI. Unlike Collins’ campaign, which could accept only $5,600 per election from individuals, the super PAC could accept unlimited contributions.
The super PAC emailed Kao a memo before the meeting stressing the need to raise money with “urgency.” At the meeting, Kao and Reed, the super PAC’s chair, hammered out a deal for a six-figure donation, Kao told the FBI. Over email, Kao informed Reed of his shell company scheme, saying he had clearedit with his lawyer. “They are super vague and very difficult to get any background info on,” Kao reassured him. “Thanks for doing this,” Reed replied.
The FBI spoke to the other Navatek executives at Corner Bakery, who confirmed the meeting took place. One, David Kring, the company’s top scientist, told ProPublica he had no memory of what was discussed.
The other, Duke Hartman, told an FBI agent it was just “a get to know you meeting” with the chair of the super PAC and they did not discuss the “particulars of a donation.” Agents, records show, came to believe Hartman was lying about his role in Kao’s pay-to-play operation and would name him as a formal subject of a future investigation. Hartman was not charged. He did not respond to a detailed request for comment.
A few weeks after the $150,000 check to the Collins super PAC cleared, in February 2020, Kao and his team met with Collins’ office and secured a new round of funding.
“We were very warmly received,” Kao reported to his colleagues in an email obtained by the FBI. “Excellent meeting. Total of $32M will be supported.” Records show the Senate allocated at least $10 million that year based on Navatek’s proposals.
Navatek’s ambitions peaked in mid-2020. As the company waited to see if Collins would survive her reelection campaign, executives prepared to ask their champion on the appropriations committee for even more funding the following spring, internal documents show.
Other documents from that time show the company was courting senators from seven additional states and gunning for more than $200 million in new appropriations. Navatek expected to have offices in more than a dozen states by the end of the following year, including a new 15,000-square-foot facility in the Portland, Maine, harbor.
Kao, meanwhile, closed on a $4.5 million beachside home in an exclusive Honolulu neighborhood; the backyard pool had a waterfall feature. He renamed the company Martin Defense Group after himself, joking that it would simplify his future takeover of Lockheed Martin.
“It was working well, and it would have continued to work well,” said Schiff, the former executive. “Martin got greedy. Just got damn greedy.”
Downfall, Cover-up
In early 2020, the Campaign Legal Center, a nonprofit good government group, noticed something strange in the public filings for the Collins super PAC. The PAC had received a $150,000 donation from a newly created LLC with a typo in its name: the Society of Young Women Scientist and Engineers, with no S at the end of “Scientist.”
This was the $150,000 Kao donated after the Corner Bakery meeting. The money had come from Navatek’s account, not Kao’s, violating a ban on government contractors making donations.
A check for $150,000 to the Collins super PAC 1820 from the Society of Young Women Scientist and Engineers — a shell company that obscured the actual donor.PacMar Technologies LLC, fka Martin Defense Group, LLC v. Kao
The center suspected the society was not a real group but a pass-through to hide the identity of a major political donor. It filed a complaint with the Federal Election Commission. It took only a few days for a Hawaii journalist to discover Kao’s wife’s name on the society’s paperwork, linking the shell company to Navatek.
Inside Navatek, Kao shifted into damage control mode. He spoke to Reed and the super PAC’s lawyer, Cleta Mitchell, and began to hatch a cover-up. In an email released in civil litigation, Mitchell suggested the society make charitable donations — preferably in Maine — which would make it seem like a legitimate nonprofit. “I want to be sure that the LLC proceeds with the ideas we discussed — giving scholarships and recognition to women in engineering, etc.,” wrote Mitchell. “That would help both of us, I think.”
Mitchell added, “We should develop a plan and timetable, so there are some scholarships given over the next several months, and particularly, perhaps in Maine, where the bad press was.”
Mitchell, who later played a major role in Trump’s attempts to overturn the results of the 2020 election, did not respond to requests for comment.
Kao and his team settled on donating scholarships to women in STEM. They offered between $5,000 and $25,000 apiece to state universities where they were angling to win government contracts — that way, the cover-up would benefit them politically, too.
But Navatek’s and Kao’s problems were just beginning. Undeterred by scrutiny from the FEC, Kao defrauded the COVID-era Paycheck Protection Program newly passed by Congress. He inflated Navatek’s payroll to amass loans of $13 million, according to a federal indictment. The Navatek founder, Loui, had long since soured on his chosen successor. This was the final straw. He reported Kao to federal authorities.
“This is not how Navatek behaved or conducted business before I sold the company to Martin Kao,” Loui wrote to ProPublica. He said Navatek was successful before Kao’s ownership and had many sources of government funding. After Kao’s arrest, he added, the company fully cooperated with law enforcement.
Loui has since regained control of the company and renamed it PacMar. He is dedicated to restoring its reputation and ability to execute government contracts, he continued. Loui said he fired employees hired during Kao’s tenure who were “not capable of performing quality, professional engineering and science tasks.”
“The company received no Collins-supported funding after Martin Kao’s arrest, nor should it,” Loui added. “What Martin Kao and his cabal did was wrong.”
On Sept. 30, 2020, law enforcement raided Navatek’s Honolulu offices and arrested Kao for fraud. Federal agents in windbreakers seized his laptop and ordered the company’s IT staff to copy the company’s internal servers.
Navatek’s public flameout attracted the attention of Michelle Ball and Kevin Gounaud, two experienced agents in the FBI’s elite anti-corruption unit. Gounaud was a 20-year FBI veteran who had worked on elaborate undercover operations. Ball had made a name for herself taking on politically sensitive cases. In 2018, she led the investigation into Maria Butina, the Russian agent convicted of infiltrating the National Rifle Association in an attempt to influence the Trump campaign.
The agents began digging through thousands of records for details of Navatek’s lobbying operation, donation strategy and ties to politicians.
They zeroed in on Kao’s relationship with Collins. In a 60-slide presentation agents prepared for prosecutors, they highlighted contributions that Kao and his wife made to the senator in 2018, right before Collins placed the $8 million in research funding into the federal budget. Kao had also given Navatek money to various relatives to donate to Collins in 2019, sending her around $33,000 through these illegal straw donors, the indictment said. Kao’s wife and father did not reply to requests for comment.
Collins christens a Navatek-designed boat at a University of Maine engineering lab in October 2019.U.S. Sen. Susan Collins via Facebook
The government charged Kao in two separate cases: one for defrauding the loan program and another for his campaign finance crimes. His love of talking like a wheeler-dealer — including over email — was a gift to investigators. In one email, he all but admitted the scholarships to young women were a diversion. “Whatever… just a pack of bitches getting free $,” he wrote.
In the face of overwhelming evidence, Kao pleaded guilty in both cases in the fall of 2022. Navatek by then was under court-ordered new management. Awaiting sentencing, Kao worked as a line cook at a Cheesecake Factory.
He began meeting with the same FBI agents and prosecutors who brought him down. For the agents, he was a rare witness: a contractor with deep ties to elected officials saying he would speak candidly about how Washington works.
Kao faced nearly a decade in prison. “My world and life imploded,” he would later recall in a letter to the Hawaii U.S. District Court. “I was fooled and foolish enough to believe that the power elected officials wielded, and [were] actively willing to sell to anyone wealthy enough to pay, was….‘smart business.’”
Over the next two years, Kao sat with agents for at least three dayslong interviews. He told them that politicians, Collins in particular, had been willing participants in his scheme. “It takes two to tangle,” he told them.
Taxpayers funded Navatek’s entire political operation, Kao said. “Most companies of our size do not have the resources to endlessly hire expensive lobbyists and make political donations,” he told the FBI. Navatek solved this by using money from government contracts to hire lobbyists and make campaign contributions, according to interviews, court testimony and internal company records. Diverting money from contracts for lobbying and political donations can be illegal.
For their final meeting, in September 2024, Kao handed the FBI the 50-page document detailing Navatek’s dealings with more than a dozen members of Congress and their staff. It was not only a confession but a road map, with the email addresses and phone numbers of people Kao thought agents ought to subpoena.
Last year, Kao was sentenced to 87 months in prison. The judge in his case offered no leniency based on his cooperation with the FBI. Loui is battling Kao in court to recover the millions he contends Kao stole from the company.
Both Scott Reed and Amy Abbott remain in Collins’ inner circle. Abbott is the finance director for her 2026 reelection effort, and Reed again chairs the main Collins super PAC. Abbott, who is married to Collins’ campaign manager, referred questions to the senator’s communications staff. Clark told ProPublica that Abbott and other campaign staff were interviewed by the FBI and that the campaign was never a target of the investigation.
Earlier this year, Kao agreed to meet a ProPublica reporter at the Federal Prison Camp in Yankton, South Dakota, where he is incarcerated. But on two occasions when guards summoned Kao over the intercom, he refused to enter the visitation room. Over email, he said he was no longer willing to meet, citing the ongoing litigation. He declined through his lawyer to respond to detailed questions.
By late 2024, Ball and Gounaud, the FBI agents, had come to believe there was enough evidence to warrant a broader investigation into bribery of members of Congress, according to a memo seen by ProPublica.
Before they could embark on their new mission, however, they became casualties of Trump’s retribution campaign.
Ball and Gounaud worked for the FBI’s elite anti-corruption unit known as CR-15, which specialized in investigating misconduct by elected officials. When Trump retook power, his new FBI director, Kash Patel, purged the unit agent by agent.
Ball was targeted for her work on the special counsel investigation of Trump’s failed bid to overturn the 2020 election. She was fired in October 2025 in a one-page letter stating she had “weaponized” the Justice Department. She is challenging her firing in a lawsuit. Gounaud was pushed out in early 2026. Both agents declined to comment through their attorney.
Trump also targeted the Justice Department attorneys who worked with CR-15. The team, known as the Public Integrity Section, collapsed spectacularly in February 2025 after staff were ordered to drop a case against New York City Mayor Eric Adams, a Trump ally. The unit’s leadership quit en masse. Trump appointees ordered the remaining prosecutors to halt new corruption cases, just months after Kao made his detailed confession.
Before Ball was fired, however, she managed to take a key step forward.
Based on all the evidence, she persuaded her supervisors to approve a new investigation. It centered on South Carolina, one of the states Navatek eyed for a rapid expansion. The FBI had questions about a steak dinner Kao shared with Sen. Lindsey Graham.
Do You Have Information About Political Dealmaking in Washington?
We’re still reporting on pay-for-play arrangements between powerful companies and elected officials.
When the pop singer Pink took to social media to decry rapper Macklemore’s comments on Israel’s genocide of Palestinians — a slaughter that has taken the lives of more than 20,000 kids — she brought up her decadelong role as a UNICEF ambassador to show that she cares about children.
Now, a new petition signed by more than 160,000 people, including the backing of actor Javier Bardem, is calling for Pink’s removal from her UNICEF USA role. The petition organizers, Swifties Against Genocide, named for fans of the pop singer Taylor Swift, said that Pink’s remarks sidelined concern for Palestinian children and “fueled ongoing conflict and struggles for visibility and empathy.”
“As individuals who care deeply about the welfare of children around the world, we must hold UNICEF Ambassadors to the highest standards of neutrality and compassion,” the organizers wrote. “Palestinian children, like all children affected by genocide, deserve ambassadors who unequivocally extend support and empathy towards their plight.”
The petition is the latest example of the type of public pressure supporters of Palestine are seeking to exert amid a tidal shift of sentiment in the U.S. on Palestine and Israel over the past three years. Israel’s genocide in Gaza has dramatically soured U.S. opinion on Israel, with a majority viewing Israel unfavorably and more Americans taking a sympathetic view of Palestinians.
“UNICEF itself has called Gaza a graveyard for children. Its ambassadors are supposed to speak for those children, not attack the people who do.”
The transformations have played out in the current midterm election cycle, with candidates pushing to sever military ties with Israel winning in primaries across the country. In the past several weeks, the subject has upended mainstream popular culture, with battle lines being drawn over a stadium concert tour by pop icon Ed Sheeran.
The pressure on UNICEF to part ways with Pink is tied up with a strategy among Palestine solidarity activists to extract a price from Israel for its continued occupation and genocide of Palestinians.
For Tariq Kenney-Shawa, a policy fellow with Al-Shabaka U.S., the petition is “a clear attempt to draw a new line in the sand and make the point that choosing to take the moderate lane is unacceptable.”
“These past couple days have proven that being shamelessly pro-Israel, or even refusing to take sides in the face of a genocide, is no longer the safe route,” he said, citing a shift of the “cultural hegemony” in the West.
Though Sheeran himself — who said at his latest concert that he was listening to both sides — is not a target of Boycott, Divestment, and Sanctions against Israel, the cultural backlash to his move to take Macklemore off the tour reinforced the logic of the growing movement, Natasha Lennard recently wrote in The Intercept.
Representatives for Pink, UNICEF, and Change.org did not immediately respond to requests for comment.
Other advocates for Palestinian rights reaffirmed the petitioners’ aims.
“Pink should step down. UNICEF itself has called Gaza a graveyard for children. Its ambassadors are supposed to speak for those children, not attack the people who do,” said Raed Jarrar, the advocacy director of Democracy for the Arab World Now. “Whether UNICEF removes her or not, it’s time for her to step down.”
Attacking Pro-Palestine Speech
The controversy involving Pink kicked off during Sheeran’s show at MetLife Stadium in New Jersey on September 4.
Macklemore, one of the opening acts, spoke out against Israeli apartheid and the genocide of Palestinians, addressing Jewish people in the crowd to say that criticism of genocide and the Israeli government “is in no way a criticism of you.”
After backlash from pro-Israel groups like the Anti-Defamation League — and perhaps more critically, pressure from billionaire Robert Kraft, the deeply pro-Israel owner of the New England Patriots and Massachusetts’s Gillette Stadium — Sheeran dropped Macklemore from his tour. Then came the backlash to the backlash, with other opening acts on the tour and even Sheeran’s backing band dropping out in solidarity with Macklemore.
Pink, the pop star who rose to fame with a string of hits in the early 2000s, waded into the controversy early on. After attending the September 4 show, Pink reshared a social media post from the group Stop Antisemitism that said Macklemore’s claims of a genocide were “false” and that concertgoers were owed apologies and refunds.
“I don’t need anyone fired, and I don’t need a refund,” she later wrote on Instagram, explaining why she reshared the post. “What I need is to be able to say, as a Jewish mom, ‘That scared me, and it scared people I love’ — without being told our fear is just propaganda, and without being told I’m somehow cool with genocide because I noticed?”
She added that the protest slogan “From river to the sea” and the use of the term “Zionist” have become “a slur.”
Pink said that “nobody should ever celebrate the death of a child.” She mentioned her experience as a UNICEF ambassador visiting children born in war zones. She “grieved every one of them, on both sides of that fence,” she wrote.
Yet Pink’s grief, or any celebrity’s, has done little to change conditions on the ground for Palestinian children. Just on Monday, an 11-year-old boy was shot to death by the Israeli military in one of Gaza’s apparent “safe zones.”
UNICEF, which operates in Gaza, itself reported that Israeli attacks have killed at least 300 children in Gaza since the so-called ceasefire agreement last October. Food insecurity and lack of access to clean water also remain issues due to Israel’s blockade on humanitarian aid from entering the Strip.
In her social media post, Pink said she does not speak for Israel but reiterated her stance that “Hamas is a terrorist organization. Palestinians deserve a future that honors their humanity and their aspirations.” She said she was not “going to litigate a complex war in an Instagram caption, and I’m not going to recite anybody’s slogan to earn back a follower.”
Over the weekend, the petition calling out Pink also drew the support from Javier Bardem, an outspoken advocate for Palestine and major funder of the Palestinian film “All That’s Left of You,” who shared the petition on his Instagram profile.
“She can not defend children’s rights,” Bardem said, “while not condemning the genocide in Gaza.”
The zardozi embroidery on a Dior dress, the T-strap leather sandals at a Prada show, the mirror-work technique used on a Fendi bag – for decades, the skill of Indian artisans has been an invisible force behind some of the world’s most coveted fashion.
Now, that work is beginning to claim its own place in the spotlight, and the Mumbai-based textile and embroidery atelier Chanakya International is at the forefront.
In humanity’s quest to constrain the dangers from fast-advancing artificial intelligence, many have looked to the most revolutionary technology that preceded it: nuclear weapons. SpaceX CEO Elon Musk has called artificial intelligence “far more dangerous than nukes.” Anthropic CEO Dario Amodei, who assigns The Making of the Atomic Bomb to employees and has likened himself to the Manhattan Project scientist Leo Szilard, describes the most powerful AI models as “weaponizable nuclear materials.” When asked how a technology such as AI can be regulated, OpenAI CEO Sam Altman often references the world’s nuclear materials watchdog, the International Atomic Energy Agency. Even the director of the CIA, John Ratcliffe, has made the same comparison.
DSP partner, as well as the larger ecosystem, SEMIFIVE provides a one-stop shop solution for any SoC design needs. For more information, please visit 
Distilled spirits are alcoholic beverages produced by heating and condensing a fermented liquid to increase its alcohol percentage, as compared with beer and wine, which is produced using fermentation with a lower alcohol content.
![[link]](https://i.redd.it/7wmovy7i4hsh1.jpeg){kind=link}
![[link]](https://i.redd.it/kjnkpunsgbsh1.jpeg){kind=link}
![[link]](https://i.redd.it/4qiwt5qlg2sh1.jpeg){kind=link}
![[link]](https://i.redd.it/2wbcn1ax2zrh1.jpeg){kind=link}
![[link]](https://i.redd.it/gshymyf28xrh1.jpeg){kind=link}
